Category: Pandemic

  • MIL-OSI USA: Administrator Samantha Power Visits Siem Reap, Cambodia

    Source: USAID

    The below is attributable to Spokesperson Benjamin Suarato:

    Today, Administrator Samantha Power arrived in Siem Reap, Cambodia. She began the day by visiting a Cambodian foster family who is receiving support through USAID in caring for a 11-month-old child with a disability. The family’s caseworker and USAID partners who support persons with disabilities and family-focused care also participated. Administrator Power recognized the tireless efforts of Cambodian partners, social workers, and foster families who are supporting child protection in Cambodia. She discussed ways for USAID to continue supporting and advocating for the rights and inclusion of people living with disabilities in Cambodia.

    Administrator Power then traveled to the Svay Thom Pagoda to discuss USAID’s efforts to support local partners in delivering innovative tuberculosis (TB) screening and diagnostic solutions. Despite Cambodia being removed from the WHO High TB Burden Country list in 2021, it remains on the global TB watchlist and experienced setbacks in TB case finding during the COVID-19 pandemic. The Administrator also announced one of USAID’s largest direct awards to a local organization in Cambodia, through which USAID will continue supporting Cambodia’s ambitious goal of ending TB as a public health threat by 2030.

    Administrator Power then met with trade union members and labor activists working at Angkor Wat, a UNESCO-recognized World Heritage Site located in Siem Reap, to discuss working conditions and other pressing labor rights issues, and how USAID support helps tourism-oriented and other trade unions address them. Administrator Power noted the Biden Administration’s strong support for labor rights, including through the 2023 Presidential Memorandum on Advancing Worker Empowerment, Rights, and High Labor Standards Globally. USAID has supported the trade union movement in Cambodia for decades, and Administrator Power discussed with the union members and activists USAID’s continued commitment to working with Cambodian worker organizations.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Administrator Samantha Power at a Press Gaggle in Siem Reap

    Source: USAID

    ADMINISTRATOR SAMANTHA POWER: Good afternoon, everyone. Thank you for coming. Thanks also to our partners from the Cambodian government who have joined us here today. 

    This is my fourth trip to Cambodia, but it is my first trip to Cambodia as USAID Administrator. But, maybe more significant than that, it is the first trip to Cambodia ever by the USAID Administrator, despite decades of investments that USAID has made in economic development, health development, food security, and the like. So, I feel really personally privileged to be back in a country that I find incredibly beautiful, filled with such warm and hospitable people who have welcomed me many times over the years. To now get to come back as USAID Administrator, it’s a great privilege. 

    I had the chance to tour a tuberculosis screening clinic here at the Svay Thom Pagoda. Over the past five years, USAID’s Community Mobilization Initiatives to End TB, which we have called COMMIT, has helped Cambodia make remarkable progress preventing, detecting, and treating tuberculosis. And, I got to see this screening effort, at least in one of them, up close. 

    In the past 20 years, Cambodia has cut the rate of tuberculosis in this country by almost half, and the country is no longer on the World Health Organization’s list of the 30 highest TB Burden Countries. That is genuine progress. But, of course, the fight against TB is not over. An estimated 54,000 Cambodians contract TB still every year, and about a third of TB cases go undetected. 

    So, to help Cambodia meet its goal of ending TB in this country by 2030, I am pleased today to announce a new five year initiative, which we will call COMMIT II, the second phase of our investment here. We will start with an initial $4 million investment for the first year of the program, with additional funding to come. 

    I want to stress that this is one of the largest local direct awards that USAID has ever given to a local Cambodian organization. We think it’s extremely important to invest directly in Cambodian organizations that are doing the work out in their communities to advance the health and the interests of the Cambodian people. 

    Through this program, COMMIT II, we will work directly with local communities to improve TB screening, diagnosis, and TB preventive therapy. We will focus especially on identifying and treating the cases that are currently going undetected. And, we know that getting at these undetected cases is the key to preventing the spread of this terrible disease. 

    Our work together, that of USAID with the Cambodian people, that of USAID with the Cambodian health ministry, is really just one example of the productive health partnership that has developed over the last decades. And it is also, I think, reflective of what is a deepening partnership between the United States and Cambodia, and between the American people and the Cambodian people. 

    I’d like to say a word about malaria as well. Over the past decade, the U.S. has invested $87 million to support Cambodia’s efforts to eliminate malaria. These efforts, led by the Cambodian people, have been a stunning success, with Cambodia registering zero malaria deaths since 2017 and now on track to completely eliminate malaria as soon as next year. 

    We have also supported Cambodia’s efforts to make childbirth safer for mothers and for infants. Since 2005, Cambodia has reduced maternal deaths by 67 percent, infant deaths by 71 percent, and deaths of children under five by 81 percent. 

    The United States and the American people also stood with the Cambodian people during the COVID-19 pandemic, delivering 3.3 million vaccines and providing $16 million in other support. 

    We are really gratified now that Cambodia has become a new partner in the U.S. Global Health Security Strategy, which aims at making sure that Cambodia has the infrastructure to have the surveillance capacity in communities, the lab equipment and testing equipment that it needs in order to prevent, detect, and respond to future health threats. 

    Now we are supporting Cambodia taking on another urgent health threat, and this is one that – while I know the press has covered TB in the past, has covered the incredible progress made against malaria – this may be a harm and a form of illness that even the press has not yet given significant coverage to. And, this issue is lead poisoning, and specifically the lead poisoning of children. 

    Lead poisoning slows a child’s brain development. It harms their bodies, and it can even kill children. Lead poisoning affects an estimated six million children here in Cambodia. That’s over 70 percent of all kids in this country. 

    Taking on this global menace of lead poisoning is extremely important to USAID. It is an urgent priority for the United States government as a whole, and Cambodia has already made itself a really important partner in this effort. Cambodia was one of just 26 founding member countries in a brand new Partnership for a Lead-Free Future that we just launched in September at the UN General Assembly. And, we are really thankful to the Cambodian Health Ministry and to the government for stepping forward and being a leader in raising its hand and committing itself to eliminating lead poisoning for children here in Cambodia.

    Lead poisoning, unlike a lot of other diseases, is really hard to detect. It is tough to know also what the source of lead poisoning is. Is it spices? Is it paint? Is it the recycling of batteries that is causing lead poisoning? 

    Today, which as it happens, is part of international Lead Poisoning Prevention Week, I am pleased to announce that USAID will support Cambodia’s first-ever national survey to evaluate the levels of lead and other heavy metals in the blood levels of children and pregnant women. We will also look together at the level of lead in products in Cambodian stores. And, we will together work to understand how prevalent lead is in the environment. To be clear, understanding where lead poisoning is coming from here in Cambodia is absolutely critical to preventing it going forward. 

    USAID will also work together with the Royal Government of Cambodia and with UNICEF to take steps to mitigate lead exposure by raising awareness and developing policies and regulations that will prevent future exposure. Together, I am confident that just as we have on malaria and TB and just as we did on COVID-19, together we will make progress against this invisible threat.

    USAID stands ready to support the doctors, the teachers, the parents, the government officials and the citizens who want to rid their communities of lead poisoning once and for all. This partnership matters a great deal to the United States. We see how far it can go, and we are very satisfied with the progress that we have seen in the health sector, and eager to learn from it, to see how we can propel progress in other sectors as well. 

    And with that, I am happy to take your questions. Thank you.

    QUESTION: My name is Chamna. I am from Cambodianess, a news outlet based in Siem Reap and Phnom Penh, ma’am. So, ma’am, my first question is that you know, as the first USAID Administrator to Cambodia, visited Cambodia for two days, can you give us, like, a brief activity that you have done and also you will do tomorrow?

    And, the second question is that, why do you choose Siem Reap, one of the cultural provinces of Cambodia, to visit, ma’am? And, also the third question, I was informed that you will visit Prime Minister Hun Manet tomorrow. So, what do you hope to communicate with the Prime Minister, ma’am?

    ADMINISTRATOR POWER: That’s a lot of questions. So, let me start with why did I come to Siem Reap. This is my third trip to Siem Reap. Once a person has come to Siem Reap once, they always insist on coming back. And, any tourist who has come if they haven’t come back, it is only because it is so far away. But, for me, when I knew I was coming to Cambodia, I’ve had such beautiful connections with the people of this town in my previous visits, such rich conversations. And again, the privilege for me is now to come as USAID Administrator and to actually see the work that we have been doing as the United States, as the American people, with the Cambodian people in communities, you know, in a manner that is not only advancing the U.S.-Cambodian partnership, but touching real lives. And so, just as the Cambodian people have touched me over the years, I felt I had to come back.

    And in terms of the content of the visit – my visit follows on, of course, the visit of Secretary [Lloyd] Austin, our Secretary of Defense. We believe really strongly in the United States in what we call the three Ds – diplomacy, defense, and development – because the three Ds reflect the needs, in a way, of all individuals, which is to be physically secure, to be free, to express oneself, and to live as one chooses and as one, and to raise children in a manner where you can imagine them fulfilling their dreams. 

    And then, of course, to develop economically. And we think that, you know, an enhanced security partnership of the kind that Secretary Austin discussed with more exchanges and more familiarity between us, more diplomatic engagement, and these really significant development investments will hopefully support those incredible Cambodians who are doing work to build a brighter Cambodia for the next generation. And, of course, young people are at the heart of Cambodia’s economic progress, and will be at the heart of its progress in strengthening its institutions, its governance, the rule of law, et cetera. 

    My visit will include, yes, a meeting with Prime Minister. I’m very much looking forward to that. I already had the chance in January of this year to meet with the Prime Minister in Davos when he attended, and I attended, the World Economic Forum. But, of course, now we have had a chance, over many more months, to work on shared challenges like strengthening global health security; to initiate new partnerships like the new partnership to combat lead poisoning. And, I look forward to talking about what more can be done, recognizing that we all want to see Cambodia’s economy continue to grow. He has been very specific, of course, about Cambodia – wanting Cambodia to become an upper middle-income country by 2030. We, as USAID, want to understand how we can be catalytic in supporting certain sectors, and so hearing directly from him about his priorities now deeper into his tenure as Prime Minister will be very important. 

    And, of course, we recognize as well that non-governmental organizations, community-based organizations, civil society organizations, that those organizations who are in the community have such an important role to play as well in delivering services like we saw being delivered, in screening tuberculosis, or in educating the community, but also in rooting out corruption and exposing those forces that get in the way of Cambodia’s economy reaching its full potential, and above all, the Cambodian people benefiting as much as they should from all that Cambodia offers and all that young people are investing in that economy. So, I will see the Prime Minister. 

    I will, of course, later today – I can’t come to Siem Reap without seeing some of Angkor Wat. I will engage with individuals outside of government who are looking at, you know, what more can be done, again, to strengthen freedom and governance and the rule of law in this country. And, you know, I’m really looking forward to learning. On every trip, I learned so much, and Cambodia has changed really so much since my last visit to this country, which was back in 2012. Even just driving around, I can see so many of the changes. But again, my privilege is to be here as USAID Administrator and to talk to our incredible team about what more we can do to accelerate the progress in support of Cambodian leaders, inside and outside ministries.

    QUESTION: Okay, ma’am. Also, my second question has two parts, of course. Now, you’re touring the TB, you know, let’s say, progress. How to eliminate them, how to make the system better. So, what are the development[s] that you see so far back then, back there, when you tour the, you know, the mechanism, and also, what are the challenges that still remain? That, you know, when you talk to the expert, they say, there are many challenges out there that needs to be done. That is the first part of the question. 

    And, the second part of the question can be cultural, again, because I see doctors, I see, you know, organization experts, but, at the same time, they are working on health. But, they are not in the clinic. They are not in the hospital. They are in a pagoda, which is a sanctuary for Cambodia, so Buddhism for hundreds of years. So, when you see, you know, expert, modern, expert, modern equipment coming together with old people in the sanctuary of Cambodian religion, how do you make of the situation?

    ADMINISTRATOR POWER: Well, and this is really important, I think, to stress what is so significant about what Cambodians are doing here, is that they are coming to the people. They are bringing the equipment to diagnose whether TB is present in a person to a more central location than the people would otherwise be able to access. So, normally, this very sophisticated X-ray equipment, and the computers that process the X-rays to diagnose whether somebody is likely to have TB, these individuals would have to go very, very far [to access]. 

    And, what USAID, in partnership with the Cambodian Ministry of Health and with this non-governmental organization that has been at the forefront, what we have done together is come up with activities that are designed to move the diagnosis and, ultimately, the treatment closer to the people. And, that is what you saw here, is a large group of individuals who were told that if you come to this place at this time, you won’t have to drive miles and miles in order to get the X-rays. And so, everyone here either had some symptom of TB, or had someone in their family who had some symptom. So, in their mind, they were worried, “Maybe, would I?” but maybe they weren’t worried enough to drive so far. Maybe they couldn’t afford a bus fare, or, you know, they didn’t have a motorbike in order to be able to make it that far. 

    And so, among the people who are here, I’m sure, are people whose TB cases would have gone undetected if we had relied on the old way of doing things. And so, this is really a partnership that looks at the data, sees that a third of TB cases in Cambodia go undetected, and so we have to fix that. If Cambodia is to reach its goal of getting rid of TB by 2030, that is going to require detecting all the cases of TB so that TB then isn’t spread in communities. And, mobile clinics, mobile health workers, mobile screening is going to be a big part of that solution. 

    And, you know, I think that when one seeks out meeting places, gathering places, one looks and here again, we as the United States and as USAID, we defer entirely to the Cambodian Ministry of Health about where best to situate these mobile screening, this equipment. We may invest the resources to purchase this equipment, but fundamentally, when it comes to respecting Cambodian culture, we are the guests of the Cambodian people. We are the guests of the Cambodian Government, and we take their lead and follow their guidance about how best to, again, meet people where they are likely to feel comfortable traveling to and sitting for some time as they go through the different stages of diagnosis, you know, starting, of course, with with the X-ray. But then, if they are deemed, if it is deemed possible that they have TB, going further, and then even waiting for a couple hours to get the formal diagnosis, then the counseling that is going to come. That is a long afternoon. It’s a lot to ask of particularly elderly people, who are among those who gathered. And so to do so in a manner that is culturally sensitive, but that also allows the individuals who come the comfort of not being out in the blazing sun for the entire day. I’m assuming that is why this location was chosen.

    QUESTION: Okay, so my final question is not related to TB or but it’s more like related to your, let’s say, journalism career. So, in Cambodia right now, a lot of young people are interested in journalism, if not you know the media subject. And also, you said that you were a former journalist working in many countries and zones, and now you are a diplomat, so it’s like a career transition. So, just a message for young people in Cambodia, how does journalism help shape, you know, a person’s career in the future? I mean, after they do journalism, of course.

    ADMINISTRATOR POWER: I think journalism is an incredibly important form of civic participation. All of you are bringing to your communities news and facts and often vital information that citizens need to learn. For example, when journalists cover a local happening like this in Siem Reap that there was a gathering where people were able to get TB screening and diagnosis right here, somebody reads that or they see that on the news, and then they think to themselves, “Oh, I haven’t been feeling that well. Maybe I will go and find a screening facility. Or I will ask someone if they know when next this kind of gathering is going to happen, this kind of screening, mobile screening is going to be available.” That’s an example of the kind of good that a journalist can do for their community. 

    Obviously, they’re also in countries where corruption has been an issue. Journalism can be extremely important in also helping law enforcement know where corruption is happening so that it can be rooted out. The Cambodian government really wants to continue to grow the economy. All of us would like to see more American investment in Cambodia. Journalists have a really vital role to play in shining a spotlight on the kinds of things that might need to change in order for that investment to come at a faster clip than it has up to this point. 

    So, you know, I look back on my journalism career, and I feel grateful that I had that chance to be a journalist. I feel grateful to have made some small contribution, I hope, through my journalism. But, the other thing that young people should know as they think about their careers is, if you’re a curious person, journalism is incredible. Look at you. You’ve asked that’s your sixth question. You’re clearly a very, very curious person. But, journalism is incredible because you just get to go around and ask questions, any question that comes into your mind. You can actually earn a living asking questions and learning. And so, you get to perform something that hopefully helps your community grow and progress, while also yourself satisfying the kinds of questions that you’ve had maybe since you were a small child. So, I think it’s a great career. 

    The more that Cambodia can strengthen its checks and balances, where it has more and more independent institutions, that will give investors confidence. And journalists, over time, will become more and more independent, and will be a very important source of sunlight on all the developments in Cambodia, helping it progress into a more stable and prosperous society.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Roper Technologies announces third quarter financial results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SARASOTA, Fla., Oct. 23, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Roper Technologies, Inc. (Nasdaq: ROP) reported financial results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2024. The results in this press release are presented on a continuing operations basis.

    Third quarter 2024 highlights

    • Revenue increased 13% to $1.76 billion; organic revenue increased 4%
    • GAAP DEPS increased 6% to $3.40; adjusted DEPS increased 7% to $4.62
    • GAAP net earnings increased 6% to $368 million; adjusted net earnings increased 7% to $499 million
    • Adjusted EBITDA increased 10% to $717 million
    • Operating cash flow was $755 million; adjusted operating cash flow increased 17%

    “Our portfolio of market-leading technology businesses delivered another solid quarter, highlighted by 13% total revenue growth, 10% EBITDA growth, and 15% free cash flow growth,” said Neil Hunn, Roper Technologies’ President and CEO. “We are, again, increasing our full year guidance to the high end of the range, supported by our third quarter results, the continued expansion of our recurring revenue base, and improving demand for our businesses’ mission critical solutions.”

    “During the third quarter, we completed the acquisition of Transact Campus, which has been combined with our CBORD business. This acquisition adds another high-quality vertical software business to our portfolio with highly compelling value creation opportunities for our shareholders. We remain well positioned to execute our disciplined and process-driven capital deployment strategy, with significant M&A firepower and a robust pipeline of acquisition opportunities,” concluded Mr. Hunn.

    Updating 2024 guidance

    Roper now expects full year 2024 adjusted DEPS of $18.21 – $18.25, compared to previous guidance of $18.10 – $18.25. The Company increased its full year total revenue growth outlook to 13%+ and continues to expect organic revenue growth of approximately 6%.

    For the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company expects adjusted DEPS of $4.70 – $4.74.

    The Company’s guidance excludes the impact of unannounced future acquisitions or divestitures.

    Conference call to be held at 8:00 AM (ET) today

    A conference call to discuss these results has been scheduled for 8:00 AM ET on Wednesday, October 23, 2024. The call can be accessed via webcast or by dialing +1 800-836-8184 (US/Canada) or +1 646-357-8785, using conference call ID 50829. Webcast information and conference call materials will be made available in the Investors section of Roper’s website (http://www.ropertech.com) prior to the start of the call. The webcast can also be accessed directly by using the following URL https://event.webcast. Telephonic replays will be available for up to two weeks and can be accessed by dialing +1 646-517-4150 with access code 50829#.

    Use of non-GAAP financial information

    The Company supplements its consolidated financial statements presented on a GAAP basis with certain non-GAAP financial information to provide investors with greater insight, increase transparency and allow for a more comprehensive understanding of the information used by management in its financial and operational decision-making. Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures are included in the accompanying financial schedules or tables. The non-GAAP financial measures disclosed by the Company should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP and reconciliations from these results should be carefully evaluated.

    Minority interests

    Following the sale of a majority stake in its industrial businesses to CD&R, Roper holds a minority interest in Indicor. The fair value of Roper’s equity investment in Indicor is updated on a quarterly basis and reported as “equity investments gain, net.” Roper also holds a minority interest in Certinia, a leading provider of professional services automation software. The Company’s investment is accounted for under the equity method and its proportionate share of earnings or loss associated with this investment is reported as “equity investments gain, net.” Roper makes non-GAAP adjustments for the impacts associated with these investments.

    Table 1: Revenue and adjusted EBITDA reconciliation ($M)
    (from continuing operations)
      Q3 2023   Q3 2024   V %
    GAAP revenue $ 1,563     $ 1,765     13 %
               
    Components of revenue growth          
    Organic         4 %
    Acquisitions         9 %
    Foreign exchange         %
    Revenue growth         13 %
               
    Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation          
    GAAP net earnings $ 346     $ 368      
    Taxes   97       99      
    Interest expense   42       68      
    Depreciation   9       9      
    Amortization   182       197      
    EBITDA $ 676     $ 741     10 %
               
    Restructuring-related expenses associated with the
    Syntellis (’23) and Transact (’24) acquisitions
      9       9      
    Transaction-related expenses for completed
    acquisitions
      5       5      
    Financial impacts associated with the minority
    investments in Indicor & Certinia A
      (34 )     (37 )    
    Gain on sale of non-operating assets   (3 )          
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 652     $ 717     10 %
    % of revenue   41.7 %     40.7 %   (100 bps)
                       
    Table 2: Adjusted net earnings reconciliation ($M)
    (from continuing operations)
      Q3 2023   Q3 2024   V %
    GAAP net earnings $ 346     $ 368     6 %
    Restructuring-related expenses associated with the
    Syntellis (’23) and Transact (’24) acquisitions
      7       7      
    Transaction-related expenses for completed
    acquisitions
      4       4      
    Financial impacts associated with the minority
    investments in Indicor & Certinia A
      (28 )     (29 )    
    Gain on sale of non-operating assets   (3 )          
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible
    assets B
      140       149      
    Adjusted net earnings $ 465     $ 499     7 %
               
    Table 3: Adjusted DEPS reconciliation
    (from continuing operations)
      Q3 2023   Q3 2024   V %
    GAAP DEPS $ 3.21     $ 3.40     6 %
    Restructuring-related expenses associated with the
    Syntellis (’23) and Transact (’24) acquisitions
      0.06       0.07      
    Transaction-related expenses for completed
    acquisitions
      0.03       0.03      
    Financial impacts associated with the minority
    investments in Indicor & Certinia A
      (0.26 )     (0.27 )    
    Gain on sale of non-operating assets   (0.02 )          
    Amortization of acquisition-related intangible
    assets B
      1.30       1.38      
    Adjusted DEPS $ 4.32     $ 4.62     7 %
               
    Table 4: Adjusted cash flow reconciliation ($M)
    (from continuing operations)
      Q3 2023   Q3 2024   V %
    Operating cash flow $ 631     $ 755     20 %
    Taxes paid in period related to divestiture   16            
    Adjusted operating cash flow $ 647     $ 755     17 %
    Capital expenditures   (13 )     (23 )    
    Capitalized software expenditures   (9 )     (13 )    
    Adjusted free cash flow $ 625     $ 719     15 %
               
    Table 5: Forecasted adjusted DEPS reconciliation
    (from continuing operations)
      Q4 2024   FY 2024
      Low end   High end   Low end   High end
    GAAP DEPS C $ 3.29   $ 3.33   $ 12.64   $ 12.68
    Restructuring-related expenses associated
    with the Transact acquisition
              0.07     0.07
    Transaction-related expenses for
    completed acquisitions
              0.05     0.05
    Financial impacts associated with the
    minority investments in Indicor & Certinia A
    TBD   TBD   TBD   TBD
    Amortization of acquisition-related
    intangible assets B
      1.41     1.41     5.45     5.45
    Adjusted DEPS $ 4.70   $ 4.74   $ 18.21   $ 18.25
                   

    Footnotes:

    A. Adjustments related to the financial impacts associated with the minority investments in Indicor & Certinia as shown below ($M, except per share data). Forecasted results do not include any potential impacts associated with our minority investments in Indicor or Certinia, as these potential impacts cannot be reasonably predicted. These impacts will be excluded from all non-GAAP results in future periods.
                       
        Q3 2023A   Q3 2024A     Q4 2024E   FY 2024E
      Pretax $ (34 )   $ (37 )     TBD   TBD
      After-tax $ (28 )   $ (29 )     TBD   TBD
      Per share $ (0.26 )   $ (0.27 )     TBD   TBD
                       
    B. Actual results and forecast of estimated amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets as shown below ($M, except per share data). These adjustments are taxed at 21%.
                       
        Q3 2023A   Q3 2024A     Q4 2024E   FY 2024E
      Pretax $ 177     $ 189       $ 193   $ 745
      After-tax $ 140     $ 149       $ 153   $ 588
      Per share $ 1.30     $ 1.38       $ 1.41   $ 5.45
                       
    C. Forecasted GAAP DEPS do not include any potential impacts associated with our minority investments in Indicor or Certinia. These impacts will be excluded from all non-GAAP results in future periods.
       

    Note: Numbers may not foot due to rounding.

    About Roper Technologies

    Roper Technologies is a constituent of the Nasdaq 100, S&P 500, and Fortune 1000. Roper has a proven, long-term track record of compounding cash flow and shareholder value. The Company operates market leading businesses that design and develop vertical software and technology enabled products for a variety of defensible niche markets. Roper utilizes a disciplined, analytical, and process-driven approach to redeploy its excess capital toward high-quality acquisitions. Additional information about Roper is available on the Company’s website at http://www.ropertech.com.

    Contact information:
    Investor Relations
    941-556-2601
    investor-relations@ropertech.com

    The information provided in this press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These forward-looking statements may include, among others, statements regarding operating results, the success of our internal operating plans, and the prospects for newly acquired businesses to be integrated and contribute to future growth, profit and cash flow expectations. Forward-looking statements may be indicated by words or phrases such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plans,” “expects,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” “believes,” “intends” and similar words and phrases. These statements reflect management’s current beliefs and are not guarantees of future performance. They involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. Such risks and uncertainties include our ability to identify and complete acquisitions consistent with our business strategies, integrate acquisitions that have been completed, realize expected benefits and synergies from, and manage other risks associated with, acquired businesses, including obtaining any required regulatory approvals with respect thereto. We also face other general risks, including our ability to realize cost savings from our operating initiatives, general economic conditions and the conditions of the specific markets in which we operate, including risks related to labor shortages and rising interest rates, changes in foreign exchange rates, difficulties associated with exports, risks associated with our international operations, cybersecurity and data privacy risks, including litigation resulting therefrom, risks related to political instability, armed hostilities, incidents of terrorism, public health crises (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) or natural disasters, increased product liability and insurance costs, increased warranty exposure, future competition, changes in the supply of, or price for, parts and components, including as a result of the current inflationary environment and ongoing supply chain constraints, environmental compliance costs and liabilities, risks and cost associated with litigation, potential write-offs of our substantial intangible assets, and risks associated with obtaining governmental approvals and maintaining regulatory compliance for new and existing products. Important risks may be discussed in current and subsequent filings with the SEC. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. These statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update publicly any of them in light of new information or future events.

    Roper Technologies, Inc.      
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)    
    (Amounts in millions)      
           
      September 30, 2024   December 31, 2023
    ASSETS:      
           
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 269.6     $ 214.3  
    Accounts receivable, net   821.2       829.9  
    Inventories, net   129.0       118.6  
    Income taxes receivable   43.0       47.7  
    Unbilled receivables   130.3       106.4  
    Other current assets   199.2       164.5  
    Total current assets   1,592.3       1,481.4  
           
    Property, plant and equipment, net   132.8       119.6  
    Goodwill   19,267.2       17,118.8  
    Other intangible assets, net   9,212.7       8,212.1  
    Deferred taxes   35.9       32.2  
    Equity investments   878.6       795.7  
    Other assets   433.2       407.7  
    Total assets $ 31,552.7     $ 28,167.5  
           
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:      
           
    Accounts payable $ 155.8     $ 143.0  
    Accrued compensation   248.5       250.0  
    Deferred revenue   1,671.0       1,583.8  
    Other accrued liabilities   468.4       446.5  
    Income taxes payable   47.0       40.4  
    Current portion of long-term debt, net   699.0       499.5  
    Total current liabilities   3,289.7       2,963.2  
           
    Long-term debt, net of current portion   7,677.6       5,830.6  
    Deferred taxes   1,649.9       1,513.1  
    Other liabilities   420.0       415.8  
    Total liabilities   13,037.2       10,722.7  
           
    Common stock   1.1       1.1  
    Additional paid-in capital   2,976.9       2,767.0  
    Retained earnings   15,661.4       14,816.3  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (107.4 )     (122.8 )
    Treasury stock   (16.5 )     (16.8 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   18,515.5       17,444.8  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 31,552.7     $ 28,167.5  
           
    Roper Technologies, Inc.          
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings (unaudited)        
    (Amounts in millions, except per share data)        
                   
      Three months ended
    September 30,
      Nine months ended
    September 30,
        2024       2023       2024       2023  
    Net revenues $ 1,764.6     $ 1,563.4     $ 5,162.1     $ 4,564.3  
    Cost of sales   542.9       467.1       1,566.1       1,382.3  
    Gross profit   1,221.7       1,096.3       3,596.0       3,182.0  
                   
    Selling, general and administrative expenses   725.1       650.2       2,123.9       1,899.6  
    Income from operations   496.6       446.1       1,472.1       1,282.4  
                   
    Interest expense, net   67.7       42.4       188.4       114.6  
    Equity investments gain, net   (37.4 )     (33.9 )     (93.6 )     (98.7 )
    Other (income) expense, net   (0.9 )     (5.0 )     0.9       0.1  
                   
    Earnings before income taxes   467.2       442.6       1,376.4       1,266.4  
                   
    Income taxes   99.3       97.0       289.4       275.5  
                   
    Net earnings from continuing operations   367.9       345.6       1,087.0       990.9  
                   
    Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax         (2.9 )           (4.1 )
    Gain on disposition of discontinued operations,
    net of tax
            4.5             8.4  
    Net earnings from discontinued operations         1.6             4.3  
                   
    Net earnings $ 367.9     $ 347.2     $ 1,087.0     $ 995.2  
                   
    Net earnings per share from continuing
    operations:
                 
    Basic $ 3.43     $ 3.23     $ 10.15     $ 9.30  
    Diluted $ 3.40     $ 3.21     $ 10.06     $ 9.23  
                   
    Net earnings per share from discontinued
    operations:
                 
    Basic $     $ 0.02     $     $ 0.04  
    Diluted $     $ 0.02     $     $ 0.04  
                   
    Net earnings per share:              
    Basic $ 3.43     $ 3.25     $ 10.15     $ 9.34  
    Diluted $ 3.40     $ 3.23     $ 10.06     $ 9.27  
                   
    Weighted average common shares outstanding:              
    Basic   107.2       106.7       107.1       106.5  
    Diluted   108.1       107.6       108.0       107.3  
                                   
    Roper Technologies, Inc.    
    Selected Segment Financial Data (unaudited)
    (Amounts in millions; percentages of net revenues)
                                   
      Three months ended September 30,   Nine months ended September 30,
        2024       2023       2024       2023  
      Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   %
    Net revenues:                              
    Application Software $ 984.4       $ 803.4       $ 2,811.4       $ 2,335.1    
    Network Software   367.1         364.1         1,102.1         1,076.7    
    Technology Enabled
    Products
      413.1         395.9         1,248.6         1,152.5    
    Total $ 1,764.6       $ 1,563.4       $ 5,162.1       $ 4,564.3    
                                   
                                   
    Gross profit:                              
    Application Software $ 672.8   68.3 %   $ 557.7   69.4 %   $ 1,939.6   69.0 %   $ 1,609.2   68.9 %
    Network Software   311.8   84.9 %     310.7   85.3 %     935.9   84.9 %     914.0   84.9 %
    Technology Enabled
    Products
      237.1   57.4 %     227.9   57.6 %     720.5   57.7 %     658.8   57.2 %
    Total $ 1,221.7   69.2 %   $ 1,096.3   70.1 %   $ 3,596.0   69.7 %   $ 3,182.0   69.7 %
                                   
                                   
    Operating profit*:                              
    Application Software $ 259.8   26.4 %   $ 206.9   25.8 %   $ 750.5   26.7 %   $ 601.3   25.8 %
    Network Software   166.0   45.2 %     164.4   45.2 %     492.1   44.7 %     465.0   43.2 %
    Technology Enabled
    Products
      141.1   34.2 %     137.1   34.6 %     424.0   34.0 %     391.7   34.0 %
    Total $ 566.9   32.1 %   $ 508.4   32.5 %   $ 1,666.6   32.3 %   $ 1,458.0   31.9 %
                                   
    * Segment operating profit is before unallocated corporate general and administrative expenses and enterprise-wide stock-based compensation. These expenses were $70.3 and $62.3 for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and $194.5 and $175.6 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
     
    Roper Technologies, Inc.  
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)
    (Amounts in millions)
      Nine months ended
    September 30,
        2024       2023  
    Cash flows from operating activities:      
    Net earnings from continuing operations $ 1,087.0     $ 990.9  
    Adjustments to reconcile net earnings from continuing operations to cash flows from operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment   27.9       26.3  
    Amortization of intangible assets   573.8       532.8  
    Amortization of deferred financing costs   7.0       7.7  
    Non-cash stock compensation   112.9       99.2  
    Equity investments gain, net   (93.6 )     (98.7 )
    Income tax provision   289.4       275.5  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired businesses:      
    Accounts receivable   82.8       25.8  
    Unbilled receivables   (17.1 )     (15.3 )
    Inventories   (8.3 )     (11.2 )
    Accounts payable   (7.2 )     12.1  
    Other accrued liabilities   (1.7 )     (72.0 )
    Deferred revenue   24.5       18.6  
    Cash taxes paid for gain on disposal of business         (16.4 )
    Cash income taxes paid, excluding tax associated with gain on disposal of
    business
      (383.1 )     (335.6 )
    Other, net   (23.3 )     (24.0 )
    Cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations   1,671.0       1,415.7  
    Cash used in operating activities from discontinued operations         (2.4 )
    Cash provided by operating activities   1,671.0       1,413.3  
           
    Cash flows from (used in) investing activities:      
    Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired   (3,464.1 )     (1,970.1 )
    Capital expenditures   (39.2 )     (37.8 )
    Capitalized software expenditures   (33.4 )     (28.7 )
    Distributions from equity investment   9.5       25.3  
    Other, net   (1.0 )     0.6  
    Cash used in investing activities from continuing operations   (3,528.2 )     (2,010.7 )
    Cash provided by disposition of discontinued operations         2.0  
    Cash used in investing activities   (3,528.2 )     (2,008.7 )
           
    Cash flows from (used in) financing activities:      
    Proceeds from senior notes   2,000.0        
    Payments of senior notes   (500.0 )     (700.0 )
    Borrowings under revolving line of credit, net   565.0       910.0  
    Debt issuance costs   (24.7 )      
    Cash dividends to stockholders   (241.1 )     (217.5 )
    Proceeds from stock-based compensation, net   88.1       99.3  
    Treasury stock sales   14.5       11.6  
    Other   (0.1 )     (0.1 )
    Cash provided by financing activities   1,901.7       103.3  
    (Continued)
           
    Roper Technologies, Inc.  
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) – Continued
    (Amounts in millions)
      Nine months ended
    September 30,
        2024       2023  
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash   10.8       (1.2 )
           
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   55.3       (493.3 )
           
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period   214.3       792.8  
           
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 269.6     $ 299.5  
           

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. Reports Third Quarter 2024 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DUNMORE, Pa., Oct. 23, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: FDBC) and its banking subsidiary, The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank, announced its unaudited, consolidated financial results for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2024.

    Unaudited Financial Information

    Net income for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 was $5.0 million, or $0.86 diluted earnings per share, compared to $5.3 million, or $0.93 diluted earnings per share, for the quarter ended September 30, 2023.  The $0.3 million decline in net income resulted primarily from the $1.0 million increase in non-interest expenses coupled with a $0.4 million increase in the provision for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments and $0.2 million increase in the provision for credit losses on loans. This was partially offset by a $0.8 million increase in net interest income and a $0.7 million increase in non-interest income.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net income was $15.0 million, or $2.59 diluted earnings per share, compared to $17.7 million, or $3.11 diluted earnings per share, for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  The $2.7 million, or 15%, decline in net income stemmed from the $2.0 million higher non-interest expenses and $1.6 million reduction in net interest income partially offset by the increase of $0.8 million in non-interest income.

    “Our third quarter results reflect strong balance sheet growth, increased capital levels, liquidity, and non-interest income,” stated Daniel J. Santaniello, President and Chief Executive Officer. “Q3 also reflected an increase in net interest margin. We remain focused, disciplined and thoughtful as we execute on our strategic plan. The Fidelity Bankers continue to demonstrate exemplary efforts and Fidelity Bank is well positioned for the future and committed to our clients, shareholders, and the communities we serve.”

    Consolidated Third Quarter Operating Results Overview

    Net interest income was $15.4 million for the third quarter of 2024, a 5% increase over the $14.6 million earned for the third quarter of 2023.  The $0.8 million increase in net interest income resulted from the increase of $3.6 million in interest income primarily due to a $71.0 million increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets and a 50 basis point increase in fully-taxable equivalent (“FTE”) yield. The loan portfolio had the biggest impact, producing a $3.7 million increase in FTE interest income from $122.8 million in higher quarterly average balances and an increase of 50 basis points in FTE loan yield. Slightly offsetting the higher interest income, a $2.8 million increase in interest expense was due to a 55 basis point increase in the rates paid on interest-bearing deposits coupled with a $94.4 million quarter-over-quarter increase in average deposit balances. 

    The overall cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 2.70% for the third quarter of 2024, an increase of 53 basis points from the 2.17% for the third quarter of 2023.  The cost of funds increased 45 basis points to 2.08% for the third quarter of 2024 from 1.63% for the third quarter of 2023. The FTE yield on interest-earning assets was 4.68% for the third quarter of 2024, an increase of 50 basis points from the 4.18% for the third quarter of 2023.  The Company’s FTE (non-GAAP measurement) net interest spread was 1.98% for the third quarter of 2024, a decrease of 3 basis points from the 2.01% recorded for the third quarter of 2023.  FTE net interest margin increased to 2.70% for the three months ended September 30, 2024 from 2.63% for the same 2023 period due to allocation of better performing interest earning assets, which led to a 7 basis point margin improvement.

    The provision for credit losses on loans was $0.7 million coupled with a provision for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments of $0.1 million for the third quarter of 2024. For the three months ended September 30, 2024, the provision for credit losses on loans increased $0.2 million compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in the provision for credit losses on loans was due to growth in the loan portfolio of $67.0 million in the third quarter of 2024 compared to growth of $16.1 million in the same quarter of 2023, specifically in the commercial loan portfolio. For the three months ended September 30, 2024, the provision for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments increased $0.4 million compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in the provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments was due to a growth in the unfunded commitments reserve of $135 thousand in the third quarter of 2024 compared to a reduction of $275 thousand in the same quarter of 2023, specifically in commercial construction commitments.

    Total non-interest income increased $0.7 million, or 15%, to $5.0 million for the third quarter of 2024 compared to $4.3 million for the third quarter of 2023. The increase in non-interest income was primarily attributable to an additional $0.1 million service charges on commercial loans, $0.1 million higher fees from trust fiduciary activities, $0.1 million more in financial services revenue, and fees from commercial loans with interest rate hedges increased $0.1 million.

    Non-interest expenses increased $1.0 million, or 8%, for the third quarter of 2024 to $13.8 million from $12.8 million for the same quarter of 2023. The increase in non-interest expenses was primarily due to $0.9 million higher salaries and benefits expense from higher salaries related to new hires and banker incentives. There were also increases in professional services of $0.1 million and PA shares tax of $0.1 million.

    The provision for income taxes increased $0.2 million during the third quarter of 2024 primarily due to less tax credits compared to the third quarter of 2023.

    Consolidated Year-To-Date Operating Results Overview

    Net interest income was $45.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $47.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  The $1.6 million, or 3%, reduction was the result of interest expense growing faster than interest income.  On the asset side, the loan portfolio caused interest income growth by producing $9.5 million more in interest income primarily from an increase of 47 basis points in FTE loan yields on $97.4 million in higher average balances.  On the funding side, total interest expense increased by $11.6 million primarily due to an increase in interest expense paid on deposits of $12.0 million from an 86 basis point higher rate paid on a $97.1 million larger average balance of interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on borrowings of $0.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the same period in 2023.

    The overall cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 2.60% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to 1.79% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  The cost of funds increased 66 basis points to 1.99% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 from 1.33% for the same period of 2023. The FTE yield on interest-earning assets was 4.59% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of 47 basis points from the 4.12% for year-to-date September 30, 2023.  The Company’s FTE (non-GAAP measurement) net interest spread was 1.99% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of 34 basis points from the 2.33% recorded for the same period of 2023.  FTE net interest margin decreased by 16 basis points to 2.70% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 from 2.86% for the same 2023 period due to the increase in rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities growing at a faster pace than the yields on interest-earning assets.

    The provision for credit losses on loans was $1.1 million and the provision for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments was $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, the provision for credit losses on loans decreased $0.3 million compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The decrease in the provision for credit losses on loans was due to a reduction in net charge-offs. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, the provision for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments increased $0.3 million compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in the provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments was due to a higher growth in unfunded loan commitments, specifically commercial construction commitments.

    Total non-interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was $14.2 million, an increase of $0.8 million, or 7%, from $13.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  The increase was primarily due to $0.5 million in additional trust fiduciary fees and $0.2 million higher fees from financial services.  During the first nine months of 2023, the Company recorded a write-down associated with a branch closure reducing non-interest income. In the third quarter of 2023, the Company received $0.3 million in recoveries from acquired charged-off loans, offsetting the increase in other income. Additionally, the Company experienced a decrease of $0.2 million in fees from commercial loans with interest rate hedges compared to the first nine months of 2023.

    Non-interest expenses increased to $41.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of $2.0 million, or 5%, from $39.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  The increase in non-interest expenses was primarily due to the $2.0 million increase in salaries and benefits expense coupled with increases in professional fees of $0.3 million and PA shares tax of $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the same period in 2023. The increases were partially offset by $0.4 million less in fraud losses and $0.2 million less advertising and marketing expenses. 

    The provision for income taxes decreased $0.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the same period in 2023 primarily due to lower income before taxes. 

    Consolidated Balance Sheet & Asset Quality Overview

    The Company’s total assets had a balance of $2.6 billion as of September 30, 2024, an increase of $0.1 billion, from $2.5 billion as of December 31, 2023. The increase resulted from $107.9 million in growth in the loans and leases portfolio during the nine months ended September 30, 2024. Cash and cash equivalents increased $8.2 million and the investment portfolio decreased by $8.5 million. The decline in the investment portfolio was primarily due to $16.7 million in paydowns partially offset by an $8.4 million increase in market value of available-for-sale securities. As of September 30, 2024, the market value of held-to-maturity securities also increased by $6.0 million compared to December 31, 2023, with $22.2 million in unrealized losses. During the same time period, total liabilities increased $95.0 million, or 4%. Deposit growth of $184.1 million was utilized to pay down $92.0 million in short-term borrowings. The Company experienced an increase of $98.7 million in money market deposits and an increase of $96.1 million in certificate of deposits due to promotional rates offered as a result of market competition. The growth in these products was partially offset by a decrease of $10.8 million in checking and savings account balances as of September 30, 2024. As of September 30, 2024, the ratio of insured and collateralized deposits to total deposits was approximately 75%.

    Shareholders’ equity increased $17.8 million, or 9%, to $207.3 million at September 30, 2024 from $189.5 million at December 31, 2023. The increase was caused by retained earnings improvement from net income of $15.0 million, partially offset by $6.6 million in cash dividends paid to shareholders and a $8.0 million improvement in accumulated other comprehensive income due to lower unrealized losses in the investment portfolio. At September 30, 2024, there were no credit losses on available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities.  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is excluded from regulatory capital ratios. The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank remains above well capitalized limits with Tier 1 capital at 9.30% of total average assets as of September 30, 2024.  Total risk-based capital was 14.56% of risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 risk-based capital was 13.38% of risk-weighted assets as of September 30, 2024.  Tangible book value per share was $32.55 at September 30, 2024 compared to $29.57 at December 31, 2023.  Tangible common equity was 7.19% of total assets at September 30, 2024 compared to 6.79% at December 31, 2023.

    Asset Quality

    Total non-performing assets were $7.6 million, or 0.29% of total assets, at September 30, 2024, compared to $3.3 million, or 0.13% of total assets, at December 31, 2023. Past due and non-accrual loans to total loans were 0.62% at September 30, 2024, compared to 0.46% at December 31, 2023. Net charge-offs to average total loans were 0.02% at September 30, 2024, compared to 0.04% at December 31, 2023. 

    About Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank

    Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. has built a strong history as trusted financial advisor to the clients served by The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank (“Fidelity Bank”).  Fidelity Bank continues its mission of exceeding client expectations through a unique banking experience. It operates 21 full-service offices throughout Lackawanna, Luzerne, Lehigh and Northampton Counties and a Fidelity Bank Wealth Management Office in Schuylkill County. Fidelity Bank provides a digital banking experience online at http://www.bankatfidelity.com, through the Fidelity Mobile Banking app, and in the Client Care Center at 1-800-388-4380. Additionally, the Bank offers full-service Wealth Management & Brokerage Services, a Mortgage Center, and a full suite of personal and commercial banking products and services. Part of the Company’s vision is to serve as the best bank for the community, which was accomplished by having provided over 5,980 hours of volunteer time and over $1.4 million in donations to non-profit organizations directly within the markets served throughout 2023. Fidelity Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the full extent permitted by law.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    The Company uses non-GAAP financial measures to provide information useful to the reader in understanding its operating performance and trends, and to facilitate comparisons with the performance of other financial institutions. Management uses these measures internally to assess and better understand our underlying business performance and trends related to core business activities.  The Company’s non-GAAP financial measures and key performance indicators may differ from the non-GAAP financial measures and key performance indicators other financial institutions use to measure their performance and trends. Non-GAAP financial measures should be supplemental to GAAP used to prepare the Company’s operating results and should not be read in isolation or relied upon as a substitute for GAAP measures.  Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP are presented in the tables below.

    Interest income was adjusted to recognize the income from tax exempt interest-earning assets as if the interest was taxable, fully-taxable equivalent (FTE), in order to calculate certain ratios within this document.  This treatment allows a uniform comparison among yields on interest-earning assets.  Interest income was FTE adjusted, using the corporate federal tax rate of 21% for 2024 and 2023.

    Forward-looking statements

    Certain of the matters discussed in this press release constitute forward-looking statements for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as such may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.  The words “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “estimate,” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.

    The Company’s actual results may differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including, without limitation:

    • local, regional and national economic conditions and changes thereto;
    • the short-term and long-term effects of inflation, and rising costs to the Company, its customers and on the economy;
    • the risks of changes and volatility of interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the values of loan collateral, securities and interest rate protection agreements, as well as interest rate risks;
    • securities markets and monetary fluctuations and volatility;
    • disruption of credit and equity markets;
    • impacts of the capital and liquidity requirements of the Basel III standards and other regulatory pronouncements, regulations and rules;
    • governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as well as legislative and regulatory changes;
    • effects of short- and long-term federal budget and tax negotiations and their effect on economic and business conditions;
    • the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation;
    • the impact of new or changes in existing laws and regulations, including laws and regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance and their application with which the Company and its subsidiaries must comply;
    • the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters;
    • the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market and other mutual funds and other financial institutions operating in our market area and elsewhere, including institutions operating locally, regionally, nationally and internationally, together with such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone, computer and the internet;
    • the effects of economic conditions of any other pandemic, epidemic or other health-related crisis such as COVID-19 and responses thereto on current customers and the operations of the Company, specifically the effect of the economy on loan customers’ ability to repay loans;
    • the effects of bank failures, banking system instability, deposit fluctuations, loan and securities value changes;
    • technological changes;
    • the interruption or breach in security of our information systems, continually evolving cybersecurity and other technological risks and attacks resulting in failures or disruptions in customer account management, general ledger processing and loan or deposit updates and potential impacts resulting therefrom including additional costs, reputational damage, regulatory penalties, and financial losses;
    • acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses;
    • the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for loan losses and estimations of values of collateral and various financial assets and liabilities;
    • acts of war or terrorism; and
    • the risk that our analyses of these risks and forces could be incorrect and/or that the strategies developed to address them could be unsuccessful.

    The Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect analyses only as of the date of this release.  The Company has no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this release.

    For more information please visit our investor relations web site located through http://www.bankatfidelity.com. 

    Contacts:  
       
    Daniel J. Santaniello Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr.
    President and Chief Executive Officer Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
    570-504-8035 570-504-8000
    FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (dollars in thousands)
     
    At Period End:   September 30, 2024     December 31, 2023  
    Assets                
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 120,169     $ 111,949  
    Investment securities     559,819       568,273  
    Restricted investments in bank stock     3,944       3,905  
    Loans and leases     1,795,548       1,686,555  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (19,630 )     (18,806 )
    Premises and equipment, net     36,057       34,232  
    Life insurance cash surrender value     57,672       54,572  
    Goodwill and core deposit intangible     20,576       20,812  
    Other assets     41,778       41,667  
                     
    Total assets   $ 2,615,933     $ 2,503,159  
                     
    Liabilities                
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   $ 549,710     $ 536,143  
    Interest-bearing deposits     1,792,796       1,622,282  
    Total deposits     2,342,506       2,158,425  
    Short-term borrowings     25,000       117,000  
    Secured borrowings     6,323       7,372  
    Other liabilities     34,843       30,883  
    Total liabilities     2,408,672       2,313,680  
                     
    Shareholders’ equity     207,261       189,479  
                     
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,615,933     $ 2,503,159  
    Average Year-To-Date Balances:   September 30, 2024     December 31, 2023  
    Assets                
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 51,707     $ 35,462  
    Investment securities     556,559       597,359  
    Restricted investments in bank stock     3,961       4,212  
    Loans and leases     1,722,655       1,635,286  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (19,169 )     (18,680 )
    Premises and equipment, net     35,418       32,215  
    Life insurance cash surrender value     55,963       54,085  
    Goodwill and core deposit intangible     20,679       20,977  
    Other assets     41,854       44,180  
                     
    Total assets   $ 2,469,627     $ 2,405,096  
                     
    Liabilities                
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   $ 524,238     $ 558,962  
    Interest-bearing deposits     1,673,443       1,586,527  
    Total deposits     2,197,681       2,145,489  
    Short-term borrowings     39,873       49,860  
    Secured borrowings     7,009       7,489  
    Other liabilities     31,724       29,881  
    Total liabilities     2,276,287       2,232,719  
                     
    Shareholders’ equity     193,340       172,377  
                     
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,469,627     $ 2,405,096  
    FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
    (dollars in thousands)
     
        Three Months Ended     Nine Months Ended  
        Sep. 30, 2024     Sep. 30, 2023     Sep. 30, 2024     Sep. 30, 2023  
    Interest income                                
    Loans and leases   $ 24,036     $ 20,502     $ 68,685     $ 59,223  
    Securities, interest-bearing cash and other     3,263       3,176       10,278       9,772  
                                     
    Total interest income     27,299       23,678       78,963       68,995  
                                     
    Interest expense                                
    Deposits     (11,297 )     (8,488 )     (31,697 )     (19,713 )
    Borrowings and debt     (571 )     (551 )     (1,775 )     (2,136 )
                                     
    Total interest expense     (11,868 )     (9,039 )     (33,472 )     (21,849 )
                                     
    Net interest income     15,431       14,639       45,491       47,146  
                                     
    Net benefit (provision) for credit losses on loans     (675 )     (525 )     (1,075 )     (1,380 )
    Net benefit (provision) for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments     (135 )     275       (225 )     100  
    Non-interest income     4,979       4,325       14,167       13,349  
    Non-interest expense     (13,840 )     (12,784 )     (41,146 )     (39,066 )
                                     
    Income before income taxes     5,760       5,930       17,212       20,149  
                                     
    (Provision) benefit for income taxes     (793 )     (590 )     (2,252 )     (2,407 )
    Net income   $ 4,967     $ 5,340     $ 14,960     $ 17,742  
        Three Months Ended  
        Sep. 30, 2024     Jun. 30, 2024     Mar. 31, 2024     Dec. 31, 2023     Sep. 30, 2023  
    Interest income                                        
    Loans and leases   $ 24,036     $ 22,516     $ 22,133     $ 21,406     $ 20,502  
    Securities, interest-bearing cash and other     3,263       3,523       3,492       3,434       3,176  
                                             
    Total interest income     27,299       26,039       25,625       24,840       23,678  
                                             
    Interest expense                                        
    Deposits     (11,297 )     (10,459 )     (9,941 )     (9,232 )     (8,488 )
    Borrowings and debt     (571 )     (463 )     (741 )     (707 )     (551 )
                                             
    Total interest expense     (11,868 )     (10,922 )     (10,682 )     (9,939 )     (9,039 )
                                             
    Net interest income     15,431       15,117       14,943       14,901       14,639  
                                             
    Net benefit (provision) for credit losses on loans     (675 )     (275 )     (125 )     (111 )     (525 )
    Net benefit (provision) for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments     (135 )     (140 )     50       65       275  
    Non-interest income (loss)     4,979       4,615       4,572       (1,944 )     4,325  
    Non-interest expense     (13,840 )     (13,616 )     (13,689 )     (12,804 )     (12,784 )
                                             
    Income before income taxes     5,760       5,701       5,751       107       5,930  
                                             
    (Provision) benefit for income taxes     (793 )     (766 )     (694 )     361       (590 )
    Net income   $ 4,967     $ 4,935     $ 5,057     $ 468     $ 5,340  
    FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (dollars in thousands)
     
    At Period End:   Sep. 30, 2024     Jun. 30, 2024     Mar. 31, 2024     Dec. 31, 2023     Sep. 30, 2023  
    Assets                                        
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 120,169     $ 78,085     $ 72,733     $ 111,949     $ 110,471  
    Investment securities     559,819       552,495       559,016       568,273       576,688  
    Restricted investments in bank stock     3,944       3,968       3,959       3,905       3,800  
    Loans and leases     1,795,548       1,728,509       1,697,299       1,686,555       1,647,552  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (19,630 )     (18,975 )     (18,886 )     (18,806 )     (18,757 )
    Premises and equipment, net     36,057       35,808       34,899       34,232       32,625  
    Life insurance cash surrender value     57,672       57,278       54,921       54,572       54,226  
    Goodwill and core deposit intangible     20,576       20,649       20,728       20,812       20,897  
    Other assets     41,778       42,828       44,227       41,667       49,318  
                                             
    Total assets   $ 2,615,933     $ 2,500,645     $ 2,468,896     $ 2,503,159     $ 2,476,820  
                                             
    Liabilities                                        
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   $ 549,710     $ 527,572     $ 537,824     $ 536,143     $ 549,741  
    Interest-bearing deposits     1,792,796       1,641,558       1,678,172       1,622,282       1,602,018  
    Total deposits     2,342,506       2,169,130       2,215,996       2,158,425       2,151,759  
    Short-term borrowings     25,000       98,120       25,000       117,000       124,000  
    Secured borrowings     6,323       7,237       7,299       7,372       7,439  
    Other liabilities     34,843       30,466       28,966       30,883       28,190  
    Total liabilities     2,408,672       2,304,953       2,277,261       2,313,680       2,311,388  
                                             
    Shareholders’ equity     207,261       195,692       191,635       189,479       165,432  
                                             
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,615,933     $ 2,500,645     $ 2,468,896     $ 2,503,159     $ 2,476,820  
    Average Quarterly Balances:   Sep. 30, 2024     Jun. 30, 2024     Mar. 31, 2024     Dec. 31, 2023     Sep. 30, 2023  
    Assets                                        
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 41,991     $ 58,351     $ 54,887     $ 42,176     $ 33,238  
    Investment securities     554,578       551,445       563,674       558,423       598,604  
    Restricted investments in bank stock     3,965       3,983       3,934       3,854       3,763  
    Loans and leases     1,763,254       1,707,598       1,696,669       1,664,905       1,640,411  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (19,323 )     (19,171 )     (19,013 )     (19,222 )     (18,812 )
    Premises and equipment, net     36,219       35,433       34,591       33,629       31,746  
    Life insurance cash surrender value     57,525       55,552       54,796       54,449       54,110  
    Goodwill and core deposit intangible     20,602       20,677       20,759       20,844       20,930  
    Other assets     41,734       42,960       40,871       46,028       44,346  
                                             
    Total assets   $ 2,500,545     $ 2,456,828     $ 2,451,168     $ 2,405,086     $ 2,408,336  
                                             
    Liabilities                                        
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   $ 522,827     $ 530,048     $ 519,856     $ 533,663     $ 548,682  
    Interest-bearing deposits     1,702,187       1,670,211       1,647,615       1,616,826       1,607,793  
    Total deposits     2,225,014       2,200,259       2,167,471       2,150,489       2,156,475  
    Short-term borrowings     37,220       28,477       53,952       48,490       37,595  
    Secured borrowings     6,429       7,269       7,335       7,412       7,470  
    Other liabilities     31,999       30,734       32,434       30,745       29,638  
    Total liabilities     2,300,662       2,266,739       2,261,192       2,237,136       2,231,178  
                                             
    Shareholders’ equity     199,883       190,089       189,976       167,950       177,158  
                                             
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,500,545     $ 2,456,828     $ 2,451,168     $ 2,405,086     $ 2,408,336  
    FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
    Selected Financial Ratios and Other Financial Data
     
        Three Months Ended  
        Sep. 30, 2024     Jun. 30, 2024     Mar. 31, 2024     Dec. 31, 2023     Sep. 30, 2023  
    Selected returns and financial ratios                                        
    Basic earnings per share   $ 0.87     $ 0.86     $ 0.88     $ 0.08     $ 0.94  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.86     $ 0.86     $ 0.88     $ 0.08     $ 0.93  
    Dividends per share   $ 0.38     $ 0.38     $ 0.38     $ 0.38     $ 0.36  
    Yield on interest-earning assets (FTE)*     4.68 %     4.58 %     4.52 %     4.36 %     4.18 %
    Cost of interest-bearing liabilities     2.70 %     2.58 %     2.51 %     2.36 %     2.17 %
    Cost of funds     2.08 %     1.96 %     1.93 %     1.79 %     1.63 %
    Net interest spread (FTE)*     1.98 %     2.00 %     2.01 %     2.00 %     2.01 %
    Net interest margin (FTE)*     2.70 %     2.71 %     2.69 %     2.66 %     2.63 %
    Return on average assets     0.79 %     0.81 %     0.83 %     0.08 %     0.88 %
    Pre-provision net revenue to average assets*     1.05 %     1.00 %     0.96 %     0.03 %     1.02 %
    Return on average equity     9.89 %     10.44 %     10.71 %     1.10 %     11.96 %
    Return on average tangible equity*     11.02 %     11.72 %     12.02 %     1.26 %     13.56 %
    Efficiency ratio (FTE)*     65.33 %     66.47 %     67.56 %     63.74 %     65.01 %
    Expense ratio     1.41 %     1.47 %     1.50 %     2.43 %     1.39 %
        Nine months ended  
        Sep. 30, 2024     Sep. 30, 2023  
    Basic earnings per share   $ 2.61     $ 3.13  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 2.59     $ 3.11  
    Dividends per share   $ 1.14     $ 1.08  
    Yield on interest-earning assets (FTE)*     4.59 %     4.12 %
    Cost of interest-bearing liabilities     2.60 %     1.79 %
    Cost of funds     1.99 %     1.33 %
    Net interest spread (FTE)*     1.99 %     2.33 %
    Net interest margin (FTE)*     2.70 %     2.86 %
    Return on average assets     0.81 %     0.99 %
    Pre-provision net revenue to average assets*     1.00 %     1.19 %
    Return on average equity     10.34 %     13.64 %
    Return on average tangible equity*     11.57 %     15.52 %
    Efficiency ratio (FTE)*     66.44 %     62.33 %
    Expense ratio     1.46 %     1.43 %
    Other financial data   At period end:  
    (dollars in thousands except per share data)   Sep. 30, 2024     Jun. 30, 2024     Mar. 31, 2024     Dec. 31, 2023     Sep. 30, 2023  
    Assets under management   $ 942,190     $ 906,861     $ 900,964     $ 876,287     $ 799,968  
    Book value per share   $ 36.13     $ 34.12     $ 33.41     $ 33.22     $ 29.04  
    Tangible book value per share*   $ 32.55     $ 30.52     $ 29.80     $ 29.57     $ 25.37  
    Equity to assets     7.92 %     7.83 %     7.76 %     7.57 %     6.68 %
    Tangible common equity ratio*     7.19 %     7.06 %     6.98 %     6.79 %     5.89 %
    Allowance for credit losses on loans to:                                        
    Total loans     1.09 %     1.10 %     1.11 %     1.12 %     1.14 %
    Non-accrual loans   2.77x     2.75x     5.31x     5.68x     6.24x  
    Non-accrual loans to total loans     0.39 %     0.40 %     0.21 %     0.20 %     0.18 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets     0.29 %     0.28 %     0.15 %     0.13 %     0.14 %
    Net charge-offs to average total loans     0.02 %     0.03 %     0.01 %     0.04 %     0.04 %
                                             
    Fidelity Bank Capital Adequacy Ratios                                        
    Total risk-based capital ratio     14.56 %     14.69 %     14.68 %     14.57 %     14.69 %
    Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     13.38 %     13.52 %     13.47 %     13.32 %     13.51 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     13.38 %     13.52 %     13.47 %     13.32 %     13.51 %
    Leverage ratio     9.30 %     9.30 %     9.15 %     9.08 %     9.17 %

    * Non-GAAP Financial Measures – see reconciliations below

    FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.
    Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures to GAAP
     
    Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Measures to GAAP   Three Months Ended  
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)   Sep. 30, 2024     Jun. 30, 2024     Mar. 31, 2024     Dec. 31, 2023     Sep. 30, 2023  
    FTE net interest income (non-GAAP)                                        
    Interest income (GAAP)   $ 27,299     $ 26,039     $ 25,625     $ 24,840     $ 23,678  
    Adjustment to FTE     775       751       747       664       700  
    Interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)     28,074       26,790       26,372       25,504       24,378  
    Interest expense (GAAP)     11,868       10,922       10,682       9,939       9,039  
    Net interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)   $ 16,206     $ 15,868       15,690       15,565       15,339  
                                             
    Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP)                                        
    Non-interest expenses (GAAP)   $ 13,840     $ 13,616     $ 13,689     $ 12,804     $ 12,784  
                                             
    Net interest income (GAAP)     15,431       15,117       14,943       14,901       14,639  
    Plus: taxable equivalent adjustment     775       751       747       664       700  
    Non-interest income (GAAP)     4,979       4,615       4,572       (1,944 )     4,325  
    Less: (Loss) gain on sales of securities                       (6,467 )      
    Net interest income (FTE) plus adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP)   $ 21,185     $ 20,483     $ 20,262     $ 20,088     $ 19,664  
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) (1)     65.33 %     66.48 %     67.56 %     63.74 %     65.01 %
    (1) The reported efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure calculated by dividing non-interest expense by the sum of net interest income, on an FTE basis, and adjusted non-interest (loss) income.                                        
                                             
    Tangible Book Value per Share/Tangible Common Equity Ratio (non-GAAP)                                        
    Total assets (GAAP)   $ 2,615,933     $ 2,500,645     $ 2,468,896     $ 2,503,159     $ 2,476,820  
    Less: Intangible assets     (20,576 )     (20,649 )     (20,728 )     (20,812 )     (20,897 )
    Tangible assets     2,595,357       2,479,996       2,448,168       2,482,347       2,455,923  
    Total shareholders’ equity (GAAP)     207,261       195,692       191,635       189,479       165,432  
    Less: Intangible assets     (20,576 )     (20,649 )     (20,728 )     (20,812 )     (20,897 )
    Tangible common equity     186,685       175,043       170,907       168,667       144,535  
                                             
    Common shares outstanding, end of period     5,736,025       5,735,728       5,735,732       5,703,636       5,696,351  
    Tangible Common Book Value per Share   $ 32.55     $ 30.52     $ 29.80     $ 29.57     $ 25.37  
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio     7.19 %     7.06 %     6.98 %     6.79 %     5.89 %
                                             
    Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets                                        
    Income before taxes (GAAP)   $ 5,760     $ 5,701     $ 5,751     $ 107     $ 5,930  
    Plus: Provision for credit losses     810       415       75       47       250  
    Total pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP)     6,570       6,116       5,826       154       6,180  
    Total (annualized) (non-GAAP)   $ 26,423     $ 24,600     $ 23,432     $ 609     $ 24,517  
                                             
    Average assets   $ 2,500,545     $ 2,456,828     $ 2,451,168     $ 2,405,086     $ 2,408,336  
    Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets (non-GAAP)     1.05 %     1.00 %     0.96 %     0.03 %     1.02 %
    Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Measures to GAAP   Nine months ended  
    (dollars in thousands)   Sep. 30, 2024     Sep. 30, 2023  
    FTE net interest income (non-GAAP)                
    Interest income (GAAP)   $ 78,963     $ 68,995  
    Adjustment to FTE     2,272       2,186  
    Interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)     81,235       71,181  
    Interest expense (GAAP)     33,472       21,849  
    Net interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)   $ 47,763     $ 49,332  
                     
    Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP)                
    Non-interest expenses (GAAP)   $ 41,146     $ 39,066  
                     
    Net interest income (GAAP)     45,491       47,146  
    Plus: taxable equivalent adjustment     2,272       2,186  
    Non-interest income (GAAP)     14,167       13,349  
    Net interest income (FTE) plus non-interest income (non-GAAP)   $ 61,930     $ 62,681  
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) (1)     66.44 %     62.33 %
    (1) The reported efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure calculated by dividing non-interest expense by the sum of net interest income, on an FTE basis, and adjusted non-interest (loss) income.                
                     
    Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets                
    Income before taxes (GAAP)   $ 17,212     $ 20,149  
    Plus: Provision for credit losses     1,300       1,280  
    Total pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP)   $ 18,512     $ 21,429  
    Total (annualized) (non-GAAP)   $ 24,661     $ 28,650  
                     
    Average assets   $ 2,469,627     $ 2,405,100  
    Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets (non-GAAP)     1.00 %     1.19 %

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Lloyds Bank PLC: 2024 Q3 Interim Management Statement

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LONDON, Oct. 23, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —

    Lloyds Bank plc
    Q3 2024 Interim Management Statement
    23 October 2024

    Member of the Lloyds Banking Group

    FINANCIAL REVIEW

    Income statement

    The Group’s profit before tax for the first nine months of 2024 was £3,927 million, 27 per cent lower than the same period in 2023. This was driven by lower net interest income and higher operating expenses, partly offset by a lower impairment charge. Profit after tax was £2,727 million (nine months to 30 September 2023 £3,975 million).

    Total income for the first nine months of 2024 was £12,613 million, a decrease of 8 per cent on the same period in 2023. Within this, net interest income of £9,378 million was 10 per cent lower on the prior year, driven by a lower margin. The lower margin reflected anticipated headwinds due to deposit churn and asset margin compression, particularly in the mortgage book as it refinances in a lower margin environment. These factors were partially offset by benefits from higher structural hedge earnings as balances are reinvested in the higher rate environment.

    Other income amounted to £3,235 million in the nine months to 30 September 2024 compared to £3,268 million in the same period in 2023, with improved UK Motor Finance performance, reflecting growth following the acquisition of Tusker in the first quarter of 2023, increased fleet size and higher average rental value, partially offset by the impact of changes to commission arrangements with Scottish Widows.

    Operating expenses of £8,392 million were 13 per cent higher than in the prior year. This includes the impacts of higher operating lease depreciation, largely as a result of fleet growth, the depreciation of higher value vehicles and declines in used electric car prices, alongside higher ongoing strategic investment, accelerated severance charges and inflationary pressure. It also includes c.£0.1 billion relating to the sector-wide change in the charging approach for the Bank of England Levy taken in the first quarter. In the nine months to 30 September 2024, the Group recognised remediation costs of £118 million (nine months to 30 September 2023: £127 million), largely in relation to pre-existing programmes, with no further charges in respect of the FCA review of historical motor finance commission arrangements. The FCA confirmed in September 2024 its intention to set out next steps in its review in May 2025, including its assessment of the outcome of the Judicial Review and Court of Appeal decisions involving other market participants; the Group will assess the impact, if any, of these decisions.

    The impairment charge was £294 million compared with a £881 million charge in the nine months to 30 September 2023. The decrease reflects a larger credit from improvements to the Group’s economic outlook in the first half of the year, notably house price growth and through changes to the severe downside scenario methodology. The charge also benefitted from strong portfolio performance, a large debt sale write-back, and a release in Commercial Banking from loss rates used in the model. Asset quality remains strong with resilient credit performance.

    Balance sheet

    Total assets were £4,207 million higher at £609,612 million at 30 September 2024 compared to £605,405 million at 31 December 2023. Financial assets at amortised cost were £15,406 million higher at £503,477 million compared to £488,071 million at 31 December 2023 with increases in reverse repurchase agreements of £11,128 million and loans and advances to customers of £7,355 million, partly offset by a reduction in loans and advances to banks of £2,919 million. The increase in reverse repurchase agreements and the decrease in cash and balances at central banks by £17,984 million to £39,925 million reflected a change in the mix of liquidity holdings. The increase in loans and advances to customers included growth in UK mortgages, UK Retail unsecured loans, credit cards and the European retail business, partly offset by government-backed lending repayments in Commercial Banking. Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income were £5,032 million higher reflecting a change in the mix of liquidity holdings. Other assets increased by £1,864 million to £28,925 million, driven by higher settlement balances and higher operating lease assets reflecting continued motor finance growth.

    Total liabilities were £4,390 million higher at £569,364 million compared to £564,974 million at 31 December 2023. Customer deposits at £446,311 million have increased by £4,358 million since the end of 2023, driven by inflows to limited withdrawal and fixed term savings products, partly offset by a reduction in current account balances and an expected significant outflow in Commercial Banking. In addition, repurchase agreements at £41,370 million have increased by £3,668 million since the end of 2023. Debt securities in issue at amortised cost decreased by £7,369 million to £45,080 million at 30 September 2024. Amounts due to fellow Lloyds Banking Group undertakings increased by £1,510 million to £4,442 million at 30 September 2024. Other liabilities increased by £3,042 million to £12,926 million, driven by higher settlement balances.

    Total equity was £40,248 million at 30 September 2024 was broadly stable compared to £40,431 million at 31 December 2023, with the profit for the period largely offset by interim dividends of £3.4 billion, pension revaluations and movements in the cash flow hedging reserve.

    FINANCIAL REVIEW (continued)

    Capital

    The Group’s common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio reduced to 13.6 per cent at 30 September 2024 (31 December 2023: 14.4 per cent). This largely reflected profit for the period, offset by the payment of interim ordinary dividends, the accrual for foreseeable ordinary dividends and an increase in risk-weighted assets.

    The Group’s total capital ratio reduced to 19.8 per cent (31 December 2023: 20.5 per cent). The issuance of AT1 and Tier 2 capital instruments was more than offset by the reduction in CET1 capital, the reduction in eligible provisions recognised through Tier 2 capital, the impact of regulatory amortisation and foreign exchange on Tier 2 capital instruments and the increase in risk-weighted assets.

    Risk-weighted assets have increased by £2,350 million to £184,910 million at 30 September 2024 (31 December 2023: £182,560 million). This reflects the impact of Retail lending growth, Retail secured CRD IV model updates and other movements, partly offset by optimisation including capital efficient securitisation activity.

    The Group’s UK leverage ratio reduced to 5.3 per cent (31 December 2023: 5.6 per cent). This reflected both the reduction in the total tier 1 capital position and an increase in the leverage exposure measure, principally related to the increase in securities financing transactions and other balance sheet movements.

     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT (UNAUDITED)
     
      Nine
    months ended
    30 Sep
    2024
    £m
        Nine
    months ended
    30 Sep
    2023
    £m
     
           
    Net interest income 9,378     10,432  
    Other income 3,235     3,268  
    Total income 12,613     13,700  
    Operating expenses (8,392 )   (7,457 )
    Impairment (294 )   (881 )
    Profit before tax 3,927     5,362  
    Tax expense (1,200 )   (1,387 )
    Profit for the period 2,727     3,975  
           
    Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 2,454     3,708  
    Profit attributable to other equity holders 256     249  
    Profit attributable to equity holders 2,710     3,957  
    Profit attributable to non-controlling interests 17     18  
    Profit for the period 2,727     3,975  
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)
     
      At 30 Sep
    2024

    £m
        At 31 Dec
    2023
    £m
     
               
    Assets          
    Cash and balances at central banks 39,925     57,909  
    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 1,990     1,862  
    Derivative financial instruments 2,926     3,165  
    Loans and advances to banks 5,891     8,810  
    Loans and advances to customers 440,479     433,124  
    Reverse repurchase agreements 43,879     32,751  
    Debt securities 12,569     12,546  
    Due from fellow Lloyds Banking Group undertakings 659     840  
    Financial assets at amortised cost 503,477     488,071  
    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 32,369     27,337  
    Other assets 28,925     27,061  
    Total assets 609,612     605,405  
               
    Liabilities          
    Deposits from banks 3,474     3,557  
    Customer deposits 446,311     441,953  
    Repurchase agreements 41,370     37,702  
    Due to fellow Lloyds Banking Group undertakings 4,442     2,932  
    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 4,964     5,255  
    Derivative financial instruments 3,583     4,307  
    Debt securities in issue at amortised cost 45,080     52,449  
    Other liabilities 12,926     9,884  
    Subordinated liabilities 7,214     6,935  
    Total liabilities 569,364     564,974  
               
    Equity          
    Share capital 1,574     1,574  
    Share premium account 600     600  
    Other reserves 2,904     2,395  
    Retained profits 29,667     30,786  
    Ordinary shareholders’ equity 34,745     35,355  
    Other equity instruments 5,428     5,018  
    Non-controlling interests 75     58  
    Total equity 40,248     40,431  
    Total equity and liabilities 609,612     605,405  
    ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
     

    1.  Basis of presentation

    This release covers the results of Lloyds Bank plc together with its subsidiaries (the Group) for the nine months ended 30 September 2024.

    Accounting policies

    The accounting policies are consistent with those applied by the Group in its 2023 Annual Report and Accounts

    2.  Capital

    The Group’s Q3 2024 Interim Pillar 3 Disclosures can be found at http://www.lloydsbankinggroup.com/investors/financial-downloads.html.

    3.  UK economic assumptions

    Base case and MES economic assumptions

    The Group’s base case scenario is for a slow expansion in GDP and a modest rise in the unemployment rate alongside small gains in residential and commercial property prices. Following a reduction in inflationary pressures, cuts in UK Bank Rate are expected to continue during 2024 and 2025. Risks around this base case economic view lie in both directions and are largely captured by the generation of alternative economic scenarios.

    The Group has taken into account the latest available information at the reporting date in defining its base case scenario and generating alternative economic scenarios. The scenarios include forecasts for key variables as of the third quarter of 2024. Actuals for this period, or restatements of past data, may have since emerged prior to publication and have not been included, including specifically in the Quarterly National Accounts release of 30 September 2024. The Group’s approach to generating alternative economic scenarios is set out in detail in note 19 to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023. For September 2024, the Group continues to judge it appropriate to include a non-modelled severe downside scenario for ECL calculations as explained in note 12 of the Group’s 2024 Half-Year news release.

    UK economic assumptions – base case scenario by quarter

    Key quarterly assumptions made by the Group in the base case scenario are shown below. Gross domestic product is presented quarter-on-quarter. House price growth, commercial real estate price growth and CPI inflation are presented year-on-year, i.e. from the equivalent quarter in the previous year. Unemployment rate and UK Bank Rate are presented as at the end of each quarter.

    At 30 September 2024 First
    quarter
    2024
    %
      Second
    quarter
    2024
    %
      Third
    quarter
    2024
    %
      Fourth
    quarter
    2024
    %
    First
    quarter
    2025
    %
    Second
    quarter
    2025
    %
    Third
    quarter
    2025
    %
    Fourth
    quarter
    2025
    %
                     
    Gross domestic product 0.7   0.6   0.3   0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4
    Unemployment rate 4.3   4.2   4.3   4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.8
    House price growth 0.4   1.8   5.3   3.1 3.2 3.6 2.4 2.0
    Commercial real estate price growth (5.3 ) (4.7 ) (2.5 ) 0.3 1.4 1.9 1.6 1.7
    UK Bank Rate 5.25   5.25   5.00   4.75 4.50 4.25 4.00 4.00
    CPI inflation 3.5   2.1   2.1   2.7 2.4 2.9 2.7 2.3
                           

    ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)

    3.  UK economic assumptions (continued)

    UK economic assumptions – scenarios by year

    Key annual assumptions made by the Group are shown below. Gross domestic product and CPI inflation are presented as an annual change, house price growth and commercial real estate price growth are presented as the growth in the respective indices within the period. Unemployment rate and UK Bank Rate are averages for the period.

    At 30 September 2024 2024
    %
      2025
    %
      2026
    %
      2027
    %
      2028
    %
      2024-2028
    average
    %
                 
    Upside            
    Gross domestic product 1.2   2.4   1.9   1.5   1.4   1.7  
    Unemployment rate 4.2   3.3   2.8   2.7   2.8   3.1  
    House price growth 3.5   4.6   7.1   6.4   5.1   5.3  
    Commercial real estate price growth 1.6   9.0   4.2   1.8   0.7   3.4  
    UK Bank Rate 5.06   5.08   5.16   5.34   5.58   5.24  
    CPI inflation 2.6   2.7   2.4   2.8   2.8   2.7  
                 
    Base case            
    Gross domestic product 1.1   1.3   1.5   1.5   1.5   1.4  
    Unemployment rate 4.3   4.7   4.7   4.5   4.5   4.5  
    House price growth 3.1   2.0   1.0   1.5   2.1   2.0  
    Commercial real estate price growth 0.3   1.7   2.1   0.7   0.3   1.0  
    UK Bank Rate 5.06   4.19   3.63   3.50   3.50   3.98  
    CPI inflation 2.6   2.6   2.1   2.2   2.1   2.3  
                 
    Downside            
    Gross domestic product 1.0   (0.3 ) 0.4   1.3   1.5   0.8  
    Unemployment rate 4.4   6.5   7.3   7.3   7.1   6.5  
    House price growth 2.9   (0.2 ) (6.1 ) (5.8 ) (2.9 ) (2.5 )
    Commercial real estate price growth (0.7 ) (6.2 ) (1.7 ) (1.9 ) (1.9 ) (2.5 )
    UK Bank Rate 5.06   3.11   1.48   0.96   0.65   2.25  
    CPI inflation 2.6   2.6   1.9   1.5   1.1   2.0  
                 
    Severe downside            
    Gross domestic product 0.9   (2.0 ) (0.1 ) 1.1   1.4   0.2  
    Unemployment rate 4.6   8.6   9.9   9.9   9.7   8.5  
    House price growth 2.3   (2.5 ) (13.5 ) (12.6 ) (8.3 ) (7.1 )
    Commercial real estate price growth (2.7 ) (16.5 ) (6.5 ) (6.5 ) (5.1 ) (7.6 )
    UK Bank Rate – modelled 5.06   1.83   0.23   0.06   0.02   1.44  
    UK Bank Rate – adjusted1 5.13   3.67   2.55   2.16   1.88   3.08  
    CPI inflation – modelled 2.6   2.6   1.5   0.7   0.1   1.5  
    CPI inflation – adjusted1 2.6   3.5   1.8   1.3   0.9   2.0  
                 
    Probability-weighted            
    Gross domestic product 1.1   0.8   1.1   1.4   1.4   1.2  
    Unemployment rate 4.3   5.2   5.4   5.3   5.3   5.1  
    House price growth 3.1   1.7   (0.7 ) (0.6 ) 0.5   0.8  
    Commercial real estate price growth 0.1   (0.3 ) 0.7   (0.5 ) (0.8 ) (0.1 )
    UK Bank Rate – modelled 5.06   3.90   3.10   2.95   2.92   3.59  
    UK Bank Rate – adjusted1 5.07   4.08   3.33   3.15   3.11   3.75  
    CPI inflation – modelled 2.6   2.6   2.0   2.0   1.8   2.2  
    CPI inflation – adjusted1 2.6   2.7   2.1   2.1   1.9   2.3  
                             

    1 The adjustment to UK Bank Rate and CPI inflation in the severe downside is considered to better reflect the risks to the Group’s base case view in an economic environment where the risks of supply and demand shocks are seen as more balanced.

    ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)

    4.  Loans and advances to customers and expected credit loss allowance

    At 30 September 2024 Stage 1
    £m
        Stage 2
    £m
        Stage 3
    £m
        POCI
    £m
        Total
    £m
        Stage 2
    as % of
    total
      Stage 3
    as % of
    total
                               
    Loans and advances to customers
                               
    UK mortgages 271,138     28,389     4,545     6,949     311,021     9.1   1.5
    Credit cards 13,429     2,620     262         16,311     16.1   1.6
    Loans and overdrafts 8,839     1,374     173         10,386     13.2   1.7
    UK Motor Finance 14,390     2,314     119         16,823     13.8   0.7
    Other 16,702     513     150         17,365     3.0   0.9
    Retail 324,498     35,210     5,249     6,949     371,906     9.5   1.4
    Small and Medium Businesses 26,393     3,430     1,303         31,126     11.0   4.2
    Corporate and Institutional Banking 37,564     2,306     637         40,507     5.7   1.6
    Commercial Banking 63,957     5,736     1,940         71,633     8.0   2.7
    Other1 260                 260      
    Total gross lending 388,715     40,946     7,189     6,949     443,799     9.2   1.6
    ECL allowance on drawn balances (764 )   (1,228 )   (1,106 )   (222 )   (3,320 )        
    Net balance sheet carrying value 387,951     39,718     6,083     6,727     440,479          
                               
    Customer related ECL allowance (drawn and undrawn)
                               
    UK mortgages 86     321     339     222     968          
    Credit cards 207     351     129         687          
    Loans and overdrafts 170     242     111         523          
    UK Motor Finance2 169     105     68         342          
    Other 15     18     42         75          
    Retail 647     1,037     689     222     2,595          
    Small and Medium Businesses 138     190     160         488          
    Corporate and Institutional Banking 126     125     259         510          
    Commercial Banking 264     315     419         998          
    Other                          
    Total 911     1,352     1,108     222     3,593          
                               
    Customer related ECL allowance (drawn and undrawn) as a percentage of loans and advances to customers
                               
    UK mortgages     1.1     7.5     3.2     0.3          
    Credit cards 1.5     13.4     49.2         4.2          
    Loans and overdrafts 1.9     17.6     64.2         5.0          
    UK Motor Finance 1.2     4.5     57.1         2.0          
    Other 0.1     3.5     28.0         0.4          
    Retail 0.2     2.9     13.1     3.2     0.7          
    Small and Medium Businesses 0.5     5.5     12.3         1.6          
    Corporate and Institutional Banking 0.3     5.4     40.7         1.3          
    Commercial Banking 0.4     5.5     21.6         1.4          
    Other                          
    Total 0.2     3.3     15.4     3.2     0.8          
                                         

    1 Contains central fair value hedge accounting adjustments.

    2 UK Motor Finance includes £170 million relating to provisions against residual values of vehicles subject to finance leases.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This document contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and section 27A of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the business, strategy, plans and/or results of Lloyds Bank plc together with its subsidiaries (the Lloyds Bank Group) and its current goals and expectations. Statements that are not historical or current facts, including statements about the Lloyds Bank Group’s or its directors’ and/or management’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as, without limitation, ‘believes’, ‘achieves’, ‘anticipates’, ‘estimates’, ‘expects’, ‘targets’, ‘should’, ‘intends’, ‘aims’, ‘projects’, ‘plans’, ‘potential’, ‘will’, ‘would’, ‘could’, ‘considered’, ‘likely’, ‘may’, ‘seek’, ‘estimate’, ‘probability’, ‘goal’, ‘objective’, ‘deliver’, ‘endeavour’, ‘prospects’, ‘optimistic’ and similar expressions or variations on these expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements concern or may affect future matters, including but not limited to: projections or expectations of the Lloyds Bank Group’s future financial position, including profit attributable to shareholders, provisions, economic profit, dividends, capital structure, portfolios, net interest margin, capital ratios, liquidity, risk-weighted assets (RWAs), expenditures or any other financial items or ratios; litigation, regulatory and governmental investigations; the Lloyds Bank Group’s future financial performance; the level and extent of future impairments and write-downs; the Lloyds Bank Group’s ESG targets and/or commitments; statements of plans, objectives or goals of the Lloyds Bank Group or its management and other statements that are not historical fact and statements of assumptions underlying such statements. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend upon circumstances that will or may occur in the future. Factors that could cause actual business, strategy, targets, plans and/or results (including but not limited to the payment of dividends) to differ materially from forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: general economic and business conditions in the UK and internationally; acts of hostility or terrorism and responses to those acts, or other such events; geopolitical unpredictability; the war between Russia and Ukraine; the conflicts in the Middle East; the tensions between China and Taiwan; political instability including as a result of any UK general election; market related risks, trends and developments; changes in client and consumer behaviour and demand; exposure to counterparty risk; the ability to access sufficient sources of capital, liquidity and funding when required; changes to the Lloyds Bank Group’s or Lloyds Banking Group plc’s credit ratings; fluctuations in interest rates, inflation, exchange rates, stock markets and currencies; volatility in credit markets; volatility in the price of the Lloyds Bank Group’s securities; tightening of monetary policy in jurisdictions in which the Lloyds Bank Group operates; natural pandemic and other disasters; risks concerning borrower and counterparty credit quality; risks affecting defined benefit pension schemes; changes in laws, regulations, practices and accounting standards or taxation; changes to regulatory capital or liquidity requirements and similar contingencies; the policies and actions of governmental or regulatory authorities or courts together with any resulting impact on the future structure of the Lloyds Bank Group; risks associated with the Lloyds Bank Group’s compliance with a wide range of laws and regulations; assessment related to resolution planning requirements; risks related to regulatory actions which may be taken in the event of a bank or Lloyds Bank Group or Lloyds Banking Group failure; exposure to legal, regulatory or competition proceedings, investigations or complaints; failure to comply with anti-money laundering, counter terrorist financing, anti-bribery and sanctions regulations; failure to prevent or detect any illegal or improper activities; operational risks including risks as a result of the failure of third party suppliers; conduct risk; technological changes and risks to the security of IT and operational infrastructure, systems, data and information resulting from increased threat of cyber and other attacks; technological failure; inadequate or failed internal or external processes or systems; risks relating to ESG matters, such as climate change (and achieving climate change ambitions) and decarbonisation, including the Lloyds Bank Group’s or the Lloyds Banking Group’s ability along with the government and other stakeholders to measure, manage and mitigate the impacts of climate change effectively, and human rights issues; the impact of competitive conditions; failure to attract, retain and develop high calibre talent; the ability to achieve strategic objectives; the ability to derive cost savings and other benefits including, but without limitation, as a result of any acquisitions, disposals and other strategic transactions; inability to capture accurately the expected value from acquisitions; and assumptions and estimates that form the basis of the Lloyds Bank Group’s financial statements. A number of these influences and factors are beyond the Lloyds Bank Group’s control. Please refer to the latest Annual Report on Form 20-F filed by Lloyds Bank plc with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), which is available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov, for a discussion of certain factors and risks. Lloyds Bank plc may also make or disclose written and/or oral forward-looking statements in other written materials and in oral statements made by the directors, officers or employees of Lloyds Bank plc to third parties, including financial analysts. Except as required by any applicable law or regulation, the forward-looking statements contained in this document are made as of today’s date, and the Lloyds Bank Group expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained in this document whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. The information, statements and opinions contained in this document do not constitute a public offer under any applicable law or an offer to sell any securities or financial instruments or any advice or recommendation with respect to such securities or financial instruments.

    CONTACTS

    For further information please contact:

    INVESTORS AND ANALYSTS

    Douglas Radcliffe
    Group Investor Relations Director
    020 7356 1571
    douglas.radcliffe@lloydsbanking.com

    Nora Thoden
    Director of Investor Relations – ESG
    020 7356 2334
    nora.thoden@lloydsbanking.com

    Tom Grantham
    Investor Relations Senior Manager
    07851 440 091
    thomas.grantham@lloydsbanking.com

    Sarah Robson
    Investor Relations Senior Manager
    07494 513 983
    sarah.robson2@lloydsbanking.com

    CORPORATE AFFAIRS

    Grant Ringshaw
    External Relations Director
    020 7356 2362
    grant.ringshaw@lloydsbanking.com

    Matt Smith
    Head of Media Relations
    07788 352 487
    matt.smith@lloydsbanking.com

    Copies of this News Release may be obtained from:
    Investor Relations, Lloyds Banking Group plc, 25 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7HN
    The statement can also be found on the Group’s website – http://www.lloydsbankinggroup.com

    Registered office: Lloyds Bank plc, 25 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7HN
    Registered in England No. 2065

    This information is provided by RNS, the news service of the London Stock Exchange. RNS is approved by the Financial Conduct Authority to act as a Primary Information Provider in the United Kingdom. Terms and conditions relating to the use and distribution of this information may apply. For further information, please contact rns@lseg.com or visit http://www.rns.com.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Africa: Quality of life continues to slide in South Africa’s key economic province, Gauteng – new survey

    Source: The Conversation – Africa – By Christian Hamann, Researcher, Gauteng City-Region Observatory

    The Gauteng City-Region, which has long been South Africa’s economic engine, is in decline. The region contributes about 35% of the country’s total economic output, and is home to more than 15 million people, about 25% of the country’s population of 62 million people.

    Many in the province have come from far and wide hoping to “make it” in the land of opportunity. Yet both the media and the public raise critical questions about its future amid decaying infrastructure, poor delivery of basic government services, and a steady uptick in violent crime.

    New research from the Gauteng City-Region Observatory (GCRO) reveals that development outcomes in the province are declining. The GCRO is an independent institute that produces research and analysis to inform decision making and policy in the Gauteng City-Region. It is a partnership between the Gauteng provincial government, the University of the Witwatersrand, the University of Johannesburg, and organised local government (Salga-Gauteng).

    The GCRO constructs a multidimensional index of wellbeing that combines 33 variables into one measure, known as the Quality of Life Index, from survey data that has been collected every two to three years since 2009.

    This includes measures of health, safety, life satisfaction, socio-economic status, public services, satisfaction with government, and social and political participation. The latest index (2023/24) shows that quality of life in Gauteng has fallen to its lowest level ever since the survey began in 2009. This suggests that the wellbeing of many households has been compromised by the complex and interconnected global challenges, known as the polycrisis, that have emerged since the COVID-19 pandemic.

    The composition of the GCRO Quality of Life Index. GCRO Quality of Life 7 Survey (2023/24)

    Many of these challenges are linked to the local governance crisis, characterised by unstable political party coalitions. The interaction of complex crises amplifies harmful effects, profoundly affecting quality of life.

    A governance crisis emerged in South Africa in the wake of state capture, marked by a stark decline in the provision of quality public services. So, the government has struggled to shield citizens from the worst impacts of the polycrisis. Households face an acute convergence of global and local crises, reflected in health, economic instability, societal unrest, climate challenges, and rising safety concerns.

    The research

    The 7th Quality of Life Survey involved 13,795 adult residents of Gauteng. Respondents were randomly sampled in every ward of the province. Data was collected by a team of fieldworkers from 28 August 2023 to 16 April 2024. The data is made freely available, and is used by government, academics and civil society. The findings inform policy and strategic planning by government entities across the Gauteng City-Region.

    The latest survey results paint a complex picture about the quality of life in Gauteng. Some of the most significant findings which relate to the challenges that household face, and the ways people respond to challenges, are highlighted below. The list of crises includes concerns about public service delivery, satisfaction with government, safety, poverty, and overall quality of life.

    Unreliable service delivery

    Basic services in Gauteng are characterised by interruptions to supply, inadequate coverage and quality problems. While most residents have access to water, electricity, sanitation and refuse removal, satisfaction with these levels has declined substantially since the previous survey in 2020/21.

    The latest survey shows that only 61% of respondents were satisfied with their sanitation, only 60% perceived their water as always clean, and only 64% were satisfied with their refuse removal. These are all lower than in the past when satisfaction ranged between 70% and 75%. The impact, for example, is that those who do not have weekly refuse removal are more likely to dump their rubbish in public spaces or burn it – causing various environmental challenges.

    Gauteng households use various resources at their disposal to deal with the impacts of unreliable services. For instance, one in seven households (15%) are now generating some or all their own electricity, compared to 4% in 2017/18. This is partly related to the unreliability of electricity provision, and growing efforts to gain independence from the “grid”. But the unreliability and cost of electricity have varied impacts, depending on household income.

    Declining satisfaction with government

    Only a fifth (21%) of respondents were satisfied with the performance of the national government. A similar proportion (22%) of respondents were satisfied with the performance of provincial and local governments. Satisfaction for all these spheres has declined by between 15 and 20 percentage points since 2017/18.

    The effect of dissatisfaction with government is increasing disengagement. Just over half of respondents (54%) felt that politics was a waste of time, and 57% said that South Africa was a failed state. When the survey was conducted, before the 2024 provincial elections, 21% of respondents said they were not planning to vote. Thus, government dissatisfaction and disengagement helps to understand the low voter turnout during the elections.

    Poverty

    While poverty rates measured in 2023/24 have improved from their peak during the pandemic, the recovery is partial. Sixteen percent of respondents lived below the food poverty line of R760 per month (about US$43). This remains higher than pre-pandemic levels (it was 12% in 2017/18). It shows that a large portion of Gauteng’s households have struggled to meet their basic needs for a long time.

    South Africa’s welfare systems remain a lifeline for many households. The proportion of respondents that benefited from any kind of social grant (including child support and old age pensions has increased steadily from 30% in 2011 to just over 50% in 2023/24.

    Low-income households are also less likely to recover from shocks because they lack financial safety nets, and cannot afford to replace public services with costly private alternatives.

    Safety concerns

    Another kind of problem experienced by respondents is insecurity as a result of crime and violence. A fifth of respondents (21%) said that they had been the victim of crime in the last year. This was a two percentage point increase from 2020/21, when lockdowns reduced crime levels. The proportion of respondents who said that the crime situation had worsened was also higher (increasing from 43% in 2020/21 to 48% in 2023/24).

    Much larger proportions of respondents felt unsafe in their homes, and when walking in their neighbourhood in the daytime or at night. For example, in 2023/24, 81% of respondents felt unsafe walking in their area at night, compared to 75% in 2020/21. The effect is that 62% of respondents in 2023/24 were dissatisfied with the security services provided by the government, compared to 54% in 2020/21.

    Overall quality of life is lower

    Overall, in the latest index quality of life reached its lowest point yet since the index was first calculated. The 2023/24 value was calculated at 59.5 out of 100, compared to 61.4 in 2020/21 and a high of 63.9 in 2017/18.

    GCRO Quality of Life Index changes over time. GCRO Quality of Life 7 Survey (2023/24)

    Most of the dimensions declined, suggesting that the wellbeing of many households has been adversely affected by the interplay between the governance crisis and the polycrisis. Households’ ability to navigate these challenges is strongly shaped by inequality, which remains very high.

    The 2023/24 quality of life report shows that the Gauteng City-Region grapples with a series of wicked problems. Public and private sector leaders, along with civil society, need to assess the current situation and collaborate on innovative solutions to enhance the quality of life of all residents in the City-Region.

    Shannon Arnold, a junior researcher at the Gauteng City-Region Observatory, contributed to the research and this article.

    – Quality of life continues to slide in South Africa’s key economic province, Gauteng – new survey
    https://theconversation.com/quality-of-life-continues-to-slide-in-south-africas-key-economic-province-gauteng-new-survey-241714

    MIL OSI Africa

  • MIL-OSI Global: Quality of life continues to slide in South Africa’s key economic province, Gauteng – new survey

    Source: The Conversation – Africa – By Christian Hamann, Researcher, Gauteng City-Region Observatory

    The Gauteng City-Region, which has long been South Africa’s economic engine, is in decline. The region contributes about 35% of the country’s total economic output, and is home to more than 15 million people, about 25% of the country’s population of 62 million people.

    Many in the province have come from far and wide hoping to “make it” in the land of opportunity. Yet both the media and the public raise critical questions about its future amid decaying infrastructure, poor delivery of basic government services, and a steady uptick in violent crime.

    New research from the Gauteng City-Region Observatory (GCRO) reveals that development outcomes in the province are declining. The GCRO is an independent institute that produces research and analysis to inform decision making and policy in the Gauteng City-Region. It is a partnership between the Gauteng provincial government, the University of the Witwatersrand, the University of Johannesburg, and organised local government (Salga-Gauteng).

    The GCRO constructs a multidimensional index of wellbeing that combines 33 variables into one measure, known as the Quality of Life Index, from survey data that has been collected every two to three years since 2009.

    This includes measures of health, safety, life satisfaction, socio-economic status, public services, satisfaction with government, and social and political participation. The latest index (2023/24) shows that quality of life in Gauteng has fallen to its lowest level ever since the survey began in 2009. This suggests that the wellbeing of many households has been compromised by the complex and interconnected global challenges, known as the polycrisis, that have emerged since the COVID-19 pandemic.

    Many of these challenges are linked to the local governance crisis, characterised by unstable political party coalitions. The interaction of complex crises amplifies harmful effects, profoundly affecting quality of life.

    A governance crisis emerged in South Africa in the wake of state capture, marked by a stark decline in the provision of quality public services. So, the government has struggled to shield citizens from the worst impacts of the polycrisis. Households face an acute convergence of global and local crises, reflected in health, economic instability, societal unrest, climate challenges, and rising safety concerns.

    The research

    The 7th Quality of Life Survey involved 13,795 adult residents of Gauteng. Respondents were randomly sampled in every ward of the province. Data was collected by a team of fieldworkers from 28 August 2023 to 16 April 2024. The data is made freely available, and is used by government, academics and civil society. The findings inform policy and strategic planning by government entities across the Gauteng City-Region.

    The latest survey results paint a complex picture about the quality of life in Gauteng. Some of the most significant findings which relate to the challenges that household face, and the ways people respond to challenges, are highlighted below. The list of crises includes concerns about public service delivery, satisfaction with government, safety, poverty, and overall quality of life.

    Unreliable service delivery

    Basic services in Gauteng are characterised by interruptions to supply, inadequate coverage and quality problems. While most residents have access to water, electricity, sanitation and refuse removal, satisfaction with these levels has declined substantially since the previous survey in 2020/21.

    The latest survey shows that only 61% of respondents were satisfied with their sanitation, only 60% perceived their water as always clean, and only 64% were satisfied with their refuse removal. These are all lower than in the past when satisfaction ranged between 70% and 75%. The impact, for example, is that those who do not have weekly refuse removal are more likely to dump their rubbish in public spaces or burn it – causing various environmental challenges.

    Gauteng households use various resources at their disposal to deal with the impacts of unreliable services. For instance, one in seven households (15%) are now generating some or all their own electricity, compared to 4% in 2017/18. This is partly related to the unreliability of electricity provision, and growing efforts to gain independence from the “grid”. But the unreliability and cost of electricity have varied impacts, depending on household income.

    Declining satisfaction with government

    Only a fifth (21%) of respondents were satisfied with the performance of the national government. A similar proportion (22%) of respondents were satisfied with the performance of provincial and local governments. Satisfaction for all these spheres has declined by between 15 and 20 percentage points since 2017/18.

    The effect of dissatisfaction with government is increasing disengagement. Just over half of respondents (54%) felt that politics was a waste of time, and 57% said that South Africa was a failed state. When the survey was conducted, before the 2024 provincial elections, 21% of respondents said they were not planning to vote. Thus, government dissatisfaction and disengagement helps to understand the low voter turnout during the elections.

    Poverty

    While poverty rates measured in 2023/24 have improved from their peak during the pandemic, the recovery is partial. Sixteen percent of respondents lived below the food poverty line of R760 per month (about US$43). This remains higher than pre-pandemic levels (it was 12% in 2017/18). It shows that a large portion of Gauteng’s households have struggled to meet their basic needs for a long time.

    South Africa’s welfare systems remain a lifeline for many households. The proportion of respondents that benefited from any kind of social grant (including child support and old age pensions has increased steadily from 30% in 2011 to just over 50% in 2023/24.

    Low-income households are also less likely to recover from shocks because they lack financial safety nets, and cannot afford to replace public services with costly private alternatives.

    Safety concerns

    Another kind of problem experienced by respondents is insecurity as a result of crime and violence. A fifth of respondents (21%) said that they had been the victim of crime in the last year. This was a two percentage point increase from 2020/21, when lockdowns reduced crime levels. The proportion of respondents who said that the crime situation had worsened was also higher (increasing from 43% in 2020/21 to 48% in 2023/24).

    Much larger proportions of respondents felt unsafe in their homes, and when walking in their neighbourhood in the daytime or at night. For example, in 2023/24, 81% of respondents felt unsafe walking in their area at night, compared to 75% in 2020/21. The effect is that 62% of respondents in 2023/24 were dissatisfied with the security services provided by the government, compared to 54% in 2020/21.

    Overall quality of life is lower

    Overall, in the latest index quality of life reached its lowest point yet since the index was first calculated. The 2023/24 value was calculated at 59.5 out of 100, compared to 61.4 in 2020/21 and a high of 63.9 in 2017/18.

    Most of the dimensions declined, suggesting that the wellbeing of many households has been adversely affected by the interplay between the governance crisis and the polycrisis. Households’ ability to navigate these challenges is strongly shaped by inequality, which remains very high.

    The 2023/24 quality of life report shows that the Gauteng City-Region grapples with a series of wicked problems. Public and private sector leaders, along with civil society, need to assess the current situation and collaborate on innovative solutions to enhance the quality of life of all residents in the City-Region.

    Shannon Arnold, a junior researcher at the Gauteng City-Region Observatory, contributed to the research and this article.

    Christian Hamann is employed by the Gauteng CIty-Region Observatory which receives funding from the Gauteng Provincial Government.

    Rashid Seedat is employed by the Gauteng CIty-Region Observatory which receives funding from the Gauteng Provincial Government. He is also a Board member of the Ahmed Kathrada Foundation.

    ref. Quality of life continues to slide in South Africa’s key economic province, Gauteng – new survey – https://theconversation.com/quality-of-life-continues-to-slide-in-south-africas-key-economic-province-gauteng-new-survey-241714

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Global: Americans use the Book of Revelation to talk about immigration – and always have

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Yii-Jan Lin, Associate Professor of New Testament and Public Voices Fellow, Yale University

    A French tapestry depicts Saint John the Evangelist gazing at the New Jerusalem. Octave 444 via Wikimedia Commons

    During a campaign speech in Latrobe, Pennsylvania, on Oct. 19, 2024, Donald Trump promised to save the country from immigrants: “I will rescue every town across America that has been invaded and conquered, and we will put these vicious and bloodthirsty criminals in a jail or kick them out of our country.”

    Depicting immigrants as a threat has been a pillar of Trump’s message since 2015. And the types of terms he uses aren’t just disparaging. It might not seem like it, but Trump is continuing a long tradition in American politics: using language shaped by the Bible.

    When the former president says those at the border are “poisoning the blood of our country,” “animals” and “rapists,” his vocabulary mirrors verses from the New Testament. The Book of Revelation, the last book of the Bible, says those kept out of the city of God are “filthy”; they are “dogs and sorcerers and sexually immoral and murderers and idolaters and everyone who loves and practices falsehood.”

    In fact, Americans have been using the Bible for centuries to talk about immigrants, especially those they want to keep out. As a scholar of the Bible and politics, I’ve studied how language from Revelation shaped American ideas about who belongs in the United States – the focus of my book, “Immigration and Apocalypse.”

    The shining city

    The Book of Revelation describes a vision of the end of the world, when the wicked are punished and the good rewarded. It tells the story of God’s enemies, who worship the evil Beast of the Sea, bear his mark on their body and threaten God’s people. Because of their wickedness, they suffer diseases, catastrophes and war until they are finally destroyed in the lake of fire.

    God’s followers, however, enter through the gates of the walls surrounding the New Jerusalem, a holy city that comes down from heaven. God’s chosen people enter through the gates and live in the shining city for eternity.

    18th century evangelists like the English preacher John Wesley urged sinners to take the path of righteousness, toward the New Jerusalem.
    Photo 12/Universal Images Group via Getty Images

    Throughout American history, many of its Christian citizens have imagined themselves as God’s saints in the New Jerusalem. Puritan colonists believed they were establishing God’s kingdom, both metaphorically and literally. Ronald Reagan likened the nation to the New Jerusalem by describing America as a “shining city … built on rocks stronger than oceans, wind-swept, God-blessed, and teeming with people of all kinds living in harmony and peace,” but with city walls and doors.

    Reagan was specifically quoting Puritan John Winthrop, one of the founders of Massachusetts Bay Colony, whose use of the “city on a hill” phrase quotes Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount. But Reagan’s detailed description closely matches that of the New Jerusalem in Revelation 21. Like God’s heavenly city, Reagan’s picture of America also has strong foundations, walls and gates, and people from every nation bringing in tribute.

    Barring the gates

    If people imagine the U.S. as God’s city, then it’s easy also to imagine enemies who want to invade that city. And this is how unwanted immigrants have been depicted through American history: as enemies of God.

    In the 19th century, when virtually all politicians were Protestant, anti-Catholic politicians accused Irish immigrants of bearing the “mark of the Beast” and being loyal to the “Antichrist”: the pope. They claimed that Irish immigrants could form an unholy army against the nation.

    At the turn of the century, “yellow peril” novels against Chinese immigration imagined a heathen horde taking over the U.S. At the end of one such book, China itself is depicted as a satanic “Black Dragon,” forcing its way through “the Golden Gate” of America.

    ‘Uncle Sam’s Farm in Danger’: an 1878 cartoon by G. F. Keller depicts Chinese emigrants fleeing famine.
    The Wasp via Wikimedia Commons

    And all immigrant groups who were unwanted at one time or another have been accused of being “filthy” and diseased, like the enemies of God in Revelation. Italians, Jews, Irish, Chinese and Mexicans were all, at some point, targeted as unhealthy and carrying illness.

    In political cartoons from the turn of the 20th century, Eastern European and Jewish immigrants were depicted as rats, while Chinese immigrants were portrayed as a horde of grasshoppers – echoing imagery from Revelation, where locusts with human faces swarm the Earth. During COVID-19, an event itself considered apocalyptic, xenophobic fear has focused on Asian Americans and migrants at the U.S.-Mexico border.

    This constellation of labels from Revelation – plague-bearing, bestial, invading, sexually corrupt, murderous – has been reused and recycled throughout American history.

    A 1909 political cartoon by S.D. Ehrhart.
    Library of Congress

    ‘Heaven has a wall’

    Trump himself has described immigrants as diseased, “not human,” sexual assaulters, violent and those “who don’t like our religion.”

    Others have more explicitly used images from Revelation to talk about immigration. Pastor Robert Jeffress, who preached at Trump’s 2017 inauguration church service, told viewers on Fox News’ “Fox & Friends,” “God is not against walls, walls are not ‘un-Christian,’ the Bible says even heaven is going to have a wall around it.” The Conservative Political Action Conference held a panel in 2017 titled “If Heaven Has a Gate, A Wall, and Extreme Vetting, Why Can’t America?” There are even bumper stickers that say, “Heaven Has A Wall and Strict Immigration Policy / Hell Has Open Borders.”

    Revelation 21 indeed describes the heavenly New Jerusalem with a massive shining wall, “clear as crystal,” with pearls for gates. Trump, similarly, talks about his “big, beautiful door,” set in a “beautiful,” massive wall that also has to be “see-through.”

    The city of God metaphor has long been a tool for American leaders – both to idealize the nation and to warn against immigration. But the concept of a walled-in city seems increasingly outdated in a digitally connected, global world.

    As migration continues to rise around the world due to climate change and conflict, I’d argue that these metaphors and the attitudes they drive are not just obsolete, but exacerbating crisis.

    Yii-Jan Lin does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Americans use the Book of Revelation to talk about immigration – and always have – https://theconversation.com/americans-use-the-book-of-revelation-to-talk-about-immigration-and-always-have-240969

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Global: Many wealthy members of Congress are descendants of rich slaveholders − new study demonstrates the enduring legacy of slavery

    Source: The Conversation – USA – By Neil K R Sehgal, PhD Student in Computer & Information Science, University of Pennsylvania

    A statue of Jefferson Davis, second from left, is on display in Statuary Hall on Capitol Hill in Washington. A slaveholder, Davis represented Mississippi in the Senate and House before the American Civil War. AP Photo/Susan Walsh, File

    The legacy of slavery in America remains a divisive issue, with sharp political divides.

    Some argue that slavery still contributes to modern economic inequalities. Others believe its effects have largely faded.

    One way to measure the legacy of slavery is to determine whether the disproportionate riches of slaveholders have been passed down to their present-day descendants.

    Connecting the wealth of a slaveholder in the 1860s to today’s economic conditions is not easy. Doing so requires unearthing data for a large number of people on slaveholder ancestry, current wealth and other factors such as age and education.

    But in a new study, we tackled this challenge by focusing on one of the few groups of Americans for whom such information exists: members of Congress. We found that legislators who are descendants of slaveholders are significantly wealthier than members of Congress without slaveholder ancestry.

    How slavery made the South rich

    In 1860, one year before the Civil War, the market value of U.S. slaves was larger than that of all American railroads and factories.

    At the time of emancipation in 1863, the estimated value of all enslaved people was roughly US$13 trillion in today’s dollars. The lower Mississippi Valley had more millionaires, all of them slaveholders, than anywhere else in the country.

    Some post-Civil War historians have argued that emancipation permanently devastated slave-owning families.

    More recently, however, historians discovered that, while the South fell behind the North economically immediately following emancipation, many elite slaveholders recovered financially within one or two generations.

    They accomplished this by replacing slavery with sharecropping – a kind of indentured servitude that trapped Black farm workers in debt to white landowners – and enacting discriminatory Jim Crow laws that enforced racial segregation.

    100 descendants of slaveholders

    Using genealogist-verified historical data and financial data from annual congressional disclosures, we examined members of the 117th Congress, which was in session from January 2021 to January 2023.

    Of its 535 members, 100 were descendants of slaveholders, including Democratic Sen. Elizabeth Warren and Republican Sen. Mitch McConnell.

    Legislators whose ancestors were large slaveholders – defined in our study as owning 16 or more slaves– have a current median net worth five times larger than their peers whose ancestors were not slaveholders: $5.6 million vs. $1.1 million. These results remained largely the same after accounting for age, race and education.

    Wealth creates many privileges – the means to start a business or pursue higher education. And intergenerational wealth transfers can allow these advantages to persist across generations.

    Because members of Congress are a highly select group, our results may not apply to all Americans. However, the findings align with other studies on the transfers of wealth and privilege across generations in the U.S. and Europe.

    Wealth, these studies find, often stays within rich families across multiple generations. Mechanisms for holding onto wealth include low estate taxes and access to elite social networks and schools. Easy entry into powerful jobs and political influence also play a part.

    Privilege with power

    But members of Congress do not just inherit wealth and advantages.

    They shape the lives of all Americans. They decide how to allocate federal funds, set tax rates and create regulations.

    This power is significant. And for those whose families benefited from slavery, it can perpetuate economic policies that maintain wealth inequality.

    Beyond inherited wealth, the legacy of slavery endures in policies enacted by those in power – by legislators who may be less likely to prioritize reforms that challenge the status quo.

    COVID-19 relief legislation, for example, helped reduce child poverty by more than 70% while bringing racial inequalities in child poverty to historic lows. Congress failed to renew the program in 2022, plunging 5 million more children into poverty, most of them Black and Latino.

    The economic deprivation still experienced by Black Americans is the flip side of the privilege enjoyed by slaveowners’ descendants. The median household wealth of white Americans today is six times higher than that of Black Americans – $285,000 versus $45,000.

    Meanwhile, federal agencies that enforce antidiscrimination laws remain underfunded. This limits their ability to address racial disparities.

    Legislators in the House of Representatives debate the abolition of the 1836 gag rule, which prevented discussion of any laws concerning slavery.
    MPI/Getty Images

    The path forward

    As the enduring economic disparities rooted in slavery become clearer, a growing number of states and municipalities are weighing some form of practical and financial compensation for the descendants of enslaved people.

    Yet surveys show that most Americans oppose such reparations for slavery. Similarly, Congress has debated slavery reparations many times but never passed a bill.

    There are, however, other ways to improve opportunities for historically disadvantaged populations that could gain bipartisan backing.

    A majority of Americans, both conservatives and liberal, support increased funding for environmental hazard screening, which assesses the potential impact of a proposed project. They also favor limits on rent increases, better public school funding and raising taxes on the wealthy.

    These measures would help dismantle the structural barriers that perpetuate economic disparities. And the role of Congress here is central.

    Members of Congress do not bear personal responsibility for their ancestors’ actions. But they have an opportunity to address both the legacies of past injustices and today’s inequalities.

    By doing so, they can help create a future where ancestral history does not determine economic destiny.

    The authors do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organization that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Many wealthy members of Congress are descendants of rich slaveholders − new study demonstrates the enduring legacy of slavery – https://theconversation.com/many-wealthy-members-of-congress-are-descendants-of-rich-slaveholders-new-study-demonstrates-the-enduring-legacy-of-slavery-239077

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI: National Bank Holdings Corporation Announces Third Quarter 2024 Financial Results and Increase to Quarterly Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DENVER, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — National Bank Holdings Corporation (NYSE: NBHC) reported:

                                   
        For the quarter(1)   For the year(1)
        3Q24   2Q24   3Q23   2024   2023
    Net income ($000’s)   $ 33,105     $ 26,135     $ 36,087     $ 90,631     $ 108,927  
    Earnings per share – diluted   $ 0.86     $ 0.68     $ 0.94     $ 2.36     $ 2.85  
    Return on average assets     1.32 %     1.06 %     1.46 %     1.22 %     1.50 %
    Return on average tangible assets(2)     1.43 %     1.17 %     1.58 %     1.33 %     1.61 %
    Return on average equity     10.33 %     8.46 %     12.26 %     9.70 %     12.71 %
    Return on average tangible common equity(2)     14.84 %     12.44 %     18.38 %     14.14 %     18.81 %

                                                          

    (1 )   Ratios are annualized.
    (2 )   See non-GAAP reconciliations below.
           

    In announcing these results, Chief Executive Officer Tim Laney shared, “We delivered quarterly earnings of $0.86 per diluted share and a return on average tangible common equity of 14.84%. On the strength of our balance sheet, capital position and earnings, we are pleased to announce a 3.6% increase in our quarterly dividend to $0.29 per share. During the quarter, our disciplined approach to loan and deposit pricing drove 11 basis points of net interest margin expansion to 3.87%. Our teams delivered solid quarterly growth in our core banking fees, and we continued to leverage our diverse revenue streams across our franchise resulting in meaningful year-to-date fee income growth.”

    Mr. Laney added, “We continue to remain vigilant in monitoring our loan portfolio, delivering the lowest non-performing loan ratio since early 2023. Our teams adhere to prudent, disciplined approaches that limit concentrations in our loan book and our depositor base, and we regularly perform robust stress testing on our loan portfolio. We enter the fourth quarter from a position of strength and stability and expect to finish the year strong. We believe our Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 12.88%, ample liquidity position, and diversified funding sources provide optionality for future growth.”

    Third Quarter 2024 Results
    (All comparisons refer to the second quarter of 2024, except as noted)

    Net income increased $7.0 million or 26.7% to $33.1 million or $0.86 per diluted share, compared to $26.1 million or $0.68 per diluted share. The quarter’s increase was driven by net interest income and fee income growth. Included in the prior quarter was $3.9 million of impairment related to venture capital investments. Fully taxable equivalent pre-provision net revenue increased $7.5 million or 20.6% to $43.7 million. The return on average tangible assets increased 26 basis points to 1.43%, and the return on average tangible common equity increased 240 basis points to 14.84%.

    Net Interest Income
    Fully taxable equivalent net interest income increased $4.2 million to $89.5 million, driven by a $74.7 million increase in average interest earning assets, a 12 basis point increase in average loan yields and one extra day in the quarter. The fully taxable equivalent net interest margin widened 11 basis points to 3.87%, driven by a 13 basis point increase in earning asset yields which was partially offset by a two basis point increase in the cost of funds.

    Loans
    Loans totaled $7.7 billion at September 30, 2024, consistent with the prior quarter. We generated quarterly loan fundings totaling $359.3 million, led by commercial loan fundings of $219.1 million. The average interest rate on the third quarter’s loan originations was 8.5%.

    Asset Quality and Provision for Credit Losses
    The Company recorded $2.0 million of provision expense for credit losses, compared to $2.8 million in the prior quarter. The current quarter’s provision expense was primarily driven by higher reserve requirements from changes in the CECL model’s underlying economic forecast. Annualized net charge-offs decreased four basis points to 0.18% of average total loans and included the resolution of one previously reserved credit during the quarter. Non-performing loans decreased three basis points to 0.31% of total loans at September 30, 2024, and non-performing assets decreased four basis points to 0.32% of total loans and OREO at September 30, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of loans totaled 1.23% at September 30, 2024, compared to 1.25% in the prior quarter.

    Deposits
    Average total deposits increased $21.3 million to $8.4 billion during the third quarter 2024. The loan to deposit ratio totaled 90.8% at September 30, 2024. Average transaction deposits (defined as total deposits less time deposits) totaled $7.4 billion, consistent with the prior quarter. The mix of transaction deposits to total deposits was 88% at September 30, 2024, consistent with June 30, 2024.

    Non-Interest Income
    Non-interest income increased $4.4 million to $18.4 million driven by increases in our diversified sources of fee revenue. Service charges increased $0.6 million, swap fee income increased $0.3 million and trust fee income increased $0.1 million. These increases were partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in mortgage banking income. Included in the prior quarter was $3.9 million of impairment related to venture capital investments.

    Non-Interest Expense
    Non-interest expense totaled $64.2 million during the third quarter, compared to $63.1 million in the prior quarter. Salaries and benefits increased $0.4 million driven by one additional payroll day in the quarter. Professional fees increased $0.4 million and data processing increased $0.3 million driven by our continued investments in technology. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in occupancy and equipment of $0.4 million. The fully taxable equivalent efficiency ratio, excluding other intangible assets amortization, improved 387 basis points to 57.7% for the third quarter.

    Income tax expense increased $1.2 million to $6.8 million, compared to $5.6 million in the prior quarter, due to the third quarter’s higher pre-tax income. The effective tax rate was 17.0%, compared to 17.7% for the second quarter.

    Capital
    Capital ratios continue to be strong and in excess of federal bank regulatory agency “well capitalized” thresholds. The tier 1 leverage ratio totaled 10.44%, and the common equity tier 1 capital ratio totaled 12.88% at September 30, 2024. Shareholders’ equity totaled $1.3 billion at September 30, 2024, increasing $44.4 million. The third quarter’s net income drove $22.2 million of growth in retained earnings, and changes in the interest rate environment led to a $17.9 million improvement in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

    Common book value per share increased $1.09 to $34.01 at September 30, 2024. Tangible common book value per share increased $1.17 to $24.91 as this quarter’s earnings and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss outpaced the quarterly dividend.

    Dividend Announcement
    The quarterly cash dividend will increase 3.6% from $0.28 per share to $0.29 per share. The dividend will be payable on December 13, 2024 to shareholders of record at the close of business on November 29, 2024. This is the eighth consecutive semiannual increase to the quarterly dividend since early 2021.

    Year-Over-Year Review
    (All comparisons refer to the first nine months of 2023, except as noted)

    Net income totaled $90.6 million, or $2.36 per diluted share, compared to net income of $108.9 million, or $2.85 per diluted share, for the first nine months of 2023. The decrease over the same period prior year was largely driven by lower net interest income, due to an increase in cost of funds outpacing the increase in interest income. Partially offsetting this decrease was a 4.7% increase in non-interest income driven by our diversified sources of fee revenue. Fully taxable equivalent pre-provision net revenue totaled $120.5 million, compared to $144.9 million. The return on average tangible assets totaled 1.33%, compared to 1.61%, and the return on average tangible common equity was 14.14%, compared to 18.81%.

    Fully taxable equivalent net interest income totaled $260.5 million, compared to $276.9 million. Average earning assets increased $165.0 million, including average loan growth of $296.4 million, which was partially offset by a decrease in average investment securities of $70.2 million. The fully taxable equivalent net interest margin narrowed 32 basis points to 3.80%, as the increase in earning asset yields was more than offset by an increase in the cost of funds. Average interest bearing liabilities increased $555.3 million due to higher deposit balances, and the cost of funds totaled 2.31%, compared to 1.40% in the same period prior year.

    Loans outstanding totaled $7.7 billion, increasing $236.1 million or 3.2%. New loan fundings over the trailing twelve months totaled $1.5 billion, led by commercial loan fundings of $1.0 billion.  

    The Company recorded $4.8 million of provision expense for credit losses for the first nine months of 2024, compared to provision expense of $3.7 million in the same period prior year. Annualized net charge-offs totaled 0.13% of average total loans during the first nine months of 2024, compared to 0.02% of average total loans during the first nine months of 2023. Non-performing loans decreased 13 basis points to 0.31% of total loans at September 30, 2024, and non-performing assets decreased 17 basis points to 0.32% of total loans and OREO at September 30, 2024. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of loans totaled 1.23% at September 30, 2024, compared to 1.25% at September 30, 2023.

    Average total deposits increased $418.6 million or 5.3% to $8.3 billion, and average transaction deposits increased $369.2 million or 5.3%. The mix of transaction deposits to total deposits was 88%, consistent with September 30, 2023.

    Non-interest income totaled $50.1 million, an increase of $2.3 million or 4.7%, driven by increases in our diversified sources of fee revenue. Other non-interest income increased $5.2 million, or 63.6%, and included increases in SBA loan income, trust income, Cambr income and swap fee income. Mortgage banking income decreased $2.7 million as the sustained higher-interest rate environment has lowered mortgage volume.

    Non-interest expense totaled $190.1 million, an increase of $10.2 million or 5.7%, largely due to ongoing investments in technology. Salaries and benefits increased $7.6 million, occupancy and equipment increased $2.4 million and data processing increased $2.3 million. Other intangible assets amortization increased $0.6 million due to our Cambr acquisition in April of 2023. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $2.5 million in professional fees.

    Income tax expense totaled $19.9 million, a decrease of $7.9 million from the same period prior year, driven by lower pre-tax income. The effective tax rate was 18.0% for the first nine months of 2024, compared to 20.3%.

    Conference Call
    Management will host a conference call to review the results at 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on Wednesday, October 23, 2024. Interested parties may listen to this call by dialing (888) 204-4368 using the participant passcode of 3279876 and asking for the NBHC Q3 2024 Earnings Call. The earnings release and a link to the replay of the call will be available on the Company’s website at http://www.nationalbankholdings.com by visiting the investor relations area.

    About National Bank Holdings Corporation
    National Bank Holdings Corporation is a bank holding company created to build a leading community bank franchise, delivering high quality client service and committed to stakeholder results. Through its bank subsidiaries, NBH Bank and Bank of Jackson Hole Trust, National Bank Holdings Corporation operates a network of over 90 banking centers, serving individual consumers, small, medium and large businesses, and government and non-profit entities. Its banking centers are located in its core footprint of Colorado, the greater Kansas City region, Utah, Wyoming, Texas, New Mexico and Idaho. Its comprehensive residential mortgage banking group primarily serves the bank’s core footprint. Its trust and wealth management business is operated in its core footprint under the Bank of Jackson Hole Trust charter. NBH Bank operates under a single state charter through the following brand names as divisions of NBH Bank: in Colorado, Community Banks of Colorado and Community Banks Mortgage; in Kansas and Missouri, Bank Midwest and Bank Midwest Mortgage; in Texas, Utah, New Mexico and Idaho, Hillcrest Bank and Hillcrest Bank Mortgage; and in Wyoming, Bank of Jackson Hole and Bank of Jackson Hole Mortgage. Additional information about National Bank Holdings Corporation can be found at http://www.nationalbankholdings.com

    For more information visit: cobnks.com, bankmw.com, hillcrestbank.com, bankofjacksonhole.com, or nbhbank.com, or connect with any of our brands on LinkedIn.

    About Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    Certain of the financial measures and ratios we present, including “tangible assets,” “return on average tangible assets,” “tangible common equity,” “return on average tangible common equity,” “tangible common book value per share,” “tangible common book value, excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax,” “tangible common book value per share, excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax,” “tangible common equity to tangible assets,” “non-interest expense excluding other intangible assets amortization,” “efficiency ratio excluding other intangible assets amortization,” “net income excluding the impact of other intangible assets amortization expense, after tax,” “pre-provision net revenue,” and “fully taxable equivalent” metrics, are supplemental measures that are not required by, or are not presented in accordance with, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). We refer to these financial measures and ratios as “non-GAAP financial measures.” We consider the use of select non-GAAP financial measures and ratios to be useful for financial and operational decision making and useful in evaluating period-to-period comparisons. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our performance by excluding certain expenditures or assets that we believe are not indicative of our primary business operating results or by presenting certain metrics on a fully taxable equivalent basis. We believe that management and investors benefit from referring to these non-GAAP financial measures in assessing our performance and when planning, forecasting, analyzing and comparing past, present and future periods.

    These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP and you should not rely on non-GAAP financial measures alone as measures of our performance. The non-GAAP financial measures we present may differ from non-GAAP financial measures used by our peers or other companies. We compensate for these limitations by providing the equivalent GAAP measures whenever we present the non-GAAP financial measures and by including a reconciliation of the impact of the components adjusted for in the non-GAAP financial measure so that both measures and the individual components may be considered when analyzing our performance. A reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial measures is included at the end of the financial statement tables.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “predict,” “seek,” “potential,” “will,” “estimate,” “target,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “intend” or similar expressions that relate to the Company’s strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements involve certain important risks, uncertainties and other factors, any of which could cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. Such factors include, without limitation, the “Risk Factors” referenced in our most recent Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), other risks and uncertainties listed from time to time in our reports and documents filed with the SEC, and the following factors: the impact of potential regulatory changes to capital requirements, treatment of investment securities and FDIC deposit insurance levels and costs; our ability to execute our business strategy, including our digital strategy, as well as changes in our business strategy or development plans; business and economic conditions; effects of any potential government shutdowns; economic, market, operational, liquidity, credit and interest rate risks associated with the Company’s business, including increased competition for deposits due to prevailing market interest rates and banking sector volatility; effects of any changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board; changes imposed by regulatory agencies to increase capital standards; effects of inflation, as well as interest rate, securities market and monetary supply fluctuations; changes in the economy or supply-demand imbalances affecting local real estate values; changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits; changes in the fair value of our investment securities due to market conditions outside of our control; financial or reputational impacts associated with the increased prevalence of fraud or other financial crimes; with respect to our mortgage business, the inability to negotiate fees with investors for the purchase of our loans or our obligation to indemnify purchasers or repurchase related loans if the loans fail to meet certain criteria, or higher rate of delinquencies and defaults as a result of the geographic concentration of our servicing portfolio; the Company’s ability to identify potential candidates for, obtain regulatory approval for, and consummate, integrate and realize operating efficiencies from, acquisitions, consolidations and other expansion opportunities; our ability to integrate acquisitions or consolidations and to achieve synergies, operating efficiencies and/or other expected benefits within expected timeframes, or at all, or within expected cost projections, and to preserve the goodwill of acquired financial institutions; the Company’s ability to realize anticipated benefits from enhancements or updates to its core operating systems from time to time without significant change in client service or risk to the Company’s control environment; the Company’s dependence on information technology and telecommunications systems of third-party service providers and the risk of systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security, including those that could result in disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary client or other information; the Company’s ability to achieve organic loan and deposit growth and the competition for, and composition of, such growth; changes in sources and uses of funds; increased competition in the financial services industry; regulatory and financial impacts associated with the Company growing to over $10 billion in consolidated assets; increases in claims and litigation related to our fiduciary responsibilities in connection with our trust and wealth management business; the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and other accounting standard setters; the share price of the Company’s stock; the Company’s ability to realize deferred tax assets or the need for a valuation allowance, or the effects of changes in tax laws on our deferred tax assets; the effects of tax legislation, including the potential of future increases to prevailing tax rules, or challenges to our positions; continued consolidation in the financial services industry; ability to maintain or increase market share and control expenses; costs and effects of changes in laws and regulations and of other legal and regulatory developments, including, but not limited to, changes in regulation that affect the fees that we charge, the resolution of legal proceedings or regulatory or other government inquiries, and the results of regulatory examinations, reviews or other inquiries, and changes in regulations that apply to us as a Colorado state-chartered bank and a Wyoming state-chartered bank; technological changes, including with respect to the advancement of artificial intelligence; the timely development and acceptance of new products and services, including in the digital technology space our digital solution 2UniFi; changes in our management personnel and the Company’s continued ability to attract, hire and maintain qualified personnel; ability to implement and/or improve operational management and other internal risk controls and processes and reporting system and procedures; regulatory limitations on dividends from our bank subsidiaries; changes in estimates of future credit reserve requirements based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements; financial, reputational, or strategic risks associated with our investments in financial technology companies and initiatives; widespread natural and other disasters, pandemics, dislocations, political instability, acts of war or terrorist activities, cyberattacks or international hostilities through impacts on the economy and financial markets generally or on us or our counterparties specifically; a cybersecurity incident, data breach or a failure of a key information technology system; impact of reputational risk; other risks and uncertainties listed from time to time in the Company’s reports and documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing items. The Company can give no assurance that any goal or plan or expectation set forth in forward-looking statements can be achieved and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements. The forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this press release, and the Company does not intend, and assumes no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or circumstances, except as required by applicable law.

    Contacts:
    Analysts/Institutional Investors:
    Emily Gooden, Chief Accounting Officer and Investor Relations Director, (720) 554-6640, ir@nationalbankholdings.com
    Nicole Van Denabeele, Chief Financial Officer, (720) 529-3370, ir@nationalbankholdings.com

    Media:
    Jody Soper, Chief Marketing Officer, (303) 784-5925, Jody.Soper@nbhbank.com 

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    FINANCIAL SUMMARY
    Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

                                 
      For the three months ended   For the nine months ended
      September 30,       June 30,       September 30,       September 30,       September 30, 
      2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Total interest and dividend income $ 138,003   $ 132,447   $ 126,110   $ 402,182   $ 360,712
    Total interest expense   50,350     48,873     38,333     146,925     88,262
    Net interest income   87,653     83,574     87,777     255,257     272,450
    Taxable equivalent adjustment   1,816     1,711     1,575     5,220     4,432
    Net interest income FTE(1)   89,469     85,285     89,352     260,477     276,882
    Provision expense for credit losses   2,000     2,776     1,125     4,776     3,725
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses FTE(1)   87,469     82,509     88,227     255,701     273,157
    Non-interest income:                            
    Service charges   4,912     4,295     4,849     13,598     13,394
    Bank card fees   4,832     4,882     4,993     14,292     14,721
    Mortgage banking income   2,981     3,296     4,688     8,932     11,614
    Other non-interest income   5,664     1,556     4,835     13,290     8,124
    Total non-interest income   18,389     14,029     19,365     50,112     47,853
    Non-interest expense:                            
    Salaries and benefits   37,331     36,933     35,027     110,784     103,231
    Occupancy and equipment   9,697     10,120     9,167     29,758     27,366
    Professional fees   2,111     1,706     2,215     5,463     7,951
    Data processing   4,398     4,117     3,546     12,581     10,257
    Other non-interest expense   8,648     8,222     8,640     25,523     25,693
    Other intangible assets amortization   1,977     1,977     2,008     5,962     5,378
    Total non-interest expense   64,162     63,075     60,603     190,071     179,876
                                 
    Income before income taxes FTE(1)   41,696     33,463     46,989     115,742     141,134
    Taxable equivalent adjustment   1,816     1,711     1,575     5,220     4,432
    Income before income taxes   39,880     31,752     45,414     110,522     136,702
    Income tax expense   6,775     5,617     9,327     19,891     27,775
    Net income $ 33,105   $ 26,135   $ 36,087   $ 90,631   $ 108,927
    Earnings per share – basic $ 0.86   $ 0.68   $ 0.95   $ 2.37   $ 2.87
    Earnings per share – diluted   0.86     0.68     0.94     2.36     2.85

                                                          

    (1 )      Net interest income is presented on a GAAP basis and fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis, as the Company believes this non-GAAP measure is the preferred industry measurement for this item. The FTE adjustment is for the tax benefit on certain tax exempt loans using the federal tax rate of 21% for each period presented.
           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

                           
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024      December 31, 2023   September 30, 2023
    ASSETS                      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 180,796     $ 144,993     $ 190,826     $ 291,291  
    Investment securities available-for-sale   708,987       691,076       628,829       620,445  
    Investment securities held-to-maturity   538,157       554,686       585,052       600,501  
    Non-marketable securities   72,353       72,987       90,477       87,817  
    Loans   7,714,495       7,722,153       7,698,758       7,478,438  
    Allowance for credit losses   (95,047 )     (96,457 )     (97,947 )     (93,446 )
    Loans, net   7,619,448       7,625,696       7,600,811       7,384,992  
    Loans held for sale   16,765       18,787       18,854       19,048  
    Other real estate owned   1,432       1,526       4,088       3,416  
    Premises and equipment, net   191,889       177,456       162,733       153,553  
    Goodwill   306,043       306,043       306,043       306,043  
    Intangible assets, net   60,390       62,356       66,025       68,283  
    Other assets   297,023       315,245       297,326       330,894  
    Total assets $ 9,993,283     $ 9,970,851     $ 9,951,064     $ 9,866,283  
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                      
    Liabilities:                      
    Non-interest bearing demand deposits $ 2,268,801     $ 2,229,432     $ 2,361,367     $ 2,483,174  
    Interest bearing demand deposits   1,407,667       1,420,942       1,480,042       1,358,445  
    Savings and money market   3,768,211       3,703,810       3,367,012       3,314,895  
    Total transaction deposits   7,444,679       7,354,184       7,208,421       7,156,514  
    Time deposits   1,052,449       1,022,741       981,970       992,494  
    Total deposits   8,497,128       8,376,925       8,190,391       8,149,008  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   19,517       19,465       19,627       20,273  
    Long-term debt   54,433       54,356       54,200       54,123  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances         35,000       340,000       316,770  
    Other liabilities   130,208       237,461       134,039       162,524  
    Total liabilities   8,701,286       8,723,207       8,738,257       8,702,698  
    Shareholders’ equity:                      
    Common stock   515       515       515       515  
    Additional paid in capital   1,164,395       1,161,804       1,162,269       1,160,706  
    Retained earnings   491,849       469,630       433,126       410,243  
    Treasury stock   (302,277 )     (303,880 )     (306,702 )     (307,026 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax   (62,485 )     (80,425 )     (76,401 )     (100,853 )
    Total shareholders’ equity   1,291,997       1,247,644       1,212,807       1,163,585  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 9,993,283     $ 9,970,851     $ 9,951,064     $ 9,866,283  
    SHARE DATA                      
    Average basic shares outstanding   38,277,042       38,210,869       38,013,791       37,990,659  
    Average diluted shares outstanding   38,495,091       38,372,777       38,162,538       38,134,338  
    Ending shares outstanding   37,988,364       37,899,453       37,784,851       37,739,776  
    Common book value per share $ 34.01     $ 32.92     $ 32.10     $ 30.83  
    Tangible common book value per share(1) (non-GAAP)   24.91       23.74       22.77       21.43  
    Tangible common book value per share, excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss(1) (non-GAAP)   26.56       25.86       24.79       24.10  
    CAPITAL RATIOS                      
    Average equity to average assets   12.80 %     12.57 %     11.97 %     11.93 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets(1)   9.81 %     9.35 %     8.96 %     8.50 %
    Tier 1 leverage ratio   10.44 %     10.20 %     9.74 %     9.56 %
    Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   12.88 %     12.41 %     11.89 %     11.61 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   12.88 %     12.41 %     11.89 %     11.61 %
    Total risk-based capital ratio   14.79 %     14.32 %     13.80 %     13.49 %

                                                          

    (1 )      Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. See non-GAAP reconciliations below.
           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Loan Portfolio
    (Dollars in thousands)

    Period End Loan Balances by Type

                             
              September 30, 2024       September 30, 2024
              vs. June 30, 2024       vs. September 30, 2023
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   % Change   September 30, 2023   % Change
    Originated:                        
    Commercial:                        
    Commercial and industrial $ 1,894,830   $ 1,906,095   (0.6 )%   $ 1,784,188   6.2 %
    Municipal and non-profit   1,096,843     1,063,706   3.1 %     1,012,967   8.3 %
    Owner-occupied commercial real estate   949,330     921,122   3.1 %     827,679   14.7 %
    Food and agribusiness   257,743     248,401   3.8 %     258,609   (0.3 )%
    Total commercial   4,198,746     4,139,324   1.4 %     3,883,443   8.1 %
    Commercial real estate non-owner occupied   1,113,796     1,116,424   (0.2 )%     1,026,133   8.5 %
    Residential real estate   933,644     923,313   1.1 %     897,804   4.0 %
    Consumer   13,600     14,385   (5.5 )%     16,700   (18.6 )%
    Total originated   6,259,786     6,193,446   1.1 %     5,824,080   7.5 %
                             
    Acquired:                        
    Commercial:                        
    Commercial and industrial   116,683     124,104   (6.0 )%     156,012   (25.2 )%
    Municipal and non-profit   282     288   (2.1 )%     305   (7.5 )%
    Owner-occupied commercial real estate   221,928     232,890   (4.7 )%     247,701   (10.4 )%
    Food and agribusiness   43,733     48,061   (9.0 )%     61,551   (28.9 )%
    Total commercial   382,626     405,343   (5.6 )%     465,569   (17.8 )%
    Commercial real estate non-owner occupied   720,384     752,040   (4.2 )%     787,926   (8.6 )%
    Residential real estate   349,916     369,003   (5.2 )%     398,187   (12.1 )%
    Consumer   1,783     2,321   (23.2 )%     2,676   (33.4 )%
    Total acquired   1,454,709     1,528,707   (4.8 )%     1,654,358   (12.1 )%
    Total loans $ 7,714,495   $ 7,722,153   (0.1 )%   $ 7,478,438   3.2 %
                                 

    Loan Fundings(1)

                                 
      Third quarter   Second quarter   First quarter   Fourth quarter   Third quarter
      2024   2024   2024   2023   2023
    Commercial:                            
    Commercial and industrial $ 93,711   $ 241,910   $ 53,978     $ 135,954   $ 89,297
    Municipal and non-profit   35,677     28,785     14,564       79,650     18,657
    Owner occupied commercial real estate   70,517     102,615     35,128       75,631     67,322
    Food and agribusiness   19,205     11,040     (7,204 )     10,646     16,191
    Total commercial   219,110     384,350     96,466       301,881     191,467
    Commercial real estate non-owner occupied   91,809     83,184     73,789       107,738     88,434
    Residential real estate   47,322     36,124     29,468       48,925     42,514
    Consumer   1,010     1,547     234       1,849     1,689
    Total $ 359,251   $ 505,205   $ 199,957     $ 460,393   $ 324,104

                                                          

    (1 )      Loan fundings are defined as closed end funded loans and net fundings under revolving lines of credit. Net fundings (paydowns) under revolving lines of credit were $16,302, $19,281, ($59,523), $16,954 and ($12,877) for the periods noted in the table above, respectively.
           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Summary of Net Interest Margin
    (Dollars in thousands)

                                                           
        For the three months ended   For the three months ended   For the three months ended
        September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
        Average               Average      Average               Average      Average               Average
        balance   Interest   rate   balance   Interest   rate   balance   Interest   rate
    Interest earning assets:                                                      
    Originated loans FTE(1)(2)   $ 6,251,827     $ 108,403     6.90 %   $ 6,074,199     $ 101,794     6.74 %   $ 5,803,157     $ 92,813     6.35 %
    Acquired loans     1,487,002       22,660     6.06 %     1,541,576       23,464     6.12 %     1,671,595       26,115     6.20 %
    Loans held for sale     18,078       319     7.02 %     16,862       318     7.59 %     22,154       383     6.86 %
    Investment securities available-for-sale     790,268       5,132     2.60 %     802,830       5,101     2.54 %     761,892       3,783     1.99 %
    Investment securities held-to-maturity     548,120       2,344     1.71 %     564,818       2,419     1.71 %     611,712       2,685     1.76 %
    Other securities     26,213       405     6.18 %     25,093       377     6.01 %     39,115       701     7.17 %
    Interest earning deposits     70,946       556     3.12 %     92,388       685     2.98 %     130,239       1,205     3.67 %
    Total interest earning assets FTE(2)   $ 9,192,454     $ 139,819     6.05 %   $ 9,117,766     $ 134,158     5.92 %   $ 9,039,864     $ 127,685     5.60 %
    Cash and due from banks   $ 86,887                 $ 100,165                 $ 104,308              
    Other assets     777,758                   771,475                   737,568              
    Allowance for credit losses     (96,369 )                 (97,741 )                 (92,831 )            
    Total assets   $ 9,960,730                 $ 9,891,665                 $ 9,788,909              
    Interest bearing liabilities:                                                      
    Interest bearing demand, savings and money market deposits   $ 5,134,650     $ 40,146     3.11 %   $ 5,109,924     $ 39,681     3.12 %   $ 4,535,183     $ 27,211     2.38 %
    Time deposits     1,039,563       9,220     3.53 %     1,015,371       8,536     3.38 %     992,755       6,212     2.48 %
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     17,146       5     0.12 %     17,449       5     0.12 %     19,288       6     0.12 %
    Long-term debt     54,383       519     3.80 %     54,307       518     3.84 %     54,074       519     3.81 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     32,641       460     5.61 %     9,505       133     5.63 %     316,723       4,385     5.49 %
    Total interest bearing liabilities   $ 6,278,383     $ 50,350     3.19 %   $ 6,206,556     $ 48,873     3.17 %   $ 5,918,023     $ 38,333     2.57 %
    Demand deposits   $ 2,226,807                 $ 2,254,454                 $ 2,553,619              
    Other liabilities     180,667                   187,499                   149,068              
    Total liabilities     8,685,857                   8,648,509                   8,620,710              
    Shareholders’ equity     1,274,873                   1,243,156                   1,168,199              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 9,960,730                 $ 9,891,665                 $ 9,788,909              
    Net interest income FTE(2)         $ 89,469               $ 85,285               $ 89,352      
    Interest rate spread FTE(2)                 2.86 %                 2.75 %                 3.03 %
    Net interest earning assets   $ 2,914,071                 $ 2,911,210                 $ 3,121,841              
    Net interest margin FTE(2)                 3.87 %                 3.76 %                 3.92 %
    Average transaction deposits   $ 7,361,457                 $ 7,364,378                 $ 7,088,802              
    Average total deposits     8,401,020                   8,379,749                   8,081,557              
    Ratio of average interest earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities     146.41 %                 146.91 %                 152.75 %            

                                                          

    (1 )      Originated loans are net of deferred loan fees, less costs, which are included in interest income over the life of the loan.
    (2 )      Presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory tax rate of 21%. The tax equivalent adjustments included above are $1,816, $1,711 and $1,575 for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Summary of Net Interest Margin
    (Dollars in thousands)

                                   
      For the nine months ended September 30, 2024   For the nine months ended September 30, 2023
      Average              Average   Average              Average
      balance   Interest   rate   balance   Interest   rate
    Interest earning assets:                              
    Originated loans FTE(1)(2) $ 6,124,757     $ 311,112   6.79 %   $ 5,656,309     $ 258,528   6.11 %
    Acquired loans   1,546,482       70,413   6.08 %     1,718,523       79,526   6.19 %
    Loans held for sale   15,661       862   7.35 %     23,494       1,189   6.77 %
    Investment securities available-for-sale   781,454       14,336   2.45 %     786,087       11,655   1.98 %
    Investment securities held-to-maturity   563,975       7,277   1.72 %     629,507       8,364   1.77 %
    Other securities   28,771       1,398   6.48 %     46,480       2,513   7.21 %
    Interest earning deposits   84,920       2,004   3.15 %     120,633       3,369   3.73 %
    Total interest earning assets FTE(2) $ 9,146,020     $ 407,402   5.95 %   $ 8,981,033     $ 365,144   5.44 %
    Cash and due from banks $ 96,510               $ 110,902            
    Other assets   768,521                 724,305            
    Allowance for credit losses   (97,327 )               (91,110 )          
    Total assets $ 9,913,724               $ 9,725,130            
    Interest bearing liabilities:                              
    Interest bearing demand, savings and money market deposits $ 5,064,386     $ 116,240   3.07 %   $ 4,197,603     $ 55,070   1.75 %
    Time deposits   1,015,081       25,340   3.33 %     965,750       14,545   2.01 %
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   17,839       16   0.12 %     19,863       17   0.11 %
    Long-term debt   54,307       1,555   3.82 %     53,997       1,555   3.85 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances   89,918       3,774   5.61 %     449,060       17,075   5.08 %
    Total interest bearing liabilities $ 6,241,531     $ 146,925   3.14 %   $ 5,686,273     $ 88,262   2.08 %
    Demand deposits $ 2,253,986               $ 2,751,537            
    Other liabilities   170,005                 141,110            
    Total liabilities   8,665,522                 8,578,920            
    Shareholders’ equity   1,248,202                 1,146,210            
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 9,913,724               $ 9,725,130            
    Net interest income FTE(2)       $ 260,477             $ 276,882    
    Interest rate spread FTE(2)             2.81 %               3.36 %
    Net interest earning assets $ 2,904,489               $ 3,294,760            
    Net interest margin FTE(2)             3.80 %               4.12 %
    Average transaction deposits $ 7,318,372               $ 6,949,140            
    Average total deposits   8,333,453                 7,914,890            
    Ratio of average interest earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities   146.53 %               157.94 %          

                                                          

    (1 )      Originated loans are net of deferred loan fees, less costs, which are included in interest income over the life of the loan.
    (2 )      Presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory tax rate of 21%. The tax equivalent adjustments included above are $5,220 and $4,432 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Allowance for Credit Losses and Asset Quality
    (Dollars in thousands)

    Allowance for Credit Losses Analysis

                     
      As of and for the three months ended
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
    Beginning allowance for credit losses $ 96,457     $ 97,607     $ 92,581  
    Charge-offs   (3,505 )     (4,605 )     (540 )
    Recoveries   95       499       280  
    Provision expense for credit losses   2,000       2,956       1,125  
    Ending allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) $ 95,047     $ 96,457     $ 93,446  
    Ratio of annualized net charge-offs to average total loans during the period   0.18 %     0.22 %     0.01 %
    Ratio of ACL to total loans outstanding at period end   1.23 %     1.25 %     1.25 %
    Ratio of ACL to total non-performing loans at period end   403.68 %     370.18 %     281.36 %
    Total loans $ 7,714,495     $ 7,722,153     $ 7,478,438  
    Average total loans during the period   7,714,765       7,582,506       7,443,869  
    Total non-performing loans   23,545       26,057       33,212  
                           

    Past Due and Non-accrual Loans

                     
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
    Loans 30-89 days past due and still accruing interest $ 31,253     $ 27,159     $ 8,144  
    Loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest   9,509       3,498       154  
    Non-accrual loans   23,545       26,057       33,212  
    Total past due and non-accrual loans $ 64,307     $ 56,714     $ 41,510  
    Total 90 days past due and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans to total loans   0.43 %     0.38 %     0.45 %
                           

    Asset Quality Data

                     
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
    Non-performing loans $ 23,545     $ 26,057     $ 33,212  
    OREO   1,432       1,526       3,416  
    Total non-performing assets $ 24,977     $ 27,583     $ 36,628  
    Total non-performing loans to total loans   0.31 %     0.34 %     0.44 %
    Total non-performing assets to total loans and OREO   0.32 %     0.36 %     0.49 %
                           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    Key Metrics(1)

                                 
      As of and for the three months ended   As of and for the nine months ended
      September 30,    June 30,    September 30,    September 30,    September 30, 
      2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Return on average assets   1.32 %     1.06 %     1.46 %     1.22 %     1.50 %
    Return on average tangible assets(2)   1.43 %     1.17 %     1.58 %     1.33 %     1.61 %
    Return on average equity   10.33 %     8.46 %     12.26 %     9.70 %     12.71 %
    Return on average tangible common equity(2)   14.84 %     12.44 %     18.38 %     14.14 %     18.81 %
    Loan to deposit ratio (end of period)   90.79 %     92.18 %     91.77 %     90.79 %     91.77 %
    Non-interest bearing deposits to total deposits (end of period)   26.70 %     26.61 %     30.47 %     26.70 %     30.47 %
    Net interest margin(3)   3.79 %     3.69 %     3.85 %     3.73 %     4.06 %
    Net interest margin FTE(2)(3)   3.87 %     3.76 %     3.92 %     3.80 %     4.12 %
    Interest rate spread FTE(4)   2.86 %     2.75 %     3.03 %     2.81 %     3.36 %
    Yield on earning assets(5)   5.97 %     5.84 %     5.53 %     5.87 %     5.37 %
    Yield on earning assets FTE(2)(5)   6.05 %     5.92 %     5.60 %     5.95 %     5.44 %
    Cost of interest bearing liabilities   3.19 %     3.17 %     2.57 %     3.14 %     2.08 %
    Cost of deposits   2.34 %     2.31 %     1.64 %     2.27 %     1.18 %
    Non-interest income to total revenue FTE(9)   17.05 %     14.13 %     17.81 %     16.13 %     14.74 %
    Non-interest expense to average assets   2.56 %     2.56 %     2.46 %     2.56 %     2.47 %
    Efficiency ratio   60.51 %     64.62 %     56.56 %     62.24 %     56.16 %
    Efficiency ratio excluding other intangible assets amortization FTE(2)   57.65 %     61.52 %     53.90 %     59.28 %     53.74 %
    Pre-provision net revenue $ 41,880     $ 34,528     $ 46,539     $ 115,298     $ 140,427  
    Pre-provision net revenue FTE(2)   43,696       36,239       48,114       120,518       144,859  
                                 
    Total Loans Asset Quality Data(6)(7)(8)                            
    Non-performing loans to total loans   0.31 %     0.34 %     0.44 %     0.31 %     0.44 %
    Non-performing assets to total loans and OREO   0.32 %     0.36 %     0.49 %     0.32 %     0.49 %
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   1.23 %     1.25 %     1.25 %     1.23 %     1.33 %
    Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans   403.68 %     370.18 %     281.36 %     403.68 %     281.36 %
    Net charge-offs to average loans   0.18 %     0.22 %     0.01 %     0.13 %     0.02 %

                                                          

    (1 )      Ratios are annualized.
    (2 )      Ratio represents non-GAAP financial measure. See non-GAAP reconciliations below.
    (3 )   Net interest margin represents net interest income, including accretion income on interest earning assets, as a percentage of average interest earning assets.
    (4 )      Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest earning assets, including FTE income, and the weighted average cost of interest bearing liabilities. Ratio represents a non-GAAP financial measure.
    (5 )   Interest earning assets include assets that earn interest/accretion or dividends. Any market value adjustments on investment securities or loans are excluded from interest earning assets.
    (6 )   Non-performing loans consist of non-accruing loans and modified loans on non-accrual.
    (7 )   Non-performing assets include non-performing loans and other real estate owned.
    (8 )   Total loans are net of unearned discounts and fees.
    (9 )   Non-interest income to total revenue represents non-interest income divided by the sum of net interest income FTE and non-interest income. Ratio represents a non-GAAP financial measure.
           

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RECONCILIATIONS
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

    Tangible Common Book Value Ratios

                             
        September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024      December 31, 2023   September 30, 2023
    Total shareholders’ equity   $ 1,291,997     $ 1,247,644     $ 1,212,807     $ 1,163,585  
    Less: goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (358,754 )     (360,732 )     (364,716 )     (366,724 )
    Add: deferred tax liability related to goodwill     13,203       12,871       12,208       11,876  
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 946,446     $ 899,783     $ 860,299     $ 808,737  
                             
    Total assets   $ 9,993,283     $ 9,970,851     $ 9,951,064     $ 9,866,283  
    Less: goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (358,754 )     (360,732 )     (364,716 )     (366,724 )
    Add: deferred tax liability related to goodwill     13,203       12,871       12,208       11,876  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 9,647,732     $ 9,622,990     $ 9,598,556     $ 9,511,435  
                             
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets calculations:                        
    Total shareholders’ equity to total assets     12.93 %     12.51 %     12.19 %     11.79 %
    Less: impact of goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (3.12 )%     (3.16 )%     (3.23 )%     (3.29 )%
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)     9.81 %     9.35 %     8.96 %     8.50 %
                             
    Tangible common book value per share calculations:                        
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 946,446     $ 899,783     $ 860,299     $ 808,737  
    Divided by: ending shares outstanding     37,988,364       37,899,453       37,784,851       37,739,776  
    Tangible common book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 24.91     $ 23.74     $ 22.77     $ 21.43  
                             
    Tangible common book value per share, excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss calculations:                        
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 946,446     $ 899,783     $ 860,299     $ 808,737  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     62,485       80,425       76,401       100,853  
    Tangible common book value, excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (non-GAAP)     1,008,931       980,208       936,700       909,590  
    Divided by: ending shares outstanding     37,988,364       37,899,453       37,784,851       37,739,776  
    Tangible common book value per share, excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (non-GAAP)   $ 26.56     $ 25.86     $ 24.79     $ 24.10  
                                     

    NATIONAL BANK HOLDINGS CORPORATION
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
    Return on Average Tangible Assets and Return on Average Tangible Equity

                                   
        As of and for the three months ended   As of and for the nine months ended
        September 30,       June 30,       September 30,       September 30,       September 30, 
        2024      2024      2023      2024      2023
    Net income   $ 33,105     $ 26,135     $ 36,087     $ 90,631     $ 108,927  
    Add: impact of other intangible assets amortization expense, after tax     1,517       1,516       1,541       4,575       4,128  
    Net income excluding the impact of other intangible assets amortization expense, after tax (non-GAAP)   $ 34,622     $ 27,651     $ 37,628     $ 95,206     $ 113,055  
                                   
    Average assets   $ 9,960,730     $ 9,891,665     $ 9,788,909     $ 9,913,724     $ 9,725,130  
    Less: average goodwill and other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liability related to goodwill     (346,757 )     (349,030 )     (356,083 )     (348,717 )     (342,826 )
    Average tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 9,613,973     $ 9,542,635     $ 9,432,826     $ 9,565,007     $ 9,382,304  
                                   
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 1,274,873     $ 1,243,156     $ 1,168,199     $ 1,248,202     $ 1,146,210  
    Less: average goodwill and other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liability related to goodwill     (346,757 )     (349,030 )     (356,083 )     (348,717 )     (342,826 )
    Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 928,116     $ 894,126     $ 812,116     $ 899,485     $ 803,384  
                                   
    Return on average assets     1.32 %     1.06 %     1.46 %     1.22 %     1.50 %
    Return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)     1.43 %     1.17 %     1.58 %     1.33 %     1.61 %
    Return on average equity     10.33 %     8.46 %     12.26 %     9.70 %     12.71 %
    Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)     14.84 %     12.44 %     18.38 %     14.14 %     18.81 %
                                             

    Fully Taxable Equivalent Yield on Earning Assets and Net Interest Margin

                                   
        As of and for the three months ended   As of and for the nine months ended
        September 30,    June 30,    September 30,    September 30,    September 30, 
        2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Interest income   $ 138,003        $ 132,447        $ 126,110        $ 402,182     $ 360,712  
    Add: impact of taxable equivalent adjustment     1,816       1,711       1,575       5,220       4,432  
    Interest income FTE (non-GAAP)   $ 139,819     $ 134,158     $ 127,685     $ 407,402     $ 365,144  
                                   
    Net interest income   $ 87,653     $ 83,574     $ 87,777     $ 255,257     $ 272,450  
    Add: impact of taxable equivalent adjustment     1,816       1,711       1,575       5,220       4,432  
    Net interest income FTE (non-GAAP)   $ 89,469     $ 85,285     $ 89,352     $ 260,477     $ 276,882  
                                   
    Average earning assets   $ 9,192,454     $ 9,117,766     $ 9,039,864     $ 9,146,020     $ 8,981,033  
    Yield on earning assets     5.97 %     5.84 %     5.53 %     5.87 %     5.37 %
    Yield on earning assets FTE (non-GAAP)     6.05 %     5.92 %     5.60 %     5.95 %     5.44 %
    Net interest margin     3.79 %     3.69 %     3.85 %     3.73 %     4.06 %
    Net interest margin FTE (non-GAAP)     3.87 %     3.76 %     3.92 %     3.80 %     4.12 %
                                             

    Efficiency Ratio and Pre-Provision Net Revenue

                                   
        As of and for the three months ended   As of and for the nine months ended
           September 30,       June 30,       September 30,       September 30,       September 30, 
           2024      2024      2023      2024      2023
    Net interest income   $ 87,653     $ 83,574     $ 87,777     $ 255,257     $ 272,450  
    Add: impact of taxable equivalent adjustment     1,816       1,711       1,575       5,220       4,432  
    Net interest income FTE (non-GAAP)   $ 89,469     $ 85,285     $ 89,352     $ 260,477     $ 276,882  
                                   
    Non-interest income   $ 18,389     $ 14,029     $ 19,365     $ 50,112     $ 47,853  
                                   
    Non-interest expense   $ 64,162     $ 63,075     $ 60,603     $ 190,071     $ 179,876  
    Less: other intangible assets amortization     (1,977 )     (1,977 )     (2,008 )     (5,962 )     (5,378 )
    Non-interest expense excluding other intangible assets amortization (non-GAAP)   $ 62,185     $ 61,098     $ 58,595     $ 184,109     $ 174,498  
                                   
    Efficiency ratio     60.51 %     64.62 %     56.56 %     62.24 %     56.16 %
    Efficiency ratio excluding other intangible assets amortization FTE (non-GAAP)     57.65 %     61.52 %     53.90 %     59.28 %     53.74 %
    Pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP)   $ 41,880     $ 34,528     $ 46,539     $ 115,298     $ 140,427  
    Pre-provision net revenue, FTE (non-GAAP)     43,696       36,239       48,114       120,518       144,859  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. Reports Third Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. (“Orrstown” or the “Company”) closed the merger of equals transaction with Codorus Valley Bancorp, Inc. (“Codorus”) on July 1, 2024, creating a premier Pennsylvania and Maryland community bank; as a result, the Company’s results for the three months ended September 30, 2024 reflect the combined operating results of the combined companies;
    • Codorus contributed, after fair value purchase accounting adjustments, approximately $2.2 billion in total assets, $1.6 billion in loans, and $1.9 billion in deposits at July 1, 2024;
    • Net loss of $7.9 million, or $0.41 per diluted share, for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to net income of $7.7 million, or $0.73 per diluted share, for the three months ended June 30, 2024, reflecting the impact of $17.0 million in expenses related to the merger, $15.5 million of provision for credit losses on non-purchase credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans and $4.8 million for the previously announced executive retirement, net of taxes, collectively the “non-recurring charges”;
    • Excluding the impact of the non-recurring charges, net income and diluted earnings per share, respectively, were $21.4 million(1) and $1.11(1) for the third quarter of 2024 compared to net income and diluted earnings per share of $8.7 million(1) and $0.83(1), respectively, as adjusted for the impact of $1.1 million in merger-related expenses, net of taxes, recorded for the second quarter of 2024;
    • Net interest margin, on a tax equivalent basis, was 4.14% in the third quarter of 2024 compared to 3.54% in the second quarter of 2024; the net accretion impact of purchase accounting marks on loans, deposits and borrowings was $5.8 million of net interest income, which represents 52 basis points of net interest margin;
    • Noninterest income increased by $5.1 million to $12.4 million in the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $7.2 million in the three months ended June 30, 2024; continued strength in wealth management and swap fee generation by commercial teams are driving fee income growth;
    • Return on average assets for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was (0.57)% compared to 0.97% for the three months ended June 30, 2024; excluding the non-recurring charges, return on average assets was 1.55%(1) for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to 1.09%(1) for the three months ended June 30, 2024, excluding merger-related expenses;
    • Return on average equity for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was (5.85)% compared to 11.41% for the three months ended June 30, 2024; excluding the non-recurring charges, return on average equity was 15.85%(1) for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to 12.88%(1) for the three months ended June 30, 2024, excluding merger related expenses;
    • The provision for credit losses was $13.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $812 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2024; the provision for credit losses on non-PCD loans for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was $15.5 million; excluding the impact of the merger, the provision for credit losses for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was a reversal of $1.8 million;
    • At September 30, 2024, nonaccrual loans totaled $26.9 million, an increase of $18.5 million from $8.4 million at June 30, 2024; non-accrual loans acquired from Codorus totaled $12.8 million;
    • Tangible book value per common share(1) decreased to $21.12 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $24.08 per share at June 30, 2024; this decrease was primarily due to the impact of loan marks associated with the merger and the net loss incurred for the third quarter of 2024;
    • The Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.23 per common share, payable November 12, 2024, to shareholders of record as of November 5, 2024.

    (1) Non-GAAP measure. See Appendix A for additional information.

    HARRISBURG, Pa., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. (NASDAQ: ORRF), the parent company of Orrstown Bank (the “Bank”), announced earnings for the three months ended September 30, 2024. Net loss totaled $7.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to net income of $7.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and $9.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. Diluted loss per share was $0.41 for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to diluted earnings per share of $0.73 for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and $0.87 for the three months ended September 30, 2023. For the third quarter of 2024, excluding the impact from the non-recurring charges, net of taxes, net income and diluted earnings per share were $21.4 million(1) and $1.11(1), respectively. For the second quarter of 2024, excluding the impact of the merger-related expenses, net of taxes, net income and diluted earnings per share were $8.7 million(1) and $0.83(1), respectively.

    “While the results for the quarter reflected the impact of certain non-recurring charges, the core income generated by the business demonstrates the significant opportunities afforded by the additional scale and synergies created by the merger. Our core earnings were strong. We already have taken significant steps to achieve the cost savings announced in December, which we are on target to achieve in full in the defined timeline. Our system conversion in scheduled for completion in November 2024, at which time we expect further expense savings to be realized. We believe we are well on our way to improving our client experience, expanding and deepening our community presence, and enhancing shareholder value,” commented Thomas R. Quinn, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer.

    DISCUSSION OF RESULTS

    Merger Update

    The Company acquired Codorus and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary PeoplesBank, A Codorus Valley Company on July 1, 2024. The merger and acquisition method of accounting was used to account for the transaction with the Company as the acquirer. The Company recorded the assets and liabilities of Codorus at their respective fair values as of July 1, 2024. The transaction was valued at approximately $234 million and expanded the Bank’s footprint into the York, Pennsylvania market while increasing its market penetration in its existing markets.

    At the time of the merger, Codorus contributed, after fair value purchase accounting adjustments, approximately $2.2 billion in assets, $1.6 billion in loans, $326.7 million in investment securities and $1.9 billion in deposits. The excess of the merger consideration over the fair value of net Codorus assets resulted in goodwill of $51.9 million. The merger led to a 12% dilution in our tangible book value per share which was $21.12 at September 30, 2024 compared to $24.08 at June 30, 2024. The principal cause of the dilution was the impact of the associated purchase accounting marks on loans. The Company’s tangible common equity ratio at September 30, 2024 was 7.5%. The loan fair value adjustments are expected to accrete back through income and capital as the loans mature and should lead to earnings per share and capital accretion moving forward. The fair value of assets and liabilities are subject to refinement for up to one year after the acquisition date as allowable under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

    The Company incurred expenses of $32.5 million and $34.3 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively, related to merger costs and an increased allowance for credit losses on non-PCD portion of the loans assumed from Codorus.

    The Company’s financial results for any periods ended prior to July 1, 2024 reflect Orrstown’s results only on a standalone basis. As a result of this factor and the below listed adjustments related to the merger, the Company’s financial results for the third quarter of 2024 may not be directly comparable to prior reported periods.

    Balance Sheet

    Loans

    Loans held for investment increased by $1.7 billion from June 30, 2024 to September 30, 2024 as $1.6 billion of loans, net of purchase accounting marks, were assumed in the merger with Codorus.

    Investment Securities

    Investment securities, all of which are classified as available-for-sale, increased by $297.7 million to $826.8 million at September 30, 2024 from $529.1 million at June 30, 2024. Investments with a fair value of $326.7 million were assumed in the merger with Codorus. During the third quarter of 2024, investment securities totaling $162.7 million were sold from the portfolio acquired from Codorus. The portfolio was restructured to align the interest rate risk and credit profile for the combined balance sheet. Most of these proceeds were reinvested in investment securities as purchases of $140.4 million were made in the three months ended September 30, 2024. These purchases were partially offset by paydowns of investment securities of $20.6 million and two calls totaling $5.0 million. The overall duration of the Company’s investment securities portfolio was 4.6 years at September 30, 2024 compared to 4.2 years at June 30, 2024. See Appendix B for a summary of the Bank’s investment securities at September 30, 2024, highlighting their concentrations, credit ratings and credit enhancement levels.

    Deposits

    During the third quarter of 2024, deposits increased by $2.0 billion to approximately $4.7 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $2.7 billion at June 30, 2024. Deposits of $1.9 billion were assumed in the merger. At September 30, 2024, deposits that are uninsured and not collateralized totaled $692.6 million, or 15% of total deposits compared to $422.3 million, or 16% of total deposits at June 30, 2024. The Bank’s loan-to-deposit ratio decreased slightly to 86% at September 30, 2024 from 87% at June 30, 2024.

    Borrowings

    The Bank actively manages its liquidity position through its various sources of funding to meet the needs of its clients. FHLB advances and other borrowings were $115.4 million at September 30, 2024 and $115.0 million at June 30, 2024. The Bank seeks to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure client needs can be addressed on a timely basis. The Bank had available alternative funding sources, such as FHLB advances and other wholesale options, of approximately $1.0 billion at September 30, 2024. The Bank’s FHLB borrowing capacity at September 30, 2024 was not inclusive of Codorus, which will be reflected in the fourth quarter.

    The Company assumed $31.0 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated debentures and $10.3 million aggregate amount of trust preferred securities from Codorus in the merger. Fair value adjustments of $5.1 million were recorded on July 1, 2024 which reduced the amounts recorded on the balance sheet.

    Income Statement

    Net Interest Income and Margin

    Net interest income was $51.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $26.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The net interest margin, on a tax equivalent basis, increased to 4.14% in the third quarter of 2024 from 3.54% in the second quarter of 2024. The net interest margin was positively impacted by the net accretion impact of purchase accounting marks on loans, deposits and borrowings of $5.8 million, which represents 52 basis points of net interest margin. Funding costs show signs of stabilizing.

    Several components of the net interest margin increased primarily as the result of the assets and liabilities assumed in the merger with Codorus.

    Interest income on loans, on a tax equivalent basis, increased by $35.2 million to $70.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $35.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024.

    Interest income on investment securities, on a tax equivalent basis, was $10.1 million for the third quarter of 2024 compared to $6.1 million in the second quarter of 2024.

    Interest expense, on a tax equivalent basis, increased by $14.1 million to $31.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $17.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. Average interest-bearing deposits increased by $1.6 billion during the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024. Average borrowings increased by $35.8 million during the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024. Interest expense includes $0.4 million and $0 of amortization of purchase accounting marks for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively.

    Provision for Credit Losses

    The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $13.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $0.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) on loans increased to $49.6 million at September 30, 2024 from $29.9 million at June 30, 2024. The increase in the ACL was primarily due to the addition of $21.4 million of reserves as a result of the merger. This increase was made up of $15.5 million for non-PCD loans, which was recognized through the provision for credit losses, and $5.9 million for PCD loans which was recognized through retained earnings. The provision for credit losses for the three months ended September 30, 2024 included a provision reversal of $1.8 million due to changes in qualitative factors, a change in the peer group utilized for the calculation and a reduction in the required reserve for unfunded commitments. The ACL to total loans was 1.25% at September 30, 2024 compared to 1.27% at June 30, 2024. Net charge-offs were $0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to net charge-offs of $0.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024.

    As a result of the merger, classified loans increased by $56.8 million to $105.5 million at September 30, 2024 from $48.7 million at June 30, 2024. Non-accrual loans increased by $18.5 million to $26.9 million at September 30, 2024 from $8.4 million at June 30, 2024 due primarily to the assumption of $12.8 million of non-accrual loans from Codorus. Nonaccrual loans to total loans increased to 0.68% at September 30, 2024 compared to 0.36% at June 30, 2024 and decreased from 1.11% at December 31, 2023. Management believes the ACL to be adequate based on current asset quality metrics and economic conditions.

    Noninterest Income

    Noninterest income increased by $5.1 million to $12.4 million in the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $7.2 million in the three months ended June 30, 2024 primarily due to the merger.

    Wealth management income increased to $5.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $3.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The strong sales efforts, organic growth and stock market performance have collectively driven exceptional wealth results throughout the year. As a result of the merger, assets under management increased to approximately $3.2 billion at September 30, 2024 from $2.1 billion at June 30, 2024.

    During the third quarter of 2024, the Company recorded swap fee income of $0.5 million compared to $0.4 million in the three months ended June 30, 2024. Swap fee generation has been strong, but fluctuates based on market conditions and client demand.

    Noninterest Expenses

    Noninterest expenses increased by $37.7 million to $60.3 million in the three months ended September 30, 2024 from $22.6 million in the three months ended June 30, 2024 primarily due to the merger.

    For the three months ended September 30, 2024, merger-related expenses totaled $17.0 million, an increase of $15.9 million, compared to $1.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The increase is due to primarily to employee separation costs, vendor contract terminations, and professional fees incurred during the third quarter of 2024. The Company will incur additional merger-related expenses from the operational and technology processes to combine systems and services of both companies, which is expected to be completed in November 2024.

    Salaries and benefits expense increased by $14.0 million to $27.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $13.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The three months ended September 30, 2024 includes $4.8 million of expenses associated with the retirement of an executive.

    Intangible asset amortization increased to $2.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $0.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024. This increase is due to the amortization expense recognized on the core deposit intangible of $35.9 million and wealth customer relationship intangible of $10.4 million established on July 1, 2024 from the merger.

    Taxes other than income increased to $0.5 million in the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to less than $0.1 million in the three months ended June 30, 2024. This increase reflects the tax credits recognized on the contributions during the second quarter of 2024.

    There was $257 thousand of restructuring expenses recognized in the three months ended September 30, 2024 associated with previously announced branch closures.

    Income Taxes

    The Company’s effective tax rate for the third quarter of 2024 was 20.1% compared to 21.2% for the second quarter of 2024. The Company’s effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2024 is less than the 21% federal statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income, including interest earned on tax-exempt loans and securities and income from life insurance policies and tax credits partially offset by the disallowed portion of interest expense against earnings in association with the Bank’s tax-exempt investments under the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (“TEFRA”) and the impact of nondeductible merger-related costs. The Company regularly analyzes its projected taxable income and makes adjustments to the provision for income taxes accordingly.

    Capital

    Shareholders’ equity totaled $516.2 million at September 30, 2024, an increase of $237.8 million from $278.4 million at June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to the equity assumed in the merger, net of purchase accounting adjustments, partially offset by a net loss of $7.9 million and dividends paid of $4.4 million.

    Tangible book value per share(1) decreased to $21.12 per share at September 30, 2024 from $24.08 per share at June 30, 2024 due to the purchase accounting adjustments associated with the merger.

    The Company’s tangible common equity ratio decreased to 7.5% at September 30, 2024 from 8.1% at June 30, 2024 due to purchase accounting marks and a net loss recorded during the third quarter of 2024. The Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 12.5% at September 30, 2024 compared to 13.3% at June 30, 2024. The Company’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 8.0% at September 30, 2024 compared to 8.9% at June 30, 2024. The loan fair value adjustments are expected to accrete back through income and capital as the loans mature and should lead to earnings per share and capital accretion moving forward.

    At September 30, 2024, all four capital ratios applicable to the Company were above regulatory minimum levels to be deemed “well capitalized” under current bank regulatory guidelines. The Company continues to believe that capital is adequate to support the risks inherent in the balance sheet, as well as growth requirements.

    (1) Non-GAAP measure. See Appendix A for additional information.

    Investor Relations Contact:
    Neelesh Kalani
    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
    Phone (717) 510-7097
    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (Unaudited)              
                   
                   
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,   September 30,   September 30,   September 30,
    (In thousands)   2024       2023       2024       2023  
                   
    Profitability for the period:              
    Net interest income $ 51,697     $ 26,219     $ 104,681     $ 78,888  
    Provision for credit losses   13,681       136       14,791       1,264  
    Noninterest income   12,386       5,925       26,188       19,161  
    Noninterest expenses   60,299       20,447       105,407       61,451  
    (Loss) income before income tax (benefit) expense   (9,897 )     11,561       10,671       35,334  
    Income tax (benefit) expense   (1,994 )     2,535       2,305       7,314  
    Net (loss) income available to common shareholders $ (7,903 )   $ 9,026     $ 8,366     $ 28,020  
                   
    Financial ratios:              
    Return on average assets (1) (0.57)%     1.18 %     0.28 %     1.25 %
    Return on average assets, adjusted (1) (2) (3)   1.55 %     1.18 %     1.33 %     1.25 %
    Return on average equity (1) (5.85)%     14.42 %     3.10 %     15.51 %
    Return on average equity, adjusted (1) (2) (3)   15.85 %     14.42 %     14.59 %     15.51 %
    Net interest margin (1)   4.14 %     3.73 %     3.88 %     3.83 %
    Efficiency ratio   94.1 %     63.6 %     80.5 %     62.7 %
    Efficiency ratio, adjusted (2) (3)   60.2 %     63.6 %     62.6 %     62.7 %
    (Loss) income per common share:              
    Basic $ (0.41 )   $ 0.87     $ 0.63     $ 2.71  
    Basic, adjusted (2) (3) $ 1.12     $ 0.87     $ 2.96     $ 2.71  
    Diluted $ (0.41 )   $ 0.87     $ 0.62     $ 2.68  
    Diluted, adjusted (2) (3) $ 1.11     $ 0.87     $ 2.93     $ 2.68  
                   
    Average equity to average assets   9.75 %     8.18 %     9.13 %     8.09 %
                   
    (1) Annualized for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023.
    (2) Ratio for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 has been adjusted for the non-recurring charges.
    (3) Non-GAAP based financial measure. Please refer to Appendix A – Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Measures and GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations for a discussion of our use of non-GAAP based financial measures, including tables reconciling GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures appearing herein.
    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (Unaudited)      
    (continued)      
      September 30,   December 31,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2024       2023  
    At period-end:      
    Total assets $ 5,470,589     $ 3,064,240  
    Loans, net of allowance for credit losses   3,931,807       2,269,611  
    Loans held-for-sale, at fair value   3,561       5,816  
    Securities available for sale, at fair value   826,828       513,519  
    Total deposits   4,650,853       2,558,814  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   137,310       147,285  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   68,510       32,093  
    Shareholders’ equity   516,206       265,056  
           
    Credit quality and capital ratios (1):      
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   1.25 %     1.25 %
    Total nonaccrual loans to total loans   0.68 %     1.11 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets   0.49 %     0.83 %
    Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans   184 %     112 %
    Total risk-based capital:      
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   12.5 %     13.0 %
    Orrstown Bank   12.3 %     12.8 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital:      
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   10.0 %     10.8 %
    Orrstown Bank   11.1 %     11.6 %
    Tier 1 common equity risk-based capital:      
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   9.8 %     10.8 %
    Orrstown Bank   11.1 %     11.6 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital:      
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   8.0 %     8.9 %
    Orrstown Bank   8.8 %     9.5 %
           
    Book value per common share $ 26.65     $ 24.98  
           
    (1) Capital ratios are estimated for the current period, subject to regulatory filings. The Company elected the three-year phase in option for the day-one impact of ASU 2016-13 for current expected credit losses (“CECL”) to regulatory capital. Beginning in 2023, the Company adjusted retained earnings, allowance for credit losses includable in tier 2 capital and the deferred tax assets from temporary differences in risk weighted assets by the permitted percentage of the day-one impact from adopting the CECL standard.
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Unaudited)      
           
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) September 30, 2024   December 31, 2023
    Assets      
    Cash and due from banks $ 65,064     $ 32,586  
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks   171,716       32,575  
    Cash and cash equivalents   236,780       65,161  
    Restricted investments in bank stocks   20,247       11,992  
    Securities available for sale (amortized cost of $845,869 and $549,089 at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively)   826,828       513,519  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value   3,561       5,816  
    Loans   3,981,437       2,298,313  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses   (49,630 )     (28,702 )
    Net loans   3,931,807       2,269,611  
    Premises and equipment, net   49,839       29,393  
    Cash surrender value of life insurance   142,895       73,204  
    Goodwill   70,655       18,724  
    Other intangible assets, net   46,144       2,414  
    Accrued interest receivable   20,562       13,630  
    Deferred tax assets, net   38,517       22,017  
    Other assets   82,754       38,759  
    Total assets $ 5,470,589     $ 3,064,240  
           
    Liabilities      
    Deposits:      
    Noninterest-bearing $ 815,404     $ 430,959  
    Interest-bearing   3,835,449       2,127,855  
    Total deposits   4,650,853       2,558,814  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased   21,932       9,785  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   115,378       137,500  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   68,510       32,093  
    Other liabilities   97,710       60,992  
    Total liabilities   4,954,383       2,799,184  
           
    Shareholders’ Equity      
    Preferred stock, $1.25 par value per share; 500,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding          
    Common stock, no par value—$0.05205 stated value per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 19,723,217 shares issued and 19,373,354 outstanding at September 30, 2024; 11,204,599 shares issued and 10,612,390 outstanding at December 31, 2023   1,027       583  
    Additional paid—in capital   422,177       189,027  
    Retained earnings   117,311       117,667  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (15,888 )     (28,476 )
    Treasury stock— 349,863 and 592,209 shares, at cost at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively   (8,421 )     (13,745 )
    Total shareholders’ equity   516,206       265,056  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 5,470,589     $ 3,064,240  
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)
                     
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,   September 30,   September 30,   September 30,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)     2024       2023       2024     2023  
    Interest income                
    Loans   $ 70,647     $ 32,738     $ 142,417   $ 92,685  
    Investment securities – taxable     9,005       4,459       18,588     13,244  
    Investment securities – tax-exempt     883       861       2,641     2,591  
    Short-term investments     2,452       633       5,272     1,349  
    Total interest income     82,987       38,691       168,918     109,869  
    Interest expense                
    Deposits     28,603       10,582       57,384     25,392  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased     96       31       148     84  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings     1,154       1,354       3,780     3,992  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt     1,437       505       2,925     1,513  
    Total interest expense     31,290       12,472       64,237     30,981  
    Net interest income     51,697       26,219       104,681     78,888  
    Provision for credit losses     13,681       136       14,791     1,264  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses     38,016       26,083       89,890     77,624  
    Noninterest income                
    Service charges     2,360       1,260       4,843     3,668  
    Interchange income     1,779       963       3,651     2,921  
    Swap fee income     505       255       1,079     451  
    Wealth management income     5,037       2,826       11,451     8,395  
    Mortgage banking activities     491       (142 )     1,318     448  
    Investment securities gains (losses)     271       2       254     (8 )
    Other income     1,943       761       3,592     3,286  
    Total noninterest income     12,386       5,925       26,188     19,161  
    Noninterest expenses                
    Salaries and employee benefits     27,190       12,885       54,137     38,135  
    Occupancy, furniture and equipment     4,333       2,460       9,677     7,059  
    Data processing     2,046       1,248       4,548     3,666  
    Advertising and bank promotions     537       332       1,709     1,656  
    FDIC insurance     862       477       1,722     1,500  
    Professional services     1,119       965       2,551     2,203  
    Taxes other than income     503       387       1,046     847  
    Intangible asset amortization     2,464       228       2,904     717  
    Merger-related expenses     16,977             18,784      
    Restructuring expenses     257             257      
    Other operating expenses     4,011       1,465       8,072     5,668  
    Total noninterest expenses     60,299       20,447       105,407     61,451  
    (Loss) income before income tax (benefit) expense     (9,897 )     11,561       10,671     35,334  
    Income tax (benefit) expense     (1,994 )     2,535       2,305     7,314  
    Net (loss) income   $ (7,903 )   $ 9,026     $ 8,366   $ 28,020  
    continued
                     
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,   September 30,   September 30,   September 30,
          2024       2023       2024     2023  
    Share information:                
    Basic (loss) earnings per share   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.87     $ 0.63   $ 2.71  
    Diluted (loss) earnings per share   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.87     $ 0.62   $ 2.68  
    Dividends paid per share   $ 0.23     $ 0.20     $ 0.63   $ 0.60  
    Weighted average shares – basic     19,088       10,319       13,298     10,346  
    Weighted average shares – diluted     19,226       10,405       13,441     10,440  
    ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME        
    Average Balances and Interest Rates, Taxable-Equivalent Basis (Unaudited)    
      Three Months Ended
      9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024   12/31/2023   9/30/2023
          Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-
     (In Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent
     thousands) Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate
    Assets                                                          
    Federal funds sold & interest-bearing bank balances $ 184,465   $ 2,452     5.29 %   $ 142,868   $ 1,864     5.25 %   $ 74,523   $ 956     5.16 %   $ 37,873   $ 460     4.82 %   $ 57,778   $ 633     4.35 %
    Investment securities (1)(2)   849,700     10,123     4.77       538,451     6,114     4.54       519,851     5,694     4.39       508,891     5,890     4.63       521,234     5,548     4.26  
    Loans (1)(3)(4)(5)   3,989,259     70,849     7.07       2,324,942     35,690     6.17       2,308,103     36,382     6.34       2,286,678     34,055     5.91       2,256,727     32,878     5.78  
    Total interest-earning assets   5,023,424     83,424     6.61       3,006,261     43,668     5.84       2,902,477     43,032     5.96       2,833,442     40,405     5.67       2,835,739     39,059     5.47  
    Other assets   491,719             204,863             196,295             204,382             200,447        
    Total assets $ 5,515,143           $ 3,211,124           $ 3,098,772           $ 3,037,824           $ 3,036,186        
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                                                
    Interest-bearing demand deposits $ 2,554,743     16,165     2.52     $ 1,649,753     10,118     2.47     $ 1,570,622     9,192     2.35     $ 1,543,575     8,333     2.14     $ 1,541,728     7,476     1.92  
    Savings deposits   283,337     148     0.21       165,467     140     0.34       170,005     144     0.34       178,351     153     0.34       190,817     164     0.34  
    Time deposits   1,014,628     12,290     4.82       481,721     5,007     4.18       428,443     4,180     3.92       392,085     3,632     3.67       357,194     2,942     3.27  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   3,852,708     28,603     2.95       2,296,941     15,265     2.67       2,169,070     13,516     2.51       2,114,011     12,118     2.27       2,089,739     10,582     2.01  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased   23,075     96     1.66       13,412     27     0.81       12,010     25     0.85       13,874     30     0.85       15,006     31     0.83  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   115,388     1,154     3.98       115,000     1,152     4.03       137,505     1,474     4.31       127,843     1,358     4.21       128,131     1,354     4.19  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   68,399     1,437     8.36       32,118     734     9.19       32,100     754     9.45       32,083     504     6.29       32,066     505     6.29  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   4,059,570     31,290     3.07       2,457,471     17,178     2.81       2,350,685     15,769     2.70       2,287,811     14,010     2.43       2,264,942     12,472     2.19  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   807,886             423,037             417,469             441,695             468,628        
    Other liabilities   110,017             57,828             62,329             59,876             54,353        
    Total liabilities   4,977,473             2,938,336             2,830,483             2,789,382             2,787,923        
    Shareholders’ equity   537,670             272,788             268,289             248,442             248,263        
    Total $ 5,515,143           $ 3,211,124           $ 3,098,772           $ 3,037,824           $ 3,036,186        
    Taxable-equivalent net interest income / net interest spread       52,134     3.55 %         26,490     3.02 %         27,263     3.26 %         26,395     3.24 %         26,587     3.29 %
    Taxable-equivalent net interest margin         4.14 %           3.54 %           3.77 %           3.71 %           3.73 %
    Taxable-equivalent adjustment       (437 )             (387 )             (382 )             (377 )             (368 )    
    Net interest income     $ 51,697             $ 26,103             $ 26,881             $ 26,018             $ 26,219      
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities         124 %           122 %           123 %           124 %           125 %
                                                               
    NOTES:                                                          
    (1) Yields and interest income on tax-exempt assets have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis assuming a 21% tax rate.
    (2) Average balance of investment securities is computed at fair value.
    (3) Average balances include nonaccrual loans.
    (4) Interest income on loans includes prepayment and late fees, where applicable.
    (5) Interest income on loans includes interest recovered of $1.6 million from the payoff of a commercial real estate loan on nonaccrual status in the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME        
    Average Balances and Interest Rates, Taxable-Equivalent Basis (Unaudited)    
    (continued)                      
      Nine Months Ended
      September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
          Taxable-   Taxable-       Taxable-   Taxable-
      Average   Equivalent   Equivalent   Average   Equivalent   Equivalent
    (In thousands) Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate
    Assets                      
    Federal funds sold & interest-bearing bank balances $ 134,136   $ 5,272     5.25 %   $ 41,861   $ 1,349     4.31 %
    Investment securities (1)(2)   636,781     21,931     4.60       524,365     16,523     4.21  
    Loans (1)(3)(4)(5)   2,878,171     142,921     6.63       2,223,701     93,051     5.59  
    Total interest-earning assets   3,649,088     170,124     6.23       2,789,927     110,923     5.31  
    Other assets   298,334             196,694        
    Total assets $ 3,947,422           $ 2,986,621        
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                      
    Interest-bearing demand deposits $ 1,927,337     35,475     2.46     $ 1,519,013     18,611     1.64  
    Savings deposits   206,552     432     0.28       204,832     431     0.28  
    Time deposits   642,959     21,477     4.46       320,000     6,350     2.65  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   2,776,848     57,384     2.76       2,043,845     25,392     1.66  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased   16,191     148     1.22       14,190     84     0.79  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   122,604     3,780     4.12       122,300     3,992     4.36  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   44,294     2,925     8.82       32,049     1,513     6.29  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   2,959,937     64,237     2.90       2,212,384     30,981     1.87  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   550,407             480,006        
    Other liabilities   76,846             52,618        
    Total liabilities   3,587,190             2,745,008        
    Shareholders’ equity   360,232             241,613        
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 3,947,422           $ 2,986,621        
    Taxable-equivalent net interest income / net interest spread       105,887     3.33 %         79,942     3.44 %
    Taxable-equivalent net interest margin         3.88 %           3.83 %
    Taxable-equivalent adjustment       (1,206 )             (1,054 )    
    Net interest income     $ 104,681             $ 78,888      
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities         123 %           126 %
                           
    NOTES TO ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME:                
    (1) Yields and interest income on tax-exempt assets have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis assuming a 21% tax rate.
    (2) Average balance of investment securities is computed at fair value.
    (3) Average balances include nonaccrual loans.
    (4) Interest income on loans includes prepayment and late fees, where applicable.
    (5) Interest income on loans includes interest recovered of $1.6 million from the payoff of a commercial real estate loan on nonaccrual status for the nine months ended September 30, 2024.
     
    HISTORICAL TRENDS IN QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)        
                       
    (In thousands) September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Profitability for the quarter:                  
    Net interest income $ 51,697     $ 26,103     $ 26,881     $ 26,018     $ 26,219  
    Provision for credit losses   13,681       812       298       418       136  
    Noninterest income   12,386       7,172       6,630       6,491       5,925  
    Noninterest expenses   60,299       22,639       22,469       22,392       20,447  
    (Loss) income before income taxes   (9,897 )     9,824       10,744       9,699       11,561  
    Income tax (benefit) expense   (1,994 )     2,086       2,213       2,056       2,535  
    Net (loss) income $ (7,903 )   $ 7,738     $ 8,531     $ 7,643     $ 9,026  
                       
    Financial ratios:                  
    Return on average assets (1) (0.57)%     0.97 %     1.11 %     1.00 %     1.18 %
    Return on average assets, adjusted (1)(2)(3)   1.55 %     1.09 %     1.19 %     1.13 %     1.18 %
    Return on average equity (1) (5.85)%     11.41 %     12.79 %     12.21 %     14.42 %
    Return on average equity, adjusted (1)(2)(3)   15.85 %     12.88 %     13.79 %     13.77 %     14.42 %
    Net interest margin (1)   4.14 %     3.54 %     3.77 %     3.71 %     3.73 %
    Efficiency ratio   94.1 %     68.0 %     67.0 %     68.9 %     63.6 %
    Efficiency ratio, adjusted (2)(3)   60.2 %     64.6 %     65.0 %     65.6 %     63.6 %
                       
    Per share information:                  
    (Loss) income per common share:                  
    Basic $ (0.41 )   $ 0.74     $ 0.82     $ 0.74     $ 0.87  
    Basic, adjusted (2)(3)   1.12       0.84       0.89       0.84       0.87  
    Diluted   (0.41 )     0.73       0.81       0.73       0.87  
    Diluted, adjusted (2)(3)   1.11       0.83       0.88       0.83       0.87  
    Book value   26.65       25.97       25.38       24.98       22.90  
    Tangible book value(3)   21.12       24.08       23.47       23.03       20.94  
    Cash dividends paid   0.23       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20  
                       
    Average basic shares   19,088       10,393       10,349       10,321       10,319  
    Average diluted shares   19,226       10,553       10,482       10,419       10,405  
    (1) Annualized.
    (2) Ratio has been adjusted for non-recurring expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
    (3) Non-GAAP based financial measure. Please refer to Appendix A – Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Measures and GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations for a discussion of our use of non-GAAP based financial measures, including tables reconciling GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures appearing herein.
     
    HISTORICAL TRENDS IN QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)        
    (continued)                  
    (In thousands) September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Noninterest income:                  
    Service charges $ 2,360   $ 1,283     $ 1,200     $ 1,198     $ 1,260  
    Interchange income   1,779     961       911       952       963  
    Swap fee income   505     375       199       588       255  
    Wealth management income   5,037     3,312       3,102       2,945       2,826  
    Mortgage banking activities   491     369       458       143       (142 )
    Other income   1,943     884       765       704       761  
    Investment securities gains (losses)   271     (12 )     (5 )     (39 )     2  
    Total noninterest income $ 12,386   $ 7,172     $ 6,630     $ 6,491     $ 5,925  
                       
    Noninterest expenses:                  
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 27,190   $ 13,195     $ 13,752     $ 12,848     $ 12,885  
    Occupancy, furniture and equipment   4,333     2,705       2,639       2,534       2,460  
    Data processing   2,046     1,237       1,265       1,247       1,248  
    Advertising and bank promotions   537     774       398       501       332  
    FDIC insurance   862     419       441       460       477  
    Professional services   1,119     801       631       702       965  
    Taxes other than income   503     49       494       203       387  
    Intangible asset amortization   2,464     215       225       236       228  
    Merger-related expenses   16,977     1,135       672       1,059        
    Restructuring expenses   257                        
    Other operating expenses   4,011     2,109       1,952       2,602       1,465  
    Total noninterest expenses $ 60,299   $ 22,639     $ 22,469     $ 22,392     $ 20,447  
                       
     
    HISTORICAL TRENDS IN QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)            
    (continued)                  
    (In thousands) September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Balance Sheet at quarter end:                  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 236,780     $ 132,509     $ 182,722     $ 65,161     $ 94,939  
    Restricted investments in bank stocks   20,247       11,147       11,453       11,992       12,987  
    Securities available for sale   826,828       529,082       514,909       513,519       495,162  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value   3,561       1,562       535       5,816       6,448  
    Loans:                  
    Commercial real estate:                  
    Owner occupied   622,726       371,301       364,280       373,757       376,350  
    Non-owner occupied   1,164,501       710,477       707,871       694,638       630,514  
    Multi-family   276,296       151,542       147,773       150,675       143,437  
    Non-owner occupied residential   190,786       89,156       91,858       95,040       100,391  
    Commercial and industrial   601,469       374,976       365,524       367,085       374,190  
    Acquisition and development:                  
    1-4 family residential construction   56,383       32,439       22,277       24,516       25,642  
    Commercial and land development   262,317       129,883       118,010       115,249       153,279  
    Municipal   27,960       10,594       10,925       9,812       10,334  
    Total commercial loans   3,202,438       1,870,368       1,828,518       1,830,772       1,814,137  
    Residential mortgage:                  
    First lien   451,195       271,153       270,748       266,239       248,335  
    Home equity – term   6,508       4,633       4,966       5,078       5,223  
    Home equity – lines of credit   303,165       192,736       189,966       186,450       188,736  
    Installment and other loans   18,131       8,713       8,875       9,774       10,405  
    Total loans   3,981,437       2,347,603       2,303,073       2,298,313       2,266,836  
    Allowance for credit losses   (49,630 )     (29,864 )     (29,165 )     (28,702 )     (28,278 )
    Net loans held for investment   3,931,807       2,317,739       2,273,908       2,269,611       2,238,558  
    Goodwill   70,655       18,724       18,724       18,724       18,724  
    Other intangible assets, net   46,144       1,974       2,189       2,414       2,650  
    Total assets   5,470,589       3,198,782       3,183,331       3,064,240       3,054,435  
    Total deposits   4,650,853       2,702,884       2,695,951       2,558,814       2,546,435  
    FHLB advances and other borrowings and and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   137,310       129,625       127,099       147,285       175,241  
    Subordinated notes and trust preferred debt   68,510       32,128       32,111       32,093       32,076  
    Total shareholders’ equity   516,206       278,376       271,682       265,056       243,080  
    HISTORICAL TRENDS IN QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)            
    (continued)                  
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Capital and credit quality measures(1):                  
    Total risk-based capital:                  
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   12.5 %     13.3 %     13.4 %     13.0 %     13.0 %
    Orrstown Bank   12.3 %     13.1 %     13.1 %     12.8 %     12.5 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital:                  
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   10.0 %     11.1 %     11.2 %     10.8 %     10.6 %
    Orrstown Bank   11.1 %     12.0 %     11.9 %     11.6 %     11.4 %
    Tier 1 common equity risk-based capital:                  
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   9.8 %     11.1 %     11.2 %     10.8 %     10.6 %
    Orrstown Bank   11.1 %     12.0 %     11.9 %     11.6 %     11.4 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital:                  
    Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.   8.0 %     8.9 %     9.0 %     8.9 %     8.7 %
    Orrstown Bank   8.8 %     9.5 %     9.6 %     9.5 %     9.3 %
                       
    Average equity to average assets   9.75 %     8.50 %     8.66 %     8.18 %     8.18 %
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans   1.25 %     1.27 %     1.27 %     1.25 %     1.25 %
    Total nonaccrual loans to total loans   0.68 %     0.36 %     0.56 %     1.11 %     0.98 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets   0.49 %     0.26 %     0.40 %     0.83 %     0.73 %
    Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans   184 %     357 %     226 %     112 %     127 %
                       
    Other information:                  
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 269     $ 113     $ (42 )   $ (6 )   $ 241  
    Classified loans   105,465       48,722       48,997       55,030       33,593  
    Nonperforming and other risk assets:                  
    Nonaccrual loans   26,927       8,363       12,886       25,527       22,324  
    Other real estate owned   138                          
    Total nonperforming assets   27,065       8,363       12,886       25,527       22,324  
    Financial difficulty modifications still accruing   9,497                   9        
    Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing   337       187       99       66       277  
    Total nonperforming and other risk assets $ 36,899     $ 8,550     $ 12,985     $ 25,602     $ 22,601  
    (1) Capital ratios are estimated for the current period, subject to regulatory filings. The Company elected the three-year phase in option for the day-one impact of ASU 2016-13 for current expected credit losses (“CECL”) to regulatory capital. Beginning in 2023, the Company adjusted retained earnings, allowance for credit losses includable in tier 2 capital and the deferred tax assets from temporary differences in risk weighted assets by the permitted percentage of the day-one impact from adopting the new CECL standard.

    Appendix A- Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Measures and GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations

    Management believes providing certain other “non-GAAP” financial information will assist investors in their understanding of the effect on recent financial results from non-recurring charges.

    As a result of acquisitions, the Company has intangible assets consisting of goodwill, core deposit and other intangible assets, which totaled $116.8 million and $21.1 million at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. In addition, during the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company incurred $17.0 million, $1.1 million, $0.7 million and $1.1 million in merger-related expenses, respectively. During the three months ended September 30, 2024, the Company incurred other non-recurring charges totaling $20.2 million.

    Tangible book value per common share and the impact of the non-recurring expenses on net income and associated ratios, as used by the Company in this earnings release, are determined by methods other than in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). While we believe this information is a useful supplement to GAAP based measures presented in this earnings release, readers are cautioned that this non-GAAP disclosure has limitations as an analytical tool, should not be viewed as a substitute for financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results and financial condition as reported under GAAP, nor are such measures necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. This supplemental presentation should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by similar adjustments to be determined in accordance with GAAP.

    The following tables present the computation of each non-GAAP based measure:

    (In thousands)

    Tangible Book Value per Common Share   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Shareholders’ equity (most directly comparable GAAP-based measure)   $ 516,206     $ 278,376     $ 271,682     $ 265,056     $ 243,080  
    Less: Goodwill     70,655       18,724       18,724       18,724       18,724  
    Other intangible assets     46,144       1,974       2,189       2,414       2,650  
    Related tax effect     (9,690 )     (415 )     (460 )     (507 )     (557 )
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 409,097     $ 258,093     $ 251,229     $ 244,425     $ 222,263  
                         
    Common shares outstanding     19,373       10,720       10,705       10,612       10,613  
                         
    Book value per share (most directly comparable GAAP-based measure)   $ 26.65     $ 25.97     $ 25.38     $ 24.98     $ 22.90  
    Intangible assets per share     5.53       1.89       1.91       1.95       1.96  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 21.12     $ 24.08     $ 23.47     $ 23.03     $ 20.94  
                         
    (In thousands) Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    Adjusted Ratios for Non-recurring Charges September 30,
    2024
      June 30, 2024   March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net (loss) income (A) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure $ (7,903 )   $ 7,738     $ 8,531     $ 8,531     $ 9,026     $ 8,366     $ 28,020  
    Plus: Merger-related expenses (B)   16,977       1,135       672       672             18,784        
    Plus: Executive retirement expenses (B)   4,758                               4,758        
    Plus: Provision for credit losses on non-PCD loans (B)   15,504                               15,504        
    Less: Related tax effect (C)   (7,915 )     (139 )     (1 )     (1 )           (8,056 )      
    Adjusted net (loss) income (D=A+B-C) – Non-GAAP $ 21,421     $ 8,734     $ 9,202     $ 9,202     $ 9,026     $ 39,356     $ 28,020  
                               
    Average assets (E) $ 5,515,143     $ 3,211,124     $ 3,098,772     $ 3,098,772     $ 3,036,186     $ 3,947,422     $ 2,986,621  
    Return on average assets (= A / E) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure (1) (0.57)%     0.97 %     1.11 %     1.11 %     1.18 %     0.28 %     1.25 %
    Return on average assets, adjusted (= D / E) – Non-GAAP (1)   1.55 %     1.09 %     1.19 %     1.19 %     1.18 %     1.33 %     1.25 %
                               
    Average equity (F) $ 537,670     $ 272,788     $ 268,289     $ 268,289     $ 248,263     $ 360,232     $ 241,613  
    Return on average equity (= A / F) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure (1) (5.85)%     11.41 %     12.79 %     12.79 %     14.42 %     3.10 %     15.51 %
    Return on average equity, adjusted (= D / F) – Non-GAAP (1)   15.85 %     12.88 %     13.79 %     13.79 %     14.42 %     14.59 %     15.51 %
                               
    Weighted average shares – basic (G) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure   19,088       10,393       10,349       10,349       10,319       13,298       10,346  
    Basic (loss) earnings per share (= A / G) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure $ (0.41 )   $ 0.74     $ 0.82     $ 0.82     $ 0.87     $ 0.63     $ 2.71  
    Basic earnings per share, adjusted (= D / G) – Non-GAAP $ 1.12     $ 0.84     $ 0.89     $ 0.89     $ 0.87     $ 2.96     $ 2.71  
                               
    Weighted average shares – diluted (H) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure   19,226       10,553       10,482       10,482       10,405       13,441       10,440  
    Diluted (loss) earnings per share (= A / H) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure $ (0.41 )   $ 0.73     $ 0.81     $ 0.81     $ 0.87     $ 0.62     $ 2.68  
    Diluted earnings per share, adjusted (= D / H) – Non-GAAP $ 1.11     $ 0.83     $ 0.88     $ 0.88     $ 0.87     $ 2.93     $ 2.68  
                               
    continued
    (1) Annualized                          
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30, 2024   March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Noninterest expense (I) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure $ 60,299     $ 22,639     $ 22,469     $ 22,469     $ 20,447     $ 105,407     $ 61,451  
    Less: Merger-related expenses (B)   (16,977 )     (1,135 )     (672 )     (672 )           (18,784 )      
    Less: Executive retirement expenses (B)   (4,758 )                             (4,758 )      
    Adjusted noninterest expense (J = I – B) – Non-GAAP $ 38,564     $ 21,504     $ 21,797     $ 21,797     $ 20,447     $ 81,865     $ 61,451  
                               
    Net interest income (K) $ 51,697     $ 26,103     $ 26,881     $ 26,881     $ 26,219     $ 104,681     $ 78,888  
    Noninterest income (L)   12,386       7,172       6,630       6,630       5,925       26,188       19,161  
    Total operating income (M = K + L) $ 64,083     $ 33,275     $ 33,511     $ 33,511     $ 32,144     $ 130,869     $ 98,049  
                               
    Efficiency ratio (= I / M) – most directly comparable GAAP-based measure   94.1 %     68.0 %     67.0 %     67.0 %     63.6 %     80.5 %     62.7 %
    Efficiency ratio, adjusted (= J / M) – Non-GAAP   60.2 %     64.6 %     65.0 %     65.0 %     63.6 %     62.6 %     62.7 %
                               
                               
                               
    (1) Annualized                          

    Appendix B- Investment Portfolio Concentrations

    The following table summarizes the credit ratings and collateral associated with the Company’s investment security portfolio, excluding equity securities, at September 30, 2024:

    (In thousands)

    Sector Portfolio Mix   Amortized Book   Fair Value   Credit Enhancement   AAA   AA   A   BBB   NR   Collateral / Guarantee Type
    Unsecured ABS %   $ 3,199   $ 2,975   27 %   %   %   %   %   100 %   Unsecured Consumer Debt
    Student Loan ABS 1       4,348     4,283   27                     100     Seasoned Student Loans
    Federal Family Education Loan ABS 10       83,199     82,962   11     7     80         13         Federal Family Education Loan (1)
    PACE Loan ABS       2,034     1,813   7     100                     PACE Loans (2)
    Non-Agency CMBS 2       13,750     14,045   26                     100      
    Non-Agency RMBS 2       16,749     14,212   16     100                     Reverse Mortgages (3)
    Municipal – General Obligation 12       99,779     93,395       11     82     7              
    Municipal – Revenue 14       121,130     112,705           82     12         6      
    SBA ReRemic (5)       2,427     2,409           100                 SBA Guarantee (4)
    Small Business Administration 1       6,632     7,042           100                 SBA Guarantee (4)
    Agency MBS 18       154,058     154,762           100                 Residential Mortgages (4)
    Agency CMO 38       316,385     315,677           100                  
    U.S. Treasury securities 2       20,047     18,373           100                 U.S. Government Guarantee (4)
    Corporate bonds       1,932     1,975               52     48          
      100 %   $ 845,669   $ 826,628       4 %   89 %   3 %   1 %   3 %    
                                           
    (1) 97% guaranteed by U.S. government
    (2) PACE acronym represents Property Assessed Clean Energy loans
    (3) Non-agency reverse mortgages with current structural credit enhancements
    (4) Guaranteed by U.S. government or U.S. government agencies
    (5) SBA ReRemic acronym represents Re-Securitization of Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits
                                           
    Note: Ratings in table are the lowest of the six rating agencies (Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch, Morningstar, DBRS and Kroll Bond Rating Agency). Standard & Poor’s rates U.S. government obligations at AA+.

    About the Company

    With $5.5 billion in assets, Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Orrstown Bank, provide a wide range of consumer and business financial services in Berks, Cumberland, Dauphin, Franklin, Lancaster, Perry, and York Counties, Pennsylvania and Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Harford, Howard, and Washington Counties, Maryland, as well as Baltimore City, Maryland. The Company’s lending area also includes adjacent counties in Pennsylvania and Maryland, as well as Loudon County, Virginia and Berkeley, Jefferson and Morgan Counties, West Virginia. Orrstown Bank is an Equal Housing Lender and its deposits are insured up to the legal maximum by the FDIC. Orrstown Financial Services, Inc.’s common stock is traded on Nasdaq (ORRF). For more information about Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. and Orrstown Bank, visit http://www.orrstown.com.

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements reflect the current views of the Company’s management with respect to, among other things, future events and the Company’s financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “will likely result,” “expect,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “goal,” “target,” “would” and “outlook,” or the negative variations of those words or other comparable words of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates, predictions or projections about events or the Company’s industry, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond the Company’s control. Accordingly, the Company cautions you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements and there can be no assurances that the Company will achieve the desired level of new business development and new loans, growth in the balance sheet and fee-based revenue lines of business, cost savings initiatives and continued reductions in risk assets or mitigation of losses in the future. Factors which could cause the actual results of the Company’s operations to differ materially from expectations include, but are not limited to: general economic conditions (including inflation and concerns about liquidity) on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates; ineffectiveness of the Company’s strategic growth plan due to changes in current or future market conditions; changes in interest rates; the diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business operations and opportunities; the effects of competition and how it may impact our community banking model, including industry consolidation and development of competing financial products and services; changes in consumer behavior due to changing political, business and economic conditions, or legislative or regulatory initiatives; changes in laws and regulations; changes in credit quality; inability to raise capital, if necessary, under favorable conditions; volatility in the securities markets; the demand for our products and services; deteriorating economic conditions; geopolitical tensions; operational risks including, but not limited to, cybersecurity incidents, fraud, natural disasters and future pandemics; expenses associated with litigation and legal proceedings; the possibility that the anticipated benefits of the merger with Codorus (the “Merger”) are not realized when expected or at all; the possibility that the Merger may be more expensive to complete than anticipated; the possibility that revenues following the Merger may be lower than expected; potential adverse reactions or changes to business or employee relationships, including those resulting from the completion of the Merger; the ability to complete the integration of the two companies successfully; the dilution caused by the Company’s issuance of additional shares of its capital stock in connection with the Merger; and other risks and uncertainties, including those detailed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 under the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in subsequent filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materializes, or if the Company’s underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what the Company anticipates. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and the Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is not possible for the Company to predict those events or how they may affect it. In addition, the Company cannot assess the impact of each factor on its business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, expressed or implied, included in this press release are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that the Company or persons acting on the Company’s behalf may issue.

    The review period for subsequent events extends up to and includes the filing date of a public company’s financial statements, when filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, the consolidated financial information presented in this announcement is subject to change. Annualized, pro forma, projected and estimated numbers in this document are used for illustrative purposes only and are not forecasts and may not reflect actual results.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Dot plots for the Eurosystem? | Speech at Harvard University

    Source: Bundesbank

    Check against delivery.

    1 Introduction

    Ladies and gentlemen,

    it is a great pleasure to be at Harvard again, to meet long time companions like Hans-Helmut Kotz and to exchange ideas with top scientists such as Benjamin Friedman. When I was in this round two years ago, we were dealing with an unprecedented global inflation spike.[1] Fortunately, the worst is behind us, and inflation in the euro area is heading back to the Eurosystem’s target. We have not brought the inflation ship safely back into the 2% harbour, but the port is in sight. Thus, I can focus on another question today.

    Before I do that, let me share an analogy to set the stage for my discussion. Back in the 1970s and 1980s, the field of economics was split into two seemingly incompatible schools of thought: New Keynesian and New Classical. Their proponents were not too polite in their language, calling assumptions “foolishly restrictive” or comparing an opponent to someone attempting to pass himself off as Napoleon Bonaparte.[2] But, over time, ideas from both camps ultimately merged to form a consensus called the New Neoclassical Synthesis, the very foundation of modern macroeconomics.[3] Gregory Mankiw neatly described this story in his essay “The Macroeconomist as Scientist and Engineer”.[4]

    The takeaway from this analogy is that complex issues are rarely black or white. With this in mind, I want to explore whether the conduct of monetary policy in the euro area could be enhanced by offering more detailed and nuanced information regarding its future outlook. More specifically, today I will address the following question: Should the Eurosystem introduce dot plots?

    To explore this, I will first examine current experience with dot plots and other forms of forward guidance in both the United States and the euro area. I will then evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of incorporating dot plots into the Eurosystem’s communication strategy. In this analysis, I will concentrate on the implications for policymakers’ independence, the effectiveness of monetary policy and the management of uncertainty.

    2 The dot plot and other forms of forward guidance

    Let me begin with some basics. Most central banks in advanced economies have a clear mandate to keep prices stable. They do this mainly by setting the policy rate and communicating their decisions in order to manage the expectations of economic agents, including market participants, households and firms. When central banks provide explicit signals about the future path of the policy rate, we call it forward guidance.

    We can classify forward guidance into two ideal types: “Odyssean” and “Delphic”.[5] Odyssean forward guidance means the central bank makes a firm commitment to a future course of action, like promising to keep interest rates at a certain level for a certain time. Like Odysseus, who famously tied himself to the mast of his ship to resist the call of the sirens, central banks are committing to staying on course – whatever the future brings.

    In contrast, Delphic forward guidance is conditional and involves sharing information about the central bank’s economic outlook and policy intentions without making firm commitments. This term comes from the Oracle of Delphi, famous for its prophecies and predictions, which were so ambiguous and open to interpretation that they always seemed to be borne out in hindsight. A prime example of Delphic forward guidance is the policy rate forecasts published by central banks such as Norges Bank and Sweden’s Riksbank.

    A more subtle way of monetary policy communication is through the central bank’s reaction function. A reaction function indicates how the central bank adjusts its policy rate in response to key macroeconomic variables like the inflation rate or economic growth. When economic agents have a clear understanding of this reaction function, communication about the expected development of these macroeconomic variables can also help shape their expectations regarding the future trajectory of the policy rate.

    2.1 The Fed’s dot plot

    To consider if the Eurosystem should introduce dot plots, let me briefly recall what the Fed dot plots are and how market observers view them. Twelve years ago, the Fed began publishing the federal funds rate projections of the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) participants. Its intention was to boost transparency and communication with financial markets and the general public. On the other side of the Atlantic, the Eurosystem has, from its inception, held public press conferences and published monetary policy statements, the minutes of its meetings, and the results of its quarterly macroeconomic projections.

    As you are well aware, before the FOMC meeting, FOMC participants share their individual assessment of the appropriate level of the fed funds rate for the end of the current year, the end of the coming two to three years and over the longer run. The longer run projection refers to “each participant’s assessment of the value to which each variable would be expected to converge, over time, under appropriate monetary policy and in the absence of further shocks to the economy.”[6]

    Due to its visual representation in the Summary of Economic Projections (SEP), the combined projections of all FOMC members are known as the dot plot. These dots complement the FOMC participants’ projections for GDP growth, unemployment and inflation. While each FOMC participant submits their funds rate projection together with corresponding projections for macroeconomic variables, these correspondences are not revealed by the SEP. Accordingly, market observers cannot directly link the interest rate projections to the projections of the other macro variables.

    The dot plot was meant to complement the Fed’s communication, not to replace the forward guidance it provided in the monetary policy statement at that time during the press conference. For example, in January 2012, the FOMC statement provided explicit forward guidance on rates, saying that the Committee “[…] anticipates that economic conditions […] are likely to warrant exceptionally low levels for the federal funds rate at least through late 2014.”[7] During the accompanying press conference, Chairman Ben Bernanke introduced the dot plot, observing that “[…] eleven participants expect that the appropriate federal funds rate at the end of 2014 will be at or below 1 percent, while six participants anticipate higher rates at that time.”[8]

    Although the Federal Reserve did not introduce the dot plots as an explicit tool for forward guidance, many market analysts began to interpret them as such. When the forward guidance in the statement and the dot plot sent mixed signals, FOMC chairs often downplayed the dot plot’s importance.

    In 2014, Janet Yellen famously stated: “[…] one should not look to the dot plot, so to speak, as the primary way in which the Committee wants to or is speaking about policy […].”[9] Similarly, in 2019, Jerome Powell noted that “[…] the dot plot has, on occasion, been a source of confusion. Until now, forward guidance in the statement has been a main tool for communicating committee intentions and minimizing that confusion.”[10]

    And this is also how Fed watchers now see the dot plot, ranking it as the Fed’s fifth most important communication tool.[11] The top communication tools are the press conference, the Summary of Economic Projections (excluding the dots), the FOMC statement, and speeches by the chair.

    Numerous studies show that the Fed has successfully used monetary policy communication to influence long-term interest rates and other asset prices.[12] And some research suggests that the dot plots significantly and independently influence market interest rates. [13] But there is a fundamental issue about these results: it is very challenging to determine how much each communication channel contributes to the overall effect.

    To identify the causal effect of monetary policy, scholars often define a so-called event window around central banks’ monetary policy meetings. Changes in market interest rates during this event window are then attributed to monetary policy.

    But there is a problem: when the dot plot is released, it is published together with the monetary policy statement. That makes it hard to determine which one caused the interest rate changes observed during the event. And because of this, it is unclear whether those channels actually provide complementary information or are just substitutes.

    2.2 Monetary policy communication at the Eurosystem

    So, what does the Eurosystem’s monetary policy communication look like? The Eurosystem began using explicit forward guidance in the introductory statement to its July 2013 meeting. At that time, inflation in the euro area was low, and the Eurosystem expected underlying price pressures to stay subdued in the medium term. Interest rates were already at the effective zero lower bound.

    To provide further accommodation, the ECB’s Governing Council, which is the counterpart of the FOMC, announced in its July 2013 meeting that it “expects the key ECB interest rates to remain at present or lower levels for an extended period of time.”[14] The Governing Council continued to use variations of this statement for almost a decade. And there is now also ample evidence that the Eurosystem has been successful in implementing its forward guidance.[15]

    With the resurgence of inflation in 2021 and high uncertainty caused by major shocks and structural changes, the Eurosystem shifted to a data-dependent, meeting-by-meeting approach, largely stepping away from explicit forward guidance.

    More specifically, we now base our interest rate decisions on three elements: first, our assessment of the inflation outlook in light of the incoming economic and financial data, second, the dynamics of underlying inflation, and third, the strength of monetary policy transmission. These three elements can be seen as a further specification of our reaction function. However, the Governing Council does not pre-commit to any specific rate path.

    Taken together, apart from the publication of the dot plot, the approaches to monetary policy communication taken by the Federal Reserve System and the Eurosystem are largely comparable. Both institutions regard the monetary policy statement and the press conference as their primary communication tools. And both central banks have recently shifted from explicit forward guidance towards a data-dependent meeting-by-meeting approach.

    But the Eurosystem also continues to provide signals about future policy rates. It simply does it more implicitly. For example, the wording of the monetary policy statement and the answers of the ECB President during press conferences provide insights into future policy rates. As do speeches and interviews given by Governing Council members. Additionally, the Eurosystem influences market expectations through its quarterly staff projections.[16]

    Unlike some other central banks, the Eurosystem uses the interest rate implied by financial market prices on a specific cut-off day as a conditioning assumption for its macroeconomic projections. Specifically, this means that our medium-term inflation forecast aligns with market expectations for a particular policy rate path. Market participants can subsequently compare the exogenous path for the policy rate, as embedded in our macroeconomic projections, with our actual monetary policy decisions, in order to gain insights into our reaction function.

    You could say that the Eurosystem provides Athenian communication. Athena was known as the Goddess of wisdom and as a protector and guide to many Greek heroes. Rather than communicating directly with those she protected, Athena often used indirect guidance. And through her subtle guidance, Athena empowered the heroes she protected to take decisive action and make wise choices.

    3 A dot plot for the Eurosystem?

    Now, let us get to the heart of the matter. Should the Eurosystem introduce dot plots? Although this question can only be answered “yes” or “no”, complex issues are rarely black and white, as mentioned earlier.

    In the following, rather than simply listing the pros and cons of introducing dot plots in the Eurosystem, I will structure my discussion around three themes: First, the impact dot plots could have on the independence of the Eurosystem. Second, the potential for dot plots to improve the effectiveness of our monetary policy communication. And third, the role dot plots could play in capturing projection uncertainty around our baseline forecasts.

    Throughout, I will only consider adding projections for the policy rates to the existing macroeconomic projections by Eurosystem staff. For simplicity, I will not consider whether to also complement our current consensus projections for macroeconomic variables with individual macroeconomic projections.

    3.1 Independence

    Let me begin with the theme of independence. The ECB’s Governing Council consists of the six ECB Executive Board members and the 20 governors of the euro area’s national central banks. Although this setting may resemble that of the Federal Open Market Committee, which includes Federal Reserve Bank Presidents, there is a significant difference.

    The euro area is not composed of regions within a single country but of individual countries within a larger union, each with its own fiscal authority and national laws, as well as considerable differences in economic size and performance. Therefore, within the Governing Council we have a strong interest in finding and communicating a consensus perspective. This is, for example, enshrined in our statute, which states that the proceedings of the meetings of the Governing Council are confidential.

    When we discussed introducing ECB accounts from our Governing Council meetings – comparable to the published minutes of FOMC meetings – about a decade ago, we aimed to balance two things: On the one hand, to clearly articulate the consensus perspective. Yet on the other hand to represent the full spectrum of views in order to help market participants better understand the ECB Governing Council’s decision-making process.[17]

    In the end, the Eurosystem decided to represent the full spectrum of the discussion without naming individuals. Nevertheless, despite the anonymity of the arguments presented, markets and the media alike continue to attempt to discern the identities of the individuals behind them. Given that numerous members of the Governing Council express their views on monetary policy through speeches and interviews, identifying their positions is not a particular challenge.

    If there were anonymous dot plots of Governing Council members, media and the markets alike would probably attempt to match individual members to each dot as well. The primary distinction between speeches and dot plots is that Governing Council members deliver speeches voluntarily. In contrast, dot plots would force all Governing Council members to regularly articulate their perspectives on the future trajectory of interest rates. And this could potentially influence the Governing Council’s independence.

    Once national stakeholders become aware of “their” representative’s views on future interest rates, they may exert pressure on the representative to align with national interests. I am confident that, even if we were to publish dot plots, every member of the Governing Council would continue to act independently and in the best interests of the entire euro area. However, I believe we are well advised not to put ourselves in a situation that might increase pressure on us to act in ways others want us to.

    3.2 Effectiveness of monetary policy communication

    My second theme is whether a dot plot could significantly enhance the Eurosystem’s effectiveness of monetary policy communication. And here I am sceptical. To begin with, there is the previously discussed issue: the dot plot may conflict with the consensus message conveyed in the monetary policy statement. But the main reason for my scepticism is that comparative studies on different methods of monetary policy communication are inconclusive.

    A BIS working paper shows that interest rate projections provide additional information to macroeconomic projections, meaning that they are not redundant.[18] That could be seen as an argument for introducing dot plots. However, while market participants in countries that publish both interest rate projections and macroeconomic projections prefer the former, they might still be able to obtain sufficient information from macroeconomic projections alone.

    Furthermore, research on central bank communication in Norway and Sweden shows that publishing interest rate projections has not improved market understanding of what new macroeconomic information implies for future interest rate.[19] In other words, the publication of interest rate paths did not help market participants better understand the central banks’ reaction functions.

    This finding aligns with research published by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand that shows that announcements with interest rate forecasts and those with only written statements lead to similar market reactions across the yield curve.[20] The authors pointedly conclude that, while central bank communication is important, the exact form it takes is less relevant.

    This result echoes a seminal study by Blinder and co-authors, who concluded back in 2008 that there was no consensus on what constitutes an optimal communication strategy.[21]

    All things considered, I see no compelling evidence that the Eurosystem’s monetary policy communication would be significantly enhanced by the introduction of a dot plot.

    3.3 Projection uncertainty

    Now to the third and final theme – uncertainty. I am quite sure that the Eurosystem has room to improve how we handle projection uncertainty. Currently, the ECB’s Governing Council summarises its view on the uncertainty surrounding economic growth and inflation in the risk assessment section of its monetary policy statement. More specifically, the Eurosystem addresses the uncertainty around its baseline inflation forecast in two ways.[22]

    First, it produces fan charts with symmetric ranges around the point forecast, based on past projection errors. In this setup, past projection errors act as a catch-all proxy for uncertainty. Second, it occasionally publishes risk scenarios, conditional on assumptions different from those in the baseline projection. For instance, during the pandemic, the Eurosystem began using alternative assumptions about the future path of infections and contact restrictions to illustrate macroeconomic uncertainty.

    Could the use of dot plots enhance the communication of inflation forecast uncertainty within the Eurosystem? Given that dot plots offer only an indirect method for conveying uncertainty about the inflation outlook, there may be more effective alternatives.

    One might be to enhance the communication of our existing measures of uncertainty. Another might be to develop new measures, such as scenario and sensitivity analyses, as well as improved fan charts. We must carefully evaluate the pros and cons of each approach.

    Hence, it is quite fitting that the Eurosystem is currently performing an interim strategic review, which includes an analysis of how risk and uncertainty should inform both policy decisions and policy communication. I’m already looking forward to the results.

    4 Conclusion

    Ladies and gentlemen, let me conclude. I began my talk by discussing different schools of thought – New Keynesian and New Classical – and argued that complex issues are rarely black or white. When it comes to central bank communication about the future, there are certainly many promising approaches. And, undoubtedly, dot plots are an intriguing instrument for central bank communication.

    However, given the prevailing evidence, I do not see a compelling case for introducing dot plots for the Eurosystem.

    On the other hand, I firmly believe that we can and should enhance how we account for uncertainty in our macroeconomic projections. I have outlined a few options which the Eurosystem will address in the ongoing strategy review.

    Footnotes:

    1. Nagel, J. (2022), The ECB’s mandate: maintaining price stability in the euro area, speech at the Minda de Gunzburg Center for European Studies, Harvard University.
    2. Mankiw, G. (2006), The Macroeconomist as Scientist and Engineer, Journal of Economic Perspectives, Vol. 20(4), pp. 29-46.
    3. Goodfriend, M. and R. King (1997), The New Neoclassical Synthesis and the Role of Monetary Policy, in: NBER Macroeconomics Annual, Bernanke, B. and J. Rotemberg (eds.), MIT Press, pp. 231-283.
    4. Mankiw, G. (2006), op. cit.
    5. Campbell, J. et al. (2012), Macroeconomic Effects of Federal Reserve Forward Guidance, Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, Vol. 43(1), pp. 1-80. Another distinction is between time-dependent (or calendar-dependent) and state-dependent forward guidance. The former ties monetary policy to a specific time frame, whereas the latter ties future policy actions to specific economic conditions or thresholds. The concepts can overlap and be used in combination.
    6. SEP: Compilation and Summary of Individual Economic Projections, 24-25 January 2012.
    7. FOMC Statement, 25 January 2012.
    8. Bernanke, B. (2012), Transcript of Chairman Bernanke’s Press Conference, 25 January 2012,
    9. Yellen, J. (2014), Transcript of Chair Yellen’s Press Conference, 19 March 2014.
    10. Powell, J. (2019), Monetary Policy: Normalization and the Road Ahead, speech at the SIEPR Economic Summit, Stanford Institute of Economic Policy Research, Stanford, California.
    11. Wessel, D. and S. Boocker (2024), Federal Reserve communication – survey results, Hutchins Center on Fiscal and Monetary Policy at Brookings.
    12. See, for example, Gürkaynak, R. et al. (2005), Do Actions Speak Louder Than Words? The Response of Asset Prices to Monetary Policy Actions and Statements, International Journal of Central Banking, International Journal of Central Banking, Vol. 1(1), pp. 55-93; Wright, J. (2012), What Does Monetary Policy Do to Long‐term Interest Rates at the Zero Lower Bound?, Economic Journal, Vol. 122(564), pp. 447-466; and Swanson, E. (2021), Measuring the effects of federal reserve forward guidance and asset purchases on financial markets, Journal of Monetary Economics, Vol. 118(C), pp. 32-53.
    13. See, for example, Couture, C. (2021), Financial market effects of FOMC projections, Journal of Macroeconomics, Vol. 67 and Hillenbrand, S. (2023), The Fed and the Secular Decline in Interest Rates, Accepted, Review of Financial Studies.
    14. Draghi, M. and V. Constâncio (2013), Introductory statement to the press conference (with Q&A), Frankfurt am Main, 4 July 2013.
    15. See, for example, Altavilla, C. et al. (2021), Assessing the efficacy, efficiency and potential side effects of the ECB’s monetary policy instruments since 2014, ECB Occasional Paper, No. 278; Andrade, P. and F. Ferroni (2021), Delphic and Odyssean monetary policy shocks: Evidence from the euro area, Journal of Monetary Economics, Vol. (117), pp. 816-832; Kerssenfischer, M. (2022), Information effects of euro area monetary policy, Economics Letters, Vol. 216(C); and Monetary Policy Committee, Taskforce on Rate Forward Guidance and Reinvestment (2022), Rate forward guidance in an environment of large central bank balance sheets: A Eurosystem stock-taking assessment, ECB Occasional Paper No. 290.
    16. The Eurosystem produces macroeconomic projections four times a year. ECB staff produces them in March and September. In June and December, they are co-produced by ECB and national central bank staff.
    17. See Morris, S. and H. Shin (2005): Central Bank Transparency and the Signal Value of Prices, Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, Vol.36(2), pp. 1-66 for a general treatment of the role of transparency.
    18. Hofmann, B. and D. Xia (2022), Quantitative forward guidance through interest rate projections, BIS Working Paper No. 1009.
    19. Natvik, G. et al. (2020), Does publication of interest rate paths provide guidance?, Journal of International Money and Finance, Vol. 103.
    20. Detmers, G.-A (2021), Quantitative or Qualitative Forward Guidance: Does it Matter?, Economic Record, Vol. 97(319), pp. 491-503.
    21. Blinder, A. et al. (2008), Central Bank Communication and Monetary Policy: A Survey of Theory and Evidence, Journal of Economic Literature, Vol. 46(4), pp. 910-945.
    22. See ECB (2024), ECB staff macroeconomic projections for the euro area, March 2023, box 6 for a rundown.

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Experts of the Human Rights Committee Commend Greece on Measures Taken for Unaccompanied Minors, Raise Questions on Domestic Violence and Allegations of Border Pushbacks

    Source: United Nations – Geneva

    The Human Rights Committee today concluded its consideration of the third periodic report of Greece on how it implements the provisions of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights.  Committee Experts commended Greece for the measures taken for unaccompanied minors, while raising questions on domestic violence, and allegations of pushbacks at the border. 

    One Committee Expert said the Committee welcomed measures taken by the State party, including the establishment of the Special Secretariat for the Protection of Unaccompanied Minors, the Emergency Response Mechanism, and law 4960/2022 on the establishment of a National Guardianship System for unaccompanied minors.  The Committee also appreciated the national protection strategy (2021–2025) and the mechanism for unaccompanied children living in precarious conditions. 

    Another Expert asked how the State party addressed the root causes of gender-based violence? Was there a comprehensive strategy to prevent, raise awareness on, and respond to gender-based violence?  Was there mandatory and continuous capacity building for judges, prosecutors, and other law enforcement officials about gender-based violence? 

    A Committee Expert said numerous reports documented instances of pushbacks by the Hellenic police and Hellenic coast guards, including patterns of excessive use of force, cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment, incommunicado detention, and unlawful destruction of personal belongings.  How would Greece ensure thorough, systematic, effective, and independent investigations into allegations of pushbacks and hold those responsible accountable?  Reports before the Committee indicated that from January 2020 to June 2024, there were 1,452 incidents at the borders affecting approximately 46,649 people. What measures were being taken to ensure that border control operations prioritised the protection of life and that rescue efforts were conducted in compliance with human rights?

    The delegation said violence against women had increased significantly during the pandemic. In April 2020, there was a significant increase of more than 200 per cent regarding phone calls to the hotline for reporting violence.  Psychosocial support was provided upon request, including both online and in-person. An awareness raising campaign was launched in 2024 and was displayed in the Athens urban rail network.  A panic button application was launched, enabling women in immediate danger to call for help in a safe manner by pressing a button on their phone which was linked to the police. 

    The delegation said pushbacks were not the policy of the Greek Government in any way, shape, or form; the Government policy was clear.  Actions taken by Hellenic authorities at the sea borders were carried out in full compliance with international obligations.  Allegations on so-called pushbacks were not compatible with the well-established operations of the Hellenic authorities.  However, any allegations of pushbacks or mistreatment of third country nationals were thoroughly investigated.  From 2015 to the present, the Hellenic coast guards had rescued more than 254,000 people.  Several mechanisms allowed complaints against pushbacks to be submitted to the Hellenic authorities, and the coast guards had a robust disciplinary mechanism.

    Introducing the report, Katerina Patsogianni, Secretary General for Equality and Human Rights, Ministry of Social Cohesion and Family of Greece and head of the delegation, said in recent years, Greece had confronted the combined effects of the economic crisis, the migration crisis, and the COVID-19 pandemic.  The country was now on a path to long-term progress and sustainability, benefiting its human rights framework.  Greece had developed one of Europe’s most efficient asylum services and continued to improve its capacities and infrastructure.  The fight against human trafficking was a top priority for authorities, who worked closely with non-governmental organizations in a strategic alliance. 

    In concluding remarks, Ioannis Ghikas, Permanent Representative of Greece to the United Nations Office at Geneva, thanked the Committee for the frank and honest exchange.  Greece had worked hard to improve the situation, particularly on migration; the number of deaths in the Aegean Sea had fallen by 40 per cent. Greece had a vibrant society with few resources but was working to do better. 

    Tania María Abdo Rocholl, Committee Chairperson, thanked the delegation for the dialogue, which had covered a wide range of subjects under the Covenant.   The Committee aimed to ensure the highest level of implementation of the Covenant in Greece. 

    The delegation of Greece was made up of representatives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; the Ministry of Social Cohesion and Family; the Ministry of Justice; the Ministry of Citizen Protection; the Ministry of Maritime Affairs and Insular Policy; the Ministry of Migration and Asylum; the Ministry of National Defence; the Ministry of Interior; the Ministry of Education, Religious Affairs and Sports; the Ministry of Health; the Presidency of the Government; and the Permanent Mission of Greece to the United Nations Office at Geneva.

    The Human Rights Committee’s one hundred and forty-second session is being held from 14 October to 7 November 2024.  All the documents relating to the Committee’s work, including reports submitted by States parties, can be found on the session’s webpage.  Meeting summary releases can be found here.  The webcast of the Committee’s public meetings can be accessed via the UN Web TV webpage.

    The Committee will next meet in public at 3 p.m. on Tuesday, 22 October, to begin its consideration of the sixth periodic report of France (CCPR/C/FRA/6).

    Report

    The Committee has before it the third periodic report of Greece (CCPR/C/GRC/3).

    Presentation of Report

    IOANNIS GHIKAS, Permanent Representative of Greece to the United Nations Office at Geneva, said since the last review, Greece had made significant progress in key areas, including the protection of vulnerable groups, ensuring gender equality, and promoting human rights safeguards.  Despite unprecedented challenges, Greece had remained committed to protecting and promoting human rights and looked forward to the Committee’s recommendations. 

    KATERINA PATSOGIANNI, Secretary General for Equality and Human Rights, Ministry of Social Cohesion and Family of Greece and head of the delegation, said in recent years, Greece had confronted the combined effects of the economic crisis, the migration crisis, and the COVID-19 pandemic.  The country was now on a path to long-term progress and sustainability, benefiting its human rights framework.  Faced with the COVID-19 pandemic, Greece implemented restrictive measures to curb the spread of the disease, which were proportionate, non-discriminatory, and scientifically evaluated.  At the same time, the authorities enacted policies to protect public health and mitigate the social and economic effects of the pandemic. The National Vaccination Programme ran smoothly and efficiently, targeting specific and vulnerable groups. Following recommendations to improve policy coordination, Greece launched national human rights action plans with input from independent bodies and civil society. 

    Significant progress had been made on gender equality, including ratifying the Council of Europe Convention on Violence against Women and the International Labour Organization Convention on Sexual Harassment in the Workplace.  The Labour Inspection Body was now an independent authority, and the Greek Ombudsperson’s role in equal treatment had been strengthened. In 2019, Greece introduced a comprehensive legal framework to promote gender equality.  The new national action plan 2026-2030 would guide future policies with civil society input. 

    This year marked a significant milestone for the rights of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex persons, with the enactment of marriage equality for all, without gender discrimination.  On the rights of the child, key policy actions were focused on strengthening foster care and adoption, preventing child abuse, and setting rules for child protection units and childcare centres. 

    Greece was actively implementing the Roma National Strategy 2021–2030, guided by the principle “for the Roma, with the Roma.”  Key committees, including the Roma Forum, were fully operational. All available European Union funding was being used to enhance Roma’s employment, education, healthcare, and housing participation.  Harsher penalties now applied to crimes with racist characteristics. The National Council against Racism and Intolerance, an inter-ministerial body with the participation of independent bodies, adopted the first national action plan in December 2020. 

    For persons with disabilities, Greece established a National Accessibility Authority and was developing a national strategy for 2024-2030.  Key policies included deinstitutionalisation and a personal assistant programme for independent living.  A 2023 law improved access to justice for persons with disabilities and removed derogatory language from the legislation.  Additionally, the Ministry of Health had enacted legislation for psychiatric reform, shifting from institutional to community-based care.

    Greece had developed one of Europe’s most efficient asylum services and continued to improve its capacities and infrastructure.  Since 2021, the National Emergency Response Mechanism had supported thousands of unaccompanied minors in precarious conditions.  This year, Greece launched the new national guardianship system to serve vulnerable asylum applicants better at the first reception stage. In 2023, the General Secretariat of Vulnerable People and Institutional Protection was established in the Ministry of Migration and Asylum to address challenges faced by vulnerable refugees and migrants. 

    Greek law enforcement authorities fulfilled their border protection responsibilities in compliance with domestic, European and international law.  Allegations regarding violations of the principle of non-refoulement at land or sea borders did not correspond to the operational activities of law enforcement agencies.  Greece applied a firm policy for the effective monitoring of fundamental rights and the assessment of complaints of ill treatment at the border, comprised of internal disciplinary procedures; prosecutorial supervision under criminal law; and independent monitoring by the Greek Ombudsman and the National Transparency Authority.  In addition, a Special Committee for Compliance with Fundamental Rights and the position of the Fundamental Rights Officer were established in the Ministry of Migration and Asylum in 2022. 

    The fight against human trafficking was a top priority for authorities, who worked closely with non-governmental organizations in a strategic alliance.  In 2019, the National Referral Mechanism for trafficking victims was launched, which trained staff on standard operating procedures for victim protection, including in reception and identification centres.  A key development in the field of justice was the recent reform of the judicial map for civil and criminal courts, which aimed to reorganise courts geographically, streamline procedures, and speed up case resolution.  Greece had also undertaken several key initiatives to further develop a resilient and pluralistic media ecosystem, focusing on protecting, ensuring safety, and empowering journalists.  Ms. Patsogianni expressed gratitude for being able to engage in a constructive and frank dialogue with the Committee.

    Questions by Committee Experts

    A Committee Expert said the Committee noted that awareness raising on the Covenant was part of training activities for judges, lawyers and law enforcement officials. What were the channels used by the State party, the number of beneficiaries of these training courses, and the number of cases in which the provisions of the Covenant were invoked by the national courts?  What measures were taken by Greece to ensure the full implementation of the Committee’s views, including by providing victims with an effective remedy for the violation of their rights in several cases in the courts? 

    According to the information received, the measures taken by the State party during the COVID-19 pandemic had particularly wider implications for the human rights of asylum seekers, refugees and migrants, who were subject to mandatory quarantine, late vaccinations, lack of access to vaccination for certain groups, and policing people’s movements.  To what extent and how long were asylum procedures suspended due to restrictions imposed as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic?  Could figures be provided on the number criminal investigations opened, and prosecutions and convictions of the perpetrators of domestic violence and femicide committed during the prolonged COVID-19 quarantine?  What measures had been taken by the State party to ensure effective reparation for the damage suffered by the victims?

    The Committee welcomed the decision taken by the Court of Appeal of Athens in a landmark judgment handed down on 7 October 2020 against the neo-Nazi party “Golden Dawn”, which was described as a criminal organization.  The report also provided figures on the number of alleged racist incidents.  However, information received indicated that there was not enough prosecution to punish the perpetrators of the wrongdoings.  What measures were being taken to encourage victims of discrimination to report the situation to authorities?  How was it ensured that victims of hate crimes had access to support services? 

    Another Expert said the Committee appreciated the adoption of several laws, including amendments to the whistleblower protection law, increasing the fines for foreign bribery offenses, as well as the creation of new anti-corruption institutions, including the National Transparency Authority in 2019.  However, the Committee was concerned about the limited practical impact of these reforms.  Could statistics on corruption efforts be provided, including the number of investigations, prosecutions and convictions in corruption cases?  How did the State party ensure thorough and impartial investigations into all allegations of corruption, regardless of the officials or institutions involved?  Could more information on technical initiatives be provided?  How were whistleblower protection mechanisms being implemented? 

    The Committee remained concerned about the use of excessive force during pushbacks of migrants and asylum seekers, including instances of pointing guns, hitting with batons, slapping, and pushing asylum seekers.  Could the State party comment on these reports?  Could the State party also comment on allegations that no investigations had been conducted into police violence against Roma communities nearly five years after the incidents?

    The Committee commended Greece for adopting the 10-year national action plan for mental health in 2023, and for adopting law 5129/2024 for the completion of the psychiatric reform.  What steps were being taken to reduce overcrowding and improve the overall quality and supervision of psychiatric care?  How was the State party working to improve the capacity of the Committee for the Protection of the Rights of People with Psychosocial Disability and the Health Quality Assurance Body?

    While the Committee commended Greece for making the reduction of involuntary hospitalisations a priority, how did the State party ensure that patients being evaluated for involuntary commitment were provided with appropriate legal safeguards.  How was the State party working to reduce the total number of involuntary commitments to psychiatric care?  The Committee was concerned by the use of physical and chemical restraints in psychiatric care; what was being done to ensure that the use of restraints was properly regulated and minimised. 

    One Committee Expert said the Committee welcomed measures taken by the State party, including the establishment of the Special Secretariat for the Protection of Unaccompanied Minors, the Emergency Response Mechanism, and law 4960/2022 on the establishment of a National Guardianship System for unaccompanied minors.  The Committee also appreciated the national protection strategy (2021–2025) and the mechanism for unaccompanied children living in precarious conditions.  It was hoped these measures were robust and effective. 

    However, the Committee had been informed that unaccompanied minors were still sometimes detained in police stations and subjected to heavy restrictions of movement. How did the State party ensure that short-term detention and restrictions did not amount to a disproportionate limitation of the rights to liberty, security, and freedom of movement of unaccompanied minors?  The Committee was aware of the National Guardianship System for unaccompanied minors and of the Hippocrates project on medical and psychosocial services.  How would the State party ensure that the system and project had sufficient resources to be effective, that available guardians were appointed, and that services would be provided in practice? How did Greece ensure that the age determination procedure was multidisciplinary, scientifically based, harmonised across the country, and used only in cases of serious doubts about the claimed age?

    The Committee understood that law 4800/2021 allowed perpetrators of domestic violence or sexual offences to retain child custody and unrestricted contact with their children until they were convicted by a first instance court.  What measures had Greece taken to protect the safety of women and children who were forced into contact with alleged abusers under shared custody arrangements?  It was understood that in cases of imminent danger to a child’s mental or physical health, a prosecutor could take immediate protection measures for up to 90 days and renewable.  How often was this measure taken?  How well-known was this option to prosecutors and lawyers, as well as to women and children involved?  Why did Greece decide not to include femicide as a crime within the law?  What other measures had it taken to protect women against femicide?  What measures had been taken to increase the availability of shelters across the country?

    Could the State party inform the Committee on how it addressed the root causes of gender-based violence?  Was there a comprehensive strategy to prevent, raise awareness on, and respond to gender-based violence?  Was there mandatory and continuous capacity building for judges, prosecutors, and other law enforcement officials about gender-based violence?  The Committee had received information that Greek coast guards were involved in incidents where women, including pregnant women, were beaten and sexually assaulted.  What concrete measures had the State party taken to protect women from assaults and to prosecute and punish perpetrators?

    Another Expert welcomed information from the State party regarding measures taken to improve conditions in reception and detention centres.  However, reports indicated that migrants and asylum seekers continued to be held in poor and prison-like conditions of detention, and that their living conditions may be considered as amounting to inhuman and degrading treatment. What measures did Greece plan to take to address inadequate conditions of detention in reception and detention centres?  Did the State party have any policies in place to ensure adequate resources were available for migrants and asylum seekers at times of increased arrivals? What steps would Greece take to prevent the detention of third country nationals and asylum seekers and ensure that measures of detention were only used as a last resort? 

    Would Greece consider abolishing the administrative detention of asylum seekers on the grounds of illegal entry, particularly those belonging to vulnerable groups?  Would Greece consider putting in place a proper procedure for individualised risk assessment before imposing a detention order for an asylum seeker or a third party national?  What steps would be taken to ensure that all persons deprived of their liberty enjoyed fundamental legal safeguards against ill treatment from the outset of their detention, including the rights to be assisted by a lawyer without delay?  How was it ensured that all foreign nationals deprived of their liberty were granted access to a lawyer and doctor? 

    Another Expert asked what steps were being taken to develop a comprehensive statistical system on trafficking and improve early identification and referral systems? Could disaggregated data be provided on the number of trafficking cases investigated, convictions secured, and sentences imposed?  What steps was the State party taking to adopt a new national action plan and ensure sufficient resources for its implementation?  The situation on support and redress for victims was concerning, as there was a lack of adequately funded and inclusive shelters for trafficking victims and no victims had successfully obtained compensation.  What measures were being taken to increase the capacity of shelters and ensure that they were accessible to all victims?  How did Greece ensure the quality of services provided in shelters, and what long-term reintegration programmes were available?  What steps were being taken to facilitate access to compensation for victims, ensuring they received legal assistance? 

    It was reported that in 2023, of the 10,973 asylum appeals submitted to the Appeals Committees, only 5,915 cases, around 53 per cent, received legal aid.

    What steps were being taken to streamline the legal aid application process and court fee waivers for vulnerable populations?  What measures were being considered to increase the capacity and resources of the legal aid system to ensure timely and effective representation?  How was the State party addressing delays in providing legal aid, especially during critical stages such as police investigations and initial detention?  How did Greece plan to resolve ongoing delays in compensating legal aid lawyers? 

    Responses by the Delegation

    The delegation said that once ratified, international conventions formed part of domestic law. The national school of the judiciary provided training to judges and prosecutors.  Initial training was mandatory since 2022 and covered topics including human rights, gender law, and the treatment of victims.  Thirteen seminars were held online and in-person for judges in 2023, while 15 seminars were planned for 2024.  Greece did not have specific legislation to receive Views from the Committee. 

    During the COVID-19 pandemic, Greek authorities resorted to a wide array of restrictive measures to protect public health.  All these measures were necessary and applied in a non-discriminatory manner.  The Greek Ministry of Justice recently amended the Criminal Code concerning the fight against corruption with a new law in 2024.  Greece had an increased number of ongoing corruption investigations and cases and looked forward to final judgments in the immediate future. 

    In 2021, Greece significantly amended the provisions relating to family law.  The law had since triggered widespread concerns regarding its impact on custody in situations of domestic violence.  The Greek legal system offered certain possibilities to suspend or regulate the parental rights of parents who had been abusive to their spouses or children. 

    The National Council against Racism, through strengthened collaboration, would focus on enhancing victims’ access to services, improving the skills of public officials to draft the second national action plan against racism and intolerance, and raising public awareness through a national campaign which reached over 100,000 people. 

    Violence against women had increased significantly during the pandemic.  In April 2020, there was a significant increase of more than 200 per cent regarding phone calls to the hotline for reporting violence. Psychosocial support was provided upon request, including both online and in-person.  A social media campaign had succeeded in raising awareness on the gender-based violence issue.  Since 2010, a comprehensive strategy had been implemented to combat gender-based violence, comprised of prevention measures.  An awareness raising campaign was launched in 2024 and was displayed in the Athens urban rail network.  A panic button application was launched, enabling women in immediate danger to call for help in a safe manner by pressing a button on their phone which was linked to the police. 

    The National Centre for Social Solidarity operated two support centres in Athens for families that faced psychosocial crises, with an emphasis on victims of violence and trafficking.  Short-term accommodation was provided. 

    One thousand and one hundred persons with disabilities had received personal assistance to enhance their independent living.  A protection officer was stationed at each institution to report any cases of abuse. The Transparent Authority was the intendent mechanism responsible for conducting inspections in institutions where there were allegations or suspicions of abuse. 

    From 2019 to 2023, incidents of domestic violence had increased from 5,221 victims to 11,589. There had been 10 homicides of female victims by male perpetrators last year and six so far this year.  Five offices for the protection of minors had been established and a special hotline was operational, enabling citizens to call and make complaints. 

    Foreigners in prison who did not have sufficient knowledge of the Greek language had the right to appear before courts with an interpreter.  Alternative detention measures were applied under certain conditions. Detainees were immediately informed of their rights upon arrival at the prisons.  Information, lawyer representation, and linguistic assistance were provided to any foreign prisoners.  There were plans to recruit interpreters for implementing linguistic projects.

    Sixty-eight offices had been established in the country to combat violence which arose due to racist motives.  A special hotline was put into operation for reporting hate motivated crimes.  The cybercrime division had developed a series of actions aimed at informing the public on hate speech.  Police personnel were trained in the use of weapons and carried appropriate weapons when performing their duties.  The promotion of ethical standards and the code of conduct of police officers was received through training. 

    For people who tried to illegally cross the maritime borders of Greece, Hellenic officers undertook all legal and necessary measures.  There were clear legal rules that governed the use of force during law enforcement and border control activities.  When Hellenic officers used firearms, it was mandatory to inform the local prosecutor.  Detailed instructions had been disseminated to coast guard officers, and it was ensured that vulnerable groups were immediately provided with appropriate medical care.  It was important to recognise the humanitarian efforts of the coast guard officers; hundreds of thousands of migrants had been rescued by the Hellenic coast guard officers throughout the migrant crisis. 

    Since 2002, the Hellenic police had been dealing with the issue of human trafficking.  There were 12 human trafficking teams and officers had received specialised training in identifying victims and providing support. The fight against trafficking remained a top priority for the Greek authorities.  The establishment of the Office of a National Rapporteur on Trafficking was followed by the National Referral Mechanism.  The Office of the National Rapporteur was responsible for a national strategy to combat trafficking, and was mandated to cooperate closely with all national authorities.  The National Referral Mechanism was in its fifth year of operation; it specialised in victim protection and facilitated training sessions. 

    The national crisis management plan for refugees had been activated during the COVID-19 pandemic and consisted of allocating specific areas for medical care and a temporary restriction on movement for foreign nationals.  This did not constitute a detour from the rights in the Covenant.  Regardless of their legal status, migrants and asylum seekers were offered vaccinations free of charge.  Free transport was provided to asylum seekers to reach the local markets and health centres. Restriction on freedom of movement procedures for third country nationals was temporary and was done to verify a person’s identity.  This did not apply to people who urgently required medical support. 

    The work of the Special Secretariat for Unaccompanied Minors had been remarkable.  The National Guardianship System aimed to ensure that every unaccompanied minor had a guardian.  It was a new system that was implemented in January 2024.  There was a system for submitting complaints and a national registry for unaccompanied minors.  There were 137 guardians active in Greece, with more than 500 minors under the programme.  Greece was following an established procedure regarding age assessment. 

    Current penitentiary legislation provided for the protection of prisoners, including the right to appeal their sentence in an appeals court.  A total of 226 appeals had been launched, of which 15 had been awarded a compensation amount, a favourable sentence, or transfer to another penitentiary.  A working group had been set up to develop a short, easy to use guide for prisoners, informing them of their rights.   

    A training programme had been implemented for mental health service professionals, related to the de-escalation of violence and issues of chemical restraints, to ensure the protection of the rights of those with mental disabilities.   

    Questions by Committee Experts

    A Committee Expert said femicide was more than murder; it had specific gender motives and was driven by wider issues.  Could the delegation respond to this?  How were women made aware of the panic/warning application on the phone? What happened if men checked the phones? Did the police have sufficient capacity to respond?  Was it also available in rural areas? 

    Another Expert asked if all detention centres had good conditions?  Previously, the alterative to detention was determined by the asylum office, but now it was done by police officers.  Were individual assessments made before detention? 

    An Expert asked what concrete successes had been achieved in corruption cases, and what had been the challenges?  Could information about timely investigations into excessive use of force be provided? 

    One Expert said domestic violence was a real issue facing Greece.  Could information be provided on the sentences handed down and financial types of reparations to victims during the COVID-19 pandemic? 

    A Committee Expert asked for clarification on services available for trafficking victims. 

    Responses by the Delegation

    The delegation said more medical staff were joining the reception centres every day. Referrals were also made to local public hospitals for serious cases.  Two reception centres had been established on the mainland, which accepted many applicants from the islands and helped to decongest the islands’ reception centres.  There were centres for women victims of violence and accommodation to child victims was also guaranteed.  Access to compensation was provided by Hellenic authorities.  There had been a strong campaign for raising awareness of domestic violence, including a campaign on the nightly news.  The legal framework would not be changed. 

    The delegation said that at the borders, persons were obliged to remain within the premises to be registered for a minimum of five days, up to a maximum of 25.  Usually, registration was completed before the five days and then the restriction on movement was lifted.  Work was done to promote alternative measures to imprisonment, including electronic monitoring and community services. 

    The root causes of violence against women were identified as persistent gender stereotypes. The national action ban to combat violence against women addressed many areas to combat this scourge.  The panic button had specific features to ensure it remained undetectable by the abuser.  Only the victim was aware of its presence on the phone. 

    In Greece, persons with low income could apply for free legal aid.  Victims of trafficking and domestic violence could receive free legal aid regardless of their income.  The new legislation of the Penal Code made sanctions for violence against women more severe, with a victim-centred approach.

    Questions by Committee Experts

    A Committee Expert said the Committee was concerned about the system for the appointment of the most senior judges and prosecutors, including the President and Vice-President of the Council of State, the Supreme Court, and the Court of Audit. 

    Did the State party have any plans to revise the current system for appointing the highest positions of the judiciary and ensure the involvement of the judiciary in the process?  Were there any other measures in place to ensure that the highest positions of the judiciary were not subject to a strong influence from the executive and to safeguard the independence of the judiciary? 

    Greece had yet to establish a statelessness determination procedure; could the State party clarify its plans to finalise and implement a Presidential Decree establishing a statelessness determination procedure?  Would the State party consider ratifying the 1961 Convention on the Reduction of Statelessness?

    The Committee was concerned about reports that unregistered Roma people faced lengthy and costly judicial procedures to acquire Greek citizenship, and that children born to stateless parents faced substantial barriers to obtaining Greek nationality.  Did Greece have any plans to amend the list of documents required to apply for Greek nationality on the basis of birth and non-acquisition of a foreign nationality at birth, especially for children born to stateless parents?  What concrete steps were in place to eliminate the barriers that stateless Roma faced to acquiring Greek nationality and to address the risk of statelessness within this community? 

    Concerns persisted about the application of the “safe third country” concept, particularly with the designation of Türkiye as a safe third country for asylum seekers from Syria, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Somalia.  Despite the lack of readmissions to Türkiye since March 2020, Greece continued to reject numerous applications as inadmissible under this concept, leaving many individuals in prolonged legal limbo without access to international protection.  What measures had been taken to reconsider the extensive use of the safe third country concept given the non-implementation of returns to Türkiye?  How was the State party addressing the protracted legal limbo experienced by asylum seekers, and what protections and support were available for their rights?  What had been done to 

    ensure the implementation of law 4939/2022, which mandated an in-merit examination when a third country did not permit entry?  What support mechanisms were in place for those whose applications had been deemed inadmissible? 

    Another Expert said the State party had asserted that pushbacks had never been practiced as a de facto border policy of the State party and that the Hellenic police and Hellenic coast guard consistently followed the established legal and procedural frameworks.  Yet numerous reports documented instances of pushbacks, including patterns of excessive use of force, cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment, incommunicado detention, and unlawful destruction of personal belongings.  Reports before the Committee indicated that from January 2020 to June 2024, there were 1,452 incidents at the borders affecting approximately 46,649 people.  Could the State party comment on such allegations and provide information on measures in place to prevent such practices and to safeguard the principle of non-refoulement? 

    Could information be provided on the outcome of investigations undertaken by the National Transparency Authority and other monitoring mechanisms on pushback allegations, and whether there was any follow-up or redress measures taken on allegations of pushbacks?  How would Greece ensure thorough, systematic, effective, and independent investigations into allegations of pushbacks and hold those responsible accountable?  What was the outcome of the 200 documented complaints of pushback cases?  What measures were being taken to ensure that border control operations prioritised the protection of life and that rescue efforts were conducted in compliance with human rights?

    Another Expert said according to the information received, conscientious objectors who performed civilian service would receive either food and accommodation without any salary, or €223.53, which was well below the legal minimum wage.  In addition, the law provided for the possibility for persons over the age of 33 to perform only part of their service and to buy back the rest, at a significantly higher rate than that for military service.  Could the State party comment on this information?  What measures did the State party intend to take to avoid imposing repeated sanctions on conscientious objectors?  What measures did the State party intend to take to ensure non-punitive alternative civilian service?

    It was evident that Roma were considered as a vulnerable social group, and could exercise all civil and political rights.  What measures were being taken to prevent, combat and eliminate all forms of discrimination against Roma children in the education system?  What measures were being taken to limit the use of forced evictions by adopting viable alternatives to eviction, including alternative housing for evicted families?

    The Committee was concerned that stricter registration and financial regulations could compromise civil society’s capacity to monitor human rights, particularly those of asylum seekers, refugees and displaced people.  How did the State party ensure that registration and financial requirements were necessary and proportionate?  How was it guaranteed that these requirements did not indirectly discriminate? 

    The Committee continued to receive information that human rights defenders, especially those working with migrants, asylum seekers and refugees, and on pushbacks, were regularly subjected to smear campaigns, harassment, threats and criminal prosecution. In one case, a human rights defender faced restrictions, including a travel ban.  How were these measures considered proportionate?  How were human rights defenders protected in order to ensure that they could carry out their work safely?

    The Committee had received reports linking blanket bans on assemblies to political events. Could the State party confirm that authorities limited their discretion to prohibit assemblies to those strictly necessary and not merely due to their political content?  Now that the COVID-19 emergency measures had ended, what steps had the State party taken to prevent the imposition of blanket bans on all demonstrations?

    One Expert said credible reports indicated that police officers had used excessive force against, and caused serious injuries to, protestors and journalists participating in demonstrations.  What measures were being taken to ensure that police officers used the minimum force necessary in response to high-tension demonstrations?  Could updates be provided about the installation and use of surveillance systems in public demonstrations, including any efforts to establish clear criteria for identifying the persons and places subjected to surveillance, to limit the time period of data retention, and to make information about the systems publicly accessible? 

    What specific reform measures had been adopted to strengthen internal oversight and accountability within the Hellenic Police, especially regarding protest management? How was it ensured that all police officers consistently complied with the requirement to wear visible identification during public assemblies?

    Greece’s Ethics Committee had the authority to exclude media from state advertising and funds for up to two years, raising concerns that government control could have a chilling effect on press freedom.  How was it ensured that the Ethics Committee operated independently from government influence and respected journalistic integrity?  Would the State party revise the legal framework to protect journalists against the use of retaliatory lawsuits?  How were journalists informed about their rights and responsibilities during public demonstrations? 

    Responses by the Delegation 

    The delegation said the Supreme Judicial Council decided on the placements, postings and promotion of judicial officers. The principle of non-refoulment was a cornerstone of the framework for the protection of refugees. Strict adherence to this principle applied, and the Hellenic police had circulated clear guidelines for Hellenic police staff regarding the protection of those arriving in the country, particularly women and children.  It was clarified that no third country national who applied for international protection should be returned until their application had been reviewed. 

    The Hellenic police conducted border surveillance duties with full respect of the human rights of third country nationals.  Particular emphasis was given in the provisions of the European Convention of Human Rights.  Land border activities conducted by the Hellenic police aimed at detecting all illegal crossings.  Greece’s legislative framework did not have a specific framework for protecting human rights defenders.  However, an article within the Penal Code set out a special aggravating condition for crimes or misdemeanours committed out of hatred. 

    Actions taken by Hellenic authorities at the sea borders were carried out in full compliance with international obligations. Allegations of so-called pushbacks were not compatible with the well-established operations of the Hellenic authorities.  However, any allegations of pushbacks or mistreatment of third country nationals were thoroughly investigated.  Hellenic coast guards demonstrated a high level of professionalism and were trained to respect the rights of all who were crossing the borders.  From 2015 to the present, the Hellenic coast guards had rescued more than 254,000 people. 

    Several mechanisms allowed complaints against pushbacks to be submitted to the Hellenic authorities, and the coast guards had a robust disciplinary mechanism. Upon receiving a complaint on human rights violations, an administration investigation was launched, and depending on findings, disciplinary sanctions were carried out.  An independent investigation had been launched by the Greek Ombudsman, the results of which were pending.  The law aimed to ensure people in distress at sea and migrants received the highest level of assistance. 

    Greece enacted a law in 2020, followed by a presidential decree, pertaining to public assembly.  This law clearly defined the power of police authorities while ensuring protection, fully protecting the right to freedom of assembly. The Greek police had imposed assembly bans during COVID-19 based on exceptional public health concerns. Greece’s primary aim was to promote the right to assembly, not to restrict it.  In 2023, only three rallies had been banned.  The Hellenic police prioritised de-escalation and the use of “soft measures”, with force being used as a last resort.  Around 34 cases of excessive use of force had been recorded against journalists in 2021, and were sent to the Ombudsman for review. 

    The use of the surveillance system in the context of public open-air assemblies was limited to the assemblies only, without focusing on particular people and without recording sound.  Police officers were obliged to wear a badge of identity on their uniforms during the assemblies. 

    The Greek asylum service had significantly expanded its operational capacity, now operating in 26 different locations across the country, including islands such as Lesbos; these islands were the frontlines of migratory flows.  The number of employees had tripled after 2019 to manage the high volume of cases. By implementing reforms, the Greek asylum service managed to reduce the large number of pending asylum cases to around 18,000 in 2024, down from over 200,000.  Asylum seekers whose appeal had been rejected had the right to file for the annulment of the decision within 30 days.  During 2023, refugee and protection status had been granted to 873 applicants.  This number was around 400 so far in 2024. 

    Greece had designated Türkiye as a safe third country concerning asylum seekers from certain countries.  Based on this information, it could safely be assumed that Türkiye respected the principle of non-refoulment.  Since March 2020, Türkiye had not been responding to requests from nationals from countries such as Bangladesh, Pakistan, Syria and other countries and was therefore not implementing its obligations. 

    Free legal aid was provided to asylum applicants.  Appeals committees were instructed to rule that the applicants were stateless if asylum applicants could not prove which country they came from.  Acquisition of Greek citizenship did not discriminate, and children born to Greek Roma parents were awarded Greek citizenship from birth.  The Greek Citizenship Code aimed to prevent statelessness.  Stateless children enjoyed a right to Greek citizenship if they resided permanently in Greece and had between six to nine years of Greek schooling, even if they had not been born in Greece.   

    Several laws referred to the requirements of registration for non-governmental organizations.  The new registration process aimed to set the same rules for all non-governmental organizations and was free of charge.  This year, 10 registrations had been accepted and only one was rejected. 

    In July 2022, the revision of the school curriculum for primary and secondary education was completed, seeking to foster a more equitable educational environment.  In this framework, the teaching of religious education in Greece was viewed as an essential component.  Like other subjects, religious education was intended to foster critical thinking and respect for diverse beliefs and values.  This course would be provided with alternative educational opportunities for students who did not participate in religious education due to their beliefs or backgrounds.

    Military service was a universal obligation in Greece.  Those who identified as conscientious objectors could fulfil this duty through another service, other than within the armed forces.  In the case of the person banned from leaving the country, this ban had been lifted. 

    The Greek authorities had gone the extra mile regarding the adoption of a law in 2022 to strengthen the transparency of print and electronic media. The conditions which had been set out for print and electronic media enhanced the protection of journalists. Regarding the two-year penalty of exclusion from media, this only occurred following a careful examination. This two-year penalty had been approved by the federal journalistic organizations of Greece. 

    More than 200 print media and 400 electronic media had been approved in Greece.  In July 2022, a taskforce was created to focus on issues including gender-based challenges in the media area.  Most recently, a training was conducted in collaboration with the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization for law enforcement operators and media professionals to foster better cooperation between the two groups. From this taskforce, a law was developed to protect journalists covering sports events from violence. 

    A new programme was being designed to help Roma people with no documents acquire them.  There was no specific legislation on minority associations or organizations.  Over 200 associations had been formed by members of the Muslim minority. 

    Questions by Committee Experts

    A Committee Expert asked how often demonstrations were completely prohibited?  How were associations informed about procedural rights? 

    Another Expert asked for more information regarding the income of conscientious objectors? 

    An Expert said there were overwhelming reports that had documented instances of forced returns.  How was it possible to follow the principle of non-refoulment in these instances?   

    Another Expert thanked the delegation for their thorough answers.  Could further clarification be provided about the State party’s plan to develop a statelessness determination procedure? 

    Responses by the Delegation 

    The delegation said each case of public assembly was evaluated directly, taking into account proportionality and necessity.  The police aimed to facilitate the legal rights to assembly without incident.  The new Penitentiary Code introduced a remedy, enabling those serving in pretrial detention to lodge complaints about the conditions of their living conditions and medical care. 

    Pushbacks were not the policy of the Greek Government in any way, shape, or form; the Government policy was clear.  Greece had significantly approved the asylum system for migration and was now the fourth most productive in the European Union. The State had made all the progress it could considering the difficult region.  Legislation protected everyone, including human rights defenders. Alleged “smear campaigns” needed to be examined by the courts; they could not always be presumed. 

    Closing Remarks

    IOANNIS GHIKAS, Permanent Representative of Greece to the United Nations Office at Geneva, thanked the Committee for the frank and honest exchange.  Although progress had been made, there was still work which needed to be done. Greece had worked hard to improve the situation, particularly on migration; the number of deaths in the Aegean Sea had fallen by 40 per cent.  Greece had a vibrant society with few resources but was working to do better. 

    TANIA MARÍA ABDO ROCHOLL, Committee Chairperson, thanked the delegation for the dialogue, which had covered a wide range of subjects under the Covenant.   The Committee aimed to ensure the highest level of implementation of the Covenant in Greece. 

    ____

    CCPR.24.023E

    Produced by the United Nations Information Service in Geneva for use of the information media; not an official record.

    English and French versions of our releases are different as they are the product of two separate coverage teams that work independently.

    Follow UNIS Geneva on: Website Facebook Twitter Twitter [fr] | Instagram  | LinkedIn YouTube |Flickr

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Transcript of World Economic Outlook October 2024 Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 22, 2024

    Speakers:
    Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas, Director, Research Department, IMF
    Petya Koeva Brooks, Deputy Director, Research Department, IMF
    Jean‑Marc Natal, Division Chief, Research Department, IMF

    Moderator:
    Jose Luis De Haro, Communications Officer, IMF

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I think we can start. First of all, welcome, everyone. Good morning for those who are joining, as online. I am Jose Luis De Haro with the Communications Department here at the IMF. And once again, we are gathered here today for the release of our new World Economic Outlook, titled Policy Pivot Raising Threats. I hope that by this time, all of you have had access to a copy of the flagship. If not, I would encourage you to go to IMF.org. There, you’re going to find the document, but also, you’re going to find Pierre‑Olivier’s blog, the underlying data for the charts, videos, and other assets that I think are going to be very, very helpful for your reporting. And what’s best, that to discuss all the details of the World Economic Outlook that, to be joined here today by Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas, the Economic Counsellor Chief Economist and the Director of the Research Department. Next to him are Petya Koeva Brooks. She is the Deputy Director of the Research Department. And also with us, Jean‑Marc Natal, the Division Chief at the Research Department. We are going to start with some opening remarks from Pierre‑Olivier, and then we will proceed to take your questions. I want to remind everyone that this press conference is on the record and that we will also be taking questions online.

    With no further ado, Pierre‑Olivier, the floor is yours.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you, Jose, and good morning, everyone. Let me start with the good news. The battle against inflation is almost won. After peaking at 9.4 percent year on year in the third quarter of 2022, we now project headline inflation will fall to 3.5 percent by the end of next year, and in most countries, inflation is now hovering close to central bank targets.

    Now, inflation came down while the global economy remained resilient. Growth is projected to hold steady at 3.2 percent in 2024 and 2025. The United States is expected to cool down, while other advanced economies will rebound. Performance in emerging Asia remains robust, despite the slight downward revision for China to 4.8 percent in 2024. Low‑income countries have seen their growth revised downwards, some of it because of conflicts and climate shocks.

    Now, the decline in inflation without a global recession is a major achievement. Much of that disinflation can be attributed to the unwinding of the unique combination of supply and demand shocks that caused the inflation in the first place, together with improvements in labor supply due to immigration in many advanced countries. But monetary policy played a decisive role, keeping inflation expectations anchored.

    Now, despite the good news, on inflation, risks are now tilted to the downside. This downside risks include an escalation in regional conflicts, especially in the Middle East, which could cause serious risks for commodity markets. Policy shifts toward undesirable trade and industrial policies could also significantly lower output, a sharp reduction in migration into advanced economies, which can unwind some of the supply gains that helped ease inflation in recent quarters. This could trigger an abrupt tightening of global financial conditions that would further depress output. And together, these represent about a 1.6 percent of global output in 2026.

    Now, to mitigate these downside risks and to strengthen growth, policymakers now need to shift gears and implement a policy triple pivot.

    The first pivot on monetary policy is already underway. The decline in inflation paved the way for monetary easing across major central banks. This will support activity at a time when labor markets are showing signs of cooling, with rising unemployment rates. So far, however, this rise has been gradual and does not point to an imminent slowdown. Lower interest rates in major economies will also ease the pressure on emerging market economies. However, vigilance remains key. Inflation in services remains too elevated, almost double prepandemic levels, and a few emerging market economies are seeing rising price pressures, calling for higher policy rates. Furthermore, we have now entered a world dominated by supply shocks, from climate, health, and geopolitical tensions. And this makes the job of central banks harder.

    The second pivot is on fiscal policy. It is urgent to stabilize debt dynamics and rebuild much‑needed fiscal buffers. For the United States and China, current fiscal plans do not stabilize debt dynamics. For other countries, despite early improvements, there are increasing signs of slippage. The path is narrow. Delaying consolidation increases the risk of disorderly adjustments, while an excessively abrupt turn toward fiscal tightening could hurt economic activity. Success requires implementing, where necessary, and without delay, a sustained and credible multi‑year fiscal adjustment.

    The third pivot and the hardest is toward growth‑enhancing reform. This is the only way we can address many of the challenges we face. Many countries are implementing industrial and trade policy measures to protect domestic workers and industries. These measures can sometimes boost investment and activity in the short run, but they often lead to retaliation and ultimately fail to deliver sustained improvements in standards of living. They should be avoided when not carefully addressing well‑identified market failures or narrowly defined national security concerns.

    Economic growth must come, instead, from ambitious domestic reforms that boost innovation, increase human capital, improve competition and resource allocation. Growth‑enhancing reforms often face significant social resistance. Our report shows that information strategies can help improve support, but they only go so far. Building trust between governments and citizens and inclusion of proper compensation measures are essential features.

    Building trust is an important lesson that should also resonate when thinking about ways to further improve international cooperation to address common challenges in the year that we celebrate the 80th anniversary of the Bretton Woods Institutions. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Thank you, Pierre‑Olivier. Before we open the floor for your questions, let’s remind some ground rules. First of all, if you have any question that it is related to a country program or a country negotiation, I would recommend not to formulate that question here. Basically, those questions can be formulated in the different regional press briefings that are going to happen later this week.

    Also, if you want to ask a question, just raise your hand, wait until I call you. Identify yourself and the outlet that you represent. And let’s try to keep it to just one question. I know that there are going to be many, many questions. We might not be able to take all of you. So please be patient. There are going to be many other opportunities to ask questions throughout the week.

    Let me start—how I am going to start. I am going to start in the center. A couple of questions here. Then I am going to go to my right, and then I am going to go there. I am going to start in the first row, the lady with the white jacket, thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you, Jose, for taking my question. I am Moaling Xiong from Xinhua News Agency. I want to ask about the geopolitical tensions that was mentioned in the report. It says there are rising geopolitical tensions. So far, the impact has been limited. But further intensification of geopolitical rifts could weigh on trade, investment, and beyond. I wonder whether Pierre‑Olivier, could you talk a little bit about what are the economic impacts of growing geopolitical tensions? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. This is, of course, a very important question. This is something that we are very concerned about, the rising geoeconomic fragmentation, trade tensions between countries, measures that are disrupting trade, disrupting cross‑border investment. This is something that we have looked at in our World Economic Outlook report. In Chapter 1, we have a box that evaluates the impact of various adverse measures, measures that could be taken by policymakers or various of shocks that would impact output. And when we look at the impact that rising trade tensions could have, there are two dimensions of this. One is, of course, you are increasing tariffs, for instance, between different blocs. That would disrupt trade. That will misallocate resources. That will weigh down on economic activity. But there is also an associated layer that comes from the uncertainty that increases related to future trade policy. And that will also depress investment, depress economic activity and consumption. When we put these two together, what we find is, we find an impact on world output that is on the order of about 0.5 percent of output levels in 2026. So it’s a quite sizable effect of both an increase in tariffs between different countries and an increase in trade policy uncertainty.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I’m going to continue here in the center. We’re going to go to the gentleman on the third row. Yep. There. There, third row, there. Third row. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Hi. Thanks very much for taking my question. I just want to ask about the inflation side of the WEO. You mentioned just now inflation, you know, the battle is almost won. I am just wondering, there’s sort of a divergence between the advanced economies and emerging markets and developing economies. When do you expect inflation to sort of fall toward that 2 percent target in emerging markets and developing economies? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So inflation, the progress on inflation has been more pronounced for advanced economies, and now we expect advanced economies to be back to their target sometime in 2025 for most of them. For emerging markets and developing economies, there is more variation, and we see an increase in dispersion of inflation, so a lot of countries have made a lot of progress. You look, for instance, at emerging Asia. There are inflation levels very similar to advanced economies for a number of them. You look at other regions—in the Middle East, for instance, or sub‑Saharan Africa—and you have countries that still have double‑digital inflation rates and will maybe take more time to converge back. So we see an increased divergence that reflects some of the shocks that are specific to some of these regions. Of course, conflict or climate‑related shocks can have an impact on inflation, and that’s what we’re seeing in these two regions I mentioned.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Now I’m going to move to my right. The first row here, the lady with the red suit.

    QUESTION: Hello. This is Norah from Asharq Business with Bloomberg from Dubai.

    Pierre, you mentioned that the geopolitical tensions could account for 0.5 percent of output if things kind of get out of hand. To what extent is this a very optimistic number here? Because we’re talking about tensions not only in the Middle East. You have things going down in the Taiwan Strait. We have the Russian‑Ukraine war still ongoing. And there is a very big risk that shipping lines, straits might get disrupted. And this would affect very substantially the price of oil and other commodities. To what extent this would affect output—again, global output and inflation levels? Would inflation be a big risk again if major commodities prices increased substantially?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So you are absolutely right. The scenario I was referring to earlier is a scenario where we have increased trade disruptions, tariffs, and trade policy uncertainty. But one can think also about geopolitical tensions impacting commodity market or shipping. Now, this is not something that we looked at in this report. That’s something that we had looked at in our April report. And in April, when we looked at the potential for escalation in conflicts in the Middle East, the impact it could have on oil prices or on shipping costs, we found that this would very much be in the nature of adverse supply shock. It would negatively impact output, and it would increase inflation pressures. Now, the numbers we had when we did that exercise back in April, they’re still very relevant for the environment we’re in now. And that was one of the layers I showed today, is that it would reduce output by another about 0.4 percent by 2026 and would increase inflation by something on the order of 0.7 percent higher inflation in 2025. So this is something that is very much on top of the other tensions that I mentioned. This is why we are living in this world where there are multiple layers of risk that could be compounding each other.

    Mr. De Haro: I’m going to stay here. First row, here. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. My name is Simon Ateba. I am with Today News Africa Washington, D.C. I would like you to talk a little bit more about the situation in Africa. I know two years ago it was about COVID and then Ukraine. What do you see now? And what are some of the recommendations for sub‑Saharan Africa? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So sub‑Saharan African region is one that is seeing growth rates that are fairly steady this year, compared to last year, at about 3.6 percent, and then expected to increase to about 4.2 percent next year. So we’re seeing some pickup in growth from this year to next year. But now, this is certainly a region that’s been adversely impacted by weather shocks and, in some cases, conflict. So the growth remains subdued and somewhat uneven, and that’s certainly something that we are concerned about.

    Let me turn it over to my colleague Jean‑Marc Natal to add some color.

    Mr. Natal: I would be happy to. Do you hear me? OK.

    So yes, so there has been over the last year, year and a half, there has been some progress in the region. You saw, you know, inflation stabilizing in some countries going down even. And reaching close—level close to the target. But half of them is still at distance, large distance from the target. And a third of them are still having double‑digital inflation.

    In terms of growth, as Pierre‑Olivier mentioned, it’s quite uneven, but it remains too low. The other issue is debt in the region. Obviously, it is still high. It has not increased. It has stopped increasing, and in some countries already starting to consolidate. But it’s still too high. And the debt service is correspondingly still high in the region. So the challenges are still there. There has been some progress. So in terms of the recommendation, in countries where inflation is very high, you would recommend, you know, tight monetary policy and in some cases, when possible, helped by consolidation on the fiscal side.

    It’s complicated. In many countries, you know, there are trade‑offs, and, you know, consolidating fiscal is difficult when you also have to provide for relief, like in Nigeria, for example, due to the flooding. So targeting the support to the poor and the vulnerable is part of the package when you consolidate. I will stop here.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am moving to my left. I am going to go to the gentleman in the first row.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. Joel Hills from ITV News. We know that the chancellor in the United Kingdom is planning on changing the fiscal rule on debt to allow for—to borrow more for investment. Pierre‑Olivier, do you support this idea? And what, in your view, are the risks? And should the U.K. government continue to target a fall in debt of some description or a rise in public sector net worth?

    Mr. De Haro: Pierre‑Olivier, before you answer, are there any other questions on the U.K. in the room? I am going to take just two more from this group of U.K. reporters on my right that they are very eager. Just two questions more. We do not want to overwhelm—

    QUESTION: Alex Brummer from the Daily Mail in London. Again, around the chancellor’s upcoming budget. In your opening remarks, you referred to the possibility of abrupt changes in fiscal policy, disrupting what might happen to economies. U.K., according to your forecast, is in a quite good place in terms of growth heading upward. Do you fear that too strong a change in direction in fiscal policy in the U.K. could affect future growth?

    Mr. De Haro: Just one more question.

    QUESTION: Mehreen Khan from The Times. You mentioned that there are some countries at risk of fiscal slippage because governments have promised to do their consolidation have struggled to execute. Is the U.K. in that group? Also, the IMF has previously recommended that countries are under fiscal strain should—can keep sort of investment flowing if they do shift to measures like public sector net worth. Is that still a recommendation that you stand by in particular relevance for the U.K.?

    Mr. De Haro: And to give Pierre‑Olivier a little bit of time, I just want to remind everyone that we will have regional press briefings later this week, and some of these questions can be brought to all heads of departments that are going to be talking later on in the week. Pierre‑Olivier?

    Mr. Gourinchas: First, I will make three quick remarks. We are going to wait and see at the end of this month, on October 30, the details of the budget that will be announced by the U.K. government. And at that point, we’ll be able to evaluate and see the detail of the measures and how they will impact the U.K. economy.

    The broader question, I think, is relevant for many countries, not just the U.K. And it goes to the second pivot I mentioned, this narrow path in terms of fiscal consolidation. I think when countries have elevated debt levels, when interest rates are high, when growth is OK but not great, there is a risk that things could escalate or get out of control quickly. And so there is a need to bring debt levels down, stabilize them when they are not stabilized and rebuild fiscal buffers. That is true for many countries around the world. And if you are not doing that—and that is getting to the question that was asked by the gentleman on the right here—if you’re not doing that, that’s when you find yourself potentially later on at the mercy of market pressures that will force an adjustment that is uncontrolled to a large extent. At which point you have very few degrees of freedom, so you do not want to get in that position. And I think the effort to stabilize public debt has to be seen in that context.

    Now, the other side of the narrow path is, of course, if you try to do too much too quickly, you might have an adverse impact on growth. And you have to be careful there because we do have important—most countries have important needs when it comes to spending, whether it’s about central services, what we think about healthcare, or if we think about public investment and climate transition. So we need to protect also the type of spending that can be good for growth. So finding ways—and this is something that our colleagues in the Fiscal Monitor report emphasize, finding ways to consolidate by reducing expenditures where it’s needed. Maybe raising revenues. Often, it’s a combination of both but doing so in a way that is least impactful on growth. It’s country by country. There is no general formula. But that’s kind of the nature of the exercise.

    That pivot, that second pivot is absolutely essential. At the point we’re at again precisely because we’re in a world in which there will be more shocks and countries need to be prepared and need to have some room on the fiscal side to be able to build that.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Last question on this side. Then I will go online, and then I will go around the room again. The gentleman in the second row.

    QUESTION: Thanks, Jose. Pierre‑Olivier, a question on Argentina. The IMF is maintaining its projections for the country for next year, improving GDP and inflation, 45 percent at the end of the year. Oh, yes. Sorry. Alam Md Hasanul from International.

    A question on Argentina. The IMF is maintaining its projections for next year, but I wanted to see if you could give us a little bit more detail on, where do you see the economy going. And if it’s accurate to say at this point that the worst of the crisis is in the past? Thanks.

    Mr. De Haro: We have received other questions regarding Argentina online from Lilliana Franco. Basically, she wants to know what’s behind our expectations for inflation for 2025. And I think that there are other Argentine reporters in the room. I see them in the back. Please, if somebody can get them the mic and we can get all the questions on Argentina and then move on to other regions. There. There. Those two, please. Try to keep it short.

    QUESTION: Hi. Patricia Valli from El Cronista. You mentioned the need to keep going with the reforms. And the government in Argentina is implementing a series of reforms. What’s the take of the IMF in terms of these? And if they are perhaps hurting the most vulnerable due to the increase of poverty numbers in Argentina in the past report?

    QUESTION: Hello. Juan Manuel Barca from Clarín Newspaper. I want to know if you raised your employment projection compared to the April—compared to the July forecast.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So let me first state at the outset that our projections for Argentina have not been updated since July, and the reason for this is because there are ongoing program discussions between the authorities and the Fund. And so while that process is going on, we did not update the projections for the October round.

    Now, to come to the question that was asked on the left. There are two things that are relevant for Argentina, two main things. One is what’s happening on the inflation side. Here, I think the progress has been very substantial. We are now seeing month‑on‑month inflation in Argentina close to 3.5 percent, and this is down from about 25 percent month on month back in December of last year. So very, very significant decline in the inflation rate. So that’s something to acknowledge. And the hope is, of course, that the measures in place will continue to improve the situation on that front.

    On the growth front, what we are saying is that activity has contracted substantially in the first half of the year, but there are signs that it’s starting to gradually recover. Now how much again, I cannot give you an update because we do not have it as of now. But there are signs that there is a recovery in real wages and in private credit and activity.

    Now, of course, this has been difficult for the Argentine economy, the decline in growth of that nature. And that’s something that, again, we are engaged in discussions with the authorities on the best way forward. I cannot comment more than that.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Now I am going to get a question from our colleagues on WebEx. I think that Weier is there.

    QUESTION: I have a question on China. Given China’s recent implementation of various stimulus measures, such as support for the real estate—real sector and interest rate reductions and other economic incentives, we’ve already seen a major boost in its capital market. So how do you assess the potential impact of these developments on China’s economic recovery and growth perspective?

    Also, how the external effects, such as the Federal Reserve’s easing monetary path, will play a role here. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Before you answer on the Federal Reserve, there’s other questions on China of a similar nature. Recent stimulus announced by the Governor and its effects.

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. So China, as I mentioned in my opening remarks, we have a slight downward revision for its 2024 growth, compared to our July projections to 4.8 percent. And that’s a revision that’s coming largely due to a weaker second quarter of the year. And that weaker second quarter of the year is reflecting continued decline in confidence in the household and corporate sector and also the continued problems in the property sector in China.

    Now, this is something that, of course, is a top priority to address for the Chinese authorities. And we’ve seen a number of measures that have been announced since the end of last month. First measures, monetary and financial measures announced by the People’s Bank of China, and then some fiscal measures that were announced a few weeks ago.

    These measures in general go in the right direction, from our perspective. They are trying to improve the situation in the property sector. They’re trying to, for instance, lowering borrowing rates or trying to improve the balance sheet of the property developers.

    In our view, in our assessment, the measures announced at the end of last month by the PBOC, although they go in the right direction, are not sufficient to lift growth in a substantially material way. And that’s why our forecast is still at about 4.8 percent for 2024 and is unchanged for next year, at 4.5 percent.

    The new, more recent measures announced a few weeks ago by the Ministry of Finance are not incorporated in our forecast. We are waiting to see the details. I should mention, however, that since then, there has also been a release of the Q3 growth for China, and this has also been a little bit on the disappointing side. So I would say that what we’re seeing in terms of where the Chinese economy might be going is a little bit of a downward revision coming from the Q3 forecast and then potentially some measures that will help lift the economy going forward.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. So we have an additional question online. Basically, it comes from a reporter in Israel who wants to know how the current conflict is affecting the region and the global economy. Also, if there’s any other questions regarding the ongoing conflict, we can go here in the first row, please.

    QUESTION: Hi. Amir Goumma from Asharq with Bloomberg. With the GCC countries increasingly focusing and diversifying their economies away from oil now, how the IMF sees the progress and how you assess that with geopolitical tensions that may affect the attraction of the investment?

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. So on the impact of the conflict in the Middle East on the countries in the region, and more broadly, let me ask my colleague Petya Koeva Brooks to come in.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Sure. Indeed, the conflict has inflicted a heavy toll on the region, and our hearts go to all who have been affected by it. We are monitoring the situation very closely. And what we could say at this stage is apart from the enormous uncertainty that we see is that the fallout has been the hardest in the countries in the region, at the epicenter of the conflict. We’ve seen significant declines in output in West Bank, in Gaza. Lebanon has also been hard hit. Now, we’ve also seen impact in the—on the economy in Israel, although there, I think the—so far at least, the impact has been smaller.

    Now, beyond that, there has also been an impact on commodity prices, on oil prices. We’ve seen quite a lot of volatility, though, as other factors have also come in, such as the concerns about global demand kind of have pushed prices in the opposite direction.

    Now, beyond that, when it comes to specific countries in the GCC region, when it comes to, for instance, Saudi Arabia, we’ve seen there, actually the non‑oil output has done very well, and we do have a small downward revision in the overall growth rate, but that is pretty much because of the voluntary oil cuts that have now been extended through November. Let me stop here. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We are coming here to the center of the room. I’m going to go way back. The gentleman in the blue shirt that I think is the third row from the back. Yep. There. He has—there, there, there. A little bit. Can you stand up? Yep. Perfect. And then I will go with you, with the lady.

    QUESTION: Thank you for doing this. Your alternative scenario about the trade war does not seem so far from reality. Indeed, especially if Trump wins the elections. So could you augment about that? Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: We have a couple of questions similar to that nature.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So, I mean, of course, I will first preface by saying we are not commenting on elections or potential platforms here at the IMF. What we are seeing and when we’re looking at the world economy goes beyond what might be happening in a single country. This is why the scenario that we are looking at in Box 1.2 of our World Economic Outlook is one that focuses on, if you want, an escalation of trade tensions between different regions—whether the U.S., the European Union, or China. And the numbers I quoted earlier are reflecting our model estimates of the cumulative impact of this increase in tensions. So I think that this is something that we are very concerned about. We’ve seen a very sharp increase in a number of trade‑distorting measures implemented by countries since 2019, roughly. They’ve gone from 1,000 to 3,000, so tripling of trade‑distorting measures implemented by countries, and 2019 was not a low point. That was already something that was above what we were seeing in the 2010s. So there is definitely, you know, a direction of travel here that we are very concerned about because a lot of these trade‑distorting measures could reflect decisions by countries that are self‑centered but could be ultimately harmful not just to the global economy, but this is the benefits of doing a scenario analysis like the one we did. They are also hurtful for the countries that want to implement them, as well, because the impact on global trade also makes the residents of a country poorer.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I’m going to take a question from WebEx and then I’m going to go to you. I think that we have a question on the U.S. Please go ahead.

    QUESTION: My question would be regarding the U.S. resilience toward inflation shock. I remember talks about this during the April meetings and the April report. And I wanted to ask you whether you’re still committed to this forecast of the U.S. resiliency, and whether we can still see the risk of recession in the U.S. since recent talks about the unemployment data, it has not always come to the expectations of what the bond market or the stock exchange thinks.

    So is the U.S. still as resilient as you saw it in April this year?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So, I mean, the news on the U.S. is good in a sense. We have had an upgrade in growth forecasts for 2024 and 2025. The historical numbers have also been revised, so even upgraded 2023, that is already sort of behind us. But the numbers came in, and they were stronger than what was realized. And that strong growth performance has been happening in a context of a continued disinflation. There have been some bumps in the road. The disinflation may not have been proceeding, especially earlier in the year, as quickly as was projected, but lately it has been quite substantial.

    So what accounts for this is two things that are really important there. One is, there is strong productivity growth that we see when we look at the U.S. That’s somewhat unlike other advanced economies, in fact. When we look around the world. And the second is also a very significant role that immigration has played, the increase in foreign‑born workers in the U.S. that have been integrated fairly quickly into the labor force. Now, the increase in unemployment that we’ve seen recently—I just showed it in my opening remarks—reflects to a large extent the fact that you have this increase in foreign‑born workers. And it takes—they have been integrated quickly in the labor force, but still there was an influx of them or there was an influx of them, and it’s taken a little bit of time to absorb them. And that’s what is reflected in the increased unemployment rate. So the labor market picture remains one that is fairly, fairly robust, even though it has cooled off but from very, very tight levels. Growth is solid. So I think the answer to the question that was posed, I think a risk of a recession in the U.S. in the absence of a very sharp shock would be somewhat diminished.

    Now, that is really what paved the way when you think about what the Federal Reserve is doing, seeing this inflation coming down a lot but noticing the increase in unemployment, pivoting away from just fighting inflation, that fight is almost done, and now being more concerned about, maybe what might be happening going forward with the labor market and wanting to make sure that that cooling off of the labor market does not turn into something that is more negative.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. The clock here says that I have seven minutes that I can push a little bit, but we go there. Then we will go to this side. And come back here and maybe end around here.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. My name is Hope Moses‑Ashike from Business Day Nigeria. So I am right here in this room, in April, you projected the Nigeria economy to grow by 3.3 percent, and you cited improved oil sector, security, and then agriculture. So I want to understand, what has changed since then in terms of Nigeria’s growth and the factors you mentioned? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. Jean‑Marc, do you want to comment on Nigeria?

    Mr. Natal: Yes. Rightly so. We revised growth for Nigeria in 2024 by .2 down. And, you know, things are volatile, I suppose, because the reason for the revision is precisely issues in agriculture related to flooding. And also issues in the production of oil related to security issues, and also maintenance issues that have pushed down the production of oil. So these two factors have played a role.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We go to this side. I’m going to go to the front row, the lady with the white jacket. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. So this is still a follow‑up question since you just answered on Nigeria. What’s the IMF’s projection for the social impacts on full subsidy removal, especially when you—full subsidy removal and forex unification in terms of poverty, inequality, and food insecurity? And also, can give us your medium‑term projections for Nigeria’s growth? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So I am afraid on this one I will have to go back and check because I do not have the number ready on the impact of the removal of the fuel subsidies specifically that you asked about. I do not know if my colleagues—

    Mr. De Haro: And I would encourage you to formulate this question in the press briefing for the regional outlook for the African Department. Probably there, you will get your answer, but reach out to us bilaterally and then we will get you the question.

    We are going to stay—we’re going to go to the gentleman in the back. Yep.

    QUESTION: Thanks very much. Andy Robinson of La Vanguardia, Barcelona, Spain. There seems to be a strange sort of divergence in the euro zone economy in which Spain—you have revised upwards Spain’s GDP growth forecast a whole point, percentage point, whilst Germany is languishing. Could I ask you, is Spain’s performance sustainable? And Germany’s in a recession?

    Also, one other question. You seem in your box on inflation and wage share and profit share, wage share you seem to be suggesting if there’s any danger of increasing inflation in the future, it’s more an excessive profit share than exactly wage? Could you tell me if that’s a correct interpretation? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So just a few words on the euro area in general. And then I will let my colleague Petya come in on Spain. We do see some divergence across the different countries of the euro area. And one of the drivers is how reliant they are on manufacturing, as one of the key sectors in domestic production. And what you are seeing is, there is a general weakness in manufacturing and that’s heating countries like Germany. While countries that are maybe a bit more reliant on services, including tourism—and Spain is one of them—are seeing a better performance.

    Now, on the second part of your question, and I will turn it over to Petya, on the profit share and wages. We’re seeing now wage growth that is in excess of inflation. And sometimes people say, well, that’s a problem because that means, you know, maybe that cannot be sustained and therefore there will be more inflation. Well, not quite. That’s not the view we have here at the Fund. A lot of the increase in wages in excess of inflation right now—so that’s an improvement in real wages in standards of living—is reflecting a catchup phenomenon. It’s after years during which inflation was higher than wage inflation, wage increase. So real wages are catching up. They are covering lost ground.

    Now, during those years when inflation was higher than wages, profit margins somewhere were higher in the economy. And that is the profit margin that is being eroded back. So it’s not that we’re squeezing profits inordinately right now. It’s just they’re coming back more toward their historical level as real wages are catching up, and that’s not necessarily a concern in terms of inflation dynamics going forward. With this, let me turn it over to Petya.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Thank you. Indeed Spain does stand out as one of the countries with a substantial upward revision for this year. We’re now projecting growth to be 2.9, after last year, when it was 2.7. So what’s behind this revision is the positive surprises that we’ve already seen, especially in the second quarter, as well as some of the revisions to the back data.

    And then when we look at the composition of these surprises, again, it was net exports and the receipts from tourism that were a substantial contributor. But also, private consumption and investment also played a role, which may imply that some of the impact of the national recovery plan and the EU funds that are being used could—we could already be seeing the impact of that. And then when we move forward, we are expecting a slowdown in growth next year, but, again, if these—if this investment continues, of course, that would be a very positive factor behind the recovery. Thanks.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I have time for just one question because literally, we have 15 seconds. So I’m going to go with the gentleman here.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Barry Wood, Hong Kong Radio. Mr. Gourinchas, in April you said likely we will see one rate cut in the United States. We’ve seen it. The data, as you just said, is very good. Would further rate cuts be counterproductive?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Well, in our projections, of course, we need to make some assumptions about what central banks, and this round of projection is no exception. So in our projections just released today, we’re assuming that there will be two more rate cuts by the Fed in 2024 and then four additional rate cuts in 2025. And that would bring the policy rate towards the terminal rate that is around 2.75, 3. Why do we see the additional rate cuts? Well, in part it’s the progress on inflation. And then as I mentioned earlier, as an answer to an earlier question, the fact that we’re seeing the labor markets cooling and therefore the concern for the Fed is now to make sure that that last part of the disinflation process is not one that is going to hit activity. In the Chapter 2 of our report, we describe how that last mile could be somewhat more costly because, as the supply constraints have eased and moved away, it becomes harder to bring down inflation in that last mile without hurting economic activity, so it’s important to also adjust the policy rate path in a direction of a little bit more easing, as the economy is smooth landing.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. As in life, all good things have to come to an end. But before that, I want to thank you all, on behalf of Pierre‑Olivier, Petya, and Jean‑Marc. Also, on behalf of the Communications Department and a couple of reminders for all of you, the Global Financial Stability Report press briefing is going to happen in this same room at around 10:15 a.m. Tomorrow morning, you have the press briefing for the Fiscal Monitor, and later on in the week, you will have the Managing Director’s press briefing and all the regional press briefings that we’ve been talking about. I want to encourage you to go to IMF.org, download the flagships, the World Economic Outlook, and if you have any questions, comments, feedback, everything to media at IMF.org. So have a great day.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER:

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI: Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation Reports Third Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    BEDMINSTER, N.J., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (NASDAQ Global Select Market: PGC) (the “Company”) announces its third quarter 2024 financial results.

    This earnings release should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Q3 2024 Investor Update, a copy of which is available on our website at http://www.pgbank.com and via a current report on Form 8-K on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at http://www.sec.gov.

    During the third quarter of 2024, deposits grew $279 million, to $5.9 billion, which represents an annualized growth rate of 20%. Nearly half of the deposit growth during the quarter was attributed to an increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposit balances which grew $130 million to $1.1 billion. Strong core relationship growth throughout 2024 has allowed the Company to repay all outstanding short-term borrowings and strengthen its liquidity position.  The Company also saw an increase in loan demand during the third quarter. Outstanding loan balances increased by $51 million to $5.3 billion as of September 30, 2024.

    The Company recorded net income of $7.6 million and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) of $0.43 for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 compared to net income of $7.5 million and EPS of $0.42 for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

    Net interest income increased $2.6 million, or 8%, on a linked quarter basis to $37.7 million during the third quarter of 2024 compared to $35.0 million in the second quarter.  The growth in net interest income was driven by continued improvement in the net interest margin. The net interest margin increased to 2.34% for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 compared to 2.25% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024 and 2.20% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    Douglas L. Kennedy, President and CEO said, “Our expansion into the metro New York market, leading with our ‘Single Point of Contact’ private banking strategy, continues to deliver results ahead of plan. Our third quarter results reflect this success through strong core deposit growth, continued improvement in net interest income and enhanced liquidity profile. Our New York Commercial Private Banking initiative is currently managing over $730 million in customer relationship deposits, which includes 31% in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. We expect that our expansion will become accretive to earnings in early 2025.”

    Mr. Kennedy also noted, “During the third quarter of 2024, Moody’s reaffirmed our investment grade ratings with a stable outlook after a thorough analysis of our business model and balance sheet. We are fully aware of the headwinds created by the current interest rate environment, and we are confident in our ability to manage through any of these issues that may arise as we execute our private banking strategy, which over time will deliver shareholder value.”

    The following are select highlights for the period ended September 30, 2024:

    Wealth Management:

    • AUM/AUA in our Wealth Management Division totaled a record $12.1 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $10.9 billion at December 31, 2023.
    • Gross new business inflows for Q3 2024 totaled $140 million ($130 million managed).
    • Wealth Management fee income was $15.2 million in Q3 2024, which amounted to 27% of total revenue for the quarter.

    Commercial Banking and Balance Sheet Management:

    • Year-to-date total deposits have increased by $661 million, to $5.9 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $5.3 billion at December 31, 2023. The Company intentionally allowed $121 million in high cost, non-core relationship deposits to roll off during the first nine months of 2024. Excluding this deposit run-off, core relationship deposits have grown by $782 million during 2024.
    • The Company has repaid $404 million in short-term borrowings as of September 30, 2024.
    • Total loans declined $116 million to $5.3 billion at September 30, 2024 from $5.4 billion at December 31, 2023. However, outstanding loans increased by $51 million during the three-month period ended September 30, 2024 after experiencing contraction during the first six months of 2024.
    • Commercial and industrial lending (“C&I”) drove a majority of the growth during the third quarter. C&I balances represent 42% of the total loan portfolio at September 30, 2024. A strong pipeline of new business has been built heading into Q4.
    • Fee income on unused commercial lines of credit totaled $845,000 for Q3 2024.
    • The net interest margin (“NIM”) was 2.34% in Q3 2024, an increase of 9 basis points compared to 2.25% at Q2 2024.
    • Noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased by $130 million during the third quarter of 2024 and represented 18% of total deposits as of September 30, 2024.

    Capital Management:

    • Tangible book value per share increased 6% to $32.00 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $30.31 at December 31, 2023. Book value per share increased 5% to $34.57 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $32.90 at December 31, 2023.
    • During the third quarter, the Company repurchased 100,000 shares of common stock at a total cost of $2.6 million, or an average cost of $25.92 per share. During the first nine months of 2024, the Company repurchased 300,000 shares of common stock at a cost of $7.2 million. For the full year 2023, the Company repurchased 455,341 shares at a cost of $12.5 million.
    • At September 30, 2024, the Tier 1 Leverage Ratio stood at 10.99% for Peapack-Gladstone Bank (the “Bank”) and 9.33% for the Company. The Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio (to Risk-Weighted Assets) was 13.75% for the Bank and 11.67% for the Company at September 30, 2024. These ratios remain significantly above well capitalized standards, as capital continues to benefit from net income generation.

    SUMMARY INCOME STATEMENT DETAILS:

    The following tables summarize specified financial details for the periods shown.

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 Year Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023

        Nine Months Ended     Nine Months Ended                
        September 30,     September 30,       Increase/  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024     2023       (Decrease)  
    Net interest income   $ 107.10     $ 119.41       $ (12.31 )     (10 )%
    Wealth management fee income     45.98       41.99         3.99       10  
    Capital markets activity     2.30       2.45         (0.15 )     (6 )
    Other income     10.91       11.55         (0.64 )     (6 )
    Total other income     59.19       55.99         3.20       6  
                               
    Total Revenue     166.29       175.40         (9.11 )     (5 )%
                               
    Operating expenses     127.82       110.68         17.14       15  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     38.47       64.72         (26.25 )     (41 )
    Provision for credit losses     5.76       9.06         (3.30 )     (36 )
    Pretax income     32.71       55.66         (22.95 )     (41 )
    Income tax expense     8.96       15.40         (6.44 )     (42 )
    Net income   $ 23.75     $ 40.26       $ (16.51 )     (41 )%
    Diluted EPS   $ 1.34     $ 2.23       $ (0.89 )     (40 )%
                               
    Return on average assets     0.49 %     0.84 %       (0.35 )      
    Return on average equity     5.42 %     9.66 %       (4.24 )      

    September 2024 Quarter Compared to Prior Year Quarter

        Three Months Ended       Three Months Ended              
        September 30,       September 30,     Increase/  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024       2023     (Decrease)  
    Net interest income   $ 37.68       $ 36.52     $ 1.16       3 %
    Wealth management fee income     15.15         13.98       1.17       8  
    Capital markets activity     0.44         0.61       (0.17 )     (28 )
    Other income     3.35         4.76       (1.41 )     (30 )
    Total other income     18.94         19.35       (0.41 )     (2 )
                               
    Total Revenue     56.62         55.87       0.75       1 %
                               
    Operating expenses     44.65         37.41       7.24       19  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     11.97         18.46       (6.49 )     (35 )
    Provision for credit losses     1.22         5.86       (4.64 )     (79 )
    Pretax income     10.75         12.60       (1.85 )     (15 )
    Income tax expense     3.16         3.84       (0.68 )     (18 )
    Net income   $ 7.59       $ 8.76     $ (1.17 )     (13 )%
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.43       $ 0.49     $ (0.06 )     (12 )%
                               
    Return on average assets annualized     0.46 %       0.54 %     (0.08 )      
    Return on average equity annualized     5.12 %       6.20 %     (1.08 )      

    September 2024 Quarter Compared to Linked Quarter

        Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended                
        September 30,     June 30,       Increase/  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024     2024       (Decrease)  
    Net interest income   $ 37.68     $ 35.04       $ 2.64       8 %
    Wealth management fee income     15.15       16.42         (1.27 )     (8 )
    Capital markets activity     0.44       0.59         (0.15 )     (25 )
    Other income     3.35       4.55         (1.20 )     (26 )
    Total other income     18.94       21.56         (2.62 )     (12 )
                               
    Total Revenue     56.62       56.60         0.02       0 %
                               
    Operating expenses     44.65       43.13         1.52       4  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     11.97       13.47         (1.50 )     (11 )
    Provision for credit losses     1.22       3.91         (2.69 )     (69 )
    Pretax income     10.75       9.56         1.19       12  
    Income tax expense     3.16       2.03         1.13       56  
    Net income   $ 7.59     $ 7.53       $ 0.06       1 %
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.43     $ 0.42       $ 0.01       2 %
                               
    Return on average assets annualized     0.46 %     0.47 %       (0.01 )      
    Return on average equity annualized     5.12 %     5.22 %       (0.10 )      

    SUPPLEMENTAL QUARTERLY DETAILS:

    Wealth Management

    AUM/AUA in the Bank’s Wealth Management Division reached a record high of $12.1 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $10.9 billion at December 31, 2023.  For the September 2024 quarter, the Wealth Management Team generated $15.2 million in fee income, compared to $16.4 million for the June 30, 2024 quarter and $14.0 million for the September 2023 quarter. The equity markets continued to improve during 2024, contributing to the increase in AUM/AUA along with gross new business inflows of $547 million.

    John Babcock, President of the Bank’s Wealth Management Division, noted, “Q3 2024 saw continued strong client inflows totaling new accounts and client additions of $140 million ($130 million managed). Our new business pipeline is healthy, and we continue to remain focused on delivering excellent service and advice to our clients. Our highly skilled wealth management professionals, our fiduciary powers and expertise, our financial planning capabilities combined with our high-touch client service model distinguishes us in our market and continues to drive our growth and success.”

    Loans / Commercial Banking

    Total loans declined $116 million, or 2%, to $5.3 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily driven by repayments, maturities and tighter lending standards. Most of the decline in outstanding loans during the first nine months of 2024 was related to reductions in multifamily and commercial real estate balances. Total C&I loans and leases at September 30, 2024 were $2.2 billion or 42% of the total loan portfolio.

    Mr. Kennedy noted, “Based on a more constructive economic backdrop, we recently began building our pipeline of C&I loans and leases and believe that loan demand will continue to show improvement as we look forward to coming periods ahead. We are proud to have built a leading middle market commercial banking franchise, as evidenced by our C&I Portfolio, Treasury Management services, Corporate Advisory and SBA businesses. We anticipate these business lines fit perfectly with our private banking business model and will generate solid production going forward. During the quarter we originated loans that carried an average spread of more than 4% above our cost of funds.  Having this capability will help us in the near term as the real estate market adjusts to changing market conditions.”

    Net Interest Income (NII)/Net Interest Margin (NIM)

    The Company’s NII of $37.7 million and NIM of 2.34% for Q3 2024 increased $2.6 million and 9 basis points from NII of $35.0 million and NIM of 2.25% for the linked quarter (Q2 2024), and increased $1.2 million and 6 basis points from NII of $36.5 million and NIM of 2.28% compared to the prior year period (Q3 2023). Our single point of contact private banking strategy continues to deliver lower cost core deposit relationships. Noninterest-bearing checking deposits increased by $130 million during the third quarter of 2024, which also drove the improvement in NIM.

    Funding / Liquidity / Interest Rate Risk Management

    Total deposits increased $661 million to $5.9 billion at September 30, 2024 from $5.3 billion at December 31, 2023.  The change in deposit balances included a decline in brokered deposits and non-core deposit relationships.  The overall growth in deposits has strengthened balance sheet liquidity and reduced reliance on outside borrowings and other non-core funding sources. There were no outstanding overnight borrowings at September 30, 2024, compared to $404 million at December 31, 2023.

    At September 30, 2024, the Company’s balance sheet liquidity (investments available for sale, interest-earning deposits and cash) totaled $1.2 billion, or 18% of assets. The Company maintains additional liquidity resources of approximately $3.0 billion through secured available borrowing facilities with the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve Discount Window.  The available funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve are secured by the Company’s loan and investment portfolios. The Company’s total on and off-balance sheet liquidity totaled $4.2 billion, which amounts to 293% of the total uninsured/uncollateralized deposits currently on the Company’s balance sheet.

    Income from Capital Markets Activities

    Noninterest income from Capital Markets activities (detailed below) totaled $435,000 for the September 2024 quarter compared to $586,000 for the June 2024 quarter and $613,000 for the September 2023 quarter.

        Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024     2024     2023  
    Gain on loans held for sale at fair value (Mortgage banking)   $ 15     $ 34     $ 37  
    Gain on sale of SBA loans     365       449       491  
    Corporate advisory fee income     55       103       85  
    Total capital markets activity   $ 435     $ 586     $ 613  

    Other Noninterest Income (other than Wealth Management Fee Income and Income from Capital Markets Activities)        

    Other noninterest income was $3.4 million for Q3 2024 compared to $4.6 million for Q2 2024 and $4.8 million for Q3 2023. Q3 2024 included $225,000 of income recorded by the Equipment Finance Division related to equipment transfers to lessees upon the termination of leases, compared to $1.6 million in Q2 2024 and $2.3 million in Q3 2023, respectively. Additionally, Q3 2024 included $845,000 of unused line fees compared to $786,000 for Q2 2024 and $794,000 for Q3 2023.

    Operating Expenses

    The Company’s total operating expenses were $44.6 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $43.1 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $37.4 million for the quarter ended September 2023. The third quarter of 2024 reflects the full run rate of expenses associated with the Company’s expansion into New York City.

    Mr. Kennedy noted, “We continue to make investments related to our strategic decision to expand into New York City and are confident that these investments will position us for future growth and profitability, which will ultimately translate to increased shareholder value.  We continue to look for opportunities to create efficiencies and manage expenses throughout the Company while investing in enhancements to the client experience.”

    Income Taxes

    The effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was 29.4%, as compared to 21.2% for the June 2024 quarter and 30.5% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023.  The June 2024 quarter included a one-time benefit related to the Company’s deferred tax assets associated with a surtax imposed by the State of New Jersey in June 2024. Excluding such benefit, the effective tax rate for the June 2024 quarter would have been approximately 29.0%.

    Asset Quality / Provision for Credit Losses

    Nonperforming assets remained elevated at $80.5 million, or 1.18% of total assets, at September 30, 2024, as compared to $82.1 million, or 1.26% of total assets, at June 30, 2024. Loans past due 30 to 89 days and still accruing were $31.4 million, or 0.59% of total loans, at September 30, 2024 compared to $34.7 million, or 0.66% of total loans, at June 30, 2024. Criticized and classified loans totaled $261.1 million at September 30, 2024, reflecting a decrease of $8.0 million as compared to $269.1 million at June 30, 2024. The Company currently has no loans or leases on deferral and still accruing.

    For the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the Company’s provision for credit losses was $1.2 million compared to $3.9 million for the June 2024 quarter and $5.9 million for the September 2023 quarter. The provision for credit losses in the third quarter of 2024 was driven by overall slower loan growth along with additional specific reserves related to certain isolated credits, of $1.8 million partially offset by a recovery of approximately $2.1 million. The higher provision for the second quarter of 2024 was primarily driven by charge-offs related to the sale of two problem loans, which were approaching foreclosure and transferred to other real estate owned.

    At September 30, 2024, the allowance for credit losses was $71.3 million (1.34% of total loans), compared to $68.0 million (1.29% of total loans) at June 30, 2024, and $68.6 million (1.25% of total loans) at September 30, 2023.

    Mr. Kennedy noted, “We are starting to see some of our asset quality metrics improve, which supports our position that most of our credit issues are isolated to a small number of specific borrowers and sponsors. We continue to work through each credit one at a time while building up reserve coverage. All of the multifamily loans that matured or repriced in 2024 have continued to make their scheduled payments despite the higher rate environment.”

    Capital

    The Company’s capital position increased during the third quarter of 2024 due to net income of $7.6 million, which was partially offset by the repurchase of 100,000 shares through the Company’s repurchase program at a total cost of $2.6 million and the quarterly dividend payment totaling $882,000. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2024, capital benefited from a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive losses of $13.5 million, net of tax. The total accumulated other comprehensive loss declined to $54.8 million as of September 30, 2024 ($57.6 million loss related to the available for sale securities portfolio partially offset by a $2.8 million gain on the cash flow hedges). 

    Tangible book value per share increased 6% to $32.00 at September 30, 2024 from $30.31 at December 31, 2023. Tangible book value per share is a non-GAAP financial measure. See the reconciliation tables included in this release for further detail. Book value per share increased 5% to $34.57 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $32.90 at December 31, 2023. The Company’s and Bank’s regulatory capital ratios as of September 30, 2024 remain strong and reflect increases from December 31, 2023 levels. Where applicable, such ratios remain well above regulatory well capitalized standards.

    The Company employs quarterly capital stress testing modeling of an adverse case and severely adverse case. In the most recently completed stress test (as of June 30, 2024), under the severely adverse case, and no growth scenario, the Bank remains well capitalized over a two-year stress period.

    On September 25, 2024, the Company declared a cash dividend of $0.05 per share payable on November 22, 2024 to shareholders of record on November 7, 2024.

    ABOUT THE COMPANY

    Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation is a New Jersey based bank holding company with total assets of $6.8 billion and assets under management/administration of $12.1 billion as of September 30, 2024.  Founded in 1921, Peapack-Gladstone Bank is a commercial bank that provides Private Banking customized solutions through its wealth management, commercial and retail solutions, including residential lending and online platforms, to businesses, not for profits and consumers.  Peapack Private, the bank’s wealth management division, offers comprehensive financial, tax, fiduciary and investment advice and solutions to individuals, families, privately-held businesses, family offices and not-for-profit organizations, which help them to establish, maintain and expand their legacy. Together, Peapack-Gladstone Bank and Peapack Private offer an unparalleled commitment to client service. Visit http://www.pgbank.com and http://www.peapackprivate.com for more information.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    The foregoing may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about new and existing programs and products, investments, relationships, opportunities and market conditions. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “expect,” “look,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “may” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Actual results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

    • our ability to successfully grow our business and implement our strategic plan, including our ability to generate revenues to offset the increased personnel and other costs related to the strategic plan;
    • the impact of anticipated higher operating expenses in 2024 and beyond;
    • our ability to successfully integrate wealth management firm and team acquisitions;
    • our ability to successfully integrate our expanded employee base;
    • an unexpected decline in the economy, in particular in our New Jersey and New York market areas, including potential recessionary conditions;
    • declines in our net interest margin caused by the interest rate environment and/or our highly competitive market;
    • declines in the value in our investment portfolio;
    • impact from a pandemic event on our business, operations, customers, allowance for credit losses and capital levels;
    • higher than expected increases in our allowance for credit losses;
    • higher than expected increases in credit losses or in the level of delinquent, nonperforming, classified and criticized loans or charge-offs;
    • inflation and changes in interest rates, which may adversely impact our margins and yields, reduce the fair value of our financial instruments, reduce our loan originations and lead to higher operating costs;
    • decline in real estate values within our market areas;
    • legislative and regulatory actions (including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Basel III and related regulations) that may result in increased compliance costs;
    • successful cyberattacks against our IT infrastructure and that of our IT and third-party providers;
    • higher than expected FDIC insurance premiums;
    • adverse weather conditions;
    • the current or anticipated impact of military conflict, terrorism or other geopolitical events;
    • our inability to successfully generate new business in new geographic markets, including our expansion into New York City;
    • a reduction in our lower-cost funding sources;
    • changes in liquidity, including the size and composition of our deposit portfolio, including the percentage of uninsured deposits in the portfolio;
    • our inability to adapt to technological changes;
    • claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility, environmental laws and other matters;
    • our inability to retain key employees;
    • demands for loans and deposits in our market areas;
    • adverse changes in securities markets;
    • changes in New York City rent regulation law;
    • changes in governmental regulation, including, but not limited to, any increase in FDIC insurance premiums and changes in the monetary policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
    • changes in accounting policies and practices; and/or
    • other unexpected material adverse changes in our financial condition, operations or earnings.

    A discussion of these and other factors that could affect our results is included in our SEC filings, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. Except as may be required by the applicable law or regulation, we undertake no duty to update any forward-looking statement to conform the statement to actual results or changes in the Company’s expectations.

    Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

    Contact:
    Frank A. Cavallaro, SEVP and CFO
    Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation
    T: 908-306-8933

    (Tables to follow)

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Income Statement Data:                              
    Interest income   $ 83,203     $ 79,238     $ 79,194     $ 80,178     $ 78,489  
    Interest expense     45,522       44,196       44,819       43,503       41,974  
    Net interest income     37,681       35,042       34,375       36,675       36,515  
    Wealth management fee income     15,150       16,419       14,407       13,758       13,975  
    Service charges and fees     1,327       1,345       1,322       1,255       1,319  
    Bank owned life insurance     390       328       503       357       310  
    Gain on loans held for sale at fair value
    (Mortgage banking)
        15       34       56       18       37  
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower
    of cost or fair value
              23                    
    Gain on sale of SBA loans     365       449       400       239       491  
    Corporate advisory fee income     55       103       818       39       85  
    Other income     1,162       2,938       1,306       1,339       3,541  
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     474       (84 )     (111 )     585       (404 )
    Total other income     18,938       21,555       18,701       17,590       19,354  
                                   
    Total revenue     56,619       56,597       53,076       54,265       55,869  
                                   
    Salaries and employee benefits     31,050       29,884       28,476       24,320       25,264  
    Premises and equipment     5,633       5,776       5,081       5,416       5,214  
    FDIC insurance expense     870       870       945       765       741  
    Other expenses     7,096       6,596       5,539       7,115       6,194  
    Total operating expenses     44,649       43,126       40,041       37,616       37,413  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     11,970       13,471       13,035       16,649       18,456  
    Provision for credit losses     1,224       3,911       627       5,026       5,856  
    Income before income taxes     10,746       9,560       12,408       11,623       12,600  
    Income tax expense     3,159       2,030       3,777       3,024       3,845  
    Net income   $ 7,587     $ 7,530     $ 8,631     $ 8,599     $ 8,755  
                                   
    Per Common Share Data:                              
    Earnings per share (basic)   $ 0.43     $ 0.42     $ 0.49     $ 0.48     $ 0.49  
    Earnings per share (diluted)     0.43       0.42       0.48       0.48       0.49  
    Weighted average number of common
    shares outstanding:
                                 
    Basic     17,616,046       17,747,070       17,711,639       17,770,158       17,856,961  
    Diluted     17,700,042       17,792,296       17,805,347       17,961,400       18,010,127  
    Performance Ratios:                              
    Return on average assets annualized (ROAA)     0.46 %     0.47 %     0.54 %     0.53 %     0.54 %
    Return on average equity annualized (ROAE)     5.12 %     5.22 %     5.94 %     6.13 %     6.20 %
    Return on average tangible equity annualized (ROATCE) (A)     5.54 %     5.67 %     6.45 %     6.68 %     6.75 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis)     2.34 %     2.25 %     2.20 %     2.29 %     2.28 %
    GAAP efficiency ratio (B)     78.86 %     76.20 %     75.44 %     69.32 %     66.97 %
    Operating expenses / average assets annualized     2.73 %     2.70 %     2.51 %     2.33 %     2.31 %

    (A) Return on average tangible equity is calculated by dividing tangible equity by annualized net income. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.
    (B) Calculated as total operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue. For Non-GAAP efficiency ratio, see the Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Nine Months Ended              
        September 30,     Change  
        2024     2023     $     %  
    Income Statement Data:                        
    Interest income   $ 241,635     $ 223,832     $ 17,803       8 %
    Interest expense     134,537       104,418       30,119       29 %
    Net interest income     107,098       119,414       (12,316 )     -10 %
    Wealth management fee income     45,976       41,989       3,987       9 %
    Service charges and fees     3,994       3,897       97       2 %
    Bank owned life insurance     1,221       912       309       34 %
    Gain on loans held for sale at fair value (Mortgage banking)     105       73       32       44 %
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value     23             23     N/A  
    Gain on sale of SBA loans     1,214       2,194       (980 )     -45 %
    Corporate advisory fee income     976       180       796       442 %
    Other income     5,406       7,147       (1,741 )     -24 %
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     279       (404 )     683       -169 %
    Total other income     59,194       55,988       3,206       6 %
                             
    Total revenue     166,292       175,402       (9,110 )     -5 %
                             
    Salaries and employee benefits     89,410       76,204       13,206       17 %
    Premises and equipment     16,490       14,317       2,173       15 %
    FDIC insurance expense     2,685       2,181       504       23 %
    Other expenses     19,231       17,977       1,254       7 %
    Total operating expenses     127,816       110,679       17,137       15 %
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     38,476       64,723       (26,247 )     -41 %
    Provision for credit losses     5,762       9,065       (3,303 )     -36 %
    Income before income taxes     32,714       55,658       (22,944 )     -41 %
    Income tax expense     8,966       15,403       (6,437 )     -42 %
    Net income   $ 23,748     $ 40,255     $ (16,507 )     -41 %
                             
                             
    Per Common Share Data:                        
    Earnings per share (basic)   $ 1.34     $ 2.25     $ (0.91 )     -40 %
    Earnings per share (diluted)     1.34       2.23       (0.89 )     -40 %
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                        
    Basic     17,691,309       17,876,316       (185,007 )     -1 %
    Diluted     17,746,560       18,091,524       (344,964 )     -2 %
    Performance Ratios:                        
    Return on average assets (ROAA)     0.49 %     0.84 %     (0.35 )%     -41 %
    Return on average equity (ROAE)     5.42 %     9.66 %     (4.24 )%     -44 %
    Return on average tangible equity (ROATCE) (A)     5.88 %     10.55 %     (4.67 )%     -44 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis)     2.26 %     2.54 %     (0.28 )%     -11 %
    GAAP efficiency ratio (B)     76.86 %     63.10 %     13.76 %     22 %
    Operating expenses / average assets     2.65 %     2.31 %     0.34 %     15 %

    (A) Return on average tangible equity is calculated by dividing tangible equity by annualized net income. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.
    (B) Calculated as total operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue.  For Non-GAAP efficiency ratio, see the Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        As of  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    ASSETS                              
    Cash and due from banks   $ 8,129     $ 5,586     $ 5,769     $ 5,887     $ 7,400  
    Federal funds sold                              
    Interest-earning deposits     484,529       310,143       189,069       181,784       180,469  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     492,658       315,729       194,838       187,671       187,869  
    Securities available for sale     682,713       591,884       550,870       550,617       521,005  
    Securities held to maturity     103,158       105,013       106,498       107,755       108,940  
    CRA equity security, at fair value     13,445       12,971       13,055       13,166       12,581  
    FHLB and FRB stock, at cost (A)     12,459       12,478       18,079       31,044       34,158  
                                   
    Residential mortgage     591,374       579,057       581,426       578,427       585,295  
    Multifamily mortgage     1,784,861       1,796,687       1,827,165       1,836,390       1,871,853  
    Commercial mortgage     578,559       600,859       615,964       637,625       622,469  
    Commercial and industrial loans     2,247,853       2,185,827       2,235,342       2,284,940       2,321,917  
    Consumer loans     78,160       69,579       66,827       62,036       57,227  
    Home equity lines of credit     38,971       37,117       35,542       36,464       34,411  
    Other loans     389       172       184       238       265  
    Total loans     5,320,167       5,269,298       5,362,450       5,436,120       5,493,437  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses     71,283       67,984       66,251       65,888       68,592  
    Net loans     5,248,884       5,201,314       5,296,199       5,370,232       5,424,845  
                                   
    Premises and equipment     25,716       24,932       24,494       24,166       23,969  
    Accrued interest receivable     31,973       33,534       32,672       30,676       22,889  
    Bank owned life insurance     47,837       47,716       47,580       47,581       47,509  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets     45,198       45,470       45,742       46,014       46,286  
    Finance lease right-of-use assets     1,020       1,055       1,900       2,087       2,274  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     41,650       38,683       16,035       12,096       12,800  
    Due from brokers           3,184                    
    Other assets     47,081       71,387       60,591       53,752       76,456  
    TOTAL ASSETS   $ 6,793,792     $ 6,505,350     $ 6,408,553     $ 6,476,857     $ 6,521,581  
                                   
    LIABILITIES                              
    Deposits:                              
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   $ 1,079,877     $ 950,368     $ 914,893     $ 957,687     $ 947,405  
    Interest-bearing demand deposits     3,316,217       3,229,814       3,029,119       2,882,193       2,871,359  
    Savings     103,979       105,602       108,305       111,573       117,905  
    Money market accounts     902,562       824,158       775,132       740,559       761,833  
    Certificates of deposit – Retail     515,297       502,810       486,079       443,791       422,291  
    Certificates of deposit – Listing Service     7,454       7,454       7,704       7,804       9,103  
    Subtotal “customer” deposits     5,925,386       5,620,206       5,321,232       5,143,607       5,129,896  
    IB Demand – Brokered     10,000       10,000       10,000       10,000       10,000  
    Certificates of deposit – Brokered           26,000       145,480       120,507       119,463  
    Total deposits     5,935,386       5,656,206       5,476,712       5,274,114       5,259,359  
    Short-term borrowings                 119,490       403,814       470,576  
    Finance lease liability     1,388       1,427       3,104       3,430       3,752  
    Operating lease liability     44,775       41,347       17,630       12,876       13,595  
    Subordinated debt, net     133,489       133,417       133,346       133,274       133,203  
    Due to brokers           9,981                    
    Other liabilities     71,140       74,650       75,892       65,668       82,140  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES     6,186,178       5,917,028       5,826,174       5,893,176       5,962,625  
    Shareholders’ equity     607,614       588,322       582,379       583,681       558,956  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND                              
    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 6,793,792     $ 6,505,350     $ 6,408,553     $ 6,476,857     $ 6,521,581  
    Assets under management and / or administration at
    Peapack-Gladstone Bank’s Private Wealth Management
    Division (market value, not included above-dollars in billions)
      $ 12.1     $ 11.5     $ 11.5     $ 10.9     $ 10.4  

    (A) FHLB means “Federal Home Loan Bank” and FRB means “Federal Reserve Bank.”

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        As of  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Asset Quality:                              
    Loans past due over 90 days and still accruing   $     $     $ 35     $     $  
    Nonaccrual loans     80,453       82,075       69,811       61,324       70,809  
    Other real estate owned                              
    Total nonperforming assets   $ 80,453     $ 82,075     $ 69,846     $ 61,324     $ 70,809  
                                   
    Nonperforming loans to total loans     1.51 %     1.56 %     1.30 %     1.13 %     1.29 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets     1.18 %     1.26 %     1.09 %     0.95 %     1.09 %
                                   
    Performing modifications (A)(B)   $ 51,796     $ 26,788     $ 12,311     $ 248     $ 248  
                                   
    Loans past due 30 through 89 days and still accruing   $ 31,446     $ 34,714     $ 73,699     $ 34,589     $ 9,780  
                                   
    Loans subject to special mention   $ 113,655     $ 140,791     $ 59,450     $ 71,397     $ 53,328  
                                   
    Classified loans   $ 147,422     $ 128,311     $ 117,869     $ 84,372     $ 94,866  
                                   
    Individually evaluated loans   $ 79,972     $ 81,802     $ 69,530     $ 60,710     $ 70,184  
                                   
    Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”):                              
    Beginning of quarter   $ 67,984     $ 66,251     $ 65,888     $ 68,592     $ 62,704  
    Provision for credit losses (C)     1,227       3,901       615       5,082       5,944  
    (Charge-offs)/recoveries, net (D)     2,072       (2,168 )     (252 )     (7,786 )     (56 )
    End of quarter   $ 71,283     $ 67,984     $ 66,251     $ 65,888     $ 68,592  
                                   
    ACL to nonperforming loans     88.60 %     82.83 %     94.85 %     107.44 %     96.87 %
    ACL to total loans     1.34 %     1.29 %     1.24 %     1.21 %     1.25 %
    Collectively evaluated ACL to total loans (E)     1.16 %     1.14 %     1.15 %     1.13 %     1.10 %

    (A) Amounts reflect modifications that are paying according to modified terms.
    (B) Excludes modifications included in nonaccrual loans of $3.7 million at September 30, 2024, $3.2 million at June 30, 2024, $3.2 million at March 31, 2024, $3.0 million at December 31, 2023 and $3.1 million at September 30, 2023.
    (C) Excludes a credit of $3,000 at September 30, 2024, a provision of $10,000 at June 30, 2024, a provision of $12,000 at March 31, 2024, a credit of $55,000 at December 31, 2023 and a credit of $88,000 at September 30, 2023 related to off-balance sheet commitments.
    (D) Net charge-offs for the quarter ended December 31, 2023 included charge-offs of $2.2 million of a previously established reserve to loans individually evaluated on one multifamily loan and $5.6 million on one equipment finance relationship.
    (E) Total ACL less reserves to loans individually evaluated equals collectively evaluated ACL.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        As of  
        September 30,     December 31,     September 30,  
        2024     2023     2023  
    Capital Adequacy                              
    Equity to total assets (A)         8.94 %         9.01 %         8.57 %
    Tangible equity to tangible assets (B)         8.33 %         8.36 %         7.92 %
    Book value per share (C)       $ 34.57         $ 32.90         $ 31.37  
    Tangible book value per share (D)       $ 32.00         $ 30.31         $ 28.77  
                                   
    Tangible equity to tangible assets excluding other comprehensive loss*         9.07 %         9.28 %         9.06 %
    Tangible book value per share excluding other comprehensive loss*       $ 35.11         $ 33.97         $ 33.36  

    *Excludes other comprehensive loss of $54.8 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, $64.9 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2023, and $81.7 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.

    (A) Equity to total assets is calculated as total shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets at quarter end.
    (B) Tangible equity and tangible assets are calculated by excluding the balance of intangible assets from shareholders’ equity and total assets, respectively. Tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets at quarter end is calculated by dividing tangible equity by tangible assets at quarter end. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.
    (C) Book value per common share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity by quarter end common shares outstanding.
    (D) Tangible book value per share excludes intangible assets. Tangible book value per share is calculated by dividing tangible equity by quarter end common shares outstanding. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation tables.

        As of
        September 30,   December 31,   September 30,
        2024     2023     2023  
    Regulatory Capital – Holding Company                              
    Tier I leverage   $ 615,486     9.33 %   $ 600,444     9.19 %   $ 592,061     9.05 %
    Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets     615,486     11.67       600,444     11.43       592,061     11.13  
    Common equity tier I capital ratio
    to risk-weighted assets
        615,474     11.67       600,432     11.43       592,043     11.13  
    Tier I & II capital to risk-weighted assets     800,961     15.19       785,413     14.95       784,777     14.76  
                                   
    Regulatory Capital – Bank                              
    Tier I leverage (E)   $ 724,038     10.99 %   $ 707,446     10.83 %   $ 702,517     10.75 %
    Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets (F)     724,038     13.75       707,446     13.48       702,517     13.22  
    Common equity tier I capital ratio
    to risk-weighted assets (G)
        724,026     13.75       707,434     13.47       702,499     13.22  
    Tier I & II capital to risk-weighted assets (H)     789,954     15.00       773,083     14.73       768,979     14.47  

    (E) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 4.00% ($264 million)
    (F) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 8.50% ($448 million)
    (G) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 7.00% ($369 million)
    (H) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 10.50% ($553 million)

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    LOANS CLOSED
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Quarters Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Residential loans retained   $ 26,955     $ 16,087     $ 11,661     $ 5,895     $ 21,310  
    Residential loans sold     1,853       2,361       4,025       1,449       2,503  
    Total residential loans     28,808       18,448       15,686       7,344       23,813  
    Commercial real estate     4,300       2,600       11,500       21,375       3,900  
    Multifamily     11,295       4,330       1,900       5,725       3,000  
    Commercial (C&I) loans (A) (B)     242,829       103,065       145,803       145,397       176,845  
    SBA     9,106       8,200       2,790       7,326       300  
    Wealth lines of credit (A)     11,675       10,950       3,850       350       6,875  
    Total commercial loans     279,205       129,145       165,843       180,173       190,920  
    Installment loans     8,137       1,664       6,868       2,946       6,999  
    Home equity lines of credit (A)     10,421       4,787       2,103       4,174       6,275  
    Total loans closed   $ 326,571     $ 154,044     $ 190,500     $ 194,637     $ 228,007  
        For the Nine Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2023  
    Residential loans retained   $ 54,703     $ 90,971  
    Residential loans sold     8,239       5,052  
    Total residential loans     62,942       96,023  
    Commercial real estate     18,400       66,125  
    Multifamily     17,525       59,812  
    Commercial (C&I) loans (A) (B)     491,697       543,631  
    SBA     20,096       23,963  
    Wealth lines of credit (A)     26,475       34,050  
    Total commercial loans     574,193       727,581  
    Installment loans     16,669       23,672  
    Home equity lines of credit (A)     17,311       15,303  
    Total loans closed   $ 671,115     $ 862,579  

    (A) Includes loans and lines of credit that closed in the period but not necessarily funded.
    (B) Includes equipment finance.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
    (Tax-Equivalent Basis, Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
        Average     Income/     Annualized     Average     Income/     Annualized  
        Balance     Expense     Yield     Balance     Expense     Yield  
    ASSETS:                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Investments:                                    
    Taxable (A)   $ 865,892     $ 6,107       2.82 %   $ 806,861     $ 5,170       2.56 %
    Tax-exempt (A) (B)                       1,198       11       3.67  
                                         
    Loans (B) (C):                                    
    Mortgages     579,949       5,834       4.02       580,951       5,208       3.59  
    Commercial mortgages     2,381,771       27,362       4.60       2,502,351       27,746       4.44  
    Commercial     2,159,648       37,588       6.96       2,298,723       37,357       6.50  
    Commercial construction     22,371       507       9.07       12,346       282       9.14  
    Installment     73,440       1,267       6.90       56,248       967       6.88  
    Home equity     38,768       814       8.40       34,250       680       7.94  
    Other     239       6       10.04       234       7       11.97  
    Total loans     5,256,186       73,378       5.58       5,485,103       72,247       5.27  
    Federal funds sold                                    
    Interest-earning deposits     326,707       3,982       4.88       136,315       1,463       4.29  
    Total interest-earning assets     6,448,785       83,467       5.18 %     6,429,477       78,891       4.91 %
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks     7,521                   6,954              
    Allowance for credit losses     (70,317 )                 (63,625 )            
    Premises and equipment     25,530                   23,880              
    Other assets     139,042                   85,582              
    Total noninterest-earning assets     101,776                   52,791              
    Total assets   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,482,268              
                                         
    LIABILITIES:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
    Checking   $ 3,214,186     $ 31,506       3.92 %   $ 2,813,080     $ 24,318       3.46 %
    Money markets     833,325       6,419       3.08       771,781       4,458       2.31  
    Savings     104,293       117       0.45       118,718       75       0.25  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     512,794       5,540       4.32       415,665       3,459       3.33  
    Subtotal interest-bearing deposits     4,664,598       43,582       3.74       4,119,244       32,310       3.14  
    Interest-bearing demand – brokered     10,000       134       5.36       10,000       136       5.44  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     7,913       106       5.36       102,777       1,183       4.60  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     4,682,511       43,822       3.74       4,232,021       33,629       3.18  
    Borrowings                       470,616       6,569       5.58  
    Capital lease obligation     1,401       15       4.28       3,863       46       4.76  
    Subordinated debt     133,449       1,685       5.05       133,163       1,730       5.20  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4,817,361       45,522       3.78 %     4,839,663       41,974       3.47 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand deposits     1,016,014                   990,854              
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     124,399                   86,598              
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,140,413                   1,077,452              
    Shareholders’ equity     592,787                   565,153              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,482,268              
    Net interest income         $ 37,945                 $ 36,917        
    Net interest spread                 1.40 %                 1.44 %
    Net interest margin (D)                 2.34 %                 2.28 %

    (A) Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
    (B) Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate.
    (C) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
    (D) Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
    (Tax-Equivalent Basis, Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024  
        Average     Income/     Annualized     Average     Income/     Annualized  
        Balance     Expense     Yield     Balance     Expense     Yield  
    ASSETS:                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Investments:                                    
    Taxable (A)   $ 865,892     $ 6,107       2.82 %   $ 801,715     $ 5,168       2.58 %
    Tax-exempt (A) (B)                                    
                                         
    Loans (B) (C):                                    
    Mortgages     579,949       5,834       4.02       576,944       5,582       3.87  
    Commercial mortgages     2,381,771       27,362       4.60       2,420,570       26,881       4.44  
    Commercial     2,159,648       37,588       6.96       2,191,370       37,067       6.77  
    Commercial construction     22,371       507       9.07       21,628       489       9.04  
    Installment     73,440       1,267       6.90       67,034       1,143       6.82  
    Home equity     38,768       814       8.40       36,576       748       8.18  
    Other     239       6       10.04       200       6       12.00  
    Total loans     5,256,186       73,378       5.58       5,314,322       71,916       5.41  
    Federal funds sold                                    
    Interest-earning deposits     326,707       3,982       4.88       207,287       2,418       4.67  
    Total interest-earning assets     6,448,785       83,467       5.18 %     6,323,324       79,502       5.03 %
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks     7,521                   7,537              
    Allowance for credit losses     (70,317 )                 (67,568 )            
    Premises and equipment     25,530                   24,820              
    Other assets     139,042                   99,838              
    Total noninterest-earning assets     101,776                   64,627              
    Total assets   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,387,951              
                                         
    LIABILITIES:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
    Checking   $ 3,214,186     $ 31,506       3.92 %   $ 3,094,386     $ 29,252       3.78 %
    Money markets     833,325       6,419       3.08       791,385       6,016       3.04  
    Savings     104,293       117       0.45       105,825       96       0.36  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     512,794       5,540       4.32       504,313       5,367       4.26  
    Subtotal interest-bearing deposits     4,664,598       43,582       3.74       4,495,909       40,731       3.62  
    Interest-bearing demand – brokered     10,000       134       5.36       10,000       134       5.36  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     7,913       106       5.36       98,642       1,242       5.04  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     4,682,511       43,822       3.74       4,604,551       42,107       3.66  
    Borrowings                       27,247       381       5.59  
    Capital lease obligation     1,401       15       4.28       2,869       22       3.07  
    Subordinated debt     133,449       1,685       5.05       133,377       1,686       5.06  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4,817,361       45,522       3.78 %     4,768,044       44,196       3.71 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand deposits     1,016,014                   945,231              
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     124,399                   97,470              
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,140,413                   1,042,701              
    Shareholders’ equity     592,787                   577,206              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,387,951              
    Net interest income         $ 37,945                 $ 35,306        
    Net interest spread                 1.40 %                 1.32 %
    Net interest margin (D)                 2.34 %                 2.25 %

    (A) Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
    (B) Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate.
    (C) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
    (D) Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
    (Tax-Equivalent Basis, Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Nine Months Ended  
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
        Average     Income/           Average     Income/        
        Balance     Expense     Yield     Balance     Expense     Yield  
    ASSETS:                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Investments:                                    
    Taxable (A)   $ 820,594     $ 16,411       2.67 %   $ 801,535     $ 14,541       2.42 %
    Tax-exempt (A) (B)                       1,637       49       3.99  
                                         
    Loans (B) (C):                                    
    Mortgages     578,187       16,836       3.88       556,220       14,433       3.46  
    Commercial mortgages     2,420,772       81,783       4.50       2,495,175       80,503       4.30  
    Commercial     2,196,921       112,214       6.81       2,247,803       106,182       6.30  
    Commercial construction     20,981       1,425       9.06       7,903       536       9.04  
    Installment     68,605       3,524       6.85       49,214       2,416       6.55  
    Home equity     37,255       2,298       8.22       33,914       1,903       7.48  
    Other     218       19       11.62       260       22       11.28  
    Total loans     5,322,939       218,099       5.46       5,390,489       205,995       5.10  
    Federal funds sold                                    
    Interest-earning deposits     225,070       7,922       4.69       147,071       4,452       4.04  
    Total interest-earning assets     6,368,603       242,432       5.08 %     6,340,732       225,037       4.73 %
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks     8,384                   8,388              
    Allowance for credit losses     (68,337 )                 (62,753 )            
    Premises and equipment     24,917                   23,850              
    Other assets     109,152                   76,992              
    Total noninterest-earning assets     74,116                   46,477              
    Total assets   $ 6,442,719                 $ 6,387,209              
                                         
    LIABILITIES:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
    Checking   $ 3,088,218     $ 88,192       3.81 %   $ 2,739,115     $ 63,018       3.07 %
    Money markets     794,297       17,959       3.01       893,567       13,185       1.97  
    Savings     106,200       302       0.38       128,437       148       0.15  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     498,353       15,762       4.22       386,488       7,650       2.64  
    Subtotal interest-bearing deposits     4,487,068       122,215       3.63       4,147,607       84,001       2.70  
    Interest-bearing demand – brokered     10,000       394       5.25       15,311       469       4.08  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     78,042       2,950       5.04       51,916       1,584       4.07  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     4,575,110       125,559       3.66       4,214,834       86,054       2.72  
    Borrowings     87,224       3,848       5.88       331,170       13,249       5.33  
    Capital lease obligation     2,491       75       4.01       4,179       149       4.75  
    Subordinated debt     133,377       5,055       5.05       133,090       4,966       4.98  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4,798,202       134,537       3.74 %     4,683,273       104,418       2.97 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand deposits     959,571                   1,066,162              
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     101,247                   82,215              
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,060,818                   1,148,377              
    Shareholders’ equity     583,699                   555,559              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 6,442,719                 $ 6,387,209              
    Net interest income         $ 107,895                 $ 120,619        
    Net interest spread                 1.34 %                 1.76 %
    Net interest margin (D)                 2.26 %                 2.54 %

    (A) Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
    (B) Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate.
    (C) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
    (D) Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES RECONCILIATION

    Tangible book value per share and tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets at period end are non-GAAP financial measures derived from GAAP-based amounts. We calculate tangible equity and tangible assets by excluding the balance of intangible assets from shareholders’ equity and total assets, respectively. We calculate tangible book value per share by dividing tangible equity by common shares outstanding, as compared to book value per common share, which we calculate by dividing shareholders’ equity by common shares outstanding at period end. We calculate tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets at period end by dividing tangible equity by tangible assets at period end. We believe that this is consistent with the treatment by bank regulatory agencies, which exclude intangible assets from the calculation of risk-based capital ratios.

    The efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure of expense control relative to recurring revenue. We calculate the efficiency ratio by dividing total noninterest expenses, excluding other real estate owned provision, as determined under GAAP, by net interest income and total noninterest income as determined under GAAP, but excluding net gains/(losses) on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value and excluding net gains on securities from this calculation, which we refer to below as recurring revenue. We believe that this provides a reasonable measure of core expenses relative to core revenue.

    We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide information that is important to investors and useful in understanding our financial position, results and ratios because our management internally assesses our performance based, in part, on these measures. However, these non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental and are not a substitute for an analysis based on GAAP measures. As other companies may use different calculations for these measures, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titles measures reported by other companies. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP measures of tangible common equity, tangible book value per share and efficiency ratio to the underlying GAAP numbers is set forth below.

    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

        Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
    Tangible Book Value Per Share   2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Shareholders’ equity   $ 607,614     $ 588,322     $ 582,379     $ 583,681     $ 558,956  
    Less: Intangible assets, net     45,198       45,470       45,742       46,014       46,286  
    Tangible equity   $ 562,416     $ 542,852     $ 536,637     $ 537,667     $ 512,670  
    Less: other comprehensive loss     (54,820 )     (68,342 )     (67,760 )     (64,878 )     (81,653 )
    Tangible equity excluding other comprehensive loss   $ 617,236     $ 611,194     $ 604,397     $ 602,545     $ 594,323  
                                   
    Period end shares outstanding     17,577,747       17,666,490       17,761,538       17,739,677       17,816,922  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 32.00     $ 30.73     $ 30.21     $ 30.31     $ 28.77  
    Tangible book value per share excluding other comprehensive loss   $ 35.11     $ 34.60     $ 34.03     $ 33.97     $ 33.36  
    Book value per share     34.57       33.30       32.79       32.90       31.37  
                                   
    Tangible Equity to Tangible Assets                              
    Total assets   $ 6,793,792     $ 6,505,350     $ 6,408,553     $ 6,476,857     $ 6,521,581  
    Less: Intangible assets, net     45,198       45,470       45,742       46,014       46,286  
    Tangible assets   $ 6,748,594     $ 6,459,880     $ 6,362,811     $ 6,430,843     $ 6,475,295  
    Less: other comprehensive loss     (54,820 )     (68,342 )     (67,760 )     (64,878 )     (81,653 )
    Tangible assets excluding other comprehensive loss   $ 6,803,414     $ 6,528,222     $ 6,430,571     $ 6,495,721     $ 6,556,948  
                                   
    Tangible equity to tangible assets     8.33 %     8.40 %     8.43 %     8.36 %     7.92 %
    Tangible equity to tangible assets excluding other comprehensive loss     9.07 %     9.36 %     9.40 %     9.28 %     9.06 %
    Equity to assets     8.94 %     9.04 %     9.09 %     9.01 %     8.57 %

    (Dollars in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
    Return on Average Tangible Equity   2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Net income   $ 7,587     $ 7,530     $ 8,631     $ 8,599     $ 8,755  
                                   
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 592,787     $ 577,206     $ 581,003     $ 561,055     $ 565,153  
    Less: Average intangible assets, net     45,350       45,624       45,903       46,167       46,468  
    Average tangible equity   $ 547,437     $ 531,582     $ 535,100     $ 514,888     $ 518,685  
                                   
    Return on average tangible common equity     5.54 %     5.67 %     6.45 %     6.68 %     6.75 %
        For the Nine Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     Sept 30,  
    Return on Average Tangible Equity   2024     2023  
    Net income   $ 23,748     $ 40,255  
                 
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 583,699     $ 555,559  
    Less: Average intangible assets, net     45,625       46,825  
    Average tangible equity     538,074       508,734  
                 
    Return on average tangible common equity     5.88 %     10.55 %

    (Dollars in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
    Efficiency Ratio   2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Net interest income   $ 37,681     $ 35,042     $ 34,375     $ 36,675     $ 36,515  
    Total other income     18,938       21,555       18,701       17,590       19,354  
    Add:                              
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     (474 )     84       111       (585 )     404  
    Less:                              
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value           (23 )                  
    Income from life insurance proceeds     (55 )           (181 )            
    Total recurring revenue     56,090       56,658       53,006       53,680       56,273  
                                   
    Operating expenses     44,649       43,126       40,041       37,616       37,413  
    Total operating expense     44,649       43,126       40,041       37,616       37,413  
                                   
    Efficiency ratio     79.60 %     76.12 %     75.54 %     70.07 %     66.48 %

    (Dollars in thousands)

        For the Nine Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     Sept 30,  
    Efficiency Ratio   2024     2023  
    Net interest income   $ 107,098     $ 119,414  
    Total other income     59,194       55,988  
    Add:            
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     (279 )     404  
    Less:            
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value     (23 )      
    Income from life insurance proceeds     (236 )      
    Total recurring revenue     165,754       175,806  
                 
    Operating expenses     127,816       110,679  
    Less:            
    Accelerated Expense for Retirement           1,965  
    Branch Closure Expense           175  
    Total operating expense     127,816       108,539  
                 
    Efficiency ratio     77.11 %     61.74 %

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: FS Bancorp, Inc. Reports Third Quarter Net Income of $10.3 Million or $1.29 Per Diluted Share and the Forty-Seventh Consecutive Quarterly Cash Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MOUNTLAKE TERRACE, Wash., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — FS Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: FSBW) (the “Company”), the holding company for 1st Security Bank of Washington (the “Bank”) today reported 2024 third quarter net income of $10.3 million, or $1.29 per diluted share, compared to $9.0 million, or $1.13 per diluted share, for the comparable quarter one year ago. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net income was $27.6 million, or $3.45 per diluted share, compared to net income of $26.3 million, or $3.33 per diluted share, for the comparable nine-month period in 2023.

    “Deposit growth experienced in the third quarter of 2024 was a direct result of the Bank-wide focus and strategic planning objective to fund loan growth with core deposits,” stated Joe Adams, CEO. “We are also pleased that our Board of Directors approved our forty-seventh consecutive quarterly cash dividend of $0.27 per common share, demonstrating our continued commitment to returning value to shareholders.  The cash dividend will be paid on November 21, 2024, to shareholders of record as of November 7, 2024,” concluded Adams.

    2024 Third Quarter Highlights

    • Net income was $10.3 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $9.0 million for both the previous quarter and the comparable quarter one year ago;
    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) increased to 4.35% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 4.29% in the previous quarter, and 4.34% for the comparable quarter one year ago;
    • Total deposits increased $44.5 million, or 1.9%, to $2.43 billion at September 30, 2024, primarily due to an increase in noninterest-bearing checking of $34.4 million and certificates of deposit (“CDs”) of $15.0 million, compared to $2.38 billion at June 30, 2024 and decreased $27.1 million, or 1.1%, from $2.45 billion at September 30, 2023.  Noninterest-bearing deposits were $657.8 million at September 30, 2024, $623.3 million at June 30, 2024, and $670.2 million at September 30, 2023; 
    • Borrowings decreased $18.1 million, or 9.9% to $163.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $181.9 million at June 30, 2024, as a result of the Company’s strategic planning objective to fund loan growth with core deposits; 
    • Loans receivable, net was unchanged at $2.46 billion at September 30, 2024, and June 30, 2024, and increased $88.1 million, or 3.7%, from $2.38 billion at September 30, 2023;
    • Consumer loans, of which 87.3% are home improvement loans, decreased $9.3 million, or 1.4%, to $632.4 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $641.7 million in the previous quarter, and decreased $7.7 million, or 1.2%, from $640.1 million in the comparable quarter one year ago. Yields on consumer loans increased 18 basis points to 7.59% from 7.41% at the end of the second quarter 2024. During the three months ended September 30, 2024, consumer loan originations included 80.4% of home improvement loans originated with a Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) score above 720 and 83.9% of home improvement loans with a UCC-2 security filing;
    • For the third quarter of 2024, there was a tax benefit of $420,000, compared to tax provisions of $2.4 million in the prior quarter, and $2.5 million for the same quarter last year.  The tax benefit for the third quarter of 2024 was due to $28.4 million of energy tax credits purchased during the current quarter related to the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022;
    • Repurchased 97,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in the third quarter of 2024 at an average price of $43.58 per share with $1.4 million remaining for future purchases under the share repurchase plan that was approved in July 2024;
    • Book value per share increased $0.30 to $37.45 at September 30, 2024, compared to $37.15 at June 30, 2024, and increased $4.87 from $32.58 at September 30, 2023.  Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP financial measure) increased $0.44 to $35.10 at September 30, 2024, compared to $34.66 at June 30, 2024, and increased $5.37 from $29.73 at September 30, 2023. See, “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
    • Segment reporting in the third quarter of 2024 reflected net income of $9.3 million for the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment and $1.0 million for the Home Lending segment, compared to net income of $8.0 million and $1.0 million in the prior quarter, and net income of $8.8 million and $166,000 in the third quarter of 2023, respectively;
    • The percentage of available unencumbered cash and secured borrowing capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve Bank to uninsured deposits was 182% at September 30, 2024, compared to 191% in the prior quarter. The average deposit size per FDIC-insured account at the Bank was $33,000 and $32,000 for September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively; and
    • Regulatory capital ratios at the Bank were 14.2% for total risk-based capital and 11.2% for Tier 1 leverage capital at September 30, 2024, compared to 13.9% for total risk-based capital and 10.9% for Tier 1 leverage capital at June 30, 2024.

    Segment Reporting

    The Company reports two segments: Commercial and Consumer Banking and Home Lending. The Commercial and Consumer Banking segment provides diversified financial products and services to our commercial and consumer customers. These products and services include deposit products; residential, consumer, business and commercial real estate lending portfolios and cash management services. This segment is also responsible for the management of the investment portfolio and other assets of the Bank. The Home Lending segment originates one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans primarily for sale in the secondary markets as well as loans held for investment.

    The Company reflected the sale of servicing rights in the first quarter of 2024 as a gain to the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment to offset the realized loss on sale of investment securities and will allocate the gain on a straight-line basis over four years as intercompany income from the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment to the Home Lending segment.

    The tables below provide a summary of segment reporting at or for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands):

        At or For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2024  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 28,612     $ 2,632     $ 31,244  
    Provision for credit losses     (1,331 )     (182 )     (1,513 )
    Noninterest income (2)     2,257       3,710       5,967  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (20,199 )     (5,633 )     (25,832 )
    Income before (provision) benefit for income taxes     9,339       527       9,866  
    (Provision) benefit for income taxes     (71 )     491       420  
    Net income   $ 9,268     $ 1,018     $ 10,286  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,347,855     $ 612,935     $ 2,960,790  
    Full-time employees (“FTEs”)     442       117       559  
        At or For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2023  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 27,563     $ 3,071     $ 30,634  
    Provision for credit losses     (437 )     (111 )     (548 )
    Noninterest income (2)     2,680       2,302       4,982  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (18,539 )     (5,047 )     (23,586 )
    Income before provision for income taxes     11,267       215       11,482  
    Provision for income taxes     (2,480 )     (49 )     (2,529 )
    Net income   $ 8,787     $ 166     $ 8,953  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,361,014     $ 540,372     $ 2,901,386  
    FTEs     434       128       562  
        At or For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 84,749     $ 7,242     $ 91,991  
    Provision for credit losses     (3,796 )     (193 )     (3,989 )
    Noninterest income (2)     6,919       10,027       16,946  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (58,250 )     (14,968 )     (73,218 )
    Income before (provision) benefit for income taxes     29,622       2,108       31,730  
    (Provision) benefit for income taxes     (4,253 )     165       (4,088 )
    Net income   $ 25,369     $ 2,273     $ 27,642  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,369,740     $ 586,001     $ 2,955,741  
    FTEs     442       117       559  
        At or For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 83,332     $ 9,516     $ 92,848  
    Provision for credit losses     (2,555 )     (817 )     (3,372 )
    Noninterest income (2)     7,766       7,268       15,034  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (56,099 )     (15,215 )     (71,314 )
    Income before provision for income taxes     32,444       752       33,196  
    Provision for income taxes     (6,758 )     (157 )     (6,915 )
    Net income   $ 25,686     $ 595     $ 26,281  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,288,996     $ 520,513     $ 2,809,509  
    FTEs     434       128       562  

    __________________________

    (1)   Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to the other segment. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of assigned liabilities to fund segment assets.
    (2)   Noninterest income includes activity from certain residential mortgage loans that were initially originated for sale and measured at fair value, and subsequently transferred to loans held for investment. Gains and losses from changes in fair value for these loans are reported in earnings as a component of noninterest income. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded net increases in fair value of $262,000 and $448,000, respectively, as compared to net decreases in fair value of $343,000 and $285,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023. As of September 30, 2024 and 2023, there were $13.9 million and $15.2 million, respectively, in residential mortgage loans recorded at fair value as they were previously transferred from loans held for sale to loans held for investment.
    (3)   Noninterest expense includes allocated overhead expense from general corporate activities. Allocation is determined based on a combination of segment assets and FTEs.  For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, the Home Lending segment included allocated overhead expenses of $1.8 million and $4.8 million, compared to $1.5 million and $4.7 million, respectively.
         

    Asset Summary

    Total assets increased $28.8 million, or 1.0%, to $2.97 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $2.94 billion at June 30, 2024, and increased $50.1 million, or 1.7%, from $2.92 billion at September 30, 2023.  The increase in total assets at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, included increases of $15.7 million in other assets, consisting primarily of a federal income tax receivable of $25.7 million, $7.3 million in total cash and cash equivalents, $7.0 million in securities available-for-sale, and $6.5 million in loans receivable, net, partially offset by decreases in loans held for sale (“HFS”) of $4.4 million,  and core deposit intangible (“CDI”), net of $897,000. The increase compared to September 30, 2023, was primarily due to increases in loans receivable, net of $88.1 million, loans HFS of $30.7 million, other assets of $13.1 million, and FHLB stock of $5.8 million. These increases were partially offset by decreases in total cash and cash equivalents of $40.3 million, securities available-for-sale of $23.7 million, mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) of $8.9 million, certificates of deposit at other financial institutions of $5.6 million, CDI, net of $3.7 million, deferred tax asset, net of $3.2 million, operating lease right-of-use assets of $1.7 million, and premises and equipment, net of $900,000.

    LOAN PORTFOLIO                                                
    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    REAL ESTATE LOANS                                                
    Commercial   $ 352,933       14.1 %   $ 359,404       14.4 %   $ 364,673       15.2 %
    Construction and development     292,366       11.7       274,209       11.0       289,873       12.0  
    Home equity     75,063       3.0       73,749       3.0       67,103       2.8  
    One-to-four-family (excludes HFS)     591,666       23.7       588,966       23.7       540,670       22.5  
    Multi-family     238,462       9.6       239,675       9.6       243,661       10.1  
    Total real estate loans     1,550,490       62.1       1,536,003       61.7       1,505,980       62.6  
                                                     
    CONSUMER LOANS                                                
    Indirect home improvement     552,226       22.2       563,621       22.7       562,650       23.4  
    Marine     76,845       3.1       74,627       3.0       73,887       3.1  
    Other consumer     3,346       0.1       3,440       0.1       3,547       0.1  
    Total consumer loans     632,417       25.4       641,688       25.8       640,084       26.6  
                                                     
    COMMERCIAL BUSINESS LOANS                                                
    Commercial and industrial (“C&I”)     296,773       11.9       285,183       11.5       236,520       9.8  
    Warehouse lending     15,249       0.6       25,548       1.0       23,489       1.0  
    Total commercial business loans     312,022       12.5       310,731       12.5       260,009       10.8  
    Total loans receivable, gross     2,494,929       100.0 %     2,488,422       100.0 %     2,406,073       100.0 %
                                                     
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (31,232 )             (31,238 )             (30,501 )        
    Total loans receivable, net   $ 2,463,697             $ 2,457,184             $ 2,375,572          
     

    Loans receivable, net was unchanged at $2.46 billion at September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, and increased $88.1 million from $2.38 billion at September 30, 2023. Total real estate loans remained virtually unchanged at $1.55 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, however, there were notable shifts within the portfolio. Specifically, construction and development loans increased $18.2 million, one-to-four-family loans (excluding HFS) increased $2.7 million mainly due to new loan originations, and home equity loans increased $1.3 million. These gains were partially offset by declines of $6.5 million in commercial real estate loans and $1.2 million in multi-family loans.  In addition, commercial business loans increased $1.3 million to $312.0 million at September 30, 2024, up from $310.7 million on June 30, 2024, resulting from an increase of $11.6 million in C&I loans and a decrease of $10.3 million in warehouse lending.  Consumer loans decreased $9.3 million to $632.4 million at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, resulting from an $11.4 million decrease in indirect home improvement loans, partially offset by an increase of $2.2 million in marine loans. 

    The composition of CRE loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                        
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
    CRE by Type:   Amount     Amount     Amount  
    Agriculture   $ 3,610     $ 3,639     $ 3,926  
    CRE Non-owner occupied:                        
    Office     40,672       41,381       41,878  
    Retail     36,070       37,507       37,865  
    Hospitality/restaurant     27,743       28,314       25,252  
    Self storage     19,130       19,141       21,381  
    Mixed use     17,881       18,062       16,768  
    Industrial     15,402       17,163       17,431  
    Senior housing/assisted living     7,621       7,675       8,556  
    Other (1)     6,684       6,847       7,814  
    Land     2,523       3,021       6,381  
    Education/worship     2,545       2,571       2,645  
    Total CRE non-owner occupied     176,271       181,682       185,971  
    CRE owner occupied:                        
    Industrial     63,577       63,969       63,307  
    Office     42,156       41,978       41,663  
    Retail     19,968       20,885       23,228  
    Hospitality/restaurant     10,528       10,800       14,153  
    Other (2)     8,116       8,354       8,850  
    Car wash     9,575       9,607       7,818  
    Automobile related     8,874       8,200       8,193  
    Education/worship     4,609       4,610       4,617  
    Mixed use     5,649       5,680       2,947  
    Total CRE owner occupied     173,052       174,083       174,776  
    Total   $ 352,933     $ 359,404     $ 364,673  

    __________________________________

    (1)   Primarily includes loans secured by mobile home parks totaling $774,000, $782,000, and $2.4 million, RV parks totaling $689,000, $692,000, and $702,000, automobile-related collateral totaling $594,000, $599,000, and $0, and other collateral totaling $4.6 million, $4.7 million, and $4.8 million at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    (2)   Primarily includes loans secured by gas stations totaling $1.5 million, $1.6 million and $1.7 million, non-profit organization totaling $901,000, $908,000 and $928,000, and other collateral totaling $5.7 million, $5.1 million and $6.2 million at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
         

    The following tables includes CRE loans repricing or maturing within the next two years, excluding loans that reprice simultaneously with changes to the prime rate:

    (Dollars in thousands)     For the Quarter Ended         Current Weighted
        Dec 31,   Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,         Average
    CRE by type:   2024   2025   2025   2025   2025   2026   2026   2026   Total   Rate
    Agriculture   $ 926   $   $ 424   $   $ 311   $ 181   $ 259   $ 306   $ 2,407   6.40%
    Apartment     9,990     9,817     5,271     1,829     18,671     1,908     14,485     9,797     71,768   4.87%
    Auto related             2,091                         2,091   4.18%
    Hotel / hospitality         579     1,212     1,336         118     1,307         4,552   4.39%
    Industrial     8,337     897     588         10,361     584     173     1,636     22,576   5.29%
    Mixed use     795     1,750     3,490     250     318                 6,603   5.00%
    Office     4,702     11,171         4,214     988     528     1,666     566     23,835   4.88%
    Other     1,227         116     1,168     246     901         2,545     6,203   4.96%
    Retail     1,266     2,006         83         465     3,285         7,105   4.15%
    Senior housing and assisted living                         2,186             2,186   4.75%
    Total   $ 27,243   $ 26,220   $ 13,192   $ 8,880   $ 30,895   $ 6,871   $ 21,175   $ 14,850   $ 149,326   4.91%
     

    A breakdown of construction loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                                
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024  
    Construction Types:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    Commercial construction ─ retail   $ 8,710       3.0 %   $ 8,698       3.2 %
    Commercial construction ─ office     4,737       1.6       4,737       1.7  
    Commercial construction ─ self storage     10,408       3.5       10,000       3.6  
    Commercial construction ─ car wash     7,807       2.7       7,807       2.8  
    Multi-family     30,931       10.6       30,960       11.3  
    Custom construction ─ single family residential and single family manufactured residential     43,528       14.9       46,107       16.8  
    Custom construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     8,220       2.8       7,310       2.7  
    Speculative residential construction ─ vertical     145,549       49.8       131,293       47.9  
    Speculative residential construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     32,476       11.1       27,297       10.0  
    Total   $ 292,366       100.0 %   $ 274,209       100.0 %
    (Dollars in thousands)                                
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
    Construction Types:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    Commercial construction ─ retail   $ 8,710       3.0 %   $ 7,347       2.5 %
    Commercial construction ─ office     4,737       1.6       4,591       1.6  
    Commercial construction ─ self storage     10,408       3.5       10,734       3.7  
    Commercial construction ─ car wash     7,807       2.7       7,287       2.5  
    Multi-family     30,931       10.6       52,913       18.3  
    Custom construction ─ single family residential and single family manufactured residential     43,528       14.9       44,542       15.4  
    Custom construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     8,220       2.8       7,012       2.4  
    Speculative residential construction ─ vertical     145,549       49.8       124,244       42.8  
    Speculative residential construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     32,476       11.1       31,203       10.8  
    Total   $ 292,366       100.0 %   $ 289,873       100.0 %
     

    Originations of one-to-four-family loans to purchase and refinance a home for the periods indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended     For the Three Months Ended                  
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 168,088       85.7 %   $ 193,715       92.3 %   $ (25,627 )     (13.2 )%
    Refinance     28,001       14.3       16,173       7.7       11,828       73.1 %
    Total   $ 196,089       100.0 %   $ 209,888       100.0 %   $ (13,799 )     (6.5 )%
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended September 30,                  
        2024     2023                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 168,088       85.7 %   $ 139,345       92.1 %   $ 28,743       20.6 %
    Refinance     28,001       14.3       12,001       7.9       16,000       133.3 %
    Total   $ 196,089       100.0 %   $ 151,346       100.0 %   $ 44,743       29.6 %
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Nine Months Ended September 30,                  
        2024     2023                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 497,705       88.8 %   $ 387,211       91.8 %   $ 110,494       28.5 %
    Refinance     62,546       11.2       34,635       8.2       27,911       80.6 %
    Total   $ 560,251       100.0 %   $ 421,846       100.0 %   $ 138,405       32.8 %
     

    During the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the Company sold $167.6 million of one-to-four-family loans compared to $164.5 million during the previous quarter and $117.6 million during the same quarter one year ago. Gross margins on home loan sales were unchanged at 2.96% for both quarters ended September 30, 2024, and  June 30, 2024, and declined from 3.08% in the same quarter one year ago. Gross margins are defined as the margin on loans sold (cash sales) without the impact of deferred costs.

    Liabilities and Equity Summary

    Changes in deposits at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                                                
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024                  
    Transactional deposits:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Noninterest-bearing checking   $ 641,270       26.4 %   $ 613,137       25.7 %   $ 28,133       4.6 %
    Interest-bearing checking (1)     165,944       6.8       166,839       7.0       (895 )     (0.5 )
    Escrow accounts related to mortgages serviced (2)     16,483       0.7       10,212       0.4       6,271       61.4  
    Subtotal     823,697       33.9       790,188       33.1       33,509       4.2  
    Savings     151,364       6.2       151,398       6.4       (34 )     (0.0 )
    Money market (3)     340,049       14.0       343,995       14.4       (3,946 )     (1.1 )
    Subtotal     491,413       20.2       495,393       20.8       (3,980 )     (0.8 )
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 (4)     533,441       22.0       530,537       22.3       2,904       0.5  
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000     452,705       18.7       427,893       18.0       24,812       5.8  
    Certificates of deposit greater than $250,000     126,075       5.2       138,792       5.8       (12,717 )     (9.2 )
    Subtotal     1,112,221       45.9       1,097,222       46.1       14,999       1.4  
    Total   $ 2,427,331       100.0 %   $ 2,382,803       100.0 %   $ 44,528       1.9 %
    (Dollars in thousands)                                                
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023                  
    Transactional deposits:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Noninterest-bearing checking   $ 641,270       26.4 %   $ 643,670       26.2 %   $ (2,400 )     (0.4 )%
    Interest-bearing checking (1)     165,944       6.8       219,468       8.9       (53,524 )     (24.4 )
    Escrow accounts related to mortgages serviced (2)     16,483       0.7       26,489       1.1       (10,006 )     (37.8 )
    Subtotal     823,697       33.9       889,627       36.2       (65,930 )     (7.4 )
    Savings     151,364       6.2       157,901       6.4       (6,537 )     (4.1 )
    Money market (3)     340,049       14.0       389,962       15.9       (49,913 )     (12.8 )
    Subtotal     491,413       20.2       547,863       22.3       (56,450 )     (10.3 )
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 (4)     533,441       22.0       527,032       21.5       6,409       1.2  
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000     452,705       18.7       406,545       16.6       46,160       11.4  
    Certificates of deposit greater than $250,000     126,075       5.2       83,377       3.4       42,698       51.2  
    Subtotal     1,112,221       45.9       1,016,954       41.5       95,267       9.4  
    Total   $ 2,427,331       100.0 %   $ 2,454,444       100.0 %   $ (27,113 )     (1.1 )%

    __________________________________

    (1)   There were no brokered deposits at September 30, 2024 and  June 30, 2024, compared to $50.1 million at September 30, 2023.                  
    (2)   Noninterest-bearing accounts.
    (3)   Includes $1.0 million, $4.0 million and $51,000 of brokered deposits at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    (4)   Includes $250.2 million, $261.0 million, and $323.3 million of brokered deposits at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
         

    At September 30, 2024, CDs, which include retail and non-retail CDs, totaled $1.11 billion, compared to $1.10 billion at June 30, 2024 and $1.02 billion at September 30, 2023, with non-retail CDs representing 22.5%, 24.9% and 33.2% of total CDs at such dates, respectively. At September 30, 2024, non-retail CDs, which include brokered CDs, online CDs and public funds CDs, decreased $10.4 million to $262.9 million, compared to $273.4 million at June 30, 2024, primarily due to a decrease of $10.8 million in brokered CDs. Non-retail CDs totaled $262.9 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $337.2 million at September 30, 2023.

    At September 30, 2024, the Bank had uninsured deposits of approximately $644.9 million, compared to approximately $586.6 million at June 30, 2024, and $591.6 million at September 30, 2023.  The uninsured amounts are estimates based on the methodologies and assumptions used for the Bank’s regulatory reporting requirements.

    At September 30, 2024, borrowings decreased $18.1 million to $163.8 million at September 30, 2024, from $181.9 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $41.9 million from $121.9 million at September 30, 2023. These borrowings were comprised of FHLB advances of $153.8 million, and overnight borrowings of $10.0 million.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $4.9 million to $288.9 million at September 30, 2024, from $284.0 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $38.2 million, from $250.7 million at September 30, 2023. The increase in stockholders’ equity at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, reflects net income of $10.3 million, partially offset by cash dividends paid of $2.1 million. Stockholders’ equity was also impacted by decreases in unrealized net losses on securities available for sale of $4.2 million, net of tax, and decreases in unrealized net gains on fair value and cash flow hedges of $7.0 million, net of tax, reflecting changes in market interest rates during the quarter, resulting in a $2.7 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. Book value per common share was $37.45 at September 30, 2024, compared to $37.15 at June 30, 2024, and $32.58 at September 30, 2023.

    The Bank is considered well capitalized under the capital requirements established by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.2%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 11.2%, and a common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital ratio of 12.9% at September 30, 2024.

    The Company exceeded all regulatory capital requirements with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.4%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 9.7%, and a CET1 ratio of 11.2% at September 30, 2024.

    Credit Quality

    The allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACLL”) was $31.2 million, or 1.25% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS) at September 30, 2024, compared to $31.2 million, or 1.26% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS), at June 30, 2024, and $30.5 million, or 1.27% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS), at September 30, 2023. The virtually static balance in the ACLL at September 30, 2024, compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to insignificant changes in the loan portfolio period over period and provision for credit losses on loans that offset consumer loan net charge-offs.  The increase of $731,000 in the ACLL from the same quarter the prior year was primarily due to organic loan growth and increases in nonperforming loans and net charge-offs. The allowance for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments decreased $79,000 to $1.5 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $1.6 million at June 30, 2024, and decreased $291,000 from $1.8 million at September 30, 2023. 

    Nonperforming loans decreased $634,000 to $10.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $11.4 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $5.2 million from $5.6 million at September 30, 2023. The decrease in nonperforming loans compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to decreases in nonperforming indirect home improvement loans of $549,000 and marine loans of $94,000. The increase in nonperforming loans compared to the same quarter the prior year was primarily due to increases in nonperforming construction and development loans of $4.7 million and commercial business loans of $461,000.

    Loans classified as substandard decreased $1.1 million to $23.2 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $24.3 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $4.0 million from $19.2 million at September 30, 2023.  The decrease in substandard loans compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to a decrease of $549,000 in indirect home improvement loans, $323,000 in commercial real estate loans, $94,000 in marine loans, $74,000 in C&I loans, and $59,000 in one-to-four family loans.  The increase in substandard loans compared to the prior year was primarily due to increases of $4.7 million in construction and development loans, $108,000 in home equity loans, $102,000 in indirect home improvement loans, partially offset by decreases of $462,000 in C&I loans, $293,000 in one-to-four-family loans, and $173,000 in marine loans. There was no other real estate owned (“OREO”) property at September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, compared to one OREO property (a closed branch in Centralia, Washington) of $570,000 at September 30, 2023.

    Operating Results

    Net interest income increased $610,000 to $31.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from $30.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023, primarily due to an increase in interest and dividend income of $3.8 million, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $3.2 million. The $3.8 million increase in total interest income was primarily due to an increase of $3.9 million in interest income on loans receivable, including fees, primarily as a result of new loans being originated at higher rates and variable rate loans repricing higher. The $3.2 million increase in total interest expense was primarily the result of higher market interest rates, higher utilization of borrowings and a shift in deposit mix from transactional accounts to higher cost CDs.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net interest income decreased $857,000 to $92.0 million, from $92.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, resulting from an increase in interest expense of $16.0 million and an increase in interest income of $15.1 million.

    NIM (annualized) increased one basis point to 4.35% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from 4.34% for the same period in the prior year, and decreased 26 basis points to 4.30% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from 4.56% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The change in NIM for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the same periods in 2023, reflects the increased costs of deposits and borrowings, which outpaced the increased yields earned on interest-earning assets. 

    The average total cost of funds, including noninterest-bearing checking, increased 47 basis points to 2.39% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from 1.92% for the three months ended September 30, 2023. This increase was predominantly due to higher market rates for deposits and increased utilization of higher cost borrowings. The average cost of funds increased 75 basis points to 2.33% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from 1.58% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, also reflecting increases in market interest rates over last year and increased utilization of borrowings. Management remains focused on matching deposit/liability duration with the duration of loans/assets where feasible.

    For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, the provision for credit losses on loans was $1.5 million and $4.0 million, compared to $683,000 and $4.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023. The provision for credit losses on loans reflects an increase in charge-off activity for the quarter and increases in the loan portfolio for the year-to-date periods.

    During the three months ended September 30, 2024, net charge-offs increased $1.1 million to $1.6 million, compared to $531,000 for the same period last year.  This increase was the result of increased net charge-offs of $996,000 in indirect home improvement loans and $82,000 in marine loans, partially offset by a net recovery of $8,000 in other consumer loans. Net charge-offs increased $2.7 million to $4.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2024, compared to $1.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  This increase included net charge-off increases of $1.5 million in indirect home improvement loans, $1.0 million C&I loans, $146,000 in marine loans and $117,000 in other consumer loans. Management attributes the increase in net charge-offs over the year primarily to volatile economic conditions.

    Noninterest income increased $985,000 to $6.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from $5.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase reflects a $648,000 increase in gain on sale of loans, primarily as a result of the increased volume of loans sold and an increase of $566,000 in other noninterest income, primarily due to fair value changes on loans.  Noninterest income during the three months ended September 30, 2024, also reflects a $141,000 gain on the sale of MSRs, with no similar transaction occurring in the comparable quarter last year.  These increases were partially offset by a $400,000 decrease in service charges and fee income, primarily due to the sale of MSRs in the first quarter of 2024.  Noninterest income increased $1.9 million to $16.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from $15.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  This increase was primarily the result of an $8.4 million gain on sale of MSRs recorded during the first nine months of 2024 with no similar transaction occurring in the comparable nine month period in 2023, and a $1.5 million increase in gain on sale of loans, partially offset by a $7.8 million loss on sale of investment securities resulting from management’s strategic decision to increase the yields earned on and reduce the duration of the securities portfolio, and an $839,000 decrease in service charges and fee income due to a reduction in loan servicing fees due to the sale of MSRs in the first quarter of 2024. 

    Noninterest expense increased $2.2 million to $25.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from $23.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to increases of $506,000 in impairment of MSRs, $482,000 in salaries and benefits, $557,000 in professional and board fees, which included $571,000 in nonrecurring consulting charges and legal fees related to application/system upgrades and tax credit work, $418,000 in operations, $315,000 in data processing, and a decrease of $105,000 in amortization of CDI. Noninterest expense increased $1.9 million to $73.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from $71.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  This increase was primarily due to increases of $1.1 million in data processing, $1.0 million in professional and board fees which included $824,000 in nonrecurring consulting charges and legal fees for the reasons stated above, $610,000 in operations expense, and $545,000 in impairment of MSRs, partially offset by a decrease of $1.6 million in acquisition costs as a result of no acquisition costs during the current period.

    For the three months ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded a benefit for income taxes of $420,000 as compared to a provision for income taxes of $2.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The tax benefit was primarily due to the purchase during the quarter ended September 30, 2024, of alternative energy tax credits available under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, resulting in a gain of $2.3 million, which was partially offset by the $1.8 million provision for income taxes recorded on net income for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 introduced several energy tax credits designed to promote clean energy investments, reduce carbon emissions, and accelerate the transition to renewable energy. The effective corporate income tax rates for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 were (4.3)% which was reduced by 2,300 basis points due to the energy tax credits discussed above, and 22.0%, respectively. The decrease in the effective corporate income tax rate, excluding the effects of the energy tax credits, was attributable to tax benefits derived from the exercises of employee stock options during the current quarter.

    About FS Bancorp

    FS Bancorp, Inc., a Washington corporation, is the holding company for 1st Security Bank of Washington. The Bank offers a range of loan and deposit services primarily to small- and middle-market businesses and individuals in Washington and Oregon.  It operates through 27 bank branches, one headquarters office that provides loans and deposit services, and loan production offices in various suburban communities in the greater Puget Sound area, the Kennewick-Pasco-Richland metropolitan area of Washington, also known as the Tri-Cities, and in Vancouver, Washington. Additionally, the Bank services home mortgage customers across the Northwest, focusing on markets in Washington State including the Puget Sound, Tri-Cities, and Vancouver.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    When used in this press release and in other documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), in press releases or other public stockholder communications, or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “believe,” “will,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project,” “plans,” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead represent management’s current expectations and forecasts regarding future events, many of which are inherently uncertain and outside of our control. Actual results may differ, possibly materially from those currently expected or projected in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements, include but are not limited to, the following: adverse impacts to economic conditions in the Company’s local market areas, other markets where the Company has lending relationships, or other aspects of the Company’s business operations or financial markets, including, without limitation, as a result of employment levels; labor shortages, the effects of inflation, a recession or slowed economic growth; changes in the interest rate environment, including the increases and decrease in the Federal Reserve benchmark rate and duration at which such interest rate levels are maintained, which could adversely affect our revenues and expenses, the values of our assets and obligations, and the availability and cost of capital and liquidity; the impact of inflation and the current and future monetary policies of the Federal Reserve in response thereto; the effects of any federal government shutdown;  increased competitive pressures, changes in the interest rate environment, adverse changes in the securities markets, the Company’s ability to execute its plans to grow its residential construction lending, mortgage banking, and warehouse lending operations, and the geographic expansion of its indirect home improvement lending; challenges arising from expanding into new geographic markets, products, or services; secondary market conditions for loans and the Company’s ability to originate loans for sale and sell loans in the secondary market; volatility in the mortgage industry; fluctuations in deposits; liquidity issues, including our ability to borrow funds or raise additional capital, if necessary; the impact of bank failures or adverse developments at other banks and related negative press about the banking industry in general on investor and depositor sentiment; legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities and tax law, in regulatory policies and principles, or the interpretation of regulatory capital or other rules; disruptions, security breaches, or other adverse events, failures or interruptions in, or attacks on, our information technology systems or on the third-party vendors who perform critical processing functions for us; environmental, social and governance goals; the effects of climate change, severe weather events, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics and other public health crises, acts of war or terrorism, civil unrest and other external events on our business; and other factors described in the Company’s latest Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and other reports filed with or furnished to the SEC which are available on its website at http://www.fsbwa.com and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

    Any of the forward-looking statements that the Company makes in this press release and in the other public statements are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions at the time they are made and may turn out to be incorrect because of the inaccurate assumptions the Company might make, because of the factors illustrated above or because of other factors that cannot be foreseen by the Company. Therefore, these factors should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements, and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company does not undertake and specifically disclaims any obligation to revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

    FS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Dollars in thousands, except share amounts) (Unaudited)
     
                                Linked     Prior Year  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,     Quarter     Quarter  
        2024     2024     2023     % Change     % Change  
    ASSETS                                        
    Cash and due from banks   $ 17,950     $ 20,005     $ 18,137       (10 )     (1 )
    Interest-bearing deposits at other financial institutions     22,390       13,006       62,536       72       (64 )
    Total cash and cash equivalents     40,340       33,011       80,673       22       (50 )
    Certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     12,001       12,707       17,636       (6 )     (32 )
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value     228,199       221,182       251,917       3       (9 )
    Securities held-to-maturity, net     8,455       8,455       8,455              
    Loans held for sale, at fair value     49,373       53,811       18,636       (8 )     165  
    Loans receivable, net     2,463,697       2,457,184       2,375,572             4  
    Accrued interest receivable     14,014       13,792       13,925       2       1  
    Premises and equipment, net     30,026       29,999       30,926             (3 )
    Operating lease right-of-use     5,365       5,784       7,042       (7 )     (24 )
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost     9,504       10,322       3,696       (8 )     157  
    Other real estate owned                 570             (100 )
    Deferred tax asset, net     4,222       4,590       7,424       (8 )     (43 )
    Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”), net     38,453       38,201       37,480       1       3  
    MSRs, held at the lower of cost or fair value     8,739       9,352       17,657       (7 )     (51 )
    Goodwill     3,592       3,592       3,592              
    Core deposit intangible, net     14,586       15,483       18,323       (6 )     (20 )
    Other assets     39,642       23,912       26,548       66       49  
    TOTAL ASSETS   $ 2,970,208     $ 2,941,377     $ 2,920,072       1       2  
    LIABILITIES                                        
    Deposits:                                        
    Noninterest-bearing accounts   $ 657,753     $ 623,349     $ 670,158       6       (2 )
    Interest-bearing accounts     1,769,578       1,759,454       1,784,286       1       (1 )
    Total deposits     2,427,331       2,382,803       2,454,444       2       (1 )
    Borrowings     163,806       181,895       121,895       (10 )     34  
    Subordinated notes:                                        
    Principal amount     50,000       50,000       50,000              
    Unamortized debt issuance costs     (423 )     (439 )     (489 )     (4 )     (13 )
    Total subordinated notes less unamortized debt issuance costs     49,577       49,561       49,511              
    Operating lease liability     5,548       5,979       7,269       (7 )     (24 )
    Other liabilities     35,044       37,113       36,288       (6 )     (3 )
    Total liabilities     2,681,306       2,657,351       2,669,407       1        
    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                                        
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                        
    Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding                              
    Common stock, $.01 par value; 45,000,000 shares authorized; 7,817,172 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2024, 7,742,607 at June 30, 2024, and 7,796,095 at September 30, 2023     78       77       78       1        
    Additional paid-in capital     55,264       55,834       57,464       (1 )     (4 )
    Retained earnings     251,843       243,651       222,532       3       13  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (18,283 )     (15,536 )     (29,409 )     18       (38 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     288,902       284,026       250,665       2       15  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 2,970,208     $ 2,941,377     $ 2,920,072       1       2  
     
    FS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended     Linked     Prior Year  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,     Quarter     Quarter  
        2024     2024     2023     % Change     % Change  
    INTEREST INCOME                                        
    Loans receivable, including fees   $ 43,800     $ 42,406     $ 39,874       3       10  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities, cash and cash equivalents, and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     3,243       3,534       3,396       (8 )     (5 )
    Total interest and dividend income     47,043       45,940       43,270       2       9  
    INTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Deposits     13,486       13,252       10,462       2       29  
    Borrowings     1,828       1,801       1,689       1       8  
    Subordinated notes     485       486       485              
    Total interest expense     15,799       15,539       12,636       2       25  
    NET INTEREST INCOME     31,244       30,401       30,634       3       2  
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     1,513       1,077       548       40       176  
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     29,731       29,324       30,086       1       (1 )
    NONINTEREST INCOME                                        
    Service charges and fee income     2,482       2,479       2,882             (14 )
    Gain on sale of loans     2,523       2,463       1,875       2       35  
    Gain on sale of MSRs     141                   NM       NM  
    Gain on sale of investment securities, net     11       151             (93 )     NM  
    Earnings on cash surrender value of BOLI     252       242       233       4       8  
    Other noninterest income     558       533       (8 )     5       (7,075 )
    Total noninterest income     5,967       5,868       4,982       2       20  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Salaries and benefits     13,985       13,378       13,503       5       4  
    Operations     3,827       3,519       3,409       9       12  
    Occupancy     1,662       1,669       1,588             5  
    Data processing     2,156       2,058       1,841       5       17  
    Loan costs     666       653       564       2       18  
    Professional and board fees     1,223       888       666       38       84  
    FDIC insurance     533       450       561       18       (5 )
    Marketing and advertising     377       377       452             (17 )
    Amortization of core deposit intangible     897       919       1,002       (2 )     (10 )
    Impairment (recovery) of servicing rights     506       (54 )           (1,037 )     NM  
    Total noninterest expense     25,832       23,857       23,586       8       10  
    INCOME BEFORE (BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     9,866       11,335       11,482       (13 )     (14 )
    (BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     (420 )     2,376       2,529       (118 )     (117 )
    NET INCOME   $ 10,286     $ 8,959     $ 8,953       15       15  
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.32     $ 1.15     $ 1.15       15       15  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.29     $ 1.13     $ 1.13       14       14  
     
        Nine Months Ended     Year  
        September 30,     September 30,     Over Year  
        2024     2023     % Change  
    INTEREST INCOME                        
    Loans receivable, including fees   $ 127,203     $ 114,082       12  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities, cash and cash equivalents, and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     10,660       8,667       23  
    Total interest and dividend income     137,863       122,749       12  
    INTEREST EXPENSE                        
    Deposits     39,620       24,696       60  
    Borrowings     4,796       3,749       28  
    Subordinated note     1,456       1,456        
    Total interest expense     45,872       29,901       53  
    NET INTEREST INCOME     91,991       92,848       (1 )
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     3,989       3,372       18  
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     88,002       89,476       (2 )
    NONINTEREST INCOME                        
    Service charges and fee income     7,513       8,352       (10 )
    Gain on sale of loans     6,824       5,298       29  
    Gain on sale of MSRs     8,356             NM  
    Loss on sale of investment securities, net     (7,836 )           NM  
    Earnings on cash surrender value of BOLI     734       681       8  
    Other noninterest income     1,355       703       93  
    Total noninterest income     16,946       15,034       13  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                        
    Salaries and benefits     40,920       40,880        
    Operations     10,354       9,744       6  
    Occupancy     5,036       4,670       8  
    Data processing     6,172       5,092       21  
    Loan costs     1,904       2,077       (8 )
    Professional and board fees     3,034       2,001       52  
    FDIC insurance     1,515       1,732       (13 )
    Marketing and advertising     981       1,072       (8 )
    Acquisition costs           1,562       100  
    Amortization of core deposit intangible     2,757       2,484       11  
    Impairment of servicing rights     545             NM  
    Total noninterest expense     73,218       71,314       3  
    INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     31,730       33,196       (4 )
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     4,088       6,915       (41 )
    NET INCOME   $ 27,642     $ 26,281       5  
    Basic earnings per share   $ 3.54     $ 3.38       5  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 3.45     $ 3.33       4  
     

    KEY FINANCIAL RATIOS AND DATA (Unaudited)

        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2024     2023  
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS:                        
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) (1)     1.38 %     1.22 %     1.22 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) (1)     14.08       12.72       13.81  
    Yield on average interest-earning assets (1)     6.56       6.48       6.13  
    Average total cost of funds (1)     2.39       2.38       1.92  
    Interest rate spread information – average during period     4.17       3.33       4.21  
    Net interest margin (1)     4.35       4.29       4.34  
    Operating expense to average total assets (1)     3.47       3.26       3.23  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities (1)     144.28       166.25       145.14  
    Efficiency ratio (2)     69.42       65.78       66.22  
    Common equity ratio (ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets)     9.73       9.66       8.58  
    Tangible common equity ratio (3)     9.17       9.07       7.89  
        For the Nine Months Ended  
        September 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2023  
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS:                
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) (1)     1.25 %     1.25 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) (1)     13.05       14.13  
    Yield on average interest-earning assets (1)     6.44       6.03  
    Average total cost of funds (1)     2.33       1.58  
    Interest rate spread information – average during period     4.11       4.45  
    Net interest margin (1)     4.30       4.56  
    Operating expense to average total assets (1)     3.31       3.39  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     144.14       146.23  
    Efficiency ratio (2)     67.21       66.10  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2024     2023  
    ASSET QUALITY RATIOS AND DATA:                        
    Nonperforming assets to total assets at end of period (4)     0.36 %     0.39 %     0.21 %
    Nonperforming loans to total gross loans (excluding loans HFS) (5)     0.43       0.46       0.23  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to nonperforming loans (5)     290.07       273.95       493.46  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to total gross loans (excluding loans HFS)     1.25       1.26       1.27  
        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2024     2023  
    PER COMMON SHARE DATA:                        
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.32     $ 1.15     $ 1.15  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.29     $ 1.13     $ 1.13  
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding     7,676,102       7,688,246       7,667,981  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     7,854,389       7,796,253       7,780,430  
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     7,713,359 (6)     7,644,463 (7)     7,693,951 (8)
    Book value per share using common shares outstanding   $ 37.45     $ 37.15     $ 32.58  
    Tangible book value per share using common shares outstanding (3)   $ 35.10     $ 34.66     $ 29.73  

    __________________________________

    (1)   Annualized.
    (2)   Total noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income and total noninterest income.
    (3)   Represents a non-GAAP financial measure.  For a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP financial measure, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
    (4)   Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans (which include nonaccruing loans and accruing loans more than 90 days past due), foreclosed real estate and other repossessed assets.
    (5)   Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccruing loans and accruing loans 90 days or more past due.
    (6)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,817,172 at September 30, 2024, less 103,813 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (7)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,742,607 at June 30, 2024, less 98,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (8)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,796,095 at September 30, 2023, less 102,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended September 30,     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,     Linked Qtr.     Prior Year Qtr.  
    Average Balances   2024     2023     2024     2023     $ Change     $ Change  
    Assets                                                
    Loans receivable, net (1)   $ 2,536,106     $ 2,423,691     $ 2,504,129     $ 2,362,885     $ 112,415     $ 141,244  
    Securities available-for-sale, at amortized cost     250,957       294,148       288,460       276,835       (43,191 )     11,625  
    Securities held-to-maturity     8,500       8,500       8,500       8,500              
    Interest-bearing deposits and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     48,546       68,369       49,887       67,163       (19,823 )     (17,276 )
    FHLB stock, at cost     10,739       4,626       6,666       5,190       6,113       1,476  
    Total interest-earning assets     2,854,848       2,799,334       2,857,642       2,720,573       55,514       137,069  
    Noninterest-earning assets     105,941       102,052       98,099       88,936       3,889       9,163  
    Total assets   $ 2,960,789     $ 2,901,386     $ 2,955,741     $ 2,809,509     $ 59,403     $ 146,232  
    Liabilities                                                
    Interest-bearing deposit accounts   $ 1,737,793     $ 1,741,257     $ 1,788,324     $ 1,703,688     $ (3,464 )   $ 84,636  
    Borrowings     191,279       138,013       144,635       107,254       53,266       37,381  
    Subordinated notes     49,567       49,500       49,550       49,484       67       66  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,978,639       1,928,770       1,982,509       1,860,426       49,869       122,083  
    Noninterest-bearing deposit accounts     650,852       676,000       648,345       664,319       (25,148 )     (15,974 )
    Other noninterest-bearing liabilities     40,606       39,365       41,965       36,095       1,241       5,870  
    Total liabilities   $ 2,670,097     $ 2,644,135     $ 2,672,819     $ 2,560,840     $ 25,962     $ 111,979  

    __________________________________

    (1)   Includes loans HFS.
         

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

    In addition to financial results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles utilized in the United States (“GAAP”), this earnings release presents non-GAAP financial measures that include tangible book value per share, and tangible common equity ratio. Management believes that providing the Company’s tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio is consistent with the capital treatment utilized by the investment community, which excludes intangible assets from the calculation of risk-based capital ratios and facilitates comparison of the quality and composition of the Company’s capital over time and to its competitors. Where applicable, the Company has also presented comparable GAAP information.

    These non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for total stockholders’ equity or operating results determined in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

    Reconciliation of the GAAP book value per share and common equity ratio and the non-GAAP tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio is presented below.

    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   September 30,   June 30,   September 30,  
    Tangible Book Value Per Share:   2024   2024   2023  
    Stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 288,902     $ 284,026     $ 250,665    
    Less: goodwill and core deposit intangible, net     (18,178 )     (19,075 )     (21,915 )  
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity (non-GAAP)   $ 270,724     $ 264,951     $ 228,750    
                         
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     7,713,359 (1)     7,644,463 (2)     7,693,951 (3)  
                         
    Book value per share (GAAP)   $ 37.45     $ 37.15     $ 32.58    
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 35.10     $ 34.66     $ 29.73    
                         
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio:                    
    Total assets (GAAP)   $ 2,970,208     $ 2,941,377     $ 2,920,072    
    Less: goodwill and core deposit intangible assets     (18,178 )     (19,075 )     (21,915 )  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 2,952,030     $ 2,922,302     $ 2,898,157    
                         
    Common equity ratio (GAAP)     9.73 %     9.66 %     8.58 %  
    Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP)     9.17       9.07       7.89    

    _________________________

    (1)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,817,172 at September 30, 2024, less 103,813 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (2)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,742,607 at June 30, 2024, less 98,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (3)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,796,095 at September 30, 2023, less 102,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
         

    Contacts:
    Joseph C. Adams,
    Chief Executive Officer
    Matthew D. Mullet,
    President/Chief Financial Officer
    (425) 771-5299
    http://www.FSBWA.com
      

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Weatherford Third Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Revenues of $1,409 million increased 7% year-over-year
    • Operating income of $243 million increased 11% year-over-year
    • Net income of $157 million increased 28% year-over-year; net income margin of 11.1%
    • Adjusted EBITDA* of $355 million increased 16% year-over-year; adjusted EBITDA margin* of 25.2% increased by 197 basis points year-over-year
    • Cash provided by operating activities of $262 million, an increase of $112 million sequentially and $90 million year-over-year; adjusted free cash flow* of $184 million, an increase of $88 million sequentially and $47 million year-over-year
    • Received credit rating upgrade from S&P Global Ratings to ‘BB-’ with positive outlook, and from Fitch to ‘BB-’ with stable outlook
    • Shareholder returns of $68 million for the quarter, which includes dividends payment of $18 million and share repurchases of $50 million
    • Board approved quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share payable on December 5, 2024 to shareholders of record as of November 6, 2024
    • Deployment of Victus™ Managed Pressure Drilling (MPD) systems in the first two deep geothermal exploration wells that have been drilled for a major operator in the Middle East
    • Aramco awarded Weatherford a three-year Corporate Procurement Agreement (CPA) including Cementation Products, Completions, Liner Hangers, and Whipstocks, as well as associated service agreements, to enhance its operational efficiency and strategic goals
    • Hosted 20th annual FWRD conference focused on digitalization and next-generation life-of-well solutions to boost efficiency, sustainability, and performance

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    HOUSTON, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Weatherford International plc (NASDAQ: WFRD) (“Weatherford” or the “Company”) announced today its results for the third quarter of 2024.

    Revenues for the third quarter of 2024 were $1,409 million, an increase of 0.3% sequentially and an increase of 7% year-over-year. Operating income was $243 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $264 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $218 million in the third quarter of 2023. Net income in the third quarter of 2024 was $157 million, with an 11.1% margin, an increase of 26% or 225 basis points sequentially, and an increase of 28% or 177 basis points year-over-year. Adjusted EBITDA* was $355 million, a 25.2% margin, a decrease of 3% or 78 basis points sequentially, and an increase of 16% or 197 basis points year-over-year. Basic income per share in the third quarter of 2024 was $2.14 compared to $1.71 in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.70 in the third quarter of 2023. Diluted income per share in the third quarter of 2024 was $2.06 compared to $1.66 in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.66 in the third quarter of 2023.

    Third quarter 2024 cash flows provided by operating activities were $262 million, compared to $150 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $172 million in the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted free cash flow* was $184 million, an increase of $88 million sequentially and $47 million year-over-year. Capital expenditures were $78 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $62 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $42 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Girish Saligram, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “I want to thank the Weatherford team for once again delivering strong margins and adjusted free cash flow despite a volatile macro environment and short cycle activity reductions. The margin performance underscores our ability to deliver strong returns in a softer market environment. Despite continued North America weakness, customer scheduling delays in Latin America and a reduced activity outlook in certain other geographies, we still expect strong revenue growth and adjusted EBITDA margins of greater than 25% for the full year.

    In the third quarter, Weatherford acquired Datagration, enhancing our position with one of the industry’s most advanced digital offerings for production and asset optimization. The acquisition demonstrates our commitment to driving innovation across our technology portfolio and accelerating our growth in the digital transformation of the energy industry. Following our announcement in the third quarter regarding Weatherford’s first-ever shareholder return program, we paid our first quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share on September 12, 2024, to shareholders on record as of August 13, 2024, and as of September 30, 2024, we have bought back $50 million of ordinary shares.

    While the macroeconomic environment is volatile and there is heightened risk of geopolitical events creating sector challenges, Weatherford remains focused on fulfillment initiatives, acquisition integrations, and technology commercialization, which should drive further financial performance.”

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    Operational Highlights

    • Aramco awarded Weatherford a three-year CPA, including Cementation Products, Completions, Liner Hangers, and Whipstocks, as well as associated service agreements, to enhance its operational efficiency and strategic goals.
    • A major operator in the Gulf of Mexico awarded Weatherford a three-year services contract to deliver Plug & Abandonment activities utilizing our Heavy Duty Pulling & Jacking Unit and multiple service lines.
    • A National Oil Company (NOC) in the Middle East awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Drilling Services in unconventional resources fields.
    • PTTEP awarded Weatherford a multi-year contract for Wireline services in Thailand.
    • An NOC in the Middle East awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for Liner Hanger and associated services for deep drilling.
    • A major operator awarded Weatherford a three-year contract to provide MPD services in the Middle East, marking the first time it will utilize this technology.
    • An NOC in the Middle East awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Fishing and Milling services.
    • An NOC awarded Weatherford a five-year contract extension for the supply of Downhole Completion Equipment for deployment in the Middle East.
    • Shell awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Dual Stage Cementing technology to be deployed in onshore Australia.
    • Kuwait Energy awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for Cased Hole Wireline Services in onshore Iraq.
    • bp awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for multilateral installations and associated services for offshore operations in Azerbaijan.
    • JVGAS in Algeria awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for velocity string accessories and associated services and awarded a two-year contract for the supply of Fishing and Casing exiting.

    Technology Highlights

    • Drilling & Evaluation (“DRE”)
      • An NOC deployed Weatherford MPD solutions in its first two deep geothermal exploration wells in the Middle East. This innovative use of MPD technology mitigates risks from elevated geothermal gradients during exploration drilling.
      • Weatherford celebrates 25 years of Compact Memory Logging technology, with over 10,000 deployments, consistently delivering value and reliability to our customers.
    • Well Construction and Completions (“WCC”)
      • In Norway, Weatherford successfully integrated the Vero™ system into an offshore rig control system, enabling further efficiency while maintaining well integrity. This integration allows existing rig crews to operate the Vero system autonomously.
      • Perenco deployed Weatherford’s digital ForeSite® Sense optical monitoring system to oversee injectivity testing performance for the Poseidon carbon capture and storage project, the UK’s first well to inject CO2 underground.
      • Weatherford launched its new Remote-Opening Barrier Valve that decreases risk and time associated with conventional well barriers.
    • Production and Intervention (“PRI”)
      • The acquisition of Datagration Solutions Inc. added the PetroVisor and EcoVisor platforms to Weatherford’s Digital Solutions portfolio, enhancing the integration of customer data with ForeSite and Cygnet® for improved real-time analysis and decision-making.
      • Weatherford deployed its AlphaV system for a major operator in Norway in a complex application that significantly reduced time by eliminating wellbore preparation.

    Shareholder Return

    During the third quarter of 2024, Weatherford repurchased shares for approximately $50 million and paid dividends of $18 million, resulting in total shareholder returns of $68 million.

    On October 17, 2024, our Board declared a cash dividend of $0.25 per share of the Company’s ordinary shares, payable on December 5, 2024, to shareholders of record as of November 6, 2024.

    Results by Reportable Segment

    Drilling and Evaluation (“DRE”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 435     $ 427     $ 388     2  %   12  %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 111     $ 130     $ 111     (15 )%    %
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     25.5 %     30.4 %     28.6 %   (493 )bps   (309 )bps
     

    Third quarter 2024 DRE revenue of $435 million increased by $8 million, or 2% sequentially, primarily from higher Drilling-related Services activity partly offset by lower MPD asset sales and lower international Wireline activity. Year-over-year DRE revenues increased by $47 million, or 12%, primarily from higher Wireline activity and Drilling-related Services activity in Middle East/North Africa/Asia.

    Third quarter 2024 DRE segment adjusted EBITDA of $111 million decreased by $19 million, or 15% sequentially, primarily driven by lower MPD asset sales and lower international Wireline activity partly offset by higher fall-through in Drilling-related Services. Year-over-year DRE segment adjusted EBITDA remained flat as higher Drilling-related services were offset by lower margin fall through in MPD and Wireline.

    Well Construction and Completions (“WCC”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 509     $ 504     $ 459     1 %   11 %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 151     $ 145     $ 119     4 %   27 %
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     29.7 %     28.8 %     25.9 %   90 bps   374 bps
     

    Third quarter 2024 WCC revenue of $509 million increased by $5 million, or 1% sequentially, primarily due to higher international Well Services and Liner Hangers activity partly offset by lower Cementation Products in North America and Middle East/North Africa/Asia. Year-over-year WCC revenues increased by $50 million, or 11%, primarily due to higher international Completions and Liner Hangers activity, partly offset by a decrease in activity in North America.

    Third quarter 2024 WCC segment adjusted EBITDA of $151 million increased by $6 million, or 4% sequentially, primarily due to higher international Well Services and Liner Hangers activity and product and service mix partly offset by lower Tubular Running Services activity. Year-over-year WCC segment adjusted EBITDA increased by $32 million, or 27%, primarily due to higher activity and fall-through in Tubular Running Services, Completions and Well Services.

    Production and Intervention (“PRI”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 371     $ 369     $ 371     1  %    %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 83     $ 85     $ 86     (2 )%   (3 )%
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     22.4 %     23.0 %     23.2 %   (66 )bps   (81 )bps
     

    Third quarter 2024 PRI revenue of $371 million increased by $2 million, or 1% sequentially, mainly due to increased Digital Solutions and Pressure Pumping activity partly offset by lower Subsea Intervention activity in Latin America. Year-over-year PRI revenue was flat, as higher international Intervention Services & Drilling Tools activity was offset by a decline in Pressure Pumping activity.

    Third quarter 2024 PRI segment adjusted EBITDA of $83 million, decreased by $2 million, or 2% sequentially, primarily from lower Artificial Lift product mix and lower Subsea Intervention fall-through. Year-over-year PRI segment adjusted EBITDA decreased by $3 million, or 3% year-over-year, primarily due to lower Pressure Pumping activity.

    Revenue by Geography

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    North America   $ 266   $ 252   $ 269   6 %   (1 )%
                         
    International   $ 1,143   $ 1,153   $ 1,044   (1 )%   9  %
    Latin America     358     353     357   1  %    %
    Middle East/North Africa/Asia     542     542     471    %   15  %
    Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia     243     258     216   (6 )%   13  %
    Total Revenue   $ 1,409   $ 1,405   $ 1,313   0.3  %   7  %


    North America

    Third quarter 2024 North America revenue of $266 million increased by $14 million, or 6% sequentially, primarily due to activity increase in Canada due to favorable seasonality and activity increase offshore in the Gulf of Mexico. Year-over-year, North America decreased by $3 million, or 1%, primarily from lower Tubular Running Services and Cementation Products activity offshore in the Gulf of Mexico, partly offset by an increase in Wireline activity.

    International

    Third quarter 2024 international revenue of $1,143 million decreased 1% sequentially and increased 9% year-over-year.

    Third quarter 2024 Latin America revenue of $358 million increased by $5 million, or 1% sequentially, primarily due to higher Well Services in Brazil and Drilling-related Services in Mexico. Year-over-year, Latin America revenue increased by $1 million.

    Third quarter 2024 Middle East/North Africa/Asia revenue of $542 million was flat sequentially, mainly due to increased activity in United Arab Emirates partly offset by a decrease in Integrated Services & Projects activity in Oman and a decrease of activity in Kuwait. Year-over-year, the Middle East/North Africa/Asia revenue increased by $71 million, or 15%, due to an increase in activity across all product lines within the DRE and WCC segments, primarily in United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, Asia and Kuwait.

    Third quarter 2024 Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia revenue of $243 million decreased by $15 million or 6% sequentially, mainly driven by lower MPD asset sales. Year-over-year Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia revenue increased by $27 million, or 13%, due to increased activity across all segments.

    About Weatherford
    Weatherford delivers innovative energy services that integrate proven technologies with advanced digitalization to create sustainable offerings for maximized value and return on investment. Our world-class experts partner with customers to optimize their resources and realize the full potential of their assets. Operators choose us for strategic solutions that add efficiency, flexibility, and responsibility to any energy operation. The Company conducts business in approximately 75 countries and has approximately 19,000 team members representing more than 110 nationalities and 330 operating locations. Visit weatherford.com for more information and connect with us on social media.

    Conference Call Details

    Weatherford will host a conference call on Wednesday, October 23, 2024, to discuss the Company’s results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2024. The conference call will begin at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time (7:30 a.m. Central Time).

    Listeners are encouraged to download the accompanying presentation slides which will be available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    Listeners can participate in the conference call via a live webcast at https://www.weatherford.com/investor-relations/investor-news-and-events/events/ or by dialing +1 877-328-5344 (within the U.S.) or +1 412-902-6762 (outside of the U.S.) and asking for the Weatherford conference call. Participants should log in or dial in approximately 10 minutes prior to the start of the call.

    A telephonic replay of the conference call will be available until November 6, 2024, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time. To access the replay, please dial +1 877-344-7529 (within the U.S.) or +1 412-317-0088 (outside of the U.S.) and reference conference number 6410466. A replay and transcript of the earnings call will also be available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    Contacts

    For Investors:
    Luke Lemoine
    Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Investor Relations
    +1 713-836-7777
    investor.relations@weatherford.com

    For Media:
    Kelley Hughes
    Senior Director, Communications & Employee Engagement
    +1 713-836-4193
    media@weatherford.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This news release contains projections and forward-looking statements concerning, among other things, the Company’s quarterly and full-year revenues, adjusted EBITDA*, adjusted EBITDA margin*, adjusted free cash flow*, net leverage*, shareholder return program, forecasts or expectations regarding business outlook, prospects for its operations, capital expenditures, expectations regarding future financial results, and are also generally identified by the words “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “outlook,” “budget,” “intend,” “strategy,” “plan,” “guidance,” “may,” “should,” “could,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs of Weatherford’s management and are subject to significant risks, assumptions, and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those indicated in our forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that forward-looking statements are only predictions and may differ materially from actual future events or results, based on factors including but not limited to: global political disturbances, war, terrorist attacks, changes in global trade policies, weak local economic conditions and international currency fluctuations; general global economic repercussions related to U.S. and global inflationary pressures and potential recessionary concerns; various effects from conflicts in the Middle East and the Russia Ukraine conflict, including, but not limited to, nationalization of assets, extended business interruptions, sanctions, treaties and regulations imposed by various countries, associated operational and logistical challenges, and impacts to the overall global energy supply; cybersecurity issues; our ability to comply with, and respond to, climate change, environmental, social and governance and other sustainability initiatives and future legislative and regulatory measures both globally and in specific geographic regions; the potential for a resurgence of a pandemic in a given geographic area and related disruptions to our business, employees, customers, suppliers and other partners; the price and price volatility of, and demand for, oil and natural gas; the macroeconomic outlook for the oil and gas industry; our ability to generate cash flow from operations to fund our operations; our ability to effectively and timely adapt our technology portfolio, products and services to address and participate in changes to the market demands for the transition to alternate sources of energy such as geothermal, carbon capture and responsible abandonment, including our digitalization efforts; our ability to return capital to shareholders, including those related to the timing and amounts (including any plans or commitments in respect thereof) of any dividends and share repurchases; and the realization of additional cost savings and operational efficiencies.

    These risks and uncertainties are more fully described in Weatherford’s reports and registration statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including the risk factors described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any of the Company’s forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to correct or update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law, and we caution you not to rely on them unduly.

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

     
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ($ in Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)   September
    30, 2024
      June
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
      September
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
    Revenues:                    
    DRE Revenues   $ 435     $ 427     $ 388     $ 1,284     $ 1,154  
    WCC Revenues     509       504       459       1,471       1,320  
    PRI Revenues     371       369       371       1,088       1,086  
    All Other     94       105       95       329       213  
    Total Revenues     1,409       1,405       1,313       4,172       3,773  
                         
    Operating Income:                    
    DRE Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]   $ 111     $ 130     $ 111     $ 371     $ 325  
    WCC Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]     151       145       119       416       324  
    PRI Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]     83       85       86       241       235  
    All Other[2]     23       23       7       73       25  
    Corporate[2]     (13 )     (18 )     (18 )     (45 )     (44 )
    Depreciation and Amortization     (89 )     (86 )     (83 )     (260 )     (244 )
    Share-based Compensation     (10 )     (12 )     (9 )     (35 )     (26 )
    Other (Charges) Credits     (13 )     (3 )     5       (21 )     9  
    Operating Income     243       264       218       740       604  
                         
    Other Expense:                    
    Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income of $13, $17, $15, $44 and $47     (24 )     (24 )     (30 )     (77 )     (92 )
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities           (10 )           (10 )     (57 )
    Other Expense, Net     (41 )     (20 )     (24 )     (83 )   (98 )
    Income Before Income Taxes     178       210       164       570       357  
    Income Tax Provision     (12 )     (73 )     (33 )     (144 )     (55 )
    Net Income     166       137       131       426       302  
    Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests     9       12       8       32       25  
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 157     $ 125     $ 123     $ 394     $ 277  
                         
    Basic Income Per Share   $ 2.14     $ 1.71     $ 1.70     $ 5.39     $ 3.85  
    Basic Weighted Average Shares Outstanding     73.2       73.2       72.1       73.1       71.9  
                         
    Diluted Income Per Share[3]   $ 2.06     $ 1.66     $ 1.66     $ 5.25     $ 3.76  
    Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding     75.2       75.3       73.7       75.0       73.6  
     
    [1]  Segment adjusted EBITDA is our primary measure of segment profitability under U.S. GAAP ASC 280 “Segment Reporting” and represents segment earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, share-based compensation expense and other adjustments. Research and development expenses are included in segment adjusted EBITDA.
    [2] All Other results were from non-core business activities related to all other segments (profit and loss) and Corporate includes overhead support and centrally managed or shared facility costs. All Other and Corporate do not individually meet the criteria for segment reporting.
    [3] Included the maximum potentially dilutive shares contingently issuable for an acquisition consideration during the three months ended September 30, 2024, the value of which was adjusted out of Net Income Attributable to Weatherford in calculating diluted income per share.
       
     
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Balance Sheet Data (Unaudited)
           
    ($ in Millions) September 30, 2024   December 31, 2023
    Assets:      
    Cash and Cash Equivalents $ 920   $ 958
    Restricted Cash   58     105
    Accounts Receivable, Net   1,231     1,216
    Inventories, Net   919     788
    Property, Plant and Equipment, Net   1,050     957
    Intangibles, Net   356     370
           
    Liabilities:      
    Accounts Payable   723     679
    Accrued Salaries and Benefits   328     387
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   21     168
    Long-term Debt   1,627     1,715
           
    Shareholders’ Equity:      
    Total Shareholders’ Equity   1,356     922
     
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Cash Flows Information (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ($ in Millions)   September
    30, 2024
        June
    30, 2024
        September
    30, 2023
        September
    30, 2024
        September
    30, 2023
     
    Cash Flows From Operating Activities:                              
    Net Income   $ 166     $ 137     $ 131     $ 426     $ 302  
    Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities:                              
    Depreciation and Amortization   89     86     83     260     244  
    Foreign Exchange Losses   35     8     15     58     73  
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities       10         10     57  
    Gain on Disposition of Assets   (1 )   (25 )   (4 )   (33 )   (11 )
    Deferred Income Tax Provision (Benefit)   (19 )   13     (14 )   8     (67 )
    Share-Based Compensation   10     12     9     35     26  
    Changes in Accounts Receivable, Inventory, Accounts Payable and Accrued Salaries and Benefits   30     (22 )   (73 )   (144 )   (235 )
    Other Changes, Net   (48 )   (69 )   25     (77 )   68  
    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities   262     150     172     543     457  
                                   
    Cash Flows From Investing Activities:                              
    Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant and Equipment   (78 )   (62 )   (42 )   (199 )   (142 )
    Proceeds from Disposition of Assets       8     7     18     21  
    Purchases of Blue Chip Swap Securities       (50 )       (50 )   (110 )
    Proceeds from Sales of Blue Chip Swap Securities       40         40     53  
    Business Acquisitions, Net of Cash Acquired   (15 )           (51 )   (4 )
    Proceeds from Sale of Investments               41     33  
    Other Investing Activities   1     3     (1 )   (6 )   (9 )
    Net Cash Used In Investing Activities   (92 )   (61 )   (36 )   (207 )   (158 )
                                   
    Cash Flows From Financing Activities:                              
    Repayments of Long-term Debt   (5 )   (87 )   (76 )   (264 )   (306 )
    Distributions to Noncontrolling Interests   (10 )   (9 )   (15 )   (19 )   (21 )
    Tax Remittance on Equity Awards Vested       (1 )       (9 )   (54 )
    Share Repurchases   (50 )           (50 )    
    Dividends Paid   (18 )           (18 )    
    Other Financing Activities   (6 )   (5 )       (18 )   (7 )
    Net Cash Used In Financing Activities   $ (89 )   $ (102 )   $ (91 )   $ (378 )   $ (388 )
    Weatherford International plc
    Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined (Unaudited)

    We report our financial results in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). However, Weatherford’s management believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures (as defined under the SEC’s Regulation G and Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K) may provide users of this financial information additional meaningful comparisons between current results and results of prior periods and comparisons with peer companies. The non-GAAP amounts shown in the following tables should not be considered as substitutes for results reported in accordance with GAAP but should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted EBITDA* – Adjusted EBITDA* is a non-GAAP measure and represents consolidated income before interest expense, net, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, and excludes, among other items, restructuring charges, share-based compensation expense, as well as other charges and credits. Management believes adjusted EBITDA* is useful to assess and understand normalized operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for consolidated net income and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted EBITDA margin* – Adjusted EBITDA margin* is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated by dividing consolidated adjusted EBITDA* by consolidated revenues. Management believes adjusted EBITDA margin* is useful to assess and understand normalized operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA margin* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for consolidated net income margin and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted Free Cash Flow* – Adjusted Free Cash Flow* is a non-GAAP measure and represents cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities, less capital expenditures plus proceeds from the disposition of assets. Management believes adjusted free cash flow* is useful to understand our performance at generating cash and demonstrates our discipline around the use of cash. Adjusted free cash flow* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for cash flows provided by operating activities and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Net Debt* – Net Debt* is a non-GAAP measure that is calculated taking short and long-term debt less cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash. Management believes the net debt* is useful to assess the level of debt in excess of cash and cash and equivalents as we monitor our ability to repay and service our debt. Net debt* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for overall debt and total cash and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s results prepared in accordance with GAAP.​

    Net Leverage* – Net Leverage* is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated by dividing by taking net debt* divided by adjusted EBITDA* for the trailing 12 months. Management believes the net leverage* is useful to understand our ability to repay and service our debt. Net leverage* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for the individual components of above defined net debt* divided by consolidated net income attributable to Weatherford and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    *Non-GAAP – as defined above and reconciled to the GAAP measures in the section titled GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

     
    Weatherford International plc
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled (Unaudited)
     
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ($ in Millions, Except Margin in Percentages)   September
    30, 2024
      June
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
      September
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
    Revenues   $ 1,409     $ 1,405     $ 1,313     $ 4,172     $ 3,773  
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 157     $ 125     $ 123     $ 394     $ 277  
    Net Income Margin     11.1 %     8.9 %     9.4 %     9.4 %     7.3 %
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $ 355     $ 365     $ 305     $ 1,056     $ 865  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin*     25.2 %     26.0 %     23.2 %     25.3 %     22.9 %
                         
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 157     $ 125     $ 123     $ 394     $ 277  
    Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests     9       12       8       32       25  
    Income Tax Provision     12       73       33       144       55  
    Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income of $13, $17, $15, $44 and $47     24       24       30       77       92  
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities           10             10       57  
    Other Expense, Net     41       20       24       83       98  
    Operating Income     243       264       218       740       604  
    Depreciation and Amortization     89       86       83       260       244  
    Other Charges (Credits)[1]     13       3       (5 )     21       (9 )
    Share-Based Compensation     10       12       9       35       26  
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $ 355     $ 365     $ 305     $ 1,056     $ 865  
                         
    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities   $ 262     $ 150     $ 172     $ 543     $ 457  
    Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant and Equipment     (78 )     (62 )     (42 )     (199 )     (142 )
    Proceeds from Disposition of Assets           8       7       18       21  
    Adjusted Free Cash Flow*   $ 184     $ 96     $ 137     $ 362     $ 336  
    [1]  Other charges (credits) in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, primarily includes fees to third-party financial institutions to facilitate loans between those financial institutions and our largest customer in Mexico, who in turn paid certain of our outstanding receivables.

    *Non-GAAP – as reconciled to the GAAP measures above and defined in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined

     
    Weatherford International plc
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled Continued (Unaudited)
     
                   
         
    ($ in Millions)   September
    30, 2024
      June
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
     
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   $ 21   $ 20   $ 91  
    Long-term Debt     1,627     1,628     1,864  
    Total Debt   $ 1,648   $ 1,648   $ 1,955  
                   
    Cash and Cash Equivalents   $ 920   $ 862   $ 839  
    Restricted Cash     58     58     107  
    Total Cash   $ 978   $ 920   $ 946  
                   
    Components of Net Debt              
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   $ 21   $ 20   $ 91  
    Long-term Debt     1,627     1,628     1,864  
    Less: Cash and Cash Equivalents     920     862     839  
    Less: Restricted Cash     58     58     107  
    Net Debt*   $ 670   $ 728   $ 1,009  
                   
    Net Income for trailing 12 months   $ 534   $ 500   $ 359  
    Adjusted EBITDA* for trailing 12 months   $ 1,377   $ 1,327   $ 1,131  
                   
    Net Leverage* (Net Debt*/Adjusted EBITDA*)     0.5 x   0.5 x   0.9 x
     

    *Non-GAAP – as reconciled to the GAAP measures above and defined in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: First Busey Corporation Announces 2024 Third Quarter Earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CHAMPAIGN, Ill., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE)

     Net Income of $32.0 million
    Diluted EPS of $0.55


    THIRD QUARTER 2024 HIGHLIGHTS

    • Adjusted net income1 of $33.5 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share
    • Noninterest income of $36.0 million, or 30.5% of operating revenue1
    • Record high quarterly revenue for the Wealth Management operating segment
    • Tangible book value per common share1 of $18.19 at September 30, 2024, compared to $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, a year-over-year increase of 20.7%
    • Tangible common equity1 increased to 8.96% of tangible assets at September 30, 2024, compared to 8.36% at June 30, 2024, and 7.06% at September 30, 2023
    • Announced transformative partnership with CrossFirst Bankshares

    For additional information, please refer to the 3Q24 Earnings Investor Presentation.

    MESSAGE FROM OUR CHAIRMAN & CEO

    Third Quarter Financial Results

    Net income for First Busey Corporation (“Busey,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) was $32.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, or $0.55 per diluted common share, compared to $27.4 million, or $0.47 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2024, and $30.7 million, or $0.54 per diluted common share, for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted net income1, which excludes the impact of acquisition and restructuring expenses, was $33.5 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share, for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $29.0 million, or $0.50 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2024 and $30.7 million or $0.55 per diluted common share for the third quarter of 2023. Annualized return on average assets and annualized return on average tangible common equity1 were 1.06% and 12.80%, respectively, for the third quarter of 2024. Annualized adjusted return on average assets1 and annualized adjusted return on average tangible common equity1 were 1.11% and 13.41%, respectively, for the third quarter of 2024.

    Third quarter results included $0.8 million in net securities gains, nearly all of which were unrealized, as well as immaterial follow-on adjustments from the mortgage servicing rights sale previously announced in the first quarter of 2024. Excluding these items, adjusted noninterest income1 was $35.1 million, or 29.9% of operating revenue1, during the third quarter of 2024, compared to $33.9 million, or 29.1% of operating revenue, for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.3 million, or 28.7% of operating revenue, for the third quarter of 2023. Further adjusted net income1 was $32.9 million for the third quarter of 2024 with these items excluded, equating to further adjusted earnings1 of $0.57 per diluted common share.

    Pre-provision net revenue1 was $41.7 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $41.1 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $38.1 million for the third quarter of 2023. Pre-provision net revenue to average assets1 was 1.38% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.37% for the second quarter of 2024, and 1.24% for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue1 was $44.1 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $42.6 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $40.5 million for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets1 was 1.46% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.42% for the second quarter of 2024 and 1.32% for the third quarter of 2023.

    Our fee-based businesses continue to add revenue diversification. Total noninterest income was $36.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $33.8 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.0 million for the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s Wealth Management and FirsTech operating segments contributed $16.2 million and $5.6 million, respectively, to our noninterest income for the third quarter of 2024, representing 60.4% of noninterest income on a combined basis.

    Busey views certain non-operating items, including acquisition-related expenses and restructuring charges, as adjustments to net income reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Non-operating pretax adjustments for acquisition and restructuring expenses1 were $1.9 million in the third quarter of 2024. Busey believes that its non-GAAP measures (which are identified with the endnote labeled as 1) facilitate the assessment of its financial results and peer comparability. For more information and a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures in tabular form, see Non-GAAP Financial Information.

    We remain deliberate in our efforts to prudently manage our expense base and operating efficiency given the economic outlook. Noninterest expense was $75.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $75.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $70.9 million in the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted core expense1, which excludes the amortization of intangible assets and new markets tax credits, acquisition and restructuring expenses, and the provision for unfunded commitments, was $71.0 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $71.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $66.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. The year-over-year comparable period growth in adjusted core expense can be attributed primarily to the acquisition of M&M and general inflationary pressures on compensation and benefits and to a lesser extent certain other expense categories.

    Quarterly pre-tax expense synergies resulting from our acquisition of Merchants and Manufacturers Bank Corporation (the “M&M acquisition”) are anticipated to be $1.6 million to $1.7 million per quarter when fully realized. Quarterly run-rate savings are projected to be achieved by the first quarter of 2025. During the third quarter of 2024, we achieved approximately 79% of the full quarterly savings. We expect to continue to prudently manage our expenses and to realize increased rates of M&M acquisition synergies during the final quarter of 2024.

    Planned Partnership with CrossFirst

    On August 26, 2024, Busey and CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (“CrossFirst”) entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “merger agreement”) pursuant to which CrossFirst will merge with and into Busey (the “merger”) and CrossFirst’s wholly-owned subsidiary, CrossFirst Bank, will merge with and into Busey Bank. This partnership will create a premier commercial bank in the Midwest, Southwest, and Florida, with 77 full-service locations across 10 states—Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas—and approximately $20 billion in combined assets, $17 billion in total deposits, $15 billion in total loans, and $14 billion in wealth assets under care.

    Under the terms of the merger agreement, CrossFirst stockholders will have the right to receive for each share of CrossFirst common stock 0.6675 of a share of Busey’s common stock. Upon completion of the transaction, Busey’s stockholders will own approximately 63.5% of the combined company and CrossFirst’s stockholders will own approximately 36.5% of the combined company, on a fully-diluted basis. Busey common stock will continue to trade on the Nasdaq under the “BUSE” stock ticker symbol.

    Completion of the merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including the approval of both Busey and CrossFirst stockholders and the regulatory approvals for the merger and the bank merger. With approvals, the parties expect to close the merger in the first or second quarter of 2025. The combined holding company will continue to operate under the First Busey Corporation name and the combined bank will operate under the Busey Bank name. It is anticipated that CrossFirst Bank will merge with and into Busey Bank in mid-2025. At the time of the bank merger, CrossFirst Bank locations will become banking centers of Busey Bank. In connection with the merger, Busey incurred one-time pretax acquisition-related expenses of $1.3 million during the third quarter of 2024.

    For further details on the merger, see Busey’s Current Report on Form 8‑K announcing the merger, which was filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on August 27, 2024.

    Busey’s Conservative Banking Strategy

    Busey’s financial strength is built on a long-term conservative operating approach. That focus will not change now or in the future.

    The quality of our core deposit franchise is a critical value driver of our institution. Our granular deposit base continues to position us well, with core deposits1 representing 96.5% of our deposits as of September 30, 2024. Our retail deposit base was comprised of more than 253,000 accounts with an average balance of $22 thousand and an average tenure of 16.7 years as of September 30, 2024. Our commercial deposit base was comprised of more than 33,000 accounts with an average balance of $97 thousand and an average tenure of 12.6 years as of September 30, 2024. We estimate that 29% of our deposits were uninsured and uncollateralized2 as of September 30, 2024, and we have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers.

    Asset quality remains strong by both Busey’s historical and current industry trends. Non-performing assets decreased to $8.3 million during the third quarter of 2024, representing 0.07% of total assets. Busey’s results for the third quarter of 2024 include an insignificant provision expense for credit losses and a $0.4 million provision expense for unfunded commitments. The allowance for credit losses was $85.0 million as of September 30, 2024, representing 1.09% of total portfolio loans outstanding, and providing coverage of 10.34 times our non-performing loan balance. Busey recorded net charge-offs of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2024. As of September 30, 2024, our commercial real estate loan portfolio of investor-owned office properties within Central Business District3 areas was minimal at $2.1 million. Our credit performance continues to reflect our highly diversified, conservatively underwritten loan portfolio, which has been originated predominantly to established customers with tenured relationships with our company.

    The strength of our balance sheet is also reflected in our capital foundation. In the third quarter of 2024, our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio4 was 13.78% and our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio4 was 18.19%. Our regulatory capital ratios continue to provide a buffer of more than $580 million above levels required to be designated well-capitalized. Our Tangible Common Equity ratio1 increased to 8.96% during the third quarter of 2024, compared to 8.36% for the second quarter of 2024 and 7.06% for the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s tangible book value per common share1 increased to $18.19 at September 30, 2024, from $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, reflecting a 20.7% year-over-year increase. During the third quarter of 2024, we paid a common share dividend of $0.24.

    Community Banking

    In July 2024—based on their community involvement and academic achievements—Busey awarded 10 deserving students from across Busey’s footprint in Illinois, Missouri, Florida, and Indiana, a $2,500 scholarship to support their continuing education and bright futures. With 70 applications received, and a record number of eligible applicants, the students with the top scores, as determined by Busey’s Scholarship Committee, averaged a 4.16 GPA. Since the inception of the Busey Bank Bridge Scholarship program in 2022, Busey has awarded 30 scholarships to deserving students for a total $75,000. Full details on the scholarship’s eligibility criteria and application process can be found at https://www.busey.com/busey/busey-bank-bridge-scholarship.

    As we build upon Busey’s forward momentum and our strategic growth plans, we are grateful for the opportunities to consistently earn the business of our customers, based on the contributions of our talented associates and the continued support of our loyal shareholders. With our strong capital position, an attractive core funding base, and a sound credit foundation, we remain confident that we are well positioned as we move into the final quarter of 2024 and into 2025. We are mindful of the evolving economic outlook and remain focused on balance sheet strength, profitability, and growth, in that order. The pending CrossFirst transaction fits with our acquisition strategy and we are excited to welcome our CrossFirst colleagues into the Busey family.

        Van A. Dukeman
        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
        First Busey Corporation
     
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    EARNINGS & PER SHARE AMOUNTS                  
    Net income $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
    Diluted earnings per common share   0.55       0.47       0.54       1.49       1.72  
    Cash dividends paid per share   0.24       0.24       0.24       0.72       0.72  
    Pre-provision net revenue1, 2   41,744       41,051       38,139       129,168       125,593  
    Operating revenue2   117,688       116,311       109,084       343,676       336,146  
                       
    Net income by operating segment:                  
    Banking   33,221       26,697       31,189       86,410       98,689  
    FirsTech   (61 )     28       317       53       505  
    Wealth Management   5,618       5,561       4,781       16,177       14,571  
                       
    AVERAGE BALANCES                  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 502,127     $ 346,381     $ 252,730     $ 480,979     $ 237,370  
    Investment securities   2,666,269       2,737,313       3,148,759       2,769,862       3,254,054  
    Loans held for sale   11,539       9,353       2,267       8,585       1,955  
    Portfolio loans   7,869,798       8,010,636       7,834,285       7,826,741       7,767,378  
    Interest-earning assets   10,936,611       10,993,907       11,118,167       10,976,660       11,142,780  
    Total assets   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                       
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   2,706,858       2,816,293       2,925,244       2,743,777       3,082,884  
    Interest-bearing deposits   7,296,921       7,251,582       7,217,463       7,292,884       6,886,277  
    Total deposits   10,003,779       10,067,875       10,142,707       10,036,661       9,969,161  
                       
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   132,688       144,370       190,112       151,835       207,014  
    Interest-bearing liabilities   7,731,459       7,725,832       7,864,355       7,762,867       7,748,218  
    Total liabilities   10,643,325       10,757,877       10,994,376       10,716,295       11,029,374  
    Stockholders’ equity – common   1,364,377       1,331,815       1,208,407       1,324,119       1,195,858  
    Tangible common equity2   994,657       955,591       850,382       957,788       835,204  
                       
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS                  
    Pre-provision net revenue to average assets1, 2, 3   1.38 %     1.37 %     1.24 %     1.43 %     1.37 %
    Return on average assets3   1.06 %     0.91 %     1.00 %     0.95 %     1.06 %
    Return on average common equity3   9.33 %     8.26 %     10.07 %     8.63 %     10.82 %
    Return on average tangible common equity2, 3   12.80 %     11.51 %     14.31 %     11.94 %     15.50 %
    Net interest margin2, 4   3.02 %     3.03 %     2.80 %     2.94 %     2.93 %
    Efficiency ratio2   62.15 %     62.32 %     62.38 %     60.87 %     59.97 %
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue2   29.86 %     29.13 %     28.69 %     29.95 %     27.91 %
                       
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION                  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue1, 2 $ 44,104     $ 42,617     $ 40,491     $ 125,359     $ 132,067  
    Adjusted net income2   33,533       29,016       30,730       89,080       96,889  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per share2   0.58       0.50       0.55       1.55       1.72  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets2, 3   1.46 %     1.42 %     1.32 %     1.39 %     1.44 %
    Adjusted return on average assets2, 3   1.11 %     0.97 %     1.00 %     0.99 %     1.06 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible common equity2, 3   13.41 %     12.21 %     14.34 %     12.42 %     15.51 %
    Adjusted net interest margin2, 4   2.97 %     3.00 %     2.79 %     2.92 %     2.91 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio2   60.50 %     60.57 %     62.31 %     60.91 %     59.95 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding securities gains and losses, less noninterest expense.
    2. See Non-GAAP Financial Information for reconciliation.
    3. For quarterly periods, measures are annualized.
    4. On a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a federal income tax rate of 21%.
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
     
      As of
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 553,709     $ 285,269     $ 337,919  
    Debt securities available for sale   1,818,117       1,829,896       2,182,841  
    Debt securities held to maturity   838,883       851,261       882,614  
    Equity securities   10,315       9,618       8,782  
    Loans held for sale   11,523       11,286       3,051  
               
    Commercial loans   5,631,281       5,799,214       5,824,800  
    Retail real estate and retail other loans   2,177,816       2,199,698       2,031,360  
    Portfolio loans   7,809,097       7,998,912       7,856,160  
               
    Allowance for credit losses   (84,981 )     (85,226 )     (91,710 )
    Premises and equipment   120,279       121,647       122,538  
    Right of use asset   11,100       11,137       11,500  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net   368,249       370,580       356,343  
    Other assets   530,548       567,036       588,212  
    Total assets $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
               
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
    Liabilities          
    Deposits:          
    Noninterest-bearing deposits $ 2,683,543     $ 2,832,776     $ 2,918,574  
    Interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market deposits   5,739,773       5,619,470       5,747,136  
    Time deposits   1,519,925       1,523,889       1,666,652  
    Total deposits   9,943,241       9,976,135       10,332,362  
               
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   128,429       140,283       183,702  
    Short-term borrowings               12,000  
    Long-term debt   227,482       227,245       243,666  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   74,754       74,693       71,946  
    Lease liability   11,470       11,469       11,783  
    Other liabilities   198,579       207,781       212,633  
    Total liabilities   10,583,955       10,637,606       11,068,092  
               
    Stockholders’ equity          
    Retained earnings   279,868       261,820       224,698  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (170,913 )     (220,326 )     (290,730 )
    Other1   1,293,929       1,292,316       1,256,190  
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,402,884       1,333,810       1,190,158  
    Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
               
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS          
    Book value per common share $ 24.67     $ 23.50     $ 21.51  
    Tangible book value per common share2 $ 18.19     $ 16.97     $ 15.07  
    Ending number of common shares outstanding   56,872,241       56,746,937       55,342,017  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net balance of common stock ($0.001 par value), additional paid-in capital, and treasury stock.
    2. See Non-GAAP Financial Information for reconciliation.
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    INTEREST INCOME                  
    Interest and fees on loans $ 111,336     $ 109,641     $ 99,844     $ 320,302     $ 284,423  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities   18,072       19,173       21,234       57,182       62,360  
    Other interest income   5,092       3,027       1,591       14,590       3,890  
    Total interest income $ 134,500     $ 131,841     $ 122,669     $ 392,074     $ 350,673  
                       
    INTEREST EXPENSE                  
    Deposits $ 46,634     $ 43,709     $ 37,068     $ 134,311     $ 78,576  
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   981       1,040       1,327       3,393       3,772  
    Short-term borrowings   26       418       1,964       676       12,527  
    Long-term debt   3,181       3,181       3,528       9,767       10,631  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   1,137       1,059       991       3,185       2,849  
    Total interest expense $ 51,959     $ 49,407     $ 44,878     $ 151,332     $ 108,355  
                       
    Net interest income $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Provision for credit losses   2       2,277       364       7,317       1,944  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses $ 82,539     $ 80,157     $ 77,427     $ 233,425     $ 240,374  
                       
    NONINTEREST INCOME                  
    Wealth management fees $ 15,378     $ 15,917     $ 14,235     $ 46,844     $ 43,594  
    Fees for customer services   8,168       7,798       7,502       23,022       21,560  
    Payment technology solutions   5,265       5,915       5,226       16,889       15,772  
    Mortgage revenue   355       478       311       1,579       871  
    Income on bank owned life insurance   1,189       1,442       1,001       4,050       3,682  
    Realized net gains (losses) on the sale of mortgage servicing rights   (18 )     277             7,724        
    Net securities gains (losses)   822       (353 )     (285 )     (5,906 )     (2,960 )
    Other noninterest income   4,792       2,327       3,018       10,550       8,349  
    Total noninterest income $ 35,951     $ 33,801     $ 31,008     $ 104,752     $ 90,868  
                       
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                  
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits $ 44,593     $ 43,478     $ 39,677     $ 130,161     $ 119,867  
    Data processing expense   6,910       7,100       5,930       20,560       17,472  
    Net occupancy expense of premises   4,633       4,590       4,594       13,943       13,896  
    Furniture and equipment expense   1,647       1,695       1,638       5,155       5,065  
    Professional fees   3,118       2,495       1,542       7,866       4,573  
    Amortization of intangible assets   2,548       2,629       2,555       7,586       7,953  
    Interchange expense   1,352       1,733       1,786       4,696       5,509  
    FDIC insurance   1,413       1,460       1,475       4,273       4,483  
    Other noninterest expense   9,712       10,357       11,748       27,992       31,735  
    Total noninterest expense $ 75,926     $ 75,537     $ 70,945     $ 222,232     $ 210,553  
                       
    Income before income taxes $ 42,564     $ 38,421     $ 37,490     $ 115,945     $ 120,689  
    Income taxes   10,560       11,064       6,824       30,359       23,873  
    Net income $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
                       
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS                  
    Basic earnings per common share $ 0.56     $ 0.48     $ 0.55     $ 1.52     $ 1.75  
    Diluted earnings per common share $ 0.55     $ 0.47     $ 0.54     $ 1.49     $ 1.72  
    Average common shares outstanding   57,033,359       56,919,025       55,486,700       56,458,430       55,441,980  
    Diluted average common shares outstanding   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                                           

    BALANCE SHEET STRENGTH

    Our balance sheet remains a source of strength. Total assets were $11.99 billion as of September 30, 2024, compared to $11.97 billion as of June 30, 2024, and $12.26 billion as of September 30, 2023.

    We remain steadfast in our conservative approach to underwriting and disciplined approach to pricing, particularly given our outlook for the economy in the coming quarters, and this approach has impacted loan growth as predicted. Portfolio loans totaled $7.81 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $8.00 billion at June 30, 2024, and $7.86 billion at September 30, 2023.

    Average portfolio loans were $7.87 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $8.01 billion for the second quarter of 2024 and $7.83 billion for the third quarter of 2023. Average interest-earning assets were $10.94 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.99 billion for the second quarter of 2024, and $11.12 billion for the third quarter of 2023.

    Total deposits were $9.94 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $9.98 billion at June 30, 2024, and $10.33 billion at September 30, 2023. Average deposits were $10.00 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.07 billion for the second quarter of 2024 and $10.14 billion for the third quarter of 2023. Deposit fluctuations over the last several quarters were driven by a number of elements, including (1) seasonal factors, including ordinary course public fund flows and fluctuations in the normal course of business operations of certain core commercial customers, (2) the macroeconomic environment, including prevailing interest rates and inflationary pressures, (3) depositors moving some funds to accounts at competitors offering above-market rates, and (4) deposits moving within the Busey ecosystem between deposit accounts and our wealth management group. Core deposits1 accounted for 96.5% of total deposits as of September 30, 2024. Cost of deposits was 1.85% in the third quarter of 2024, which represents an increase of 10 basis points from the second quarter of 2024. Excluding time deposits, Busey’s cost of deposits was 1.50% in the third quarter of 2024, an increase of 14 basis points from the second quarter of 2024. Non-maturity deposit cost of funds has increased as Busey Bank continues to offer savings account specials to customers with larger account balances, with the intention of migrating maturing CDs to these managed rate products. Pressure on non-interest bearing deposits along with some elevated balances of higher rate seasonal business and public funds accounts also contributed to increases in overall deposit funding cost during the quarter. Spot rates on total deposit costs, including noninterest bearing deposits, increased by 5 basis points from 1.75% at June 30, 2024, to 1.80% at September 30, 2024. Spot rates on interest bearing deposits increased by 1 basis point from 2.45% at June 30, 2024 to 2.46% at September 30, 2024.

    There were no short term borrowings as of September 30 or June 30, 2024, compared to $12.0 million at September 30, 2023. We had no borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) at the end of the third quarter of 2024, the second quarter of 2024, or the third quarter of 2023. We have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity5 to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers. As of September 30, 2024, our available sources of on- and off-balance sheet liquidity totaled $6.37 billion. We have executed various deposit campaigns to attract term funding and savings accounts at a lower rate than our marginal cost of funds. New certificate of deposit production in the third quarter of 2024 had a weighted average term of 8.1 months at a rate of 4.18%, 67 basis points below our average marginal wholesale equivalent-term funding cost during the quarter. Furthermore, our balance sheet liquidity profile continues to be aided by the cash flows we expect from our relatively short-duration securities portfolio. Those cash flows were approximately $81.1 million in the third quarter of 2024. For the remainder of 2024, cash flows from our securities portfolio are expected to be approximately $97.1 million with a current book yield of 2.18%.

    ASSET QUALITY

    Credit quality continues to be strong. Loans 30-89 days past due totaled $10.1 million as of September 30, 2024, compared to $23.5 million as of June 30, 2024, and $5.9 million as of September 30, 2023. The decrease in loans that were 30-89 days past due is primarily attributable to a single commercial real estate loan in the second quarter that is no longer past due as of September 30, 2024. Non-performing loans were $8.2 million as of September 30, 2024, compared to $9.1 million as of June 30, 2024, and $12.0 million as of September 30, 2023. Continued disciplined credit management resulted in non-performing loans as a percentage of portfolio loans of 0.11% as of both September 30, 2024, and June 30, 2024, and 0.15% as of September 30, 2023. Non-performing assets were 0.07% of total assets for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 0.08% for the second quarter of 2024 and 0.10% for the third quarter of 2023. Our total classified assets were $89.0 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $95.8 million at June 30, 2024, and $59.6 million at September 30, 2023. Our ratio of classified assets to estimated bank Tier 1 capital4 and reserves remains low by historical standards, at 5.9% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 6.4% as of June 30, 2024, and 4.1% as of September 30, 2023.

    Net charge-offs were $0.2 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $9.9 million for the second quarter of 2024, and $0.3 million for the third quarter of 2023. Charge-offs in the second quarter of 2024 were primarily in connection with a single commercial and industrial credit relationship that also experienced a partial charge-off during the first quarter of 2024. The allowance as a percentage of portfolio loans was 1.09% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 1.07% as of June 30, 2024, and 1.17% as of September 30, 2023. The ratio was impacted in 2024 by the acquisition of M&M’s Life Equity Loan® portfolio, as Busey did not record an allowance for credit loss for these loans due to no expected credit loss at default, as permitted under the practical expedient provided within the Accounting Standards Codification 326-20-35-6. The allowance coverage for non-performing loans was 10.34 times as of September 30, 2024, compared to 9.36 times as of June 30, 2024, and 7.64 times as of September 30, 2023.

    Busey maintains a well-diversified loan portfolio and, as a matter of policy and practice, limits concentration exposure in any particular loan segment.

     
    ASSET QUALITY (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
               
      As of
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total assets $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
    Portfolio loans   7,809,097       7,998,912       7,856,160  
    Loans 30 – 89 days past due   10,141       23,463       5,934  
    Non-performing loans:          
    Non-accrual loans   8,192       8,393       11,298  
    Loans 90+ days past due and still accruing   25       712       709  
    Non-performing loans $ 8,217     $ 9,105     $ 12,007  
    Non-performing loans, segregated by geography:          
    Illinois / Indiana $ 3,981     $ 5,793     $ 7,951  
    Missouri   3,530       3,089       3,747  
    Florida   706       222       309  
    Other non-performing assets   64       90       96  
    Non-performing assets $ 8,281     $ 9,195     $ 12,103  
               
    Allowance for credit losses $ 84,981     $ 85,226     $ 91,710  
               
    RATIOS          
    Non-performing loans to portfolio loans   0.11 %     0.11 %     0.15 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.07 %     0.08 %     0.10 %
    Non-performing assets to portfolio loans and other non-performing assets   0.11 %     0.11 %     0.15 %
    Allowance for credit losses to portfolio loans   1.09 %     1.07 %     1.17 %
    Coverage ratio of the allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans 10.34 x   9.36 x   7.64 x
    NET CHARGE-OFFS (RECOVERIES) AND PROVISION EXPENSE (RELEASE) (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 247     $ 9,856     $ 293     $ 15,319     $ 1,842  
    Provision expense (release)   2       2,277       364       7,317       1,944  
                                           

    NET INTEREST MARGIN AND NET INTEREST INCOME

    Net interest margin1 was 3.02% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 3.03% for the second quarter of 2024 and 2.80% for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding purchase accounting accretion, adjusted net interest margin1 was 2.97% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 3.00% in the second quarter of 2024 and 2.79% in the third quarter of 2023. Net interest income was $82.5 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $82.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $77.8 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    After raising federal funds rates by a total of 525 basis points between March 2022 and July 2023, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) lowered rates by 50 basis points in September 2024. In anticipation of the FOMC pivot to an easing cycle, we limited our exposure to term funding structures and intentionally priced savings specials to encourage maturing CD balances to migrate to managed rate non-maturity products. During September we began lowering rates on special priced deposit accounts and other managed rate products to benefit from the FOMC rate cuts. In addition, approximately 6% of our deposit portfolio is indexed and immediately repriced with the rate cuts by the FOMC. With our short duration CD balances comprising only 15% of the deposit funding base, we also have the ability to quickly reprice the book at lower market rates. We continue to offer CD specials with shorter term structures as well as offering attractive premium savings rates to encourage rotation of maturing CD deposits into nimble pricing products. Components of the 1 basis point decrease in net interest margin1 during the third quarter of 2024 include:

    • Increased cash and securities portfolio yield contributed +3 basis points
    • Increased loan portfolio and held for sale loan yields contributed +2 basis points
    • Increased purchase accounting contributed +2 basis points
    • Reduced borrowing expense +2 basis points
    • Reduced time deposit funding costs contributed +1 basis point
    • Increased non-maturity deposit funding costs contributed -11 basis points

    Based on our most recent Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) model, a +100 basis point parallel rate shock is expected to increase net interest income by 2.1% over the subsequent twelve-month period. Busey continues to evaluate off-balance sheet hedging and balance sheet restructuring strategies as well as embedding rate protection in our asset originations to provide stabilization to net interest income in lower rate environments. Time deposit and savings specials have provided funding flows, and we had excess earning cash during the third quarter of 2024. Since the onset of the current FOMC tightening cycle that began in the first quarter of 2022, our cumulative interest-bearing non-maturity deposit beta peaked at 41%. Our total deposit beta for the completed tightening cycle was 34%. Deposit betas were calculated based on an average federal funds rate of 5.43% during the third quarter of 2024. The average federal funds rate decreased by 7 basis points compared to the average rate of 5.50% in the second quarter of 2024.

    NONINTEREST INCOME

    Noninterest income was $36.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, as compared to $33.8 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.0 million for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding the impact of net securities gains and losses and immaterial follow-on adjustments from the previously announced mortgage servicing rights sale, adjusted noninterest income1 was $35.1 million, or 29.9% of operating revenue1, during the third quarter of 2024, $33.9 million, or 29.1% of operating revenue, for the second quarter of 2024, and $31.3 million, or 28.7% of operating revenue, for the third quarter of 2023.

    Consolidated wealth management fees were $15.4 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $15.9 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $14.2 million for the third quarter of 2023. Wealth management fees for the third quarter of 2024 declined by 3.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024 primarily based on seasonal tax preparation fees. On a segment basis, Wealth Management generated $16.2 million in revenue during the third quarter of 2024, a 12.7% increase over revenue of $14.4 million for the third quarter of 2023. Approximately $0.8 million of revenue attributed to the wealth segment is reported on a consolidated basis as part of other noninterest income. Third quarter of 2024 results marked a new record high reported quarterly revenue for the Wealth Management operating segment. The Wealth Management operating segment generated net income of $5.6 million in both the third quarter of 2024 and the second quarter of 2024, compared to $4.8 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s Wealth Management division ended the third quarter of 2024 with $13.69 billion in assets under care, compared to $13.02 billion at the end of the second quarter of 2024 and $11.55 billion at the end of the third quarter of 2023. Our portfolio management team continues to focus on long-term returns and managing risk in the face of volatile markets and has outperformed its blended benchmark6 over the last three and five years.

    Payment technology solutions revenue was $5.3 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $5.9 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $5.2 million for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding intracompany eliminations, the FirsTech operating segment generated revenue of $5.6 million during the third quarter of 2024, compared to $6.2 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $5.7 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Noninterest income generated from our Wealth Management and FirsTech operating segments comprised 60.4% of our total noninterest income for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, providing a balance to spread-based revenue from traditional banking activities.

    Fees for customer services were $8.2 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $7.8 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $7.5 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Net securities gains were $0.8 million for the third quarter of 2024, comprised primarily of unrealized gains on equity securities.

    Other noninterest income was $4.8 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $2.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $3.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. Revenue associated with certain wealth management activities reported as other noninterest income on a consolidated basis was $0.8 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.2 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $0.1 million for the third quarter of 2023. Fluctuations in other noninterest income are primarily attributable to increases in venture capital investments, referral fees, and swap origination fees, partially offset by decreases in commercial loan sales gains. Increases for the year also reflect the addition of Life Equity Loan® servicing income beginning in the second quarter of 2024.

    OPERATING EFFICIENCY

    Noninterest expense was $75.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $75.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $70.9 million for the third quarter of 2023. The efficiency ratio1 was 62.1% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 62.3% for the second quarter of 2024, and 62.4% for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted core expense1 was $71.0 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $71.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $66.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. The adjusted core efficiency ratio1 was 60.2% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 60.9% for the second quarter of 2024, and 60.2% for the third quarter of 2023. We expect to continue to prudently manage our expenses and to realize increased rates of M&M acquisition synergies during the final quarter of 2024.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest expense are as follows:

    • Salaries, wages, and employee benefits expenses were $44.6 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $43.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $39.7 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.1 million of non-operating salaries, wages, and employee benefit expenses in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $1.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. The increase in the third quarter of 2024 over the second quarter of 2024 was primarily attributable to performance metrics tied to bonus and equity compensation. Our associate-base consisted of 1,510 full-time equivalents as of September 30, 2024, compared to 1,520 as of June 30, 2024, and 1,484 as of September 30, 2023. The increase in our associate-base in the second quarter of 2024 was largely due to the M&M acquisition.
    • Data processing expense was $6.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $7.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $5.9 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.1 million of non-operating data processing expenses in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. Busey has continued to make investments in technology enhancements and has also experienced inflation-driven price increases.
    • Professional fees were $3.1 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $2.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.5 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $1.4 million of non-operating professional fees in the third quarter of 2024, as compared to $0.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $0.1 million in the third quarter of 2023.
    • Other noninterest expense was $9.7 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $11.7 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.4 million of non-operating costs in other noninterest expense in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. In connection with Busey’s adoption of ASU 2023-02 on January 1, 2024, Busey began recording amortization of New Markets Tax Credits as income tax expense instead of other operating expense, which resulted in a decrease to other operating expenses of $2.3 million compared to the third quarter of 2023. Other items contributing to the fluctuations in other noninterest expense included the provision for unfunded commitments, mortgage servicing rights valuation expenses, fixed asset impairment, marketing, business development, and expenses related to recruiting and onboarding.

    Busey’s effective tax rate for the third quarter of 2024 was 24.8%, which was lower than the combined federal and state statutory rate of approximately 28.0% due to the impact of tax exempt interest income, such as municipal bond interest, bank owned life insurance income, and investments in various federal and state tax credits.

    Effective tax rates were higher in 2024, compared to 2023, due to the adoption of ASU 2023-02 in January 2024. Upon adoption of ASU 2023-02 Busey elected to use the proportional amortization method of accounting for equity investments made primarily for the purpose of receiving income tax credits. The proportional amortization method results in the cost of the investment being amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received, with the amortization of the investment and the income tax credits being presented net in the income statement as a component of income tax expense as opposed to being presented on a gross basis on the income statement as a component of noninterest expense and income tax expense.

    CAPITAL STRENGTH

    Busey’s strong capital levels, coupled with its earnings, have allowed the Company to provide a steady return to its stockholders through dividends. On October 25, 2024, Busey will pay a cash dividend of $0.24 per common share to stockholders of record as of October 18, 2024. Busey has consistently paid dividends to its common stockholders since the bank holding company was organized in 1980.

    As of September 30, 2024, Busey continued to exceed the capital adequacy requirements necessary to be considered “well-capitalized” under applicable regulatory guidelines. Busey’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio is estimated4 to be 13.78% at September 30, 2024, compared to 13.20% at June 30, 2024, and 12.52% at September 30, 2023. Our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio is estimated4 to be 18.19% at September 30, 2024, compared to 17.50% at June 30, 2024, and 16.72% at September 30, 2023.

    Busey’s tangible common equity1 was $1.04 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $970.9 million at June 30, 2024, and $841.2 million at September 30, 2023. Tangible common equity1 represented 8.96% of tangible assets at September 30, 2024, compared to 8.36% at June 30, 2024, and 7.06% at September 30, 2023. Busey’s tangible book value per common share1 increased to $18.19 at September 30, 2024, from $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, reflecting a 20.7% year-over-year increase. The ratios of tangible common equity to tangible assets1 and tangible book value per common share have been impacted by the fair value adjustment of Busey’s securities portfolio as a result of the current rate environment, which is reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareholder’s equity.

    THIRD QUARTER EARNINGS INVESTOR PRESENTATION

    For additional information on Busey’s financial condition and operating results, please refer to the Q3 2024 Earnings Investor Presentation furnished via Form 8-K on October 22, 2024, in connection with this earnings release.

    CORPORATE PROFILE

    As of September 30, 2024, First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) was an $11.99 billion financial holding company headquartered in Champaign, Illinois.

    Busey Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Busey Corporation, had total assets of $11.95 billion as of September 30, 2024, and is headquartered in Champaign, Illinois. Busey Bank currently has 62 banking centers, with 21 in Central Illinois markets, 17 in suburban Chicago markets, 20 in the St. Louis Metropolitan Statistical Area, three in Southwest Florida, and one in Indianapolis. More information about Busey Bank can be found at busey.com.

    Through Busey’s Wealth Management division, the Company provides a full range of asset management, investment, brokerage, fiduciary, philanthropic advisory, tax preparation, and farm management services to individuals, businesses, and foundations. Assets under care totaled $13.69 billion as of September 30, 2024. More information about Busey’s Wealth Management services can be found at busey.com/wealth-management.

    Busey Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, FirsTech, specializes in the evolving financial technology needs of small and medium-sized businesses, highly regulated enterprise industries, and financial institutions. FirsTech provides comprehensive and innovative payment technology solutions, including online, mobile, and voice-recognition bill payments; money and data movement; merchant services; direct debit services; lockbox remittance processing for payments made by mail; and walk-in payments at retail agents. Additionally, FirsTech simplifies client workflows through integrations enabling support with billing, reconciliation, bill reminders, and treasury services. More information about FirsTech can be found at firstechpayments.com.

    For the first time, Busey was named among the World’s Best Banks for 2024 by Forbes, earning a spot on the list among 68 U.S. banks and 403 banks worldwide. Additionally, Busey Bank was honored to be named among America’s Best Banks by Forbes magazine for the third consecutive year. Ranked 40th overall in 2024, Busey was the second-ranked bank headquartered in Illinois of the six that made this year’s list and the highest-ranked bank of those with more than $10 billion in assets. Busey is humbled to be named among the 2023 Best Banks to Work For by American Banker, the 2023 Best Places to Work in Money Management by Pensions and Investments, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Illinois by Daily Herald Business Ledger, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Indiana by the Indiana Chamber of Commerce, and the 2024 Best Companies to Work For in Florida by Florida Trend magazine. We are honored to be consistently recognized globally, nationally and locally for our engaged culture of integrity and commitment to community development.

    For more information about us, visit busey.com.

    Category: Financial
    Source: First Busey Corporation

    Contacts:

    Jeffrey D. Jones, Chief Financial Officer
    217-365-4130

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    This earnings release contains certain financial information determined by methods other than GAAP. Management uses these non-GAAP measures, together with the related GAAP measures, in analysis of Busey’s performance and in making business decisions, as well as for comparison to Busey’s peers. Busey believes the adjusted measures are useful for investors and management to understand the effects of certain non-core and non-recurring noninterest items and provide additional perspective on Busey’s performance over time.

    Below is a reconciliation to what management believes to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures—specifically, net interest income, total noninterest income, net security gains and losses, and total noninterest expense in the case of pre-provision net revenue, adjusted pre-provision net revenue, pre-provision net revenue to average assets, and adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets; net income in the case of adjusted net income, adjusted diluted earnings per share, adjusted return on average assets, average tangible common equity, return on average tangible common equity, adjusted return on average tangible common equity; net income and net security gains and losses in the case of further adjusted net income and further adjusted diluted earnings per share; net interest income in the case of adjusted net interest income and adjusted net interest margin; net interest income, total noninterest income, and total noninterest expense in the case of adjusted noninterest income, adjusted noninterest expense, noninterest expense excluding non-operating adjustments, adjusted core expense, efficiency ratio, adjusted efficiency ratio, and adjusted core efficiency ratio; net interest income, total noninterest income, net securities gains and losses, and net gains and losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights in the case of operating revenue and adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue; total assets and goodwill and other intangible assets in the case of tangible assets; total stockholders’ equity in the case of tangible book value per common share; total assets and total stockholders’ equity in the case of tangible common equity and tangible common equity to tangible assets; and total deposits in the case of core deposits and core deposits to total deposits.

    These non-GAAP disclosures have inherent limitations and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating results reported in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Tax effected numbers included in these non-GAAP disclosures are based on estimated statutory rates, estimated federal income tax rates, or effective tax rates, as noted with the tables below.

    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (Unaudited)

    Pre-Provision Net Revenue, Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue,
    Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets, and
    Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    PRE-PROVISION NET REVENUE                     
    Net interest income   $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Total noninterest income     35,951       33,801       31,008       104,752       90,868  
    Net security (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Total noninterest expense     (75,926 )     (75,537 )     (70,945 )     (222,232 )     (210,553 )
    Pre-provision net revenue     41,744       41,051       38,139       129,168       125,593  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     1,935       2,212       79       4,555       91  
    Provision for unfunded commitments     407       (369 )     13       (640 )     (357 )
    Amortization of New Markets Tax Credits                 2,260             6,740  
    Realized (gain) loss on the sale of mortgage service rights     18       (277 )           (7,724 )      
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue   $ 44,104     $ 42,617     $ 40,491     $ 125,359     $ 132,067  
                         
    Pre-provision net revenue, annualized [a] $ 166,069     $ 165,106     $ 151,312     $ 172,538     $ 167,917  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue, annualized [b]   175,457       171,405       160,644       167,450       176,573  
    Average total assets [c]   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                         
    Reported: Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets1 [a÷c]   1.38 %     1.37 %     1.24 %     1.43 %     1.37 %
    Adjusted: Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets1 [b÷c]   1.46 %     1.42 %     1.32 %     1.39 %     1.44 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Annualized measure.
     
    Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share, Adjusted Return on Average Assets, Average Tangible Common Equity, Return on Average Tangible Common Equity, and Adjusted Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR NON-OPERATING ITEMS                    
    Net income [a] $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
    Non-GAAP adjustments for non-operating expenses:                    
    Acquisition expenses:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits     73       1,137             1,210        
    Data processing     90       344             534        
    Professional fees, occupancy, furniture and fixtures, and other     1,772       731       79       2,688       91  
    Restructuring expenses:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits                       123        
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     1,935       2,212       79       4,555       91  
    Related tax benefit1     (406 )     (553 )     (15 )     (1,061 )     (18 )
    Adjusted net income [b] $ 33,533     $ 29,016     $ 30,730     $ 89,080     $ 96,889  
                         
    DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE                    
    Diluted average common shares outstanding [c]   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                         
    Reported: Diluted earnings per share [a÷c] $ 0.55     $ 0.47     $ 0.54     $ 1.49     $ 1.72  
    Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share [b÷c] $ 0.58     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.72  
                         
    RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS                    
    Net income, annualized [d] $ 127,320     $ 110,029     $ 121,664     $ 114,323     $ 129,443  
    Adjusted net income, annualized [e]   133,403       116,702       121,918       118,990       129,540  
    Average total assets [f]   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                         
    Reported: Return on average assets2 [d÷f]   1.06 %     0.91 %     1.00 %     0.95 %     1.06 %
    Adjusted: Return on average assets2 [e÷f]   1.11 %     0.97 %     1.00 %     0.99 %     1.06 %
                         
    RETURN ON AVERAGE TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY                    
    Average common equity   $ 1,364,377     $ 1,331,815     $ 1,208,407     $ 1,324,119     $ 1,195,858  
    Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (369,720 )     (376,224 )     (358,025 )     (366,331 )     (360,654 )
    Average tangible common equity [g] $ 994,657     $ 955,591     $ 850,382     $ 957,788     $ 835,204  
                         
    Reported: Return on average tangible common equity2 [d÷g]   12.80 %     11.51 %     14.31 %     11.94 %     15.50 %
    Adjusted: Return on average tangible common equity2 [e÷g]   13.41 %     12.21 %     14.34 %     12.42 %     15.51 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Year-to-date tax benefits were calculated by multiplying year-to-date acquisition and restructuring expenses by the effective income tax rate for each year-to-date period, which for 2024 excludes a one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment resulting from a change in Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations and deductibility of certain acquisition expenses. Tax rates used in these calculations were 23.3% and 19.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Quarterly tax benefits were calculated as the year-to-date tax benefit amounts less the sum of amounts applied to previous quarters during the year, equating to tax rates of 21.0%, 25.0%, and 19.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    2. Annualized measure.
     
    Further Adjusted Net Income and Further Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Adjusted net income1 [a] $ 33,533     $ 29,016     $ 30,730     $ 89,080     $ 96,889  
    Further non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Net securities (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights     18       (277 )           (7,724 )      
    Tax effect for further non-GAAP adjustments2     199       (19 )     (52 )     453       (585 )
    Tax effected further non-GAAP adjustments3     (605 )     57       233       (1,365 )     2,375  
    Further adjusted net income3 [b] $ 32,928     $ 29,073     $ 30,963     $ 87,715     $ 99,264  
    One-time deferred tax valuation adjustment4           1,446             1,446        
    Further adjusted net income, excluding one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment3 [c] $ 32,928     $ 30,519     $ 30,963     $ 89,161     $ 99,264  
                         
    Diluted average common shares outstanding [d]   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                         
    Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share [a÷d] $ 0.58     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.72  
    Further Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share3 [b÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.53     $ 1.77  
    Further Adjusted, excluding one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment: Diluted earnings per share3 [c÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.53     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.77  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP measure. See the table on the previous page for a reconciliation to the nearest GAAP measure.
    2. Tax effects for further non-GAAP adjustments were calculated by multiplying further non-GAAP adjustments by the effective income tax rate for each period. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, the rate that we used excluded a one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment resulting from a change in Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations. Effective income tax rates that we used to calculate the tax effect were 24.8%, 25.0%, and 18.2% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively, and were 24.9% and 19.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
    3. Tax-effected measure.
    4. An estimated one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment of $1.4 million resulted from a change to our Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations.
     
    Adjusted Net Interest Income and Adjusted Net Interest Margin
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net interest income   $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     396       402       553       1,247       1,672  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income     82,937       82,836       78,344       241,989       243,990  
    Purchase accounting accretion related to business combinations     (1,338 )     (812 )     (277 )     (2,354 )     (1,093 )
    Adjusted net interest income   $ 81,599     $ 82,024     $ 78,067     $ 239,635     $ 242,897  
                         
    Tax-equivalent net interest income, annualized [a] $ 329,945     $ 333,165     $ 310,821     $ 323,241     $ 326,214  
    Adjusted net interest income, annualized [b]   324,622       329,899       309,722       320,096       324,752  
    Average interest-earning assets [c]   10,936,611       10,993,907       11,118,167       10,976,660       11,142,780  
                         
    Reported: Net interest margin2 [a÷c]   3.02 %     3.03 %     2.80 %     2.94 %     2.93 %
    Adjusted: Net interest margin2 [b÷c]   2.97 %     3.00 %     2.79 %     2.92 %     2.91 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. Annualized measure.
     
    Adjusted Noninterest Income, Operating Revenue, Adjusted Noninterest Income to Operating Revenue, Noninterest Expense Excluding Amortization of Intangible Assets, Adjusted Noninterest Expense,
    Adjusted Core Expense, Noninterest Expense Excluding Non-Operating Adjustments,
    Efficiency Ratio, Adjusted Efficiency Ratio, and Adjusted Core Efficiency Ratio
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net interest income [a] $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     396       402       553       1,247       1,672  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income [b]   82,937       82,836       78,344       241,989       243,990  
                         
    Total noninterest income     35,951       33,801       31,008       104,752       90,868  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Net security (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Noninterest income excluding net securities gains and losses [c]   35,129       34,154       31,293       110,658       93,828  
    Further adjustments:                    
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights     18       (277 )           (7,724 )      
    Adjusted noninterest income [d] $ 35,147     $ 33,877     $ 31,293     $ 102,934     $ 93,828  
                         
    Tax-equivalent revenue [e = b+c] $ 118,066     $ 116,990     $ 109,637     $ 352,647     $ 337,818  
    Adjusted tax-equivalent revenue [f = b+d]   118,084       116,713       109,637       344,923       337,818  
    Operating revenue [g = a+d]   117,688       116,311       109,084       343,676       336,146  
                         
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue [d÷g]   29.86 %     29.13 %     28.69 %     29.95 %     27.91 %
                         
    Total noninterest expense   $ 75,926     $ 75,537     $ 70,945     $ 222,232     $ 210,553  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Amortization of intangible assets [h]   (2,548 )     (2,629 )     (2,555 )     (7,586 )     (7,953 )
    Noninterest expense excluding amortization of intangible assets [i]   73,378       72,908       68,390       214,646       202,600  
    Non-operating adjustments:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits     (73 )     (1,137 )           (1,333 )      
    Data processing     (90 )     (344 )           (534 )      
    Professional fees, occupancy, furniture and fixtures, and other     (1,772 )     (731 )     (79 )     (2,688 )     (91 )
    Adjusted noninterest expense [j]   71,443       70,696       68,311       210,091       202,509  
    Provision for unfunded commitments     (407 )     369       (13 )     640       357  
    Amortization of New Markets Tax Credits                 (2,260 )           (6,740 )
    Adjusted core expense [k] $ 71,036     $ 71,065     $ 66,038     $ 210,731     $ 196,126  
                         
    Noninterest expense, excluding non-operating adjustments [j-h] $ 73,991     $ 73,325     $ 70,866     $ 217,677     $ 210,462  
                         
    Reported: Efficiency ratio [i÷e]   62.15 %     62.32 %     62.38 %     60.87 %     59.97 %
    Adjusted: Efficiency ratio [j÷f]   60.50 %     60.57 %     62.31 %     60.91 %     59.95 %
    Adjusted: Core efficiency ratio [k÷f]   60.16 %     60.89 %     60.23 %     61.10 %     58.06 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
     
    Tangible Book Value and Tangible Book Value Per Common Share
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,402,884     $ 1,333,810     $ 1,190,158  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tangible book value [a] $ 1,034,635     $ 963,230     $ 833,815  
                 
    Ending number of common shares outstanding [b]   56,872,241       56,746,937       55,342,017  
                 
    Tangible book value per common share [a÷b] $ 18.19     $ 16.97     $ 15.07  
     
    Tangible Assets, Tangible Common Equity, and Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets
    (dollars in thousands)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total assets   $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tax effect of other intangible assets1     7,178       7,687       7,354  
    Tangible assets2 [a] $ 11,625,768     $ 11,608,523     $ 11,909,261  
                 
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,402,884     $ 1,333,810     $ 1,190,158  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tax effect of other intangible assets1     7,178       7,687       7,354  
    Tangible common equity2 [b] $ 1,041,813     $ 970,917     $ 841,169  
                 
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets2 [b÷a]   8.96 %     8.36 %     7.06 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net of estimated deferred tax liability, calculated using the estimated statutory tax rate of 28%.
    2. Tax-effected measure.
     
    Core Deposits, Core Deposits to Total Deposits, and Portfolio Loans to Core Deposits
    (dollars in thousands)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Portfolio loans [a] $ 7,809,097     $ 7,998,912     $ 7,856,160  
                 
    Total deposits [b] $ 9,943,241     $ 9,976,135     $ 10,332,362  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Brokered deposits, excluding brokered time deposits of $250,000 or more     (13,089 )     (43,089 )     (6,055 )
    Time deposits of $250,000 or more     (338,808 )     (314,461 )     (350,276 )
    Core deposits [c] $ 9,591,344     $ 9,618,585     $ 9,976,031  
                 
    RATIOS            
    Core deposits to total deposits [c÷b]   96.46 %     96.42 %     96.55 %
    Portfolio loans to core deposits [a÷c]   81.42 %     83.16 %     78.75 %
                             

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to Busey’s financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance, and business. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of Busey’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “position,” or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and Busey undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

    A number of factors, many of which are beyond Busey’s ability to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the following: (1) risks related to the proposed transaction with CrossFirst, including (i) the possibility that the proposed transaction will not close when expected or at all because required regulatory, stockholder, or other approvals are not received or other conditions to the closing are not satisfied on a timely basis or at all, or are obtained subject to conditions that are not anticipated (and the risk that required regulatory approvals may result in the imposition of conditions that could adversely affect the combined company or the expected benefits of the proposed transaction); (ii) the possibility that the anticipated benefits of the proposed transaction will not be realized when expected or at all, including as a result of the impact of, or problems arising from, the integration of the two companies or as a result of the strength of the economy and competitive factors in the areas where Busey and CrossFirst do business; (iii) the possibility that the merger may be more expensive to complete than anticipated, including as a result of unexpected factors or events; (iv) diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business operations and opportunities; (v) the possibility that Busey may be unable to achieve expected synergies and operating efficiencies in the merger within the expected timeframes or at all, and to successfully integrate CrossFirst’s operations with those of Busey or that such integration may be more difficult, time consuming or costly than expected; (vi) revenues following the proposed transaction may be lower than expected; and (vii) shareholder litigation that could prevent or delay the closing of the proposed transaction or otherwise negatively impact our business and operations; (2) the strength of the local, state, national, and international economy (including effects of inflationary pressures and supply chain constraints); (3) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats or attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, or other adverse external events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets (including Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East); (4) changes in state and federal laws, regulations, and governmental policies concerning Busey’s general business (including changes in response to the failures of other banks or as a result of the upcoming 2024 presidential election); (5) changes in accounting policies and practices; (6) changes in interest rates and prepayment rates of Busey’s assets (including the impact of sustained elevated interest rates); (7) increased competition in the financial services sector (including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions and fintech companies) and the inability to attract new customers; (8) changes in technology and the ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems; (9) the loss of key executives or associates; (10) changes in consumer spending; (11) unexpected results of other transactions (including the acquisition of M&M); (12) unexpected outcomes of existing or new litigation, investigations, or inquiries involving Busey (including with respect to Busey’s Illinois franchise taxes); (13) fluctuations in the value of securities held in Busey’s securities portfolio; (14) concentrations within Busey’s loan portfolio (including commercial real estate loans), large loans to certain borrowers, and large deposits from certain clients; (15) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits and may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (16) the level of non-performing assets on Busey’s balance sheets; (17) interruptions involving information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (18) breaches or failures of information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents; and (19) the economic impact of exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, blizzards, and droughts. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.

    Additional information concerning Busey and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect Busey’s financial results, is included in Busey’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION AND WHERE TO FIND IT

    Busey has filed a registration statement on Form S‑4 with the SEC to register the shares of Busey’s common stock that will be issued to CrossFirst stockholders in connection with the proposed transaction. The registration statement includes a preliminary joint proxy statement of Busey and CrossFirst, which also constitutes a prospectus of Busey. The definitive joint proxy statement/prospectus will be sent to the stockholders of each of Busey and CrossFirst seeking certain approvals related to the proposed transaction. INVESTORS AND SECURITY HOLDERS OF BUSEY AND CROSSFIRST AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES ARE URGED TO READ THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S‑4 AND THE JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS TO BE INCLUDED WITHIN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S‑4 WHEN THEY BECOME AVAILABLE AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS FILED OR TO BE FILED WITH THE SEC IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION, AS WELL AS ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS TO THOSE DOCUMENTS, BECAUSE THEY WILL CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT BUSEY, CROSSFIRST, AND THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION. Investors and security holders may obtain a free copies of these documents, as well as other relevant documents filed with the SEC containing information about Busey and CrossFirst, without charge, at the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Copies of documents filed with the SEC by Busey will be made available free of charge in the “SEC Filings” section of Busey’s website, https://ir.busey.com. Copies of documents filed with the SEC by CrossFirst will be made available free of charge in the “Investor Relations” section of CrossFirst’s website, https://investors.crossfirstbankshares.com.

    PARTICIPANTS IN SOLICITATION

    Busey, CrossFirst, and certain of their respective directors and executive officers may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect of the proposed transaction under the rules of the SEC. Information regarding Busey’s directors and executive officers is available in its definitive proxy statement, which was filed with the SEC on April 12, 2024, and certain other documents filed by Busey with the SEC. Information regarding CrossFirst’s directors and executive officers is available in its definitive proxy statement, which was filed with the SEC on March 26, 2024, and certain other documents filed by CrossFirst with the SEC. Other information regarding the participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect of the proposed transaction and a description of their direct and indirect interests, by security holdings or otherwise, will be contained in the joint proxy statement/prospectus and other relevant materials filed or to be filed with the SEC when they become available. Free copies of these documents, when available, may be obtained as described in the preceding paragraph.

    END NOTES

    1 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), see Non-GAAP Financial Information.”
    2 Estimated uninsured and uncollateralized deposits consist of account balances in excess of the $250 thousand FDIC insurance limit, less intercompany accounts and collateralized accounts (including preferred deposits).
    3 Central Business District areas within Busey’s footprint include downtown St. Louis, downtown Indianapolis, and downtown Chicago.
    4 Capital amounts and ratios for the third quarter of 2024 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.
    5 On- and off-balance sheet liquidity is comprised of cash and cash equivalents, debt securities excluding those pledged as collateral, brokered deposits, and Busey’s borrowing capacity through its revolving credit facility, the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank, and federal funds purchased lines.
    6 The blended benchmark consists of 60% MSCI All Country World Index and 40% Bloomberg Intermediate US Government/Credit Total Return Index.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Security: Former Montgomery County Restaurant Owner Sentenced to 21 Months’ Imprisonment for PPP and RRF Loan Fraud

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    PHILADELPHIA – United States Attorney Jacqueline C. Romero announced that Giuseppina “Josephine” Leone, 62, of North Wales, Pennsylvania, was sentenced today by United States District Court Judge Gerald A. McHugh to 21 months in prison, one year of supervised release, a $50,000 fine and $300 special assessment for pandemic program fraud. The Court denied the defendant’s request for a non-custodial sentence. The defendant has also paid full restitution in the amount of $972,861.75.

    Leone was charged by indictment on May 16, 2024, with three counts of wire fraud for making false representations in documents relating to the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) and Restaurant Revitalization Fund (“RRF”) program, which provided emergency financial assistance to business owners suffering the economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. She pleaded guilty to those charges on May 23.

    Leone and her husband were owners of Ristorante San Marco (“RSM”), an Italian restaurant located in Ambler, Pa. Leone and her husband executed an Agreement for Sale of Real Property dated October 20, 2019, listing themselves as the “Sellers” of the RSM property and a third party as the “Buyer” for a purchase price of $1,575,000. Subsequently, on or about March 18, 2020, Leone posted on the restaurant’s Facebook page informing the public that RSM would be temporarily closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic. RSM remained closed and never reopened.

    Despite the restaurant not being in operation in April 2020, Leone submitted a fraudulent application for a PPP loan in the amount of $138,000. This application misrepresented that RSM, which had been closed for approximately a month, had 17 employees, and would use the loan for payroll and other operating expenses. The fraudulent application was approved, and the loan funds were deposited into RSM’s bank account later that month. The loan was subsequently forgiven based on further misrepresentations by Leone.

    In January 2021, while the restaurant was still not in operation, Leone submitted another fraudulent application for a PPP loan, this time seeking $120,000. The application made similar misrepresentations and was approved, resulting in the requested funds being deposited into RSM’s bank account in February 2021. Again, the PPP loan was forgiven due to misrepresentations by Leone.

    Finally, Leone defrauded another COVID-19 relief program. While RSM was still not in operation in May 2021, Leone submitted a fraudulent application for a grant under the RRF program, requesting $699,196 for restaurant operations. This RRF application mispresented that RSM, which had not been operating since March 2020, was in operation and that the money would be used to pay employee wages. As a result of this deception, the request was approved, and the funds were deposited into RSM’s bank account later in May 2021. One month later, in June 2021, Leone closed on the sale of RSM. Nonetheless, over a year later, Leone misrepresented to the federal government that the RRF funds had been used for eligible purposes, even though RSM was never reopened by Leone.

    “PPP and the other covid relief programs were meant to provide emergency aid to businesses and employees financially flattened by the pandemic,” said U.S. Attorney Romero. “My office and our partners won’t stand for opportunists like Mrs. Leone thinking they can defraud the federal government, pocket taxpayers’ money, and get away with it. We’ll continue to aggressively pursue and prosecute anyone foolish enough to do so.”

    The case was investigated by the Small Business Administration Office of Inspector General, the FBI, and Homeland Security Investigations, and is being prosecuted by Assistant United States Attorney Angella Middleton.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Transcript of Global Financial Stability Report October 2024 Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 22, 2024

    Speakers:

     

    Tobias Adrian, Financial Counselor and Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF

    Caio Ferreira, Deputy Division Chief, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF

    Jason Wu, Assistant Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF

     

    Moderator: Alexander Müller, Communications Analyst, IMF

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: OK. Good morning, good afternoon, and good evening, depending on where you are joining us from. Welcome to this press briefing on our latest Global Financial Stability Report, titled “Steadying the Course: Uncertainty, Artificial Intelligence, and Financial Stability.”

     

    I am Alex Müller with the Communications Department here at the IMF. I am joined today by Tobias Adrian, the IMF’s Financial Counsellor and Director of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department; to Tobias’s left, Jason Wu, assistant director at the Monetary and Capital Markets Department; and to his left, Caio Ferreira, deputy chief of the Global Markets Analysis Division.

     

    Our latest GFSR is out as of right now, so you can download the full text, our executive summary, and the latest blog on our website at IMF.org/GFSR.

     

    This press briefing is on the record. And we’ll start things off with some opening remarks just to set the stage before opening the floor to your questions. As a reminder we do have simultaneous interpretation into Arabic, French, and Spanish, both in the room and online.

     

    With that, I think we can get started.

     

    Tobias, when we released our last GFSR in April, optimism in financial markets was fueling asset valuations, credit spreads had compressed, and valuations in riskier asset markets had ratcheted up. At the time, you warned of some short‑term risks, like persistent inflation, as well as the tension between these narrowing credit spreads and the deteriorating underlying credit quality in some regions; but you also warned of some more medium‑term risks, like heightened vulnerabilities amidst elevated debt levels globally. So where are we now since then, six months later?

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much. And let me welcome all of to you this launch of the Global Financial Stability Report.

     

    So the themes that you highlight, Alex, have broadly continued.

     

    Let me start with inflation. So global inflation has progressed toward target in most countries. So most central banks continue with a tight stance of policy but have started to cut rates. Now, with inflation heading towards target in many countries, the focus of the central banks has shifted from being primarily focused on inflation toward also considering real activity.

     

    So, concerning real activity, we have seen upward surprises relative to expectations. In financial markets, that has been particularly visible in earnings surprises that have been on the positive side. So as a result, the likelihood of a global recession has continued to recede. So the baseline forecast is one of a soft landing globally. And that is the optimism that we had flagged already in April. That has been reinforced in many ways. And that is fueling optimism in financial markets. So financial conditions globally continue to be accommodative. Credit spreads continue to be tight. Implied volatility, particularly in risky asset markets, such as equity markets, continues to be fairly low.

     

    Now, you know, our main theme in Chapter 1, which was released today, is a tension between this financial market assessment of volatility‑‑i.e. the implied volatility in the equity market is perhaps the best indicator here‑‑which is at fairly low levels by historical standards, relative to measures of global geopolitical uncertainty.

     

    So in the report, we’re showing two measures that are computed not at the Fund but by other institutions. One on geopolitical uncertainty. The other one on economic uncertainty. And those continue to be relatively elevated. So there’s a kind of wedge in between the financial market‑implied volatility and the assessment of political or economic uncertainty. So this tension worries us, as it gives rise to the potential for a sharp readjustment of financial conditions. So we saw a little bit of that in August in a sell‑off that was very brief. So it’s a blip, in retrospect; but it does raise the concern, whether there are some vulnerabilities in the financial system that could be triggered if adverse shocks hit.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Thank you, Tobias. That sets the stage nicely for us, I think.

     

    We will turn to your questions now. We do have runners in the room with mics, so please do raise your hand. You can raise your hand both online or in the room, and we’ll come to you. Please do remember to state your name and affiliation. And keep it as brief as possible so we can get to as many questions as possible.

     

    Let’s start over here with the first question.

     

    QUESTION: Thank you so much. I am not asking you to comment on the presidential election in the U.S. But we have a presidential election here in 14 days, and President Trump or Vice President Harris may win the election. And that election will have ramifications not just in the U.S. but around the world.

     

    How does the IMF assess the outlook for the U.S. economy in the lead‑up to the presidential election? And what implications could a potential economic shift have for emerging markets in Africa, particularly regarding investment flows and debt sustainability? Thank you.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thank you so much.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Do you want to group some questions? Do we have similar questions on the election or the U.S.? Can we take the question over there, please?

     

    QUESTION: How do you explain the recent backup in U.S. yields? And are you concerned about financial stability in the United States, given the rising projections of federal debt, irrespective of the outcome of the election? Thank you.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: I think we can start with that for now.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: OK. Sounds good. Yes.

     

    You know, we don’t comment on specific election outcomes. Of course, this year is an unusual year, in that over half of the population globally either has elected already this year or will elect this year new governments. And so that is certainly part of the reason why this policy uncertainty globally is high. There’s some uncertainty as to, you know, what the policy path for economic policies and broader policies is going to be going forward.

     

    When we look at volatility, as I said, that uncertainty in equity markets is relatively contained. But in interest rates, volatility is somewhat more elevated than it was, say, in the decade after the global financial crisis. So we are back to levels that are more similar to pre‑financial crisis. So interest rate volatility is relatively high. And that answers to some degree the second question.

     

    We have seen volatile longer‑term yields throughout the year, but we don’t think that that volatility is excessive, relative to the fact that monetary policy has become more data dependent. You know, after the global financial crisis, there was this challenge of the zero lower bound for monetary policy; so forward guidance was a very important tool. And that had even been phase in prior to the financial crisis with, you know, forward guidance being a compressor of volatility for interest rates. And that is less the case today. So interest rate volatility has increased.

     

    When we look at the longer‑term yields, we do certainly see that term premia have decompressed to some extent. So after the global financial crisis, we had seen negative term premia at a 10‑year level in the U.S. and many other countries, and some of that has decompressed. And that is, as would be expected, as the interest rate wall is coming up, asset purchases are normalizing, and quantitative tightening is being phased in.

     

    Now turning to Africa. Of course, you know, financial markets are global. So the base level of interest rates is moving across the world in a common fashion. So you can think about sort of like the base level of interest rates and then the spreads in countries, relative to that. So what we see in sub‑Saharan Africa is that countries with market access‑‑so those are the frontier economies‑‑they have seen spreads being compressed, so financial conditions have eased. And you know, relative to, say, 12 months ago, interest rates have certainly declined as a base. And many frontier markets have reissued, sort of accessed international capital markets. So, of course, there are countries that do face debt challenges, that do face liquidity challenges; and we’re actively engaged with the membership to address those.

     

    Mr. WU: Just to quickly add to what Tobias said about Africa.

     

    As he pointed out, the backdrop heading into this year was one of improvement, both in terms of growth, as well as financing conditions and spreads. Inflation is still high in the region, but it is coming down and stabilizing. Debt is an issue, but we have seen several cases this year being resolved. So that is good news.

     

    I think to your broader point, you know, we don’t comment on election outcomes; but we do know that financial markets tend to see, you know, more uncertainty around those outcomes. And this may affect financing conditions around the world, including in Africa. Uncertainty can also bring, you know, some slowdown in investments in the near term or the medium term. And so those are all possible outcomes. I think the key thing is for the macroeconomic framework to remain stable to address domestic situations and for countries that may be facing debt issues to engage with their creditors early, including through the Common Framework and other international setups.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Thank you. Can we take other questions? I think we have a question here in the middle, at the center.

     

    QUESTION: I was hoping you could talk about quantitative tightening. The Fed is still doing it. What are the risks now going forward? When do you think they might stop it? Thanks.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

     

    As I mentioned earlier, you know, during the global financial crisis and then in the decade after the global financial crisis and then again with the COVID crisis, central banks‑‑advanced economy central banks around the world engaged in a quantitative easing. So these are asset purchases, called large‑scale asset purchases, in the U.S. that led to an increase in the balance sheet size of the central banks. So in the U.S. case, it grew roughly by a factor of 10. And the Fed has started to move towards a normalization of the balance sheet size. So that is generally referred to as quantitative tightening. And that has proceeded in a very orderly fashion. So when we look at market functioning, we see orderly markets in money markets. We see ample liquidity in core funding markets, including Treasury markets. And that is generally the case in other advanced economies that are doing quantitative tightening, as well.

     

    Of course, there is the question of how far the balance sheet normalization is going to go. And policymakers in the U.S. and other advanced economies have indicated how far this normalization would be going. So what is notable here is that the operational framework of the Federal Reserve changed to a floor system, so having a sufficient amount of reserves in the system to operate that floor system is key. So, you know, looking at funding conditions in money markets and market functioning is absolutely key. Back in 2019, there were some dislocations, and that is certainly something that policymakers are watching out for. But I would say that this balance sheet normalization has proceeded in a satisfactory and very orderly manner.

     

    Mr. FERREIRA: Tobias, just a quick complement.

     

    I think that we have seen a quantitative tightening from all of the major central banks. And I think that from the peak in 2022, of about 28 trillion in terms of assets in their balance sheets, it has come down by about one‑quarter already and, as Tobias was saying, in a very orderly fashion.

     

    The main risk that I think is important to monitor going forward is the potential drain on reserves, as Tobias was saying, to avoid the kind of episodes that we have seen in 2019. But there is also a potential risk for a bounce of increasing volatility, in the sense that we are moving from central banks being one of the main buyers of Treasuries to more price‑sensitive buyers. And this might cause volatility coming from data releases.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: OK. Let’s take it back as well. We have a question in the front here, in the center, that we can take.

     

    QUESTION: Thank you for taking my question. I want to ask about the U.S. Federal Reserve’s policy and its impact, spillover impact. I think recently, it started to cut rates, and it’s going to cut rates further going forward. And it seems to be allowing other governments, other policymakers to have more room, including the People’s Bank of China. I want to ask Tobias whether he could comment on the latest action by China’s central bank and what’s the IMF’s suggestion going forward. Thank you.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Yeah. Absolutely.

     

    What we have seen in China is an easing of monetary policy. So the question is referring to the most recent action, which was a cut in interest rates. And, of course, we have seen PBoC engaging in asset purchases, which has supported the easing of financial conditions. So when we look at financial conditions‑‑so, you know, the cost of funding for households and corporations in China, those financial conditions have eased quite markedly. Equity markets have rallied. Longer‑term bond yields have declined. And we generally welcome that easing. We think that is the appropriate policy for monetary policy.

     

    There have been also some announcements on the fiscal side that are indicating support ‑‑ to the real estate sector, in particular. And, of course, authorities in China had already engaged for some time in terms of addressing the exposure of the banking system to the real estate sector. The real estate sector has cooled off in China, and that has created some risks in the banking sector. So authorities are working actively at addressing those by merging banks and using asset management corporations (AMCs) in an active manner. And we welcome that, as well.

     

    You know, we are watching closely how financial stability policies are going to evolve going forward, relative to the real sector but also the broader economy, and how fiscal policy is evolving going forward.

     

     

    Mr. FERREIRA: Maybe on this last point, Tobias, on financial stability.

     

    Of course, there’s some slowdown in economic activity, and the problems that we are seeing in the property sector are exerting some pressure on the financial system. The good news I think is that particularly the large banks seem to have strong capital buffers and liquidity buffers. The authorities also have the capacity to make target interventions, and this somewhat limits the risks of spillovers.

     

    There are some vulnerabilities that need to be monitored. Right? So one, of course, is this potential pressure on asset deterioration coming from this slowdown in the property market. So far, banks have been quite good in terms of being able to deal with this potential deterioration, particularly using asset management companies to dispose of some of the nonperforming assets. The capacity of these asset management companies to keep absorbing these assets needs to be monitored going forward. It’s also important to monitor the stability of the smaller banks that are not as strong as the larger banks.

     

    And the last point I think that’s important to mention is that the financial sector holds a lot of exposure to local government financing vehicles. And if there is‑‑and there are some pressures on these vehicles, and a potential restructuring of these debts might cause some losses to the banking sector, as well.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Thank you, Caio. Do we have any other questions on China before we move to anything else?

     

    So we can turn over to the side.

     

    QUESTION: Thank you. My question will be for Tobias and Jason.

     

    Of course, reading your report, you talked about financial fragilities, so I would like to know what financial fragilities you see in developing economies and what policymakers should do to keep financial markets resilient and stable in the face of high interest rates as a result of high inflation in developing economies like Nigeria, too.

     

    The question I have for Jason would be around, what does vigilance really mean for policymakers? Because in your report, you said that the policymakers need to be vigilant. Because vigilance in European economies or advanced economies is also different vigilance for developing economies. Thank you.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thank you so much. Those are very pertinent questions. And thanks so much for taking a close look at the report.

     

    For developing economies broadly, I would say that there are three priorities. In terms of financial stability, we are engaging with many countries in terms of building capacity on regulatory issues, so making sure that banks are well capitalized, that monetary policy frameworks are sound. And Nigeria is a good example, where the central bank has been moving toward an inflation‑targeting regime, has liberalized the exchange rate. And we welcome that direction.

     

    Secondly‑‑and I think you alluded to that‑‑is, of course, the overall indebtedness. That is a challenge for some countries. As I mentioned earlier, frontier markets are developing economies with market access. And we have seen many frontier markets issue this year. The issuance levels are fairly high. And we think market access is there, though, of course, financing conditions have improved but are still more expensive than they were, say, in 2021, before the run‑up in inflation.

     

    So with inflation coming down and interest rates expected to further normalize, we would also expect that frontier market funding conditions will improve. And as I said, interest rate spreads are fairly tight.

     

    Now, of course, there are some countries a that do not have market access, and many of those countries are in programs with the IMF. And we are working actively with authorities on the debt issue. We do feel we have made good progress within the Common Framework, but there is certainly more to be done.

     

    Now, of course, it remains key to also work on structural issues to enhance the growth outlook. And that is really something that the regional economic briefings are going to address in detail.

     

    Mr. WU: Maybe just a quick word, to add to what Tobias said about Nigeria, in particular. We recognize that many citizens do face difficulty. The flood was quite devastating. Inflation is still very high, at some 30 percent. So in that regard, the central bank’s rate hikes so far this year have been appropriate.

     

    You asked a question about vigilance. I think importantly, macroeconomic conditions within the country should stabilize. Right? And that includes inflation that will provide room to guard against external shocks, which is less controllable, right, for the economy of Nigeria. So when appropriate, the various foreign exchange measures that were taken by authorities earlier this year are also appropriate in improving vigilance, as are the banking sector‑related measures that Tobias has mentioned.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: All right. Do we have any more questions on that side of the room before we turn it back over here?

     

    QUESTION: Thank you very much.

    So Ghana has just completed its debt restructuring. It’s good news for Ghanians. However, it appears the government is looking at the capital market. What advice do you have for the government at this point? And also because we have an election around the corner.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Yeah. As I noted earlier, we don’t really comment on elections in the countries of our membership. You know, these are democratic processes. And the people in each country are‑‑it’s their liberty to vote for the government, so we don’t comment on that.

     

    We are, of course, engaged very closely with Ghana. Ghana is in a program. Ghana did restructure its debt. And we are confident that the outlook is going to improve going forward. The regional economic press briefing on Africa is going to go further into detail on those issues.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Thank you, Tobias.

     

    As a reminder these regional press briefings will be on Thursday and Friday. So they’re all going to be here, so you will have the opportunity to ask those specific questions then.

     

    Can we turn it over here to the middle for a question, please? Right in the center. Thank you.

     

    QUESTION: Thank you.

     

    A follow‑up question related to the yields going up for the Treasury. In simple words, do you see them going up as a source of a potential sell‑off in the financial markets?

     

    And a separate question, if possible. For the same token, yields are going up because of the fiscal trajectory in the U.S. that is worrisome for some, at least, although the candidates are not talking about it. For the same token, considering that the Italian debt is only going up, according to the latest estimates from the IMF, does that represent a source of financial instability for the euro zone?

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Yeah. Thanks so much for this question.

     

    We have, indeed, done work on the interconnection or the nexus between fiscal‑‑or, you know, sovereign debt and financial market debt. So in the euro area, of course, we are watching closely the sovereign‑bank nexus, so the exposure of banks to the sovereign. And you know, in general, we have seen an amelioration there. So, you know, debt‑to‑GDP has been increasing. And that’s very broadly the case around the world. It’s really in the pandemic that we see a sharp upward move in debt‑to‑GDP in both advanced economies and emerging and developing economies. And you know, the fiscal outlook in many countries does imply that debt-to-GDP may continue to rise. So that could‑‑you know, that is certainly a backdrop for the financial system.

     

    Now having said that, governments in advanced economies and major emerging markets have ample room to adjust the fiscal situation going forward through spending measures, through revenue measures. So it is not an immediate financial stability concern in those advanced economies or major emerging markets.

     

    You know, in terms of the pricing of sovereign debt‑‑so, you know, Treasury yields and other benchmark yields around the world‑‑as I said earlier, volatility in those longer‑term yields has increased relative to the decade of the post‑crisis environment, where central banks were constrained at the zero lower bound or the effective lower bound, so had very low interest rates; so they deployed forward guidance and these quantitative asset purchases. So that really compressed longer‑term yields. And that has normalized to some degree, but we don’t think that it is an unusual move. So we are quite comfortable with the kind of levels that we are seeing.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Thank you. Let’s bring it back over here. I think we have a few questions. Can we take the one in the middle right at the center? Thank you.

     

    QUESTION: A question for Tobias, if I may.

     

    There has been quite a lot of talk about fragmentation and geopolitical risk. Do you think that, as others have said, the momentum for financial regulation and for completing the job on a lot of areas of that is fading? Is there a risk of complacency there? Thank you.

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Yeah. So let me note that we are working around the membership on the regulation of banks but also non‑banks, including security markets, insurance companies, pension funds, and other non‑bank financial institutions.

     

    Concerning banking regulation, of course, there was a major initiative after the global financial crisis to improve capital and liquidity in the banks and to improve the supervision of the banks, primarily of internationally active banks. So the members of the Basel Committee‑‑this is, you know, a group of countries that roughly maps into the G‑20‑‑have committed to phasing in Basel III as a standard for capital and liquidity requirements in those banks. And our understanding is that the membership is still committed to that phase‑in.

     

    I would note that it has taken longer than was initially anticipated, but we are very confident for now that, you know, the major advanced economies and major emerging markets that have signed onto this Basel III framework are going to phase that in.

     

    In the broader membership of the IMF, there’s also a substantial improvement in the regulation of banks. And I would note that there has also been quite a bit of progress in terms of regulations of non‑banks, including insurance companies but also security markets, though we do think that more needs to be done going forward.

     

    Mr. FERREIRA: We have seen important progress in the post‑crisis. Our baseline is still that all the internationally agreed standards will be implemented. Although, as Tobias was saying, there are some major jurisdictions that are facing some challenges implementing that.

     

    We see this with some concern because when you see a major jurisdiction not implementing any standard or implementing it with substantial deviations from what has been agreed, it kind of jeopardizes the international standard‑setting process. That seems to be working fine, but we still are concerned with the delays in the implementation of these regulations that are important for the banks but also to maintain trust in the international standard setting process.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: Thank you. We are coming close on time. So let’s take two or three last questions from this side. Then I think we still have one more question online. Can we do the three over here in the front, on the right?

     

    QUESTION: [Through interpreter]

     

    Good day. Jesus Antonio Vargas. Chucho Lo Sabe Newsletter.

     

    This is the ninth time I come to the Annual Meetings of the IMF and the World Bank. Six times in Washington. I come from Medellín, Colombia. I have also been in Lima, in Bali, last year in Marrakech. And it is a pleasure to see Tobias Adrian here. He has been year in, year out heading the endeavors. Congratulations.

     

    First, a surprise positively since there’s measures to come from the effort to the citizens. In Bogota, they’ve been talking about building a Metro system for 60 years, and they’re attempting it yet again now.

     

    Now, leaving that aside, we have spoken about, it is unlikely there will be a global recession, which is a relief.

     

    I was talking about the risk of a recession. You were talking about a positive surprise in terms of the gains. What do you mean exactly by that? Thank you.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: If we could take two more questions over here.

     

    QUESTION:

     

    You just mentioned there is a disconnect between market volatility and also market economic uncertainties. Could you please just elaborate a little bit more on these risks. And also, more importantly, how will it affect global financial stability if it persists? Thank you.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: One last question in the back there.

     

    QUESTION:

     

    I’ve got a question on liquidity mismatch, in the world of DC pensions. The report mentions the U.K.’s desire to shift toward unlisted assets as investments. And our current Chancellor has also expressed an interest in this. What are the risks in this? Should the shift toward these assets be limited? And how should we guard against them?

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: Yeah. Let me perhaps start with the question on macro uncertainty, which was the second question.

     

    So yeah, you know, what we’re seeing is that there is leverage and there are maturity mismatches in the financial sector in many different parts. You know, some of those are contained through prudential regulations, but not all institutions are subject to prudential regulations. So when there’s a sudden burst of uncertainty, some institutions may be forced to unwind their positions. So this includes, say, leveraged trades in fixed‑income markets or in equity markets.

     

    We saw some of that in August, when there was a sharp sell‑off in global equity markets but also in some fixed‑income markets, such as the carry trade across countries. And you know, volatility increased very quickly, leading to this forced deleveraging, and that can amplify downward moves in asset markets.

     

    In August, this episode was very short‑lived. So the sell‑off was followed by a buying of longer‑term investors, such as insurance companies and pension funds. But if such a sell‑off persists for more than‑‑or is more sharp, that could lead to financial stability problems or financial sector distress.

     

    Concerning the U.K. situation and the liquidity mismatches, let me just point out that the Bank of England and the FCA are very focused on those issues. And they do have, you know, broad authorities to regulate those mismatches. And I think they’re actively looking at how to model stress and how to make sure that these investments are sort of balancing risks and returns in an appropriate manner. I think Andrew Bailey made some remarks just this morning in that regard, and we’re fully aligned with his views there.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: I’ll take one last question we have from WebEx, online on the Mexican central bank lowering interest rates. For future adjustments and to maintain financial stability, what should it take into account more, the movements of the Federal Reserve, internal inflation, or the depreciation of the currency?

     

    Mr. ADRIAN: OK. I don’t want to go too specifically into Mexico. Again, there is the Regional Economic Outlook that will speak more closely to specific country issues. So, you know, in general, in the major emerging markets, such as Mexico, that have open capital markets and have inflation targeting regimes, you know, inflation targeting and monetary policy credibility has proven to be very powerful in terms of generating macroeconomic stability, relative to both domestic and external shocks. And you know, in those frameworks, central banks look at both internal and external conditions and are targeting the medium‑term convergence of inflation back to target rates. That has proven very successful. And I would argue that in the major emerging markets, we really see a great deal of improvement in those monetary policy frameworks. So let me stop here.

     

    Mr. WU: Just to quickly complement.

     

    Hence, this is why we have seen major emerging markets come through this rate hike cycle with reasonable resilience across the board. This inflation‑targeting framework has obviously done work, to an extent. Having said that, we are now on the opposite side of the cycle, where interest rates are being cut. That, in theory, should be conducive to emerging markets. Financial conditions could ease. We just want to point out that, as we said in the report, expectations could change. Volatility could be introduced and suddenly surge. So this may have spillovers to emerging market economies, you know, sentiment, financial market sentiment, as well. So policymakers need to remain vigilant on monetary policy and on other aspects of financial sector policies in order to guard against those risks.

     

    Mr. MÜLLER: All right. Great. Thank you.

     

    Unfortunately, that does bring us to a close because we do have to respect the next press briefing in this room.

     

    If you do have any questions that we weren’t able to address, please do send them over to me or someone from our team. We’ll make sure to get back to you as soon as we can.

     

    Meanwhile, the events here at the IMF do continue. We still have a host of press conferences this week, from our Fiscal Monitor tomorrow at 9 a.m. Eastern Time to the Managing Director’s Global Policy Agenda on Thursday to our five regional briefings that we talked about, on Thursday and Friday, not to mention the seminars. We have the Managing Director joining the debate on the global economy. That is on Thursday afternoon, which is always a hit that you won’t want to miss. On Friday, the First Deputy Managing Director Gita Gopinath will participate in a panel discussion on monetary policy in a shock‑prone world on Friday afternoon. And there’s a whole lot more, so do check the full schedule online at IMFConnect or at meetings.imf.org.

     

    With that, Tobias, Jason, Caio, thank you for your insights. And thank you all for joining us for this event. We look forward to seeing you at the next one. Thank you.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Alexander Muller

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Transcript of G24 October 22 Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 22, 2024

    Speakers
    Chair: Ralph Recto, Secretary of Finance, Philippines

    First Vice‑Chair: Candelaria Alvarez Moroni, Argentina, representing Ministry of Economy Luis Caputo
    Second Vice‑Chair: Olawale Edun, Minister of Finance and Coordinating Minister of the Economy, Nigeria
    Iyabo Masha, G‑24 Secretariat

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): Thank you, all. We had a productive exchange of views and experiences on some of the most pressing issues, confronting the global economy today. We are hard‑pressed on multiple fronts. The suffering costs by conflicts and humanitarian crisis around the world is vast and the affected region’s recovery, the construction, and long‑term development, cannot wait. They demand immediate forceful multilateral action.    

    While the global economy shows signs of stabilization, the outlook for many vulnerable nations, particularly in the global south, remains bleak. These weak economic prospects continue to haunt those already struggling to recover from the pandemic.      

    Inflation may be easing, but rising geopolitical tensions are keeping the threat of commodity price spikes and elevated interest rates alive. These risks impair capital flows, fiscal stability and the very survival of economies on the brink.          

    One thing is clear. Any slowdown in the global economy due to these new economic realities is bound to hit developing countries the hardest. While current circumstances have made it more difficult for us to achieve a sustainable and inclusive future by 2030, we believe that it remains possible with the right priorities and concerted international cooperation.         

    Thus, we continue to call for a more agile and strong will IMF and World Bank. We need heightened development cooperation, scale‑up support, and innovative solutions as we now begin the headwinds to foster peace, stability, and prosperity for all. And the key issue that underpins our discussions is the 80th Anniversary of the Bretton Woods System.         

    We acknowledge the significant evolution of the system over the decades. Yet, we must recognize that rapid transformations are occurring at an unprecedented base. We must therefore critically assess if the Bretton Woods System is adopting fast enough to the rapidly changing and increasingly volatile global environment.         

    To this end, the G‑24 has identified four key reforms that will enhance the system’s effectiveness and empower both the IMF and the World Bank Group to better serve their members.              

    First, the IMF must create a new mechanism to support countries with sound fundamentals during liquidity crisis.

    Second, the immediate submission of eradicating poverty on a livable planet, the World Bank needs more ambitious goals for its concessional and non‑concessional windows, commensurate with the challenges of achieving inclusive and sustainable development by 2030.    

    Third, the sovereign debt resolution framework must be reformed to deliver comprehensive, predictable, swift, and impactful debt relief, addressing the urgent needs of vulnerable economies.               

    Fourth, we must accelerate governance and institutional reforms of the Bretton Woods Institutions, to increase the voice and representation of developing nations. Without improvements and both actions, decades of individual and global efforts to eradicate poverty and inequality, combat climate change, and invest in growth‑enhancing projects will be put to a halt, if not reversed. Thus, we are counting on our recently concluded meeting to set an unprecedented multilateral cooperation and action. All of these points are comprehensively discussed in the communiqué and press release we have prepared for your perusal. With that, we are now ready to take your questions. Thank you.         

    MODERATOR: Thank you, Mr. Chair. So now moving on to the Q&A section, I would like to remind you that when you raise your hand, please identify yourself, your outlet, and please identify the Chair members that you would like to address the question to. Now moving on to the gentleman in the third row, please.       

    QUESTIONER: Thank you so much. I have a question actually for the three of you. Mr. Recto, you talked about the need for liquidity and buffers. The Philippines serves as a really good example. You are one of the fastest growing economies in the developing Asia region. Business process outsourcing, revenues have passed $35 billion. I wanted to find out, what is the Philippines doing so well? Is it a well‑educated workforce or is it constant electricity; what is the secret; and is AI going to disrupt that going forward?        

    For Candelaria Alvarez, reforms have been taking in Argentina. Javier Milei recently, I think it was in the last month, vetoed a bill that was going to increase financing for public universities, and students have been protesting. How patient do you expect the residents of Argentina to be with the reforms that are taking place?               

    And for Mr. Olawale Edun, the CBN Governor, Olayemi Cardoso, at the last monetary policy meeting in Nigeria mentioned that the FAAC allocations, the Federation Account Allocation Committee, are causing—he noted they are causing the naira to depreciate when those disbursements are made. What do you think need to be done to address that?

    Then, two, you recently, I think it was a month or two, you talked about the need for single‑digit interest rates in Nigeria. Do you think that is ever going to happen with inflation being in double digits and a hawkish monetary policy path in Nigeria? Thank you.              

    MODERATOR: Thank you. Let me remind you that I hope that your question will be under the purview of G‑24 discussions but let ask the Chair to respond to the questions.               

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): Thank you very much for your question. Thank you for noticing the Philippines. The Philippines at the second quarter grew by roughly 6.3 percent. For the first 2 years of this administration, we have grown about 6 percent. We are following our macro fiscal framework of reducing the deficit over time. We expect the good debt‑to‑GDP to be way below 60 percent by 2028. Today are roughly at 60 percent.               

    On the expenditure side, we are spending roughly 5 to 6 percent on infrastructure, maybe a similar amount also for human resource development, particularly in health and education.               

    You are correct that the BPO industry is growing by about—well, we collect roughly 35 billion in revenues a year. We also have a robust remittance of roughly the same amount, about $35 billion a year as well. That helps our consumption. 70 percent of the economy is household consumption. And public investments have also generated most of that growth as well.                 

    AI is a challenge, but in the Philippines the BPO industry is already adapting to AI. So thank you for your question. Thank you.               

    MODERATOR: Mr. Edun, would you like to address the question?              

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): Thank you very much. Let me answer it within the context of the discussions of the G‑24. Fundamentally, of course, foreign exchange and liquidity generally is very difficult. There are countries that are—they are reforming their economies domestically. They key into the rules‑based world trading system. And they do have debt sustainability in terms of debt‑to‑GDP. However, they have liquidity constraints, particularly foreign exchange with relation to debt servicing of the foreign debt but also their domestic debt. And I think to bring that—that is the context within which the questions of how to help. In fact, the IMF is specifically focusing on how to help is sort of a bridge financing that takes a question that does have its fundamentals right, but it gives it enough time for that adjustment and probably helps it with heightened debt servicing, which is just for a period.

    Clearly with regard to Nigeria, the key about the foreign exchange market really is supply. And, of course, as you know we have the—we are an oil‑producing country. We just need to get our oil production up, and that will deal with that issue of foreign exchange supply, and pressure on foreign exchange every time there are large flows.                  

    In terms of single‑digit inflation, of course, the western world, the rich countries, they have effectively defeated inflation. That is why the interest rates can come down. The Governor of the Central Bank in Nigeria, in the context of high inflation, is continuing with monetary tightening. That is the orthodoxy of the day. And it is one which is following. Thank you.               

    MODERATOR: Ms. Moroni on Argentina.          

    Ms. Moroni (Argentina): Thank you. Going back to the question on Argentina, just as an important framework, G‑24 has been working on the need for emerging market and developing economies to try to put their economies in the right place. The Minister mentioned the need for the international financial organizations to give liquidity or to provide access to liquidity for countries like Argentina and others to be able to get back on our feet. For the government of Argentina, it is really relevant. We do think there is a need for a fiscal anchor on that sense. What happened with the education law had to do with the idea to keep the budget where it has to be, and it has not to do with kind of cutting education. It has to do with evaluating costs and expenditure in the right way. I think that is it.          

    MODERATOR: Thank you so much. Going back to the floor. The gentleman in the fourth row, please.            

    QUESTION: Just turning to the U.S. election, obviously we have seen the U.S. follow suit on trade change to a more protectionist stance. We have seen more industrial policy. Regardless of who wins the election, how do you see the U.S. involvement with multilateral organizations represented here and the WTO; and what is the impact of maybe a lessen gauged, more transactional U.S. on the group of countries, the G‑24?           

    MODERATOR: Mr. Chairman, maybe the Secretariat would like to respond?               

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): We are concerned that there will be a setback on multilateralism, particularly on trade as well. And we know the driver of global growth is more trade. So that is a concern. In the Philippines, we count on our relationship with the United States to do maybe more out‑shoring to the Philippines, and hopefully that will be done also with other members of the G‑24.            

    Ms. Masha (Secretariat): If I can add, if you look at the communiqué, the last paragraph there actually addresses this issue. It is not just about the U.S. it is also about different countries all over the world implementing protectionist policies. And we have seen the impact of that in sectors that continue to build more to growth and development in many countries. So where do we go from here? What we are calling on is for the WTO to become the center of trade discussions, trade negotiations, and for the World Bank and the IMF to rise up to a much more multilaterally‑engaged organization that will be able to at least influence the kind of policies that countries take one way or the other. Thank you.            

    MODERATOR: Thank you. We are going to go online. The question that was just received from Sri Lanka. Sri Lanka as a member of G‑24 is currently making attempts to emerge out of a crisis. What can you tell us about a G‑24 position to support countries like Sri Lanka and also for the island nations to secure financial facilities at reasonable conditions. Mr. Chair, maybe Iyabo?            

    Ms. Masha (Secretariat): Yes. So I would say that Sri Lanka has come a long way from where it was 2 years ago. The last IMF Article IV Consultation assessment does show that growth is picking up, that fiscal buffers are coming up, and also import duties are rising, so that indicates that the countries are making some recovery.           

    As for the position that the G‑24 takes on this issue, the way it affects Sri Lanka most is on the debt sustainability issue. So what we are calling for is that countries, especially middle‑income countries, should also have a framework, a forum where they can negotiate with their debtors. As it is now, the Common Framework only works for low‑income countries. Only low‑income countries are part of the Common Framework, but middle‑income countries can be part of another forum called the Sovereign Debt Resolution Roundtable, which is not really an association—an organization that delivers any form of debt relief. It just fosters common understanding. So that is what we are calling for. We want very timely, very comprehensive reduction in debt for countries, and also for both middle and low‑income countries to qualify. So that is where I see it working out. If things work out and the discussion in that area picks up quite fastly, then we can see the likes of Sri Lanka and maybe Lebanon and a few other countries benefiting from that. Thank you.          

    MODERATOR: Thank you. Back to the floor. Maybe I will take one question from the side and come back to you. I’ve seen your hand, sir, in the third row. Sorry, the fourth row. Yes.               

    QUESTION: Hi, there. Mr. Recto, you said that developing countries would be hit by the hardest by any slowdown. I am going to ask an uncomfortable question, but the U.S. election has two very different results, one of which will likely be much more inflationary and lead to more trade tensions. Could each of you tell me a little bit about how your economies are preparing or thinking about the possibility of a Trump victory and associated trade tensions and inflationary pressures that could be a headwind to growth?              

    MODERATOR: Yes, please.             

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): Well, in the Philippines, we do have a relationship with the U.S. We have a mutual defense treaty. We are hoping to leverage that relationship so that we do not get much affected. We understand that many U.S. companies are also interested to invest in the Philippines. We do have a partnership also, the U.S.-Japan-and the Philippines, with regards to our security arrangements. We expect more investments to take place also in the Philippines.             

    MODERATOR: Anything to add from Mr. Edun or Ms. Moroni?             

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): Thank you. I think the issues that we are contending with in Africa, in many ways, we are bystanders to this all‑important election. Yes, we do have African Growth and Opportunity Act, which tries to open up the U.S. market to African‑manufactured products. I do not think that will be affected in any way by the results of this election. Generally, what we are finding is that at this particular time, the economies of trade generally, there is a reversal of globalization, of trade. There is a move to protectionism in these countries. There is on‑boarding of production. All these things tend to work against the developing world’s ability to benefit from expanding trade and thereby use that opportunity for investment, for growth, and for job creation and poverty reduction.            

    Overall, I think that we are not that affected specifically or that in general we continue to ask for an improved global financial architecture that provides us with more concessional funding, add skill, particularly for those countries that, as I said earlier, are undertaking the macroeconomic reforms that everybody agrees are sensible and will lead to better lives for their people. Thank you.             

    MODERATOR: Anything to add from the macro, broad perspective?             

    Ms. Moroni (Argentina): Very briefly. What was mentioned by both Ministers is the right sentimenting in the emerging markets. We do think, at least for Argentina, the U.S. is a strategic partner and whatever the elections go, we do think that we need to keep having that channel open. Trade is quite a relevant issue. Financial issues are quite relevant. Governance issues in institutions also will be something sensitive to work with the new administration. We do think it is going to be something quite interesting to see in the short‑term. Thank you.           

    MODERATOR: You, sir, in the second row right here.            

    Question: My question is meant for Mr. Wale. Like Mr. Recto said in his opening remarks, a lot of G‑24 countries are having challenges implementing structural reforms and adjustment programs. I would like you to speak specifically to the case of Nigeria. What are the key lessons to learn from the structural reforms being implemented in Nigeria today. And looking back, are there better ways these reforms would have been implemented to limit the level of disruptions? Also, you met with the IMF MD and the team yesterday. We would like to know some of the discussions on that meeting and how does that relate to debt sustainability for Nigeria. Thank you.           

    MODERATOR: Mr. Edun, would you like to respond?         

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): Thank you very much. When we talk about—I will take the last one—debt sustainability, and also reforms generally, the G‑24 I think is better to talk within the framework, to talk beyond Nigeria and more about developing countries as a whole. The requirement really for support from the international community, from the development partners, from the multilateral development banks is that you undertake reforms that lead to sustainability at the macro level.             

    The key lesson that I think I would focus on is that in devising these programs and carrying out the reforms, what is particularly important — because the benefits over the longer term and the costs are frontloaded, it is important that the social safety nets that will help the poor and the vulnerable cope with the up‑front costs with a spike in their cost‑of‑living is adequately planned for and dealt with. So, it should not be an issue of it is an afterthought that you decide now that there need to be certain poverty alleviation initiatives. And linked to that, focus on helping the poor and the most vulnerable, [what can] cope with the cost is communication. I think one of the critical things in carrying out these economy reforms that are so fundamental and clearly they are necessary, otherwise they would not be implemented, is that communicating what is being done, what was to be expected, and also the timing as much as possible, the timing of the various activities, and then communicating what actually has been done so if it is a program to give direct benefits, direct transfers of funds to a group of people, then it should be published. There should be a dashboard that people can follow, thereby engendering and building public trust. I think those are the two important things that I would say you need to have for all of us at the G‑24 and developing countries in general. Thank you.         

    MODERATOR: Thank you, Minister. I have time for two more questions. Let me go back to the far end of the room right there. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. A question on climate change. Do you think the development banks, MDBs, are doing enough to tackle climate change? And especially our shareholders of MDBs, are they doing enough to tackle this issue? Thank you.            

    MODERATOR: Thank you. Mr. Recto, you would like to comment?        

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): The short comment is, it is never enough.     

    MODERATOR: Minister, do you want to chime in or, Ms. Moroni, or Iyabo on climate change.        

    Ms. Masha (Secretariat): Yes, I will say that the ambition is there. They really want to do a lot. The finance is just not commensurate with the level of ambition, so that is also one area where we have called on them to demonstrate the ambition. Thank you.     

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): Sorry. If I may, since you asked me.     

    MODERATOR: Please.

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): The thing I would say on climate change, for a poor country such as Nigeria and others that are actually endowed with fossil fuels in particular, must take a realistic approach to climate change because it is the resources that we have that we must use to industrialize, to modernize our economies while being members of the global fight against climate change. We are signatories to the Paris Accord. We have our target for net zero, and while sticking to those, we must take a realistic view that we need to use our fossil fuels to develop our economies. Thank you.        

    Ms. Moroni (Argentina): The recent issue we had been discussing on G‑24, G‑20, and other forums, the need for development banks to keep in mind their core objective. Then as you mentioned, there is a need to kind of—we do have an ambition, a climate agenda, but we do need to respect the emerging markets’ right to develop first. So, there is a need to—for financing for other development issues that are not directly linked to this, thank you.      

    MODERATOR: Last question to the lady up‑front.       

    QUESTION: Thank you. My question will be to Ms. Director and Mr. Olawale. Earlier on the World Economic Outlook, we were told that inflation is almost won, so I would like to know how the Group of Twenty‑Four is actually interpreting that, especially with the fundamentals in the developed world getting a little bit better; and what are the risks that are posed to the Group of 24. Also, to you, Mr. Recto, you rolled out four key reforms that G‑24 is asking from the World Bank and the IMF. Are you looking at timelines for these reforms? Then over to Nigeria’s Finance Minister and the Second Vice Chair. One of the reforms is heightened development support. That reform, what does it mean for African economies? For example, so I would really like you to take a look at that and perhaps what are the timelines that you are expecting? Is there a Nigerian agenda within these four key reforms?         

    MODERATOR: Thank you so much. Also, I would like to invite Iyabo to address on the reforms of the Bretton Woods institutions as well, but first, the Director or Mr. Edun, would you like to respond on inflation?         

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): On inflation, I think for next year, the global inflation rate will still be relatively high, lower than this year, but something like 5.8 percent, thereabouts. I still think that will be high, and because of that, the interest rate, while it is going down, it remains high. That is why we are also calling for the World Bank to reduce cost of borrowing. This will be very beneficial to the developing economies. On the time frame, maybe Iyabo can elaborate more.              

    Ms. Masha (Secretariat): Yes. Yes, the Bretton Woods initiative itself, the reform, they just started, so now they are in the process of consultations, going around countries, going around regions, so I will say that at a minimum, maybe by next Spring Meeting, they will have an update on where they are in the process and maybe some final decision by the Annual Meetings. In any case, these things have to go through the boards of both the IMF and the World Bank for ratification.        

    MODERATOR: Thank you. Mr. Edun.

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): I think I think around this time last year, we were still dealing with heightened levels of inflation, particularly in the developed countries. That means elevated rates of interest as they put as their number one priority, the fight against inflation and tight monetary policy by the central banks. That has changed. And there is now as we are seeing monetary easing or at least easing of rates of interest by central banks, but that is in the developed world.

    In the developing world, rates are still high and that fight against inflation means that the interest rates also will remain high. But as far as the developed world is concerned, lower interest rates translate to more affordability. Nobody wants to borrow. Nobody likes to borrow. But when it becomes necessary. It is something that must be managed as well as possible. So the first port of call is concessional financing; IDA financing, for instance, from the World Bank. And what the developing world continues to call for is larger sums that can really make a difference, not just to be able to help a country cope with its immediate payment needs, but to have funds to grow the economies. That is what the fight against inflation translates to for the developing countries. Victory therefore or success therefore in the developed world means that they should be able to make more resources available. I must note here that the IMF has reduced their charges. 36 percent reduction in the rates and the excess charges is significant, and it is in the right direction to help developing countries get the resources they need to develop and grow.

    MODERATOR: Thank you so much, Minister and

    Secretariat. Thank you so much for the questions. Unfortunately, we are out of time. Thank you so much again for joining this press conference. The G‑24 communique is being posted on IMF.org and the transcript of this press briefing will be made available later. Have a good rest of your day. Thank you.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Pavis Devahasadin

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Security: Bank Manager Sentenced to 65 Months in Prison for Coordinating Multistate COVID-19 Relief Program Fraud Scheme

    Source: Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) State Crime Alerts (c)

    CAMDEN, N.J. – A former branch manager of a national financial institution was sentenced today to 65 months in prison for using his position to organize a conspiracy to help individuals obtain at least 38 fraudulent Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans totaling approximately $5 million, U.S. Attorney Philip R. Sellinger announced today.

    Tommy Hawkins, 61, of Philadelphia, previously pleaded guilty before U.S. District Judge Karen M. Williams to one count of bank fraud conspiracy. Judge Williams imposed the sentence on Oct. 18, 2024, in Camden federal court. A codefendant, Sieff Robert Sargeant, 44, of Island Park, New York, previously pleaded guilty before Judge Williams to one count of money laundering and was sentenced on Oct. 2, 2024, to six months in prison and six months of home confinement.

    According to documents filed in these cases and statements made in court: 

    The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act is a federal law enacted in March 2020 and was designed to provide emergency financial assistance to the millions of Americans who are suffering the economic effects caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. One source of relief provided by the CARES Act was the authorization of hundreds of billions of dollars in forgivable loans to small businesses for job retention and certain other expenses, through a program referred to as the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP). To obtain a PPP loan, a qualifying small business was required to apply and provide information on its operations, including the number of employees and expenses. In addition, businesses generally had to provide supporting documentation.

    In 2020 and early 2021, Hawkins worked as the branch manager of the Conshohocken, Pennsylvania, branch of a national bank that was accepting Paycheck Protection Program (PPP)  loan applications. Hawkins worked with Eric Rivera, Lisa Smith, and others to recruit individuals who owned companies with little or no operations to open bank accounts at Hawkins’ branch and apply for PPP loans. Hawkins helped the recruited individuals submit PPP loan applications that contained materially false representations about the companies’ number of employees and payroll expenses. The applications also included false documentation, including tax forms. Based on these applications, Hawkins’ bank approved at least 38 PPP loans and disbursed approximately $5 million. Hawkins received incentive compensation through the bank for opening business bank accounts for the companies that received fraudulent PPP loans and also had an agreement with Rivera and Smith for them to pay Hawkins $5,000 of the loan proceeds for each PPP loan that Hawkins helped to obtain.

    In April 2021, Sargeant’s business received a PPP loan based on a fraudulent application that was submitted through Hawkins’ branch. Sargeant then paid another individual, James Wessels, to create fake payroll checks. Sargeant distributed fake payroll checks to a friend, who cashed the checks and returned the majority of the cash to Sargeant. This was done to conceal that the proceeds actually were being spent on non-payroll expenses.

    In addition the prison term, Judge Williams sentenced Hawkins to three years of supervised release and ordered restitution of $5.3 million.

    Lisa Smith has pleaded guilty to her role in the scheme. Charges remain pending against Rivera and Wessels, and they are presumed innocent unless and until proven guilty.

    U.S. Attorney Sellinger credited special agents of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation – Office of the Inspector General, New York Region, under the direction of Special Agent-in-Charge Patricia Tarasca; special agents of the FBI’s South Jersey Resident Agency, under the direction of Special Agent in Charge Wayne A. Jacobs in Philadelphia; special agents of the Social Security Administration, Office of the Inspector General, Boston-New York Field Division, under the direction of Acting Special Agent in Charge Corwin Rattler; and special agents of the U.S. Department of Labor, Office of the Inspector General, New York Region, under the direction of Special Agent in Charge Jonathan Mellone, with the investigation.

    The government is represented by Assistant U.S. Attorney Daniel A. Friedman and Attorney-in-Charge Jason M. Richardson of the U.S. Attorney’s Office’s Criminal Division in Camden.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-Evening Report: New Caledonia crisis: Pacific leaders’ mission must ‘look beyond surface’

    INTERVIEW: By Don Wiseman, RNZ Pacific senior journalist

    Last week, New Caledonia was visited by France’s new Overseas Minister, François Buffet, offering a more conciliatory position by Paris.

    This week, the territory, torn apart by violent riots, is to receive a Pacific Islands Forum fact-finding mission comprised of four prime ministers.

    New Caledonia has been riven with violence and destruction for much of the past five months, resulting in 13 deaths and countless cases of arson.

    Islands Business journalist Nic Maclellan is back there for the first time since the rioting began on May 13 and RNZ Pacific asked for his first impressions.

    Nic Maclellan: Day by day, things are very calm. It’s been a beautiful weekend, and there were people at the beach in the southern suburbs of Nouméa. People are going about their daily business. And on the surface, you don’t really notice that there’s been months of clashes between Kanak protesters and French security forces.

    But every now and then, you stumble across a site that reminds you that this crisis is still, in many ways, unresolved. As you leave Tontouta Airport, the main gateway to the islands, for example, the airport buildings are surrounded by razor wire.

    The French High Commission, which has a very high grill, is also topped with razor wire. It’s little things like that that remind you, that despite the removal of barricades which have dotted both Noumea and the main island for months, there are still underlying tensions that are unresolved.

    And all of this comes at a time of enormous economic crisis, with key industries like tourism and nickel badly affected by months of dispute. Thousands of people either lost their jobs, or on part-time employment, and uncertainty about what capacity the French government brings from Paris to resolve long standing problems.

    Don Wiseman: Well, New Caledonia is looking for a lot of money in grant form. Is it going to get it?

    NMac: With, people I’ve spoken to in the last few days and with statements from major political parties, there’s enormous concern that political leaders in France don’t understand the depth of the crisis here; political, cultural, economic. President Macron, after losing the European Parliament elections, then seeing significant problems during the National Assembly elections that he called the snap votes, finds that there’s no governing majority in the French Parliament.

    It took 51 days to appoint a new prime minister, another few weeks to appoint a government, and although France’s Overseas Minister Francois Noel Buffet visited last week, made a number of pledges, which were welcomed, there was sharp criticism, particularly from anti-independence leaders, from the so called loyalists, that France hadn’t recognised the enormity of what’s happened, and to translate that into financial commitments.

    The Congress of New Caledonia passed a bipartisan, or all party proposal, for significant funding over the next five years, amounting to almost 4 billion euros, a vast sum, but money required to rebuild shattered economic institutions and restore public institutions that were damaged during months of riots and arson, is not there.

    France faces, in Metropolitan France, a major fiscal crisis. The current Prime Minister Michel Barnier announced they cut $250 million out of funding for overseas territories. There’s a lot of work going on across the political spectrum, from politicians in New Caledonia, trying to make Paris understand that this is significant.

    DW: Does Paris understand what happened in New Caledonia back in the 1980s?

    NMac: Some do. I think there’s a real problem, though, that there’s a consistency of French policy that is reluctant to engage with France’s responsibilities as what the United Nations calls it, “administering power of a non-self-governing territory”.

    You know, it’s a French colony. The Noumea Accord said that there should be a transition towards a new political status, and that situation is unresolved. Just this morning (Tuesday), I attended the session of the Congress of New Caledonia, which voted in majority that the provincial elections should be delayed until late next year, late 2025.

    The aim would be to give time for the French State and both supporters and opponents of independence to meet to talk out a new political statute to replace the 1998 Noumea Accord. However, it’s clear from different perspectives that have been expressed in the Congress that there’s not a meeting of minds about the way forward. And key independence parties in the umbrella coalition, the FLNKS make it clear that they only see a comprehensive agreement possible if there’s a pathway forward towards sovereignty, even with a period of inter-dependence with France and over time to be negotiated.

    The loyalists believe that that’s not a priority, that economic reconstruction is the priority, and a talk of sovereignty at this time is inappropriate. So, there’s a long way to go before the French can bring people together around the negotiating table, and that will play out in coming weeks.

    DW: The new Overseas Minister seems to have taken a very conciliatory approach. That must be helpful.

    NMac: For months and months, the FLNKS said that they were willing to discuss electoral reforms, opening up the voting rolls for the local political institutions to more French nationals, particularly New Caledonian-born citizens, but that it had to be part of a comprehensive, overarching agreement.

    The very fact that President Macron tried to force key independence parties, particularly the largest, Union Caledoniénne, to the negotiating table by unilaterally trying to push through changes to these voting rules triggered the crisis that began on the 13th of May.

    After five months of terrible destruction of schools, of hospitals, thousands of people, literally leaving New Caledonia, Macron has realised that you can’t push this through by force. As you say, Overseas Minister Buffet had a more conciliatory tone. He reconfirmed that the controversial reforms to the electoral laws have been abandoned. Doesn’t mean they won’t come back up in discussions in the future, but we’re back at square one in many ways, and yet there’s been five months of really terrible conflict between supporters and opponents of independence.

    The fact that this is unresolved is shown by the reality that the French High Commissioner has announced that the overnight curfew is extended until early November, that the French police and security forces that have been deployed here, more than 6000 gendarmes, riot squads backed by armoured cars, helicopters and more, will be held until at least the end of the year.

    This crisis is unresolved, and I think as Pacific leaders arrive this week, they’ll have to look beyond the surface calm to realise that there are many issues that still have to play out in the months to come.

    DW: So with this Forum visit, how free will these people be to move around to make their own assessments?

    NMac: I sense that there’s a tension between the government of New Caledonia and the French authorities about the purpose of this visit. In the past, French diplomats have suggested that the Forum is welcome to come, to condemn violence, to address the question of reconstruction and so on.

    But I sense a reluctance to address issues around France’s responsibility for decolonisation, at the same time, key members of the delegation, such as Prime Minister Manele of Solomon Islands, Prime Minister Rabuka, have strong contacts through the Melanesian Spearhead Group, with members of the FLNKS and the broader political networks here. To that extent, there’ll be informal as well as formal dialogue. As the Forum members hit the ground after a long delay to their mission.

    DW: There have been in the past, Forum groups that have gone to investigate various situations, and they’ve tended to take a very superficial view of everything that’s going on.

    NMac: I think there are examples where the Forum missions have been very important. For example, in 2021 at the time of the third referendum on self-determination, the one rushed through by the French State in the middle of the covid pandemic, a delegation led by Ratu Inoke Kubuabola, a former Fiji Foreign Minister, with then Secretary-General of the Forum, Henry Puna, they wrote a very strong report criticising the legitimacy and credibility of that vote, because the vast majority of independence supporters, particularly indigenous Kanaks, didn’t turn out for the vote.

    France claims it’s a strong no vote, but the Forum report, which most people haven’t read, actually questions the legitimacy of this politically. The very fact that four prime ministers are coming, not diplomats, not ministers, not just officials, but four prime ministers of Forum member countries, shows that this is an important moment for regional engagement.

    Right from the beginning of the crisis, the then chair of the Forum, Mark Brown, who’ll be on the delegation, talked about the need for the Forum to create a neutral space for dialogue, for talanoa, to resolve long standing differences.

    The very presence of them, although it hasn’t had much publicity here so far, will be a sign that this is not an internal matter for France, but in fact a matter of regional and international attention.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-OSI Security: Business Owner Pleads Guilty to Money Laundering Charge

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    SHREVEPORT, La.Brian T. Owen, 52, of Caddo Parish, Louisiana, pleaded guilty yesterday to money laundering, announced United States Attorney Brandon B. Brown. United States District Judge S. Maurice Hicks, Jr. presided over the hearing.  

    A Bill of Information was filed September 30, 2024, charging Owen with one count of money laundering. This charge was the result of an investigation conducted by state and federal law enforcement agencies into the unlawful activities of Owen, who was the president of an oilfield consulting service business headquartered in Bossier City. On June 22, 2020, the company filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Louisiana. 

    In January 2021, as part of the company’s bankruptcy plan of reorganization, a Distribution Trust was established to pay back creditors, and Owen executed a Distribution Trust Agreement in his role as president of the company. According to this plan, if Owen received any additional compensation from the company, he was required to pay 30% of that directly to the Distribution Trust. 

    In 2021, the company began applying for Employee Retention Credits (“ERCs”), which are a refundable tax credit for certain eligible businesses and tax-exempt organizations that had employees and were affected during the COVID-19 pandemic. Owen then devised a scheme to defraud the Distribution Trust by intercepting the physical U.S. Department of Treasury Checks before they were deposited into the company’s working accounts. Unbeknownst to other senior leadership at the company, Owen had opened a bank account in the name of the company while it was still in bankruptcy. As part of the scheme, he deposited a total of $3.8 million in ERC funds for himself as additional compensation. Owen did not pay the Distribution Trust the 30% as he had agreed, but instead used the money for his own personal expenses, including to pay off gambling debts. In total, he defrauded the Distribution Trust out of $1,157,154.39.           

    Owen faces a sentence of up to 10 years in prison, 3 years of supervised release, and a fine of up to $250,000.  

    The case was investigated by the Internal Revenue Service Criminal Investigation, Federal Bureau of Investigation, and Louisiana State Police and prosecuted by Assistant United States Attorney Seth D. Reeg.

    # # #

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Speech by FS at Bloomberg Global Regulatory Forum in New York (English only) (with photos)

    Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

         Following is the speech by the Financial Secretary, Mr Paul Chan, at the Bloomberg Global Regulatory Forum in New York, yesterday (October 22, New York time): Mike (Founder of Bloomberg L.P. & Bloomberg Philanthropies, Mr Michael Bloomberg), Mr Cotzias (Global Head of External Relations of Bloomberg, Mr Constantin Cotzias), distinguished guests, ladies and gentlemen,     Good afternoon. I’m pleased to be here, in New York City, in fall. And delighted to hear that baseball, more than politics, is still the talk of the town.      Well, baseball and finance. For that, for hosting today’s Global Regulatory Forum, for consistently driving high-powered discussion on the future of global finance, my thanks to Bloomberg.     Last year’s Forum took place for the first time in Hong Kong, when we discussed how to navigate complexity and unlock opportunities. A year on, many things in the financial world have changed, and I’m pleased to bring you some positive updates about our city.Hong Kong: strong fundamentals     Despite several challenging years, from social violence to the pandemic, Hong Kong is back, back once again with a stable, welcoming and promising business environment.      Our strong fundamentals continue to be internationally recognised. Hong Kong ranks once again among the top three global financial centres, behind only New York and London.      Canada’s Fraser Institute has again ranked Hong Kong the world’s freest economy.      The International Monetary Fund and credit-rating agencies have reaffirmed Hong Kong’s institutional framework, our quality regulation and economic and financial resilience.      These commendations are echoed by the global investor community. Total banking deposits in Hong Kong, for example, have grown 5 per cent, or US$100 billion, this year to date, reaching more than US$2 trillion.      Our asset-and-wealth-management sector is also growing. We are managing over US$4 trillion in assets, and over half of that value was sourced from investors outside Hong Kong and the Chinese Mainland.      Coupled with easing interest rate cycles and the Mainland’s stimulus package to inject liquidity to the banking sector and provide more support to the real estate sector, our stock market has gone on a rally, rising some 15 per cent in the past month or so.       From late September to early October, we have seen strong net buys from American and European investors, constituting some 85 per cent of the buy side by value. And 90 per cent of those investors are long-term fund managers and investment banks.     International investors have good reason to be confident in Hong Kong. Our singular “one country, two systems” arrangement is here to stay, here for the long term.      That clear and compelling commitment has been reiterated, time and again, by President Xi Jinping. Indeed, the arrangement was designed not for short-term expediency but for the long-term interests of our country. It is clear that the Mainland is fully embracing high-level opening up, evident in the conclusions of state and party meetings in Beijing in the past year or so. The Mainland will support Hong Kong in remaining as a “super connector”, to assist in realising the country’s vision.      We can, and will, continue to do just that, thanks to the advantages that define Hong Kong’s international character: our common law tradition, a judiciary that exercises powers independently; the free flow of goods, capital, talent and information; a currency pegged to the US dollar; and business practices that align with the best international standards.     For so long, we have built our success as an international financial, trade and shipping centre on these merits, and they will continue to underpin Hong Kong’s development in the future.      Robust financial regulation     But still, Hong Kong is a small, fully open and externally-oriented economy. That means we are prone to external shocks and volatility. The trials and tribulations in the Asian Financial Crisis in 1998, the Global Financial Crisis of 2008, and the market squeeze during the onset of the COVID pandemic, are good lessons to learn.      Each time we weathered a crisis, we grew more resilient, but the take home message for us is clear: first, we need to identify systemic weaknesses and vulnerabilities, and address them. Second, establish multi-sectoral risk detection and monitoring systems to raise alarm against potential crises. Third, build in a strong buffer to allow us to respond to the unknowns.       This is particularly valid for Hong Kong which implements a linked exchange rate system. Hong Kong dollar is pegged to the US dollar, and therefore we must have sufficient monetary depth to enforce our convertibility undertakings and defend our currency board system. To ensure we have ample liquidity as we need it, we have a foreign exchange reserve of more than US$420 billion at our disposal.      In light of rising geopolitical and economic challenges, we’ve established a high-level, cross-market, co-ordinated and round-the-clock monitoring mechanism. It covers all sectors of the financial market and gathers all financial regulators, allowing us to detect looming risks.     I’m glad to report that over the past few years, our financial markets have been functioning in an orderly manner, despite volatility that might appear from time to time. The role of regulators in market development     Good regulation, of course, is only half the story. For the ultimate goal of regulation is to promote the healthy and sustainable development of the financial market. Good market development, in my view, is equally important, and it is the best means to future-proof our financial systems.      This requires the regulatory regime be agile and forward-looking. This requires the regime to respond to market and economic changes, embrace and empower technological innovation, and create the conditions for markets to thrive.      It’s why in Hong Kong, regulators have been given a dual mandate, serving both as regulators and market enablers.      Our listing regime reform is a good case in point. Back in 2018, the Government and the financial regulators made bold decisions to allow pre-profit or pre-revenue biotech companies, and new economy companies with weighted voting rights structures, to list on our stock exchange. The idea was met with doubt initially. But today the facts speak for themselves: new economy companies constitute only 13 per cent of the total number of listed companies, but their capitalisation accounts for 26 per cent. These reforms have not only broadened our market’s appeal but also put Hong Kong as a leading listing hub for innovative enterprises.     Reform is an ongoing process. For instance, last year we introduced a new Chapter in our listing rules to facilitate the listing of specialist technology companies.     Looking ahead, two key areas will be vital for Hong Kong’s financial future: enhancing our financial connectivity with the world, and embracing innovation.Enhancing Connectivity      Connectivity has always been the trump card of Hong Kong – although “trump” may be a word that you may now love or hate. For long, we have been the premier listing platform for Mainland companies going global. The launch of the “Stock Connect” 10 years ago was a landmark in forging close connectivity between the two markets. Its very significance was to allow foreign investors to make use of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, and all the regimes, regulation and practices with which they are familiar, to access the Mainland’s stock market. Today, over 70 per cent of the A-share holdings by foreign investors were acquired through the Stock Connect. The Scheme has been continuously expanding, now covering bonds, ETFs, derivatives such as swap contracts.      Just in April this year, the China Securities Regulatory Commission announced four further measures to expand the Connect Schemes, including enlarging the scope of ETFs Connect, covering REITs in Stock Connect, and more. Meanwhile, it also made clear that they will support leading Mainland companies to list on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. Obviously our IPO market has seen a rebound. In the first nine months this year, we raised more than US$7.1 billion, ranking fourth globally thus far.       Looking ahead, Hong Kong is also strengthening connections with other markets in the ASEAN countries, the Middle East and the Belt and Road countries. For instance, next week, we will be seeing the launch of two ETFs on the Saudi Stock Exchange investing in the Hong Kong Stock market.     So Hong Kong’s role as a connector of markets will only grow stronger. And with this, our financial regulators will continue to make it their strategic priorities to enhance collaboration with regulatory counterparts for timely and effective responses. Embracing innovation      Ladies and gentlemen, another area essential to our future is innovation.      In Hong Kong, we’re taking a balanced regulatory approach to enable financial innovation.      For example, last year, we introduced a regulatory regime for digital assets, along the principle of “same activity, same risks, same regulation”. The key feature is to put in place guardrails for investor protection, while enabling financial innovation to thrive in a responsible and sustainable manner.      So far, three firms have been issued with virtual asset trading platform licences, and we are expecting more in the next couple of months.      Besides, legislation will be introduced later this year for the regulation of stablecoins.      Then there’s also AI (artificial intelligence), which is reshaping the financial services industry, driving new products and services that enhance efficiency, security and customer experience.      Like blockchain and other new technologies, we must address the potential challenges of AI, such as cybersecurity, data privacy and the protection of intellectual property rights.      To that end, we will publish a policy statement next week. We will work to provide a clear supervisory framework and create a conducive and sustainable market environment.      Concluding remarks     Ladies and gentlemen, alongside changing global financial landscape comes far-reaching opportunity. Judging from Hong Kong’s experience, capturing such opportunities calls for the mentality of policy makers to focus not just on regulation compliance but also market development. For some, this may require a paradigm shift. But in our view, it will be an essential path to future-proof our financial markets, ensuring their long-term sustainable growth.      Finally, I wish to convey my thanks again to Bloomberg for inviting me to this Forum. I wish you all the best of business and health in the coming year. Thank you.

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-Evening Report: Let’s tax carbon: Ross Garnaut on why the time is right for a second shot at carbon pricing

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Ross Garnaut, Professorial Research Fellow in Economics, The University of Melbourne

    Damitha Jayawardena/Shutterstock

    Australia now has a government and parliament wanting timely transition to net zero. We have a government and parliament wanting to build Australia as the renewable energy superpower of the zero-carbon world economy. For the time being, we have favourable international settings for using our opportunity.

    The government of Australia has embraced this superpower narrative, taken some big steps towards supporting its emergence, and articulated sound principles for guiding further policy development.

    But Australians in business and the community wanting to make large efforts to turn opportunity into reality find themselves in a tangle of policy uncertainty and contradiction.

    The source of the problem is the abolition of carbon pricing in 2014. Since then, the Commonwealth government has worked within constraints that rule out success.

    We can make a start towards net zero and becoming a renewable energy superpower without moving the constraints, but we can’t get far. This is a problem for any government of Australia, and not only for the current Labor government. We will not rise sustainably out of the post-pandemic dog days until we get energy policy right.

    Striking the right balance

    Striking the right balance between state intervention and market exchange is always essential for successful economic development, in all places.

    The market generally delivers goods and services more cost-effectively than the state where there is genuine competition among suppliers and purchasers of goods and services.

    The difference is especially large and important at a time of structural change and uncertainty. State decisions inevitably tend towards continuation on established paths and slow response to new opportunities.

    Australia will not make use of more than a small fraction of the superpower opportunities available to it without immense contributions from an innovative, competitive private business sector.

    So we have to design energy and related markets that provide the widest possible scope for competition among enterprises within clear rules understood in advance of investment decisions by all market participants.

    The state has to do well the things that only the state can do. Because government capacity is a finite resource, it is much more likely that it will do the essential things well if it doesn’t try to do the things that markets do well.

    The state must define the boundaries between the services that it delivers and those to be delivered by the market.

    In the electricity sector, government must take responsibility for design of the market rules and compliance with them. It must provide the natural monopoly services of electricity transmission and hydrogen transportation and storage. It must take ultimate responsibility for system security and reliability.

    For any market to work, individual market participants must be blocked by regulation from damaging others through their business decisions, or subject to a tax equal to the costs they impose on others. And they must be rewarded for large benefits that they confer on others.

    This is essential economics. Its understatement in Productivity Commission and financial media commentary on energy and climate policy discussion over the past decade reveals the debasement of Australian political culture that gave us the dog days.

    It has been politically incorrect to tell the truth out loud.

    It’s time for carbon pricing

    A crucial element of post-2030 market design is introduction of a green premium for zero-carbon energy.

    It is obviously necessary for low-cost decarbonisation and expansion of the electricity sector and building Australia as a renewable energy superpower. The green premium is crucial for securing international market access for the zero-carbon export industries.

    One of the dog days constraints on policy is that there should be no mandatory demands on private investors. Those constraints must be broken for the green premium to reflect the social cost of carbon, as it must if we are to achieve net zero by 2050 and build Australia as the renewable energy superpower.

    The economically efficient way of achieving the premium is carbon pricing. It would be most efficient within an economy-wide system, although it could be introduced initially for the electricity sector and extended to other industries later.

    Investors now need to know soon that there will be a premium reasonably related to the social cost of carbon after the Renewable Energy Target ends in 2030.

    What matters for the superpower industries is the green premiums for which they are eligible in other countries. Pending the emergence of appropriate premiums, the Commonwealth is proposing payments from the budget.

    That is appropriate. It can get the early movers started. It would be expensive if it continued for long. The superpower industries will grow rapidly if they have access to premiums corresponding to the social cost of carbon. Over time, payments from the Australian budget will be replaced by market premiums in destination countries.

    There are several possible forms of carbon pricing. The system operating in Australia from 2012 to 2014 was economically and environmentally efficient.

    It would have been linked to the EU Emissions Trading System from July 1 2014 if it had not been abolished the day before. The Australian carbon price would be equal to the European price. We would be introducing a European-type Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism to ensure that Australian producers were not disadvantaged by competition in the domestic market from suppliers who were not subject to similar carbon constraints. The ETS (emissions trading scheme) would be contributing around 2% of GDP to public revenues – going a substantial part of the way to answering the daunting budget challenge to restoration of Australian prosperity.

    Part of that increased revenue could support payments to power users to ensure there was no increase in power prices to users until expansion of renewable generation and storage had brought costs down – along the lines of the A$300 per household introduced in the 2024 budget, but larger.

    The arrangements would provide automatic access for zero-carbon Australian goods to the high-priced European market. There would be no need to provide for a green premium for sales to Europe from the Australian market. The green premiums in other markets would at first need to be covered, as they are now, from the Australian public revenue.

    A carbon solutions levy

    Rod Sims (former chair of the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission) and I have suggested a carbon solutions levy. It is administratively simpler than the ETS. It would initially raise much more revenue.

    We propose exemption for coal and gas exports to countries in which Australian zero-carbon exports attract a premium comparable to the EU carbon price, even if it is not generated through an ETS.

    We would hope that if the carbon solutions levy were to be introduced from 2030, our major trading partners would by that time have introduced green premiums that justify exemption from the levy for coal and gas exports to those countries.

    The European Union would be exempt from the beginning. The Northeast Asian economies are moving towards eventual justification of exemption. China now has a country-wide emissions trading system.

    The carbon price in July 2024 is about A$21 per tonne, having increased by 50% since early in the year. The price is expected to continue rising until it is playing a major role in transformation of Chinese industry.

    Incidentally, China undertook to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change that its emissions would peak by 2030, but its rapid expansion of renewable energy generation, electric vehicles and zero-carbon industrial technologies suggest that the peak may have come in 2023.

    Japan is working on direct budgetary support for importers of zero-carbon products which could pass through into a premium for zero-carbon exports from Australia.

    During a visit in April 2024, I was advised that the Japanese government is working towards issue of “green bonds” to pay for the premium. A carbon tax from 2035 would meet the cost of servicing and retiring the bonds.

    Korea and Taiwan are introducing their own mechanisms for supporting premiums for zero-carbon imports.

    One initial criticism of the carbon solutions levy is that it would cause leakage of Australian exports to competing suppliers of gas and coal. There would be some leakage, alongside substantial transfers from rents to the public revenues, and for metallurgical coal in particular, some increase in export prices.

    The price increase would introduce an element of green premium for Australian green iron exports. The Superpower Institute (a non-profit research organisation founded by Sims and I) has commissioned the Centre of Policy Studies at Victoria University to quantify the extent of leakage, transfers from rent and higher export prices. The results will be available for public discussion early in 2025. The study will also calculate the effect of the levy on Australian public finances, real incomes and real consumption.

    Regional considerations

    Australia’s main competitor in regional coal markets is Indonesia. Its main competitors in gas markets are Papua New Guinea, East Timor, Indonesia, Brunei and the Middle East petroleum producers.

    No informed person would suggest that there could be an economic problem with leakage to the Middle East: Saudi Arabia and the small Gulf states extract revenue from petroleum exports at much higher rates per dollar than Australia would after imposition of the levy.

    There is a case in the Australian national interest for not seeing expansion of export sales from Papua New Guinea and East Timor as being entirely a waste.

    But in their national interest and ours, I suggest that we seek to negotiate a four-way agreement on climate and energy with Indonesia, East Timor and Papua New Guinea.

    We would all impose carbon solutions levy-type levies at similar rates. This would be a major source of revenue for all of us.

    Participation of Indonesia removes leakage of coal exports. Indonesia already has an emissions trading scheme, although it generates a carbon price of only a few dollars per tonne.

    It may choose to remove other imposts on fossil carbon exports at the time of introduction of new carbon-related measures – such as the requirement to make 35% of coal exports available at prices well below international prices for domestic power generation.

    Participation of the four countries removes the leakage issue for gas. The four neighbours would cooperate in major development programs based on expansion of zero-carbon energy supply and goods production.

    There is active discussion in Indonesia of archipelago-wide electricity transmission infrastructure to allow the superior renewable energy resources of the outer islands – Papua, Nusa Tenggara, Sulawesi, Kalimantan, Sumatra – to contribute to decarbonisation and growth of zero-carbon industry everywhere, including in the Java heartland.

    The Indonesian grid would run close to neighbouring Australia, Papua New Guinea, East Timor, East and West Malaysia and the Philippines. It would be the geopolitically practical means of linking Australia and Singapore, as envisaged in the SunCable project in the Northern Territory.

    The Indonesian national grid could link to the Australian Sungrid discussed in my book The Superpower Transformation in Darwin and the Pilbara.

    The alternatives to carbon pricing are weak

    The alternatives to economy-wide carbon pricing are likely to turn out to be short-lived expedients that lead sooner rather than later to the return of today’s incoherence and underperformance in energy and climate policy and performance.

    The state must provide reliability of power supply to the general population.

    The Commonwealth government can do this without distorting competitive electricity markets by establishing an energy reserve I have proposed in my book The Superpower Transformation.

    The superpower industries depend on electricity and hydrogen markets operating efficiently and embodying carbon prices. Otherwise the market design issues relevant to their development are similar to those for electricity.

    Negative carbon externalities need to be corrected by taxation or alternative carbon pricing mechanisms. Positive externalities from innovation should be rewarded.

    Positive innovation externalities are important in the introduction of new industries, technologies and business models for the zero-carbon economy.

    Economy-wide carbon pricing at the social cost of carbon is essential to getting the balance right between state intervention and market exchange.

    Once it is in place with fiscal rewards for innovation, the government can let businesses decide which new industries and technologies warrant investment.

    Once carbon pricing is known to be coming into place reasonably soon, there is no further need for government underwriting of investment in power generation.

    There is no need to include a climate trigger in assessment of a project of any kind: if it emits carbon, it will pay for the climate damage it does.

    There is no need for government to take a view on climate grounds about the merits of nuclear power generation. It is zero-emissions generation and, like renewable energy, not subject to the carbon price. If it can compete with other forms of generation, it will find a place in private investment decisions on the energy mix.

    There is no need for government investment in nuclear power generation. Private investors will have the same incentives to invest in nuclear as in other zero-carbon generation technologies.

    There will be no need for the government to take a view on incentives for carbon capture and storage. If it is effective and emissions are actually reduced, carbon payments will be correspondingly reduced.

    The carbon price will allow private investors to get on with the job of expanding renewable energy supply at a rapid pace and decarbonising the economy more generally.


    This is an edited extract from Ross Garnaut’s new book, Let’s Tax Carbon: And Other Ideas for a Better Australia.

    Ross Garnaut is a Director and shareholder of Zen Energy. Together with Rod Sims, Ross is a co-founder and Director of The Superpower Institute, a not for profit think tank.

    ref. Let’s tax carbon: Ross Garnaut on why the time is right for a second shot at carbon pricing – https://theconversation.com/lets-tax-carbon-ross-garnaut-on-why-the-time-is-right-for-a-second-shot-at-carbon-pricing-241806

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-OSI: Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Reports Third Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TALLAHASSEE, Fla., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: CCBG) today reported net income attributable to common shareowners of $13.1 million, or $0.78 per diluted share, for the third quarter of 2024 compared to $14.2 million, or $0.83 per diluted share, for the second quarter of 2024, and $12.7 million, or $0.74 per diluted share, for the third quarter of 2023.

    QUARTER HIGHLIGHTS (3rdQuarter 2024 versus 2ndQuarter 2024)

    Income Statement

    • Tax-equivalent net interest income totaled $40.3 million compared to $39.3 million for the prior quarter
      • Net interest margin increased 10 basis points to 4.12% (earning asset yield up 7 basis points and total deposit cost down 3 basis points to 92 basis points)
    • Stable credit quality metrics and credit loss provision – net loan charge-offs were 19 basis points (annualized) of average loans – allowance coverage ratio increased to 1.11% at September 30, 2024
    • Noninterest income remained stable, decreasing $0.1 million, or 0.5%, and reflected a $0.4 million decline in mortgage banking revenues partially offset by a $0.3 million increase in wealth management fees
    • Noninterest expense increased $2.5 million, or 6.1%, due to increases in compensation (annual merit and health care) and other expenses (professional and processing). Other expense also included a $0.5 million expense related to a counterparty payment for our VISA Class B share swap

    Balance Sheet

    • Loan balances decreased $33.2 million, or 1.2% (average), and declined $7.1 million, or 0.3% (end of period)
    • Deposit balances decreased by $69.0 million, or 1.9% (average), and decreased $29.5 million, or 0.8% (end of period), reflecting the seasonal decline in our public fund balances
    • Tangible book value per diluted share (non-GAAP financial measure) increased $0.91, or 4.2%

    Commenting on the company’s results, William G. Smith, Jr., Capital City Bank Group Chairman, President, and CEO, said, “I am pleased with what we accomplished in the quarter to enhance shareowner value – 4.2% growth in tangible book value per share and a 9.5% increase in the dividend. Earnings for the quarter remained stable driven by margin expansion, stable credit, and core deposit growth. Looking ahead, I remain optimistic about our full year financial performance and beyond, driven by our balance sheet flexibility, revenue diversification, and focus on continuous improvement.”      

    Discussion of Operating Results

    Net Interest Income/Net Interest Margin

    Tax-equivalent net interest income for the third quarter of 2024 totaled $40.2 million, compared to $39.3 million for the second quarter of 2024, and $39.3 million for the third quarter of 2023. Compared to the second quarter of 2024, the increase was primarily due to increases in loan and investment interest income and a decrease in deposit interest expense, partially offset by a decrease in overnight funds interest income. One additional calendar day also contributed to the increase. Favorable repricing of existing adjustable/fixed rate loans at higher rates drove the increase in loan interest income. The increase in investment interest income was due to the reinvestment of maturing securities at higher rates. The decrease in deposit interest expense was attributable to lower average NOW account balances and average rate, in addition to lower rates on promotional deposit products.

    Compared to the third quarter of 2023, the $0.9 million increase was primarily driven by an increase in loan interest income and to a lesser extent overnight funds interest income, partially offset by an increase in deposit interest expense. For the first nine months of 2024, tax-equivalent net interest income totaled $118.0 million compared to $120.1 million for the same period of 2023 with the decrease primarily attributable to an increase in deposit interest expense and a decrease in investment interest income, partially offset by an increase in loan interest income.

    Our net interest margin for the third quarter of 2024 was 4.12%, an increase of 10 basis points over the second quarter of 2024 and an increase of nine basis points over the third quarter of 2023. For the month of September 2024, our net interest margin was 4.16%. For the first nine months of 2024, our net interest margin was 4.05% compared to 4.04% for the same period of 2023. The increase over the second quarter of 2024 reflected favorable loan and investment repricing, partially offset by a lower overnight funds rate. The increase over both prior year periods reflected higher loan rates partially offset by a higher cost of deposits. For the third quarter of 2024, our cost of funds was 93 basis points, a decrease of four basis points from the second quarter of 2024 and an increase of 27 basis points over the third quarter of 2023. Our cost of deposits (including noninterest bearing accounts) was 92 basis points, 95 basis points, and 58 basis points, respectively, for the same periods.

    Provision for Credit Losses

    We recorded a provision expense for credit losses of $1.2 million for the third quarter of 2024, comparable to the second quarter of 2024 and a $1.2 million decrease from the third quarter of 2023. The provision expense for the third quarter of 2024 reflected a $0.7 million increase in the provision for loans held for investment (“HFI”), a $0.6 million provision benefit for unfunded loan commitments, and a $0.1 million provision benefit for debt securities. The increase in the provision for loans HFI was primarily due to loan grade migration and slightly higher loss rates partially offset by lower loan balances. A lower level of commitments drove the provision benefit for unfunded loan commitments. For the first nine months of 2024, we recorded a provision expense for credit losses of $3.3 million compared to $7.7 million for the same period of 2023 with the decrease driven primarily by lower new loan volume in 2024. We discuss the allowance for credit losses further below.

    Noninterest Income and Noninterest Expense

    Noninterest income for the third quarter of 2024 totaled $19.5 million compared to $19.6 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $16.7 million for the third quarter of 2023. The slight decrease from the second quarter of 2024 reflected a $0.4 million decrease in mortgage banking revenues partially offset by a $0.3 million increase in wealth management fees. Compared to the third quarter of 2023, the $2.8 million increase was primarily attributable to a $2.1 million increase in mortgage banking revenues driven by a higher gain on sale margin, and a $0.8 million increase in wealth management fees.

    For the first nine months of 2024, noninterest income totaled $57.2 million compared to $54.5 million for the same period of 2023, primarily attributable to a $3.2 million increase in mortgage banking revenues and a $1.8 million increase in wealth management fees, partially offset by a $2.1 million decrease in other income. The increase in mortgage banking revenues was due to a higher gain on sale margin. The increase in wealth management fees was primarily driven by higher retail brokerage fees and to a lesser extent trust fees, primarily attributable to both new account growth and higher account values driven by higher market returns. The decrease in other income was primarily attributable to a $1.4 million gain from the sale of mortgage servicing rights in the second quarter of 2023, and to a lesser extent a decrease in vendor bonus income and miscellaneous income.

    Noninterest expense for the third quarter of 2024 totaled $42.9 million compared to $40.4 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $39.1 million for the third quarter of 2023. The $2.5 million increase over the second quarter of 2024 was primarily due to a $1.4 million increase in compensation and a $1.0 million increase in other expense. The increase in compensation reflected higher salary expense of $0.9 million and associate benefit expense of $0.5 million. The increase in salary expense was driven by annual merit adjustments, and the increase in other associate benefit expense was primarily attributable to higher health insurance cost, and to a lesser extent higher stock-based compensation expense. The increase in other expense was primarily due to a $0.5 million increase in professional fees, processing fees of $0.3 million, and higher miscellaneous expense which included a $0.5 million payment to the counterparty for our VISA Class B share swap due to revision to the share conversion rate related to additional funding by VISA of the merchant litigation reserve. Compared to the third quarter of 2023, the $3.8 million increase was primarily attributable to a $2.8 million increase in compensation expense and a $0.9 million increase in other expense. The unfavorable variance in compensation expense reflected higher salary expense of $2.2 million and associate benefit expense of $0.6 million, with the salary variance driven by merit adjustments and the associate benefit expense variance reflective of higher health insurance cost. Further, salary expense was unfavorably impacted by lower realized loan cost (credit offset to salary expense) of $1.0 million which reflected lower loan volume in 2024. The increase in other expense was attributable to a $0.6 million increase in professional fees and higher miscellaneous expense due to the aforementioned $0.5 million share swap payment in the third quarter of 2024.  

    For the first nine months of 2024, noninterest expense totaled $123.5 million compared to $117.1 million for the same period of 2023 with the $6.4 million increase primarily attributable to increases in compensation expense of $4.6 million, occupancy expense of $0.5 million, and other expense of $1.3 million. The increase in compensation expense reflected a $3.9 million increase in salary expense and a $0.7 million increase in associate benefit expense. The increase in salary expense was primarily due to a lower level of realized loan cost (credit offset to salary expense) of $2.9 million (lower new loan volume) and higher base salary expense of $1.9 million (primarily annual merit raises), partially offset by lower commission expense of $1.3 million (lower residential mortgage volume). The increase in occupancy was primarily attributable to an increase in maintenance agreement expense (security upgrades and addition of interactive teller machines). The increase in other expense reflected a $1.8 million gain from the sale of a banking office in the first quarter of 2023 and higher miscellaneous expense due to the aforementioned $0.5 million share swap payment in 2024, that was partially offset by lower pension plan expense (service cost) of $1.0 million.         

    Income Taxes

    We realized income tax expense of $3.0 million (effective rate of 19.1%) for the third quarter of 2024 compared to $3.2 million (effective rate of 18.5%) for the second quarter of 2024 and $3.0 million (effective rate of 20.7%) for the third quarter of 2023. For the first nine months of 2024, we realized income tax expense of $9.7 million (effective rate of 20.1%) compared to $10.1 million (effective rate of 20.5%) for the same period of 2023. The decrease in our effective tax rate from both prior year periods was primarily due to a higher level of tax benefit accrued from investments in solar tax credit equity funds. Absent discrete items, we expect our annual effective tax rate to approximate 20-21% for 2024.

    Discussion of Financial Condition

    Earning Assets

    Average earning assets totaled $3.883 billion for the third quarter of 2024, a decrease of $51.9 million, or 1.3%, from the second quarter of 2024, and an increase of $59.4 million, or 1.6%, over the fourth quarter of 2023. The change for both prior periods was driven by variances in deposit balances (see below – Deposits). Compared to the second quarter of 2024, the change in the earning asset mix reflected a $33.2 million decrease in loans HFI, a $11.4 million decline in investment securities, and a $5.6 million decrease increase in overnight funds sold. Compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, the change in the earning asset mix reflected a $157.1 million increase in overnight funds that was partially offset by a $17.7 million decrease in loans HFI, a $54.7 million decrease in investment securities and a $25.2 million decline in loans held for sale.

    Average loans HFI decreased $33.2 million, or 1.2%, from the second quarter of 2024 and decreased $17.7 million, or 0.7%, from the fourth quarter of 2023. Compared to the second quarter of 2024, the decrease was driven by a $19.4 million decrease in consumer loans (primarily indirect auto), commercial loans of $13.2 million, and commercial real estate loans of $7.7 million, partially offset by a $7.4 million increase in residential real estate loans. Compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, the decrease was primarily attributable to a $54.5 million decrease in consumer loans (primarily indirect auto) and commercial loans of $24.2 million (primarily tax-exempt loans) that was partially offset by a $59.2 million increase in residential real estate loans.

    Period end loans HFI decreased $7.1 million, or 0.3%, from the second quarter of 2024 and decreased $50.8 million, or 1.9%, from the fourth quarter of 2023. Compared to the second quarter of 2024, the decline reflected a $20.9 million decrease in consumer loans (primarily indirect auto), a $10.4 million decrease in commercial loans, and a $3.2 million decline in commercial real estate loans, partially offset by a $10.9 million increase in residential real estate loans and a $18.1 million increase in construction loans. The decrease from the fourth quarter of 2023 was primarily attributable to a $57.7 million decrease in consumer loans (primarily indirect auto), a $30.6 million decline in commercial loans, and a $5.5 million decrease in commercial real estate loans, partially offset by a $22.2 million increase in residential real estate loans and a $22.8 million increase in construction real estate loans.     

    Allowance for Credit Losses

    At September 30, 2024, the allowance for credit losses for loans HFI totaled $29.8 million compared to $29.2 million at June 30, 2024 and $29.9 million at December 31, 2023. Activity within the allowance is provided on Page 9. The increase in the allowance over June 30, 2024 was primarily attributable to slightly higher forecasted unemployment rate utilized in calculating loan loss rates and loan grade migration (see above – Provision for Credit Losses). Net loan charge-offs were 19 basis points of average loans for the third quarter of 2024 versus 18 basis points for the second quarter of 2024. At September 30, 2024, the allowance represented 1.11% of loans HFI compared to 1.09% at June 30, 2024, and 1.10% at December 31, 2023.

    Credit Quality

    Nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and other real estate) totaled $7.2 million at September 30, 2024 compared to $6.2 million at June 30, 2024 and $6.2 million at December 31, 2023. At September 30, 2024, nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets equaled 0.17%, compared to 0.15% at June 30, 2024 and 0.15% at December 31, 2023. Nonaccrual loans totaled $6.6 million at September 30, 2024, a $1.1 million increase over June 30, 2024 and a $0.3 million increase over December 31, 2023. Further, classified loans totaled $25.5 million at September 30, 2024, a $0.1 million decrease from June 30, 2024 and a $3.3 million increase over December 31, 2023.

    Deposits

    Average total deposits were $3.572 billion for the third quarter of 2024, a decrease of $69.0 million, or 1.9%, from the second quarter of 2024 and an increase of $23.5 million, or 0.7%, over the fourth quarter of 2023. Compared to the second quarter of 2024, the decrease was primarily attributable to lower NOW account balances primarily due to the seasonal decline in our public fund balances. The increase over the fourth quarter of 2023 reflected growth in both money market and certificate of deposit balances which reflected a combination of balances migrating from savings and noninterest bearing accounts, in addition to receiving new deposits from existing and new clients via various deposit strategies.     

    At September 30, 2024, total deposits were $3.579 billion, a decrease of $29.5 million, or 0.8%, from June 30, 2024, and a decrease of $122.7 million, or 3.3%, from December 31, 2023. The decrease from June 30, 2024 was primarily due to lower noninterest bearing, money market, and savings account balances. The decrease from December 31, 2023 was primarily due to lower NOW account balances, primarily due to the seasonal decline in our public funds, partially offset by higher money market and certificate of deposit balances from both new and existing clients. Total public funds balances were $516.2 million at September 30, 2024, $575.0 million at June 30, 2024, and $709.8 million at December 31, 2023.

    Liquidity

    The Bank maintained an average net overnight funds (i.e., deposits with banks plus FED funds sold less FED funds purchased) sold position of $256.9 million in the third quarter of 2024 compared to $262.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $99.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2023. Compared to the second quarter of 2024, the decrease reflected lower average deposits (primarily seasonal public funds) that was substantially offset by a decline in average loans. Compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, the increase was primarily driven by higher average deposits and lower average investments.       

    At September 30, 2024, we had the ability to generate approximately $1.522 billion (excludes overnight funds position of $262 million) in additional liquidity through various sources including various federal funds purchased lines, Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, the Federal Reserve Discount Window, and brokered deposits.  

    We also view our investment portfolio as a liquidity source as we have the option to pledge securities in our portfolio as collateral for borrowings or deposits, and/or to sell selected securities in our portfolio. Our portfolio consists of debt issued by the U.S. Treasury, U.S. governmental agencies, municipal governments, and corporate entities. At September 30, 2024, the weighted-average maturity and duration of our portfolio were 2.51 years and 2.17 years, respectively, and the available-for-sale portfolio had a net unrealized after-tax loss of $15.5 million.    

    Capital

    Shareowners’ equity was $476.5 million at September 30, 2024 compared to $461.0 million at June 30, 2024 and $440.6 million at December 31, 2023. For the first nine months of 2024, shareowners’ equity was positively impacted by net income attributable to shareowners of $39.8 million, a $8.7 million decrease in the net unrealized loss on available for sale securities, net adjustments totaling $0.9 million related to transactions under our stock compensation plans, and stock compensation accretion of $1.1 million. Shareowners’ equity was reduced by a common stock dividend of $11.0 million ($0.65 per share), the repurchase of common stock of $2.3 million (82,540 shares), a $0.6 million increase in the fair value of the interest rate swap related to subordinated debt, and a $0.7 million reclassification to temporary equity.

    At September 30, 2024, our total risk-based capital ratio was 17.97% compared to 17.50% at June 30, 2024 and 16.57% at December 31, 2023. Our common equity tier 1 capital ratio was 14.88%, 14.44%, and 13.52%, respectively, on these dates. Our leverage ratio was 10.89%, 10.51%, and 10.30%, respectively, on these dates. At September 30, 2024, all our regulatory capital ratios exceeded the thresholds to be designated as “well-capitalized” under the Basel III capital standards. Further, our tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP financial measure) was 9.28% at September 30, 2024 compared to 8.91% and 8.26% at June 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. If our unrealized held-to-maturity securities losses of $12.9 million (after-tax) were recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, our adjusted tangible capital ratio would be 9.00%.

    About Capital City Bank Group, Inc.

    Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: CCBG) is one of the largest publicly traded financial holding companies headquartered in Florida and has approximately $4.2 billion in assets. We provide a full range of banking services, including traditional deposit and credit services, mortgage banking, asset management, trust, merchant services, bankcards, securities brokerage services and financial advisory services, including the sale of life insurance, risk management and asset protection services. Our bank subsidiary, Capital City Bank, was founded in 1895 and now has 63 banking offices and 105 ATMs/ITMs in Florida, Georgia and Alabama. For more information about Capital City Bank Group, Inc., visit http://www.ccbg.com.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    Forward-looking statements in this Press Release are based on current plans and expectations that are subject to uncertainties and risks, which could cause our future results to differ materially. The words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” “vision,” “goal,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The following factors, among others, could cause our actual results to differ: our ability to successfully manage credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and other risks inherent to our industry; the effects of changes in the level of checking or savings account deposits and the competition for deposits on our funding costs, net interest margin and ability to replace maturing deposits and advances; legislative or regulatory changes; adverse developments in the financial services industry; inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; uncertainty in the pricing of residential mortgage loans that we sell, as well as competition for the mortgage servicing rights related to these loans; interest rate risk and price risk resulting from retaining mortgage servicing rights and the effects of higher interest rates on our loan origination volumes; changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government; the cost and effects of cybersecurity incidents or other failures, interruptions, or security breaches of our systems or those of our customers or third-party providers; the effects of fraud related to debit card products; the accuracy of our financial statement estimates and assumptions; changes in accounting principles, policies, practices or guidelines; the frequency and magnitude of foreclosure of our loans; the effects of our lack of a diversified loan portfolio; the strength of the local economies in which we operate; our ability to declare and pay dividends; structural changes in the markets for origination, sale and servicing of residential mortgages; our ability to retain key personnel; the effects of natural disasters (including hurricanes), widespread health emergencies (including pandemics), military conflict, terrorism, civil unrest or other geopolitical events; our ability to comply with the extensive laws and regulations to which we are subject; the impact of the restatement of our previously issued consolidated statements of cash flows; any deficiencies in the processes undertaken to effect these restatements and to identify and correct all errors in our historical financial statements that may require restatement; any inability to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and/or disclosure control or inability to remediate our existing material weaknesses in our internal controls deemed ineffective; the willingness of clients to accept third-party products and services rather than our products and services; technological changes; the outcomes of litigation or regulatory proceedings; negative publicity and the impact on our reputation; changes in consumer spending and saving habits; growth and profitability of our noninterest income; the limited trading activity of our common stock; the concentration of ownership of our common stock; anti-takeover provisions under federal and state law as well as our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws; other risks described from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and our ability to manage the risks involved in the foregoing. Additional factors can be found in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, as amended, and our other filings with the SEC, which are available at the SEC’s internet site (http://www.sec.gov). Forward-looking statements in this Press Release speak only as of the date of the Press Release, and we assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements or the reasons why actual results could differ, except as may be required by law.

    USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    Unaudited

    We present a tangible common equity ratio and a tangible book value per diluted share that removes the effect of goodwill and other intangibles resulting from merger and acquisition activity. We believe these measures are useful to investors because it allows investors to more easily compare our capital adequacy to other companies in the industry.

    The GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations are provided below.

    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share data) Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024 Dec 31, 2023 Sep 30, 2023
    Shareowners’ Equity (GAAP)     $ 476,499   $ 460,999   $ 448,314   $ 440,625   $ 419,706  
    Less: Goodwill and Other Intangibles (GAAP)       92,813     92,853     92,893     92,933     92,973  
    Tangible Shareowners’ Equity (non-GAAP) A     383,686     368,146     355,421     347,692     326,733  
    Total Assets (GAAP)       4,225,316     4,225,695     4,259,922     4,304,477     4,138,287  
    Less: Goodwill and Other Intangibles (GAAP)       92,813     92,853     92,893     92,933     92,973  
    Tangible Assets (non-GAAP) B   $ 4,132,503   $ 4,132,842   $ 4,167,029   $ 4,211,544   $ 4,045,314  
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio (non-GAAP) A/B     9.28%     8.91%     8.53%     8.26%     8.08%  
    Actual Diluted Shares Outstanding (GAAP) C     16,980,686     16,970,228     16,947,204     17,000,758     16,997,886  
    Tangible Book Value per Diluted Share (non-GAAP) A/C   $ 22.60   $ 21.69   $ 20.97   $ 20.45   $ 19.22  
     
    CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.                      
    EARNINGS HIGHLIGHTS                      
    Unaudited                      
                           
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023  
    EARNINGS                      
    Net Income Attributable to Common Shareowners $ 13,118 $ 14,150 $ 12,655 $ 39,825 $ 40,539  
    Diluted Net Income Per Share $ 0.78 $ 0.83 $ 0.74 $ 2.35 $ 2.38  
    PERFORMANCE                      
    Return on Average Assets (annualized)   1.24 % 1.33 % 1.19 % 1.26 % 1.26 %
    Return on Average Equity (annualized)   10.87   12.23   11.74   11.39   13.00  
    Net Interest Margin   4.12   4.02   4.03   4.05   4.04  
    Noninterest Income as % of Operating Revenue   32.67   33.30   29.87   32.69   31.25  
    Efficiency Ratio   71.81 % 68.61 % 69.88 % 70.49 % 67.07 %
    CAPITAL ADEQUACY                      
    Tier 1 Capital   16.77 % 16.31 % 15.11 % 16.77 % 15.11 %
    Total Capital   17.97   17.50   16.30   17.97   16.30  
    Leverage   10.89   10.51   9.98   10.89   9.98  
    Common Equity Tier 1   14.88   14.44   13.26   14.88   13.26  
    Tangible Common Equity (1)   9.28   8.91   8.08   9.28   8.08  
    Equity to Assets   11.28 % 10.91 % 10.14 % 11.28 % 10.14 %
    ASSET QUALITY                      
    Allowance as % of Non-Performing Loans   452.64 % 529.79 % 619.58 % 452.64 % 619.58 %
    Allowance as a % of Loans HFI   1.11   1.09   1.08   1.11   1.08  
    Net Charge-Offs as % of Average Loans HFI   0.19   0.18   0.17   0.20   0.16  
    Nonperforming Assets as % of Loans HFI and OREO   0.27   0.23   0.17   0.27   0.17  
    Nonperforming Assets as % of Total Assets   0.17 % 0.15 % 0.11 % 0.17 % 0.11 %
    STOCK PERFORMANCE                      
    High $ 36.67 $ 28.58 $ 33.44 $ 36.67 $ 36.86  
    Low   26.72   25.45   28.64   25.45   28.03  
    Close $ 35.29 $ 28.44 $ 29.83 $ 35.29 $ 29.83  
    Average Daily Trading Volume   37,151   29,861   26,774   32,720   33,936  
                           
    (1) Tangible common equity ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. For additional information, including a
    reconciliation to GAAP, refer to Page 6.    
                           
    CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.          
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
    Unaudited          
                         
      2024     2023  
    (Dollars in thousands) Third Quarter   Second Quarter   First Quarter   Fourth Quarter   Third Quarter
    ASSETS                    
    Cash and Due From Banks $ 83,431   $ 75,304   $ 73,642   $ 83,118   $ 72,379  
    Funds Sold and Interest Bearing Deposits   261,779     272,675     231,047     228,949     95,119  
    Total Cash and Cash Equivalents   345,210     347,979     304,689     312,067     167,498  
                         
    Investment Securities Available for Sale   336,187     310,941     327,338     337,902     334,052  
    Investment Securities Held to Maturity   561,480     582,984     603,386     625,022     632,076  
    Other Equity Securities   6,976     2,537     3,445     3,450     3,585  
    Total Investment Securities   904,643     896,462     934,169     966,374     969,713  
                         
    Loans Held for Sale   31,251     24,022     24,705     28,211     34,013  
                         
    Loans Held for Investment (“HFI”):                    
    Commercial, Financial, & Agricultural   194,625     204,990     218,298     225,190     221,704  
    Real Estate – Construction   218,899     200,754     202,692     196,091     197,526  
    Real Estate – Commercial   819,955     823,122     823,690     825,456     828,234  
    Real Estate – Residential   1,023,485     1,012,541     1,012,791     1,001,257     966,512  
    Real Estate – Home Equity   210,988     211,126     214,617     210,920     203,606  
    Consumer   213,305     234,212     254,168     270,994     285,122  
    Other Loans   461     2,286     3,789     2,962     1,401  
    Overdrafts   1,378     1,192     1,127     1,048     1,076  
    Total Loans Held for Investment   2,683,096     2,690,223     2,731,172     2,733,918     2,705,181  
    Allowance for Credit Losses   (29,836 )   (29,219 )   (29,329 )   (29,941 )   (29,083 )
    Loans Held for Investment, Net   2,653,260     2,661,004     2,701,843     2,703,977     2,676,098  
                         
    Premises and Equipment, Net   81,876     81,414     81,452     81,266     81,677  
    Goodwill and Other Intangibles   92,813     92,853     92,893     92,933     92,973  
    Other Real Estate Owned   650     650     1     1     1  
    Other Assets   115,613     121,311     120,170     119,648     116,314  
    Total Other Assets   290,952     296,228     294,516     293,848     290,965  
    Total Assets $ 4,225,316   $ 4,225,695   $ 4,259,922   $ 4,304,477   $ 4,138,287  
    LIABILITIES                    
    Deposits:                    
    Noninterest Bearing Deposits $ 1,330,715   $ 1,343,606   $ 1,361,939   $ 1,377,934   $ 1,472,165  
    NOW Accounts   1,174,585     1,177,180     1,212,452     1,327,420     1,092,996  
    Money Market Accounts   401,272     413,594     398,308     319,319     304,323  
    Savings Accounts   507,604     514,560     530,782     547,634     571,003  
    Certificates of Deposit   164,901     159,624     151,320     129,515     99,958  
    Total Deposits   3,579,077     3,608,564     3,654,801     3,701,822     3,540,445  
                         
    Repurchase Agreements   29,339     22,463     23,477     26,957     22,910  
    Other Short-Term Borrowings   7,929     3,307     8,409     8,384     18,786  
    Subordinated Notes Payable   52,887     52,887     52,887     52,887     52,887  
    Other Long-Term Borrowings   794     1,009     265     315     364  
    Other Liabilities   71,974     69,987     65,181     66,080     75,585  
    Total Liabilities   3,742,000     3,758,217     3,805,020     3,856,445     3,710,977  
                         
    Temporary Equity   6,817     6,479     6,588     7,407     7,604  
    SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY                    
    Common Stock   169     169     169     170     170  
    Additional Paid-In Capital   36,070     35,547     34,861     36,326     36,182  
    Retained Earnings   454,342     445,959     435,364     426,275     418,030  
    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax   (14,082 )   (20,676 )   (22,080 )   (22,146 )   (34,676 )
    Total Shareowners’ Equity   476,499     460,999     448,314     440,625     419,706  
    Total Liabilities, Temporary Equity and Shareowners’ Equity $ 4,225,316   $ 4,225,695   $ 4,259,922   $ 4,304,477   $ 4,138,287  
    OTHER BALANCE SHEET DATA                    
    Earning Assets $ 3,880,769   $ 3,883,382   $ 3,921,093   $ 3,957,452   $ 3,804,026  
    Interest Bearing Liabilities   2,339,311     2,344,624     2,377,900     2,412,431     2,163,227  
    Book Value Per Diluted Share $ 28.06   $ 27.17   $ 26.45   $ 25.92   $ 24.69  
    Tangible Book Value Per Diluted Share(1)   22.60     21.69     20.97     20.45     19.22  
    Actual Basic Shares Outstanding   16,944     16,942     16,929     16,950     16,958  
    Actual Diluted Shares Outstanding   16,981     16,970     16,947     17,001     16,998  
    (1) Tangible book value per diluted share is a non-GAAP financial measure. For additional information, including a reconciliation to GAAP, refer to Page 6.
     
    CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.              
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS           
    Unaudited              
                                 
        2024   2023   Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   Third
    Quarter
      Second
    Quarter
      First
    Quarter
      Fourth
    Quarter
      Third
    Quarter
      2024   2023
    INTEREST INCOME                            
    Loans, including Fees $ 41,659 $ 41,138 $ 40,683 $ 40,407 $ 39,344 $ 123,480 $ 111,845
    Investment Securities   4,155   4,004   4,244   4,392   4,561   12,403   14,300
    Federal Funds Sold and Interest Bearing Deposits   3,514   3,624   1,893   1,385   1,848   9,031   8,741
    Total Interest Income   49,328   48,766   46,820   46,184   45,753   144,914   134,886
    INTEREST EXPENSE                            
    Deposits   8,223   8,579   7,594   5,872   5,214   24,396   11,710
    Repurchase Agreements   221   217   201   199   190   639   314
    Other Short-Term Borrowings   52   68   39   310   440   159   1,228
    Subordinated Notes Payable   610   630   628   627   625   1,868   1,800
    Other Long-Term Borrowings   11   3   3   5   4   17   15
    Total Interest Expense   9,117   9,497   8,465   7,013   6,473   27,079   15,067
    Net Interest Income   40,211   39,269   38,355   39,171   39,280   117,835   119,819
    Provision for Credit Losses   1,206   1,204   920   2,025   2,393   3,330   7,689
    Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses   39,005   38,065   37,435   37,146   36,887   114,505   112,130
    NONINTEREST INCOME                            
    Deposit Fees   5,512   5,377   5,250   5,304   5,456   16,139   16,021
    Bank Card Fees   3,624   3,766   3,620   3,713   3,684   11,010   11,205
    Wealth Management Fees   4,770   4,439   4,682   4,276   3,984   13,891   12,061
    Mortgage Banking Revenues   3,966   4,381   2,878   2,327   1,839   11,225   8,072
    Other   1,641   1,643   1,667   1,537   1,765   4,951   7,093
    Total Noninterest Income   19,513   19,606   18,097   17,157   16,728   57,216   54,452
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                            
    Compensation   25,800   24,406   24,407   23,822   23,003   74,613   69,965
    Occupancy, Net   7,098   6,997   6,994   7,098   6,980   21,089   20,562
    Other   10,023   9,038   8,770   9,038   9,122   27,831   26,539
    Total Noninterest Expense   42,921   40,441   40,171   39,958   39,105   123,533   117,066
    OPERATING PROFIT   15,597   17,230   15,361   14,345   14,510   48,188   49,516
    Income Tax Expense   2,980   3,189   3,536   2,909   3,004   9,705   10,130
    Net Income   12,617   14,041   11,825   11,436   11,506   38,483   39,386
    Pre-Tax Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest   501   109   732   284   1,149   1,342   1,153
    NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO
    COMMON SHAREOWNERS
    $ 13,118 $ 14,150 $ 12,557 $ 11,720 $ 12,655 $ 39,825 $ 40,539
    PER COMMON SHARE                            
    Basic Net Income $ 0.77 $ 0.84 $ 0.74 $ 0.69 $ 0.75 $ 2.35 $ 2.38
    Diluted Net Income   0.78   0.83   0.74   0.70   0.74   2.35   2.38
    Cash Dividend $ 0.23 $ 0.21 $ 0.21 $ 0.20 $ 0.20 $ 0.65 $ 0.56
    AVERAGE SHARES                            
    Basic   16,943   16,931   16,951   16,947   16,985   16,942   17,001
    Diluted   16,979   16,960   16,969   16,997   17,025   16,966   17,031
     
    CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.              
    ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (“ACL”)
    AND CREDIT QUALITY              
    Unaudited              
                                 
        2024     2023     Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   Third
    Quarter
      Second
    Quarter
      First
    Quarter
      Fourth
    Quarter
      Third
    Quarter
      2024     2023
    ACL – HELD FOR INVESTMENT LOANS                            
    Balance at Beginning of Period $ 29,219   $ 29,329   $ 29,941   $ 29,083   $ 28,243   $ 29,941   $ 25,068
    Transfer from Other (Assets) Liabilities           (50 )   66         (50 )  
    Provision for Credit Losses   1,879     1,129     932     2,354     1,993     3,940     7,175
    Net Charge-Offs (Recoveries)   1,262     1,239     1,494     1,562     1,153     3,995     3,160
    Balance at End of Period $ 29,836   $ 29,219   $ 29,329   $ 29,941   $ 29,083   $ 29,836   $ 29,083
    As a % of Loans HFI   1.11%     1.09%     1.07%     1.10%     1.08%     1.11%     1.08%
    As a % of Nonperforming Loans   452.64%     529.79%     431.46%     479.70%     619.58%     452.64%     619.58%
    ACL – UNFUNDED COMMITMENTS                            
    Balance at Beginning of Period   3,139   $ 3,121   $ 3,191   $ 3,502   $ 3,120   $ 3,191   $ 2,989
    Provision for Credit Losses   (617 )   18     (70 )   (311 )   382     (669 )   513
    Balance at End of Period(1)   2,522     3,139     3,121     3,191     3,502     2,522     3,502
    ACL – DEBT SECURITIES                            
    Provision for Credit Losses $ (56 ) $ 57   $ 58   $ (18 ) $ 18   $ 59   $ 1
    CHARGE-OFFS                            
    Commercial, Financial and Agricultural $ 331   $ 400   $ 282   $ 217   $ 76   $ 1,013   $ 294
    Real Estate – Construction                          
    Real Estate – Commercial   3                     3     120
    Real Estate – Residential           17     79         17    
    Real Estate – Home Equity   23         76             99     39
    Consumer   1,315     1,061     1,550     1,689     1,340     3,926     4,065
    Overdrafts   611     571     638     602     659     1,820     2,187
    Total Charge-Offs $ 2,283   $ 2,032   $ 2,563   $ 2,587   $ 2,075   $ 6,878   $ 6,705
    RECOVERIES                            
    Commercial, Financial and Agricultural $ 176   $ 59   $ 41   $ 83   $ 28   $ 276   $ 194
    Real Estate – Construction                           2
    Real Estate – Commercial   5     19     204     16     17     228     36
    Real Estate – Residential   88     23     37     34     30     148     219
    Real Estate – Home Equity   59     37     24     17     53     120     209
    Consumer   405     313     410     433     418     1,128     1,503
    Overdrafts   288     342     353     442     376     983     1,382
    Total Recoveries $ 1,021   $ 793   $ 1,069   $ 1,025   $ 922   $ 2,883   $ 3,545
    NET CHARGE-OFFS (RECOVERIES) $ 1,262   $ 1,239   $ 1,494   $ 1,562   $ 1,153   $ 3,995   $ 3,160
    Net Charge-Offs as a % of Average Loans HFI(2)   0.19%     0.18%     0.22%     0.23%     0.17%     0.20%     0.16%
    CREDIT QUALITY                            
    Nonaccruing Loans $ 6,592   $ 5,515   $ 6,798   $ 6,242   $ 4,694          
    Other Real Estate Owned   650     650     1     1     1          
    Total Nonperforming Assets (“NPAs”) $ 7,242   $ 6,165   $ 6,799   $ 6,243   $ 4,695          
                                 
    Past Due Loans 30-89 Days $ 9,388   $ 5,672   $ 5,392   $ 6,855   $ 5,577          
    Classified Loans   25,501     25,566     22,305     22,203     21,812          
                                 
    Nonperforming Loans as a % of Loans HFI   0.25%     0.21%     0.25%     0.23%     0.17%          
    NPAs as a % of Loans HFI and Other Real Estate   0.27%     0.23%     0.25%     0.23%     0.17%          
    NPAs as a % of Total Assets   0.17%     0.15%     0.16%     0.15%     0.11%          
                                 
    (1)Recorded in other liabilities              
    (2)Annualized              
     
    CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC.      
    AVERAGE BALANCE AND INTEREST RATES      
    Unaudited                                                     
                                                                                                       
        Third Quarter 2024     Second Quarter 2024     First Quarter 2024     Fourth Quarter 2023     Third Quarter 2023     Sep 2024 YTD     Sep 2023 YTD  
    (Dollars in thousands)   Average
    Balance
      Interest   Average
    Rate
        Average
    Balance
      Interest   Average
    Rate
        Average
    Balance
      Interest   Average
    Rate
        Average
    Balance
      Interest   Average
    Rate
        Average
    Balance
      Interest   Average
    Rate
        Average
    Balance
      Interest   Average
    Rate
        Average
    Balance
      Interest   Average
    Rate
     
    ASSETS:                                                                                                  
    Loans Held for Sale $ 24,570   $ 720   7.49 % $ 26,281   $ 517   5.26 % $ 27,314   $ 563   5.99 % $ 49,790     817   6.50 % $ 62,768   $ 971   6.14 % $ 26,050   $ 1,800   6.22 % $ 57,438   $ 2,416   5.62 %
    Loans Held for Investment(1)   2,693,533     40,985   6.09     2,726,748     40,683   6.03     2,728,629     40,196   5.95     2,711,243     39,679   5.81     2,672,653     38,455   5.71     2,716,220     121,864   6.02     2,637,911     109,688   5.56  
                                                                                                       
    Investment Securities                                                                                                  
    Taxable Investment Securities   907,610     4,148   1.82     918,989     3,998   1.74     952,328     4,239   1.78     962,322     4,389   1.81     1,002,547     4,549   1.80     926,241     12,385   1.78     1,034,825     14,265   1.84  
    Tax-Exempt Investment Securities(1)   846     10   4.33     843     9   4.36     856     9   4.34     862     7   4.32     2,456     17   2.66     848     28   4.34     2,649     50   2.49  
                                                                                                       
    Total Investment Securities   908,456     4,158   1.82     919,832     4,007   1.74     953,184     4,248   1.78     963,184     4,396   1.82     1,005,003     4,566   1.81     927,089     12,413   1.78     1,037,474     14,315   1.84  
                                                                                                       
    Federal Funds Sold and Interest Bearing Deposits   256,855     3,514   5.44     262,419     3,624   5.56     140,488     1,893   5.42     99,763     1,385   5.51     136,556     1,848   5.37     220,056     9,031   5.48     237,987     8,741   4.91  
                                                                                                       
    Total Earning Assets   3,883,414   $ 49,377   5.06 %   3,935,280   $ 48,831   4.99 %   3,849,615   $ 46,900   4.90 %   3,823,980   $ 46,277   4.80 %   3,876,980   $ 45,840   4.69 %   3,889,415   $ 145,108   4.98 %   3,970,810   $ 135,160   4.55 %
                                                                                                       
    Cash and Due From Banks   70,994               74,803               75,763               76,681               75,941               73,843               75,483            
    Allowance for Credit Losses   (29,905 )             (29,564 )             (30,030 )             (29,998 )             (29,172 )             (29,833 )             (27,581 )          
    Other Assets   291,359               291,669               295,275               296,114               295,106               292,762               297,688            
                                                                                                       
    Total Assets $ 4,215,862             $ 4,272,188             $ 4,190,623             $ 4,166,777             $ 4,218,855             $ 4,226,187             $ 4,316,400            
                                                                                                       
    LIABILITIES:                                                                                                  
    Noninterest Bearing Deposits $ 1,332,305             $ 1,346,546             $ 1,344,188             $ 1,416,825             $ 1,474,574             $ 1,340,981             $ 1,538,268            
    NOW Accounts   1,145,544   $ 4,087   1.42 %   1,207,643   $ 4,425   1.47 %   1,201,032   $ 4,497   1.51 %   1,138,461   $ 3,696   1.29 %   1,125,171   $ 3,489   1.23 %   1,184,596   $ 13,009   1.47 %   1,184,453   $ 8,679   0.98 %
    Money Market Accounts   418,625     2,694   2.56     407,387     2,752   2.72     353,591     1,985   2.26     318,844     1,421   1.77     322,623     1,294   1.59     393,294     7,431   2.52     293,089     2,249   1.03  
    Savings Accounts   512,098     180   0.14     519,374     176   0.14     539,374     188   0.14     557,579     202   0.14     579,245     200   0.14     523,573     544   0.14     603,643     396   0.09  
    Time Deposits   163,462     1,262   3.07     160,078     1,226   3.08     138,328     924   2.69     116,797     553   1.88     95,203     231   0.96     153,991     3,412   2.96     90,970     386   0.57  
    Total Interest Bearing Deposits   2,239,729     8,223   1.46     2,294,482     8,579   1.50     2,232,325     7,594   1.37     2,131,681     5,872   1.09     2,122,242     5,214   0.97     2,255,454     24,396   1.44     2,172,155     11,710   0.72  
    Total Deposits   3,572,034     8,223   0.92     3,641,028     8,579   0.95     3,576,513     7,594   0.85     3,548,506     5,872   0.66     3,596,816     5,214   0.58     3,596,435     24,396   0.91     3,710,423     11,710   0.42  
    Repurchase Agreements   27,126     221   3.24     26,999     217   3.24     25,725     201   3.14     26,831     199   2.94     25,356     190   2.98     26,619     639   3.21     17,588     314   2.39  
    Other Short-Term Borrowings   2,673     52   7.63     6,592     68   4.16     3,758     39   4.16     16,906     310   7.29     24,306     440   7.17     4,334     159   4.88     26,586     1,228   6.17  
    Subordinated Notes Payable   52,887     610   4.52     52,887     630   4.71     52,887     628   4.70     52,887     627   4.64     52,887     625   4.62     52,887     1,868   4.64     52,887     1,800   4.49  
    Other Long-Term Borrowings   795     11   5.55     258     3   4.31     281     3   4.80     336     5   4.72     387     4   4.73     447     17   5.16     433     15   4.78  
    Total Interest Bearing Liabilities   2,323,210   $ 9,117   1.56 %   2,381,218   $ 9,497   1.60 %   2,314,976   $ 8,465   1.47 %   2,228,641   $ 7,013   1.25 %   2,225,178   $ 6,473   1.15 %   2,339,741   $ 27,079   1.55 %   2,269,649   $ 15,067   0.89 %
                                                                                                       
    Other Liabilities   73,767               72,634               68,295               78,772               83,099               71,574               82,877            
                                                                                                       
    Total Liabilities   3,729,282               3,800,398               3,727,459               3,724,238               3,782,851               3,752,296               3,890,794            
    Temporary Equity   6,443               6,493               7,150               7,423               8,424               6,694               8,719            
                                                                                                       
    SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY:   480,137               465,297               456,014               435,116               427,580               467,197               416,887            
                                                                                                       
    Total Liabilities, Temporary Equity and Shareowners’ Equity $ 4,215,862             $ 4,272,188             $ 4,190,623             $ 4,166,777             $ 4,218,855             $ 4,226,187             $ 4,316,400            
                                                                                                       
    Interest Rate Spread     $ 40,260   3.49 %     $ 39,334   3.38 %     $ 38,435   3.43 %     $ 39,264   3.55 %     $ 39,367   3.54 %     $ 118,029   3.43 %     $ 120,093   3.66 %
                                                                                                       
    Interest Income and Rate Earned(1)       49,377   5.06         48,831   4.99         46,900   4.90         46,277   4.80         45,840   4.69         145,108   4.98         135,160   4.55  
    Interest Expense and Rate Paid(2)       9,117   0.93         9,497   0.97         8,465   0.88         7,013   0.73         6,473   0.66         27,079   0.93         15,067   0.51  
                                                                                                       
    Net Interest Margin     $ 40,260   4.12 %     $ 39,334   4.02 %     $ 38,435   4.01 %     $ 39,264   4.07 %     $ 39,367   4.03 %     $ 118,029   4.05 %     $ 120,093   4.04 %
                                                                                                       
    (1)Interest and average rates are calculated on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% Federal tax rate.                                    
    (2)Rate calculated based on average earning assets.      
     

    For Information Contact:
    Jep Larkin
    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    850.402. 8450

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Old National Bancorp Reports Third Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    EVANSVILLE, Ind., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —

    Old National Bancorp (NASDAQ: ONB) reports 3Q24 net income applicable to common shares of $139.8 million, diluted EPS of $0.44; $147.2 million and $0.46 on an adjusted1basis, respectively.

    CEO COMMENTARY:

    “Old National’s strong 3rd quarter was driven by a focus on our fundamentals: continuing to grow deposits and loans, effectively managing both credit and capital, and creating positive operating leverage through disciplined expense management,” said Chairman and CEO Jim Ryan. “As a result of our ability to execute on this fundamental strategy, we find ourselves well positioned to continue to invest in new markets while attracting exceptional talent to our franchise.”


    THIRD
    QUARTER HIGHLIGHTS2:

    Net Income
    • Net income applicable to common shares of $139.8 million; adjusted net income applicable to common shares1 of $147.2 million
    • Earnings per diluted common share (“EPS”) of $0.44; adjusted EPS1 of $0.46
       
    Net Interest Income/NIM
    • Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis1 of $397.9 million
    • Net interest margin on a fully taxable equivalent basis1 (“NIM”) of 3.32%, down 1 basis point (“bp”)
       
    Operating Performance
    • Pre-provision net revenue1 (“PPNR”) of $219.7 million; adjusted PPNR1 of $229.3 million
    • Noninterest expense of $272.3 million; adjusted noninterest expense1 of $262.8 million
    • Efficiency ratio1 of 53.8%; adjusted efficiency ratio1 of 51.2%
       
    Deposits and Funding
    • Period-end total deposits of $40.8 billion, up $0.8 billion; core deposits up $1.0 billion
    • Granular low-cost deposit franchise; total deposit costs of 225 bps
       
    Loans and Credit Quality
    • End-of-period total loans3 of $36.5 billion, up 2.7% annualized
    • Provision for credit losses4 (“provision”) of $28.5 million
    • Net charge-offs of $17.5 million, or 19 bps of average loans; 16 bps excluding purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans that had an allowance at acquisition
    • 30+ day delinquencies of 0.26% and non-performing loans of 1.22% of total loans
     
    Return Profile & Capital
    • Return on average tangible common equity1 of 16.0%; adjusted return on average tangible common equity1 of 16.8%
    • Tangible common equity to tangible assets1 of 7.4%, up 7.2%
       
    Notable Items
    • $6.9 million of pre-tax merger-related charges
    • $2.6 million of pre-tax separation expense5


    Non-GAAP financial measure that management believes is useful in evaluating the financial results of the Company – refer to the Non-GAAP reconciliations contained in this release Comparisons are on a linked-quarter basis, unless otherwise noted Includes loans held-for-sale Includes the provision for unfunded commitments Expense associated with a mutual separation agreement with a former Old National executive

    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS2
    Old National Bancorp (“Old National”) reported third quarter 2024 net income applicable to common shares of $139.8 million, or $0.44 per diluted common share.

    Included in third quarter results were pre-tax charges of $6.9 million primarily related to the April 1, 2024 acquisition of CapStar Financial Holdings, Inc. (“CapStar”) and $2.6 million of pre-tax separation expense5. Excluding these transactions and realized debt securities gains from the current quarter, adjusted net income1 was $147.2 million, or $0.46 per diluted common share.

    DEPOSITS AND FUNDING
    Growth in deposits driven by increases in commercial and community deposits and normal seasonal patterns in public funds, partially offset by lower brokered deposits.

    • Period-end total deposits were $40.8 billion, up 8.5% annualized; core deposits up 10.1% annualized.
    • On average, total deposits for the third quarter were $40.6 billion, up 4.8% annualized.
    • Granular low-cost deposit franchise; total deposit costs of 225 bps.
    • A loan to deposit ratio of 89%, combined with existing funding sources, provides strong liquidity.

    LOANS
    Broad-based disciplined commercial loan growth.

    • Period-end total loans3 were $36.5 billion, up 2.7% annualized.
    • Total commercial loan production in the third quarter was $1.7 billion; period-end commercial pipeline totaled $2.8 billion.
    • Average total loans in the third quarter were $36.3 billion, an increase of $235.9 million.

    CREDIT QUALITY
    Resilient credit quality continues to be a hallmark of Old National.

    • Provision4 expense was $28.5 million compared to $36.2 million, or $20.9 million excluding $15.3 million of current expected credit loss (“CECL”) Day 1 non-PCD provision expense related to the allowance for credit losses established on acquired non-PCD loans in the CapStar transaction in the second quarter of 2024.
    • Net charge-offs were $17.5 million, or 19 bps of average loans compared to net charge-offs of 16 bps of average loans.
      • Excluding PCD loans that had an allowance for credit losses established at acquisition, net charge-offs to average loans were 16 bps.
    • 30+ day delinquencies as a percentage of loans were 0.26% compared to 0.16%.
    • Nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans were 1.22% compared to 0.94%.
    • Loans acquired from previous acquisitions were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. The remaining discount on these acquired loans was $174.0 million.
    • The allowance for credit losses, including the allowance for credit losses on unfunded commitments, stood at $405.9 million, or 1.12% of total loans, compared to $392.1 million, or 1.08% of total loans.

    NET INTEREST INCOME AND MARGIN
    Higher net interest income and stable margin reflective of the rate environment.

    • Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis1 increased to $397.9 million compared to $394.8 million, driven by loan growth as well as higher asset yields and accretion, partly offset by higher funding costs.
    • Net interest margin on a fully taxable equivalent basis1 modestly decreased 1 bps to 3.32%.
    • Accretion income on loans and borrowings was $15.6 million, or 13 bps of net interest margin1, compared to $11.6 million, or 10 bps of net interest margin1.
    • Cost of total deposits was 2.25%, increasing 9 bps and the cost of total interest-bearing deposits increased 9 bps to 2.93%.

    NONINTEREST INCOME
    Increase driven by higher service charges, mortgage fees, capital markets income, and other income.

    • Total noninterest income was $94.1 million compared to $87.3 million.
    • Noninterest income was up 7.9% driven by higher service charges, mortgage fees, capital markets income, and other income.

    NONINTEREST EXPENSE
    Disciplined expense management.

    • Noninterest expense was $272.3 million and included $6.9 million of merger-related charges and $2.6 million of pre-tax separation expense5.
      • Excluding these items, adjusted noninterest expense1 was $262.8 million, compared to $263.6 million.
    • The efficiency ratio1 was 53.8%, while the adjusted efficiency ratio1 was 51.2% compared to 57.2% and 52.6%, respectively.

    INCOME TAXES

    • Income tax expense was $41.3 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 22.3% compared to 22.5%. On an adjusted fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis, the effective tax rate was 24.8% compared to 25.5%.
    • Income tax expense included $4.0 million of tax credit benefit compared to $3.5 million.

    CAPITAL
    Capital ratios remain strong.

    • Preliminary total risk-based capital up 23 bps to 12.94% and preliminary regulatory Tier 1 capital up 27 bps to 11.60%, as strong retained earnings drive capital.
    • Tangible common equity to tangible assets was 7.44% compared to 6.94%.

    CONFERENCE CALL AND WEBCAST
    Old National will host a conference call and live webcast at 9:00 a.m. Central Time on Tuesday, October 22, 2024, to review third quarter financial results. The live audio webcast link and corresponding presentation slides will be available on the Company’s Investor Relations website at oldnational.com and will be archived there for 12 months. To listen to the live conference call, dial U.S. (800) 715-9871 or International (646) 307-1963, access code 1586600. A replay of the call will also be available from approximately noon Central Time on October 22, 2024 through November 5, 2024. To access the replay, dial U.S. (800) 770-2030 or International (647) 362-9199; Access code 1586600.

    ABOUT OLD NATIONAL
    Old National Bancorp (NASDAQ: ONB) is the holding company of Old National Bank. As the sixth largest commercial bank headquartered in the Midwest, Old National proudly serves clients primarily in the Midwest and Southeast. With approximately $54 billion of assets and $31 billion of assets under management, Old National ranks among the top 30 banking companies headquartered in the United States. Tracing our roots to 1834, Old National focuses on building long-term, highly valued partnerships with clients while also strengthening and supporting the communities we serve. In addition to providing extensive services in consumer and commercial banking, Old National offers comprehensive wealth management and capital markets services. For more information and financial data, please visit Investor Relations at oldnational.com. In 2024, Points of Light named Old National one of “The Civic 50” – an honor reserved for the 50 most community-minded companies in the United States.

    USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    The Company’s accounting and reporting policies conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and general practices within the banking industry. As a supplement to GAAP, the Company provides non-GAAP performance results, which the Company believes are useful because they assist investors in assessing the Company’s operating performance. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, the comparable GAAP financial measure, as well as the reconciliation to the comparable GAAP financial measure, can be found in the tables at the end of this release.

    The Company presents EPS, the efficiency ratio, return on average common equity, return on average tangible common equity, and net income applicable to common shares, all adjusted for certain notable items. These items include merger-related charges associated with completed and pending acquisitions, separation expense, debt securities gains/losses, CECL Day 1 non-PCD provision expense, distribution of excess pension assets expense, FDIC special assessment expense, gain on sale of Visa Class B restricted shares, contract termination charges, expenses related to the tragic April 10, 2023 event at our downtown Louisville location (“Louisville expenses”), and property optimization charges. Management believes excluding these items from EPS, the efficiency ratio, return on average common equity, and return on average tangible common equity may be useful in assessing the Company’s underlying operational performance since these items do not pertain to its core business operations and their exclusion may facilitate better comparability between periods. Management believes that excluding merger-related charges from these metrics may be useful to the Company, as well as analysts and investors, since these expenses can vary significantly based on the size, type, and structure of each acquisition. Additionally, management believes excluding these items from these metrics may enhance comparability for peer comparison purposes.

    Income tax expense, provision for credit losses, and the certain notable items listed above are excluded from the calculation of pre-provision net revenues, adjusted due to the fluctuation in income before income tax and the level of provision for credit losses required. Management believes adjusted pre-provision net revenues may be useful in assessing the Company’s underlying operating performance and their exclusion may facilitate better comparability between periods and for peer comparison purposes.

    The Company presents adjusted noninterest expense, which excludes merger-related charges associated with completed and pending acquisitions, separation expense, distribution of excess pension assets expense, FDIC special assessment expense, contract termination charges, Louisville expenses, and property optimization charges, as well as adjusted noninterest income, which excludes debt securities gains/losses and the gain on sale of Visa Class B restricted shares. Management believes that excluding these items from noninterest expense and noninterest income may be useful in assessing the Company’s underlying operational performance as these items either do not pertain to its core business operations or their exclusion may facilitate better comparability between periods and for peer comparison purposes.

    The tax-equivalent adjustment to net interest income and net interest margin recognizes the income tax savings when comparing taxable and tax-exempt assets. Interest income and yields on tax-exempt securities and loans are presented using the current federal income tax rate of 21%. Management believes that it is standard practice in the banking industry to present net interest income and net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent basis and that it may enhance comparability for peer comparison purposes.

    In management’s view, tangible common equity measures are capital adequacy metrics that may be meaningful to the Company, as well as analysts and investors, in assessing the Company’s use of equity and in facilitating comparisons with peers. These non-GAAP measures are valuable indicators of a financial institution’s capital strength since they eliminate intangible assets from stockholders’ equity and retain the effect of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity.

    Although intended to enhance investors’ understanding of the Company’s business and performance, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may differ from those used by other financial institutions to assess their business and performance. See the following reconciliations in the “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” section for details on the calculation of these measures to the extent presented herein.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
    This communication contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”), notwithstanding that such statements are not specifically identified as such. In addition, certain statements may be contained in our future filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), in press releases, and in oral and written statements made by us that are not statements of historical fact and constitute forward‐looking statements within the meaning of the Act. These statements include, but are not limited to, descriptions of Old National’s financial condition, results of operations, asset and credit quality trends, profitability and business plans or opportunities. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “outlook,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “would,” and “will,” and other words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements express management’s current expectations or forecasts of future events and, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those in such statements, including, but not limited to: competition; government legislation, regulations and policies; the ability of Old National to execute its business plan; unanticipated changes in our liquidity position, including but not limited to changes in our access to sources of liquidity and capital to address our liquidity needs; changes in economic conditions and economic and business uncertainty which could materially impact credit quality trends and the ability to generate loans and gather deposits; inflation and governmental responses to inflation, including increasing interest rates; market, economic, operational, liquidity, credit, and interest rate risks associated with our business; our ability to successfully manage our credit risk and the sufficiency of our allowance for credit losses; the expected cost savings, synergies and other financial benefits from the merger (the “Merger”) between Old National and CapStar Financial Holdings, Inc. not being realized within the expected time frames and costs or difficulties relating to integration matters being greater than expected; potential adverse reactions or changes to business or employee relationships, including those resulting from the completion of the Merger; the potential impact of future business combinations on our performance and financial condition, including our ability to successfully integrate the businesses and the success of revenue-generating and cost reduction initiatives; failure or circumvention of our internal controls; operational risks or risk management failures by us or critical third parties, including without limitation with respect to data processing, information systems, cybersecurity, technological changes, vendor issues, business interruption, and fraud risks; significant changes in accounting, tax or regulatory practices or requirements; new legal obligations or liabilities; disruptive technologies in payment systems and other services traditionally provided by banks; failure or disruption of our information systems; computer hacking and other cybersecurity threats; the effects of climate change on Old National and its customers, borrowers, or service providers; political and economic uncertainty and instability; the impacts of pandemics, epidemics and other infectious disease outbreaks; other matters discussed in this communication; and other factors identified in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 and other filings with the SEC. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this communication and are not guarantees of future results, performance or outcomes, and Old National does not undertake an obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or conditions after the date of this communication.

    CONTACTS:    
    Media: Kathy Schoettlin   Investors: Lynell Durchholz
    (812) 465-7269   (812) 464-1366
    Kathy.Schoettlin@oldnational.com   Lynell.Durchholz@oldnational.com
                   
    Financial Highlights (unaudited)
    ($ and shares in thousands, except per share data)
                     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30,   September 30, September 30,
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023       2024     2023  
    Income Statement                
    Net interest income $ 391,724   $ 388,421   $ 356,458   $ 364,408   $ 375,086     $ 1,136,603   $ 1,138,745  
    FTE adjustment1,3   6,144     6,340     6,253     6,100     5,837       18,737     17,328  
    Net interest income – tax equivalent basis3   397,868     394,761     362,711     370,508     380,923       1,155,340     1,156,073  
    Provision for credit losses   28,497     36,214     18,891     11,595     19,068       83,602     47,292  
    Noninterest income   94,138     87,271     77,522     100,094     80,938       258,931     233,248  
    Noninterest expense   272,283     282,999     262,317     284,235     244,776       817,599     742,071  
    Net income available to common shareholders $ 139,768   $ 117,196   $ 116,250   $ 128,446   $ 143,842     $ 373,214   $ 437,411  
    Per Common Share Data                
    Weighted average diluted shares   317,331     316,461     292,207     292,029     291,717       308,605     291,809  
    EPS, diluted $ 0.44   $ 0.37   $ 0.40   $ 0.44   $ 0.49     $ 1.21   $ 1.50  
    Cash dividends   0.14     0.14     0.14     0.14     0.14       0.42     0.42  
    Dividend payout ratio2   32 %   38 %   35 %   32 %   29 %     35 %   28 %
    Book value $ 19.20   $ 18.28   $ 18.24   $ 18.18   $ 17.07     $ 19.20   $ 17.07  
    Stock price   18.66     17.19     17.41     16.89     14.54       18.66     14.54  
    Tangible book value3   11.97     11.05     11.10     11.00     9.87       11.97     9.87  
    Performance Ratios                
    ROAA   1.08 %   0.92 %   0.98 %   1.09 %   1.22 %     0.99 %   1.25 %
    ROAE   9.4 %   8.2 %   8.7 %   10.2 %   11.4 %     8.8 %   11.7 %
    ROATCE3   16.0 %   14.1 %   14.9 %   18.1 %   20.2 %     15.0 %   20.8 %
    NIM (FTE)   3.32 %   3.33 %   3.28 %   3.39 %   3.49 %     3.31 %   3.59 %
    Efficiency ratio3   53.8 %   57.2 %   58.3 %   59.0 %   51.7 %     56.4 %   51.9 %
    NCOs to average loans   0.19 %   0.16 %   0.14 %   0.12 %   0.24 %     0.16 %   0.19 %
    ACL on loans to EOP loans   1.05 %   1.01 %   0.95 %   0.93 %   0.93 %     1.05 %   0.93 %
    ACL4 to EOP loans   1.12 %   1.08 %   1.03 %   1.03 %   1.03 %     1.12 %   1.03 %
    NPLs to EOP loans   1.22 %   0.94 %   0.98 %   0.83 %   0.80 %     1.22 %   0.80 %
    Balance Sheet (EOP)                
    Total loans $ 36,400,643   $ 36,150,513   $ 33,623,319   $ 32,991,927   $ 32,577,834     $ 36,400,643   $ 32,577,834  
    Total assets   53,602,293     53,119,645     49,534,918     49,089,836     49,059,448       53,602,293     49,059,448  
    Total deposits   40,845,746     39,999,228     37,699,418     37,235,180     37,252,676       40,845,746     37,252,676  
    Total borrowed funds   5,449,096     6,085,204     5,331,161     5,331,147     5,556,010       5,449,096     5,556,010  
    Total shareholders’ equity   6,367,298     6,075,072     5,595,408     5,562,900     5,239,537       6,367,298     5,239,537  
    Capital Ratios                
    Risk-based capital ratios (EOP):                
    Tier 1 common equity   11.00 %   10.73 %   10.76 %   10.70 %   10.41 %     11.00 %   10.41 %
    Tier 1 capital   11.60 %   11.33 %   11.40 %   11.35 %   11.06 %     11.60 %   11.06 %
    Total capital   12.94 %   12.71 %   12.74 %   12.64 %   12.32 %     12.94 %   12.32 %
    Leverage ratio (average assets)   9.05 %   8.90 %   8.96 %   8.83 %   8.70 %     9.05 %   8.70 %
    Equity to assets (averages)3   11.60 %   11.31 %   11.32 %   10.81 %   10.88 %     11.41 %   10.95 %
    TCE to TA3   7.44 %   6.94 %   6.86 %   6.85 %   6.15 %     7.44 %   6.15 %
    Nonfinancial Data                
    Full-time equivalent employees   4,105    4,267    3,955    3,940    3,981      4,105    3,981 
    Banking centers   280    280    258    258    257      280    257 
    1 Calculated using the federal statutory tax rate in effect of 21% for all periods.          
    2 Cash dividends per common share divided by net income per common share (basic).          
    3 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP Measures” table for reconciliations to GAAP financial measures.
        September 30, 2024 capital ratios are preliminary.
    4 Includes the allowance for credit losses on loans and unfunded loan commitments.          
                     
    FTE – Fully taxable equivalent basis ROAA – Return on average assets ROAE – Return on average equity ROATCE – Return on average tangible common equity
    NCOs – Net Charge-offs ACL – Allowance for Credit Losses EOP – End of period actual balances NPLs – Non-performing Loans TCE – Tangible common equity TA – Tangible assets
                     
    Income Statement (unaudited)
    ($ and shares in thousands, except per share data)
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30,   September 30, September 30,
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023       2024     2023  
    Interest income $ 679,925   $ 663,663   $ 595,981   $ 589,751   $ 576,519     $ 1,939,569   $ 1,617,070  
    Less: interest expense   288,201     275,242     239,523     225,343     201,433       802,966     478,325  
    Net interest income   391,724     388,421     356,458     364,408     375,086       1,136,603     1,138,745  
    Provision for credit losses   28,497     36,214     18,891     11,595     19,068       83,602     47,292  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   363,227     352,207     337,567     352,813     356,018       1,053,001     1,091,453  
    Wealth and investment services fees   29,117     29,358     28,304     27,656     26,687       86,779     80,128  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   20,350     19,350     17,898     18,667     18,524       57,598     53,278  
    Debit card and ATM fees   11,362     10,993     10,054     10,700     10,818       32,409     31,453  
    Mortgage banking revenue   7,669     7,064     4,478     3,691     5,063       19,211     12,628  
    Capital markets income   7,426     4,729     2,900     5,416     5,891       15,055     19,003  
    Company-owned life insurance   5,315     5,739     3,434     3,773     3,740       14,488     11,624  
    Gain on sale of Visa Class B restricted shares               21,635                
    Other income   12,975     10,036     10,470     9,381     10,456       33,481     30,574  
    Debt securities gains (losses), net   (76 )   2     (16 )   (825 )   (241 )     (90 )   (5,440 )
    Total noninterest income   94,138     87,271     77,522     100,094     80,938       258,931     233,248  
    Salaries and employee benefits   147,494     159,193     149,803     141,649     131,541       456,490     404,715  
    Occupancy   27,130     26,547     27,019     26,514     25,795       80,696     80,162  
    Equipment   9,888     8,704     8,671     8,769     8,284       27,263     23,394  
    Marketing   11,036     11,284     10,634     10,813     9,448       32,954     28,698  
    Technology   23,343     24,002     20,023     20,493     20,592       67,368     59,850  
    Communication   4,681     4,480     4,000     4,212     4,075       13,161     12,768  
    Professional fees   7,278     10,552     6,406     8,250     5,956       24,236     19,085  
    FDIC assessment   11,722     9,676     11,313     27,702     9,000       32,711     29,028  
    Amortization of intangibles   7,411     7,425     5,455     5,869     6,040       20,291     18,286  
    Amortization of tax credit investments   3,277     2,747     2,749     7,200     2,644       8,773     8,167  
    Other expense   19,023     18,389     16,244     22,764     21,401       53,656     57,918  
    Total noninterest expense   272,283     282,999     262,317     284,235     244,776       817,599     742,071  
    Income before income taxes   185,082     156,479     152,772     168,672     192,180       494,333     582,630  
    Income tax expense   41,280     35,250     32,488     36,192     44,304       109,018     133,118  
    Net income $ 143,802   $ 121,229   $ 120,284   $ 132,480   $ 147,876     $ 385,315   $ 449,512  
    Preferred dividends   (4,034 )   (4,033 )   (4,034 )   (4,034 )   (4,034 )     (12,101 )   (12,101 )
    Net income applicable to common shares $ 139,768   $ 117,196   $ 116,250   $ 128,446   $ 143,842     $ 373,214   $ 437,411  
                     
    EPS, diluted $ 0.44   $ 0.37   $ 0.40   $ 0.44   $ 0.49     $ 1.21   $ 1.50  
    Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding                
    Basic   315,622     315,585     290,980     290,701     290,648       307,426     290,763  
    Diluted   317,331     316,461     292,207     292,029     291,717       308,605     291,809  
    Common shares outstanding (EOP)   318,955     318,969     293,330     292,655     292,586       318,955     292,586  
                     
                     
     
    End of Period Balance Sheet (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
      September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30,
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Assets          
    Cash and due from banks $ 498,120   $ 428,665   $ 350,990   $ 430,866   $ 381,343  
    Money market and other interest-earning investments   693,450     804,381     588,509     744,192     1,282,087  
    Investments:          
    Treasury and government-sponsored agencies   2,335,716     2,207,004     2,243,754     2,453,950     2,515,249  
    Mortgage-backed securities   6,085,826     5,890,371     5,566,881     5,245,691     4,906,290  
    States and political subdivisions   1,665,128     1,678,597     1,672,061     1,693,819     1,705,200  
    Other securities   783,079     775,623     760,847     779,048     751,404  
    Total investments   10,869,749     10,551,595     10,243,543     10,172,508     9,878,143  
    Loans held-for-sale, at fair value   62,376     66,126     19,418     32,006     122,033  
    Loans:          
    Commercial   10,408,095     10,332,631     9,648,269     9,512,230     9,333,448  
    Commercial and agriculture real estate   16,356,216     16,016,958     14,653,958     14,140,629     13,916,221  
    Residential real estate   6,757,896     6,894,957     6,661,379     6,699,443     6,696,288  
    Consumer   2,878,436     2,905,967     2,659,713     2,639,625     2,631,877  
    Total loans   36,400,643     36,150,513     33,623,319     32,991,927     32,577,834  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans   (380,840 )   (366,335 )   (319,713 )   (307,610 )   (303,982 )
    Premises and equipment, net   599,528     601,945     564,007     565,396     565,607  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets   2,305,084     2,306,204     2,095,511     2,100,966     2,106,835  
    Company-owned life insurance   863,723     862,032     767,423     767,902     774,517  
    Accrued interest receivable and other assets   1,690,460     1,714,519     1,601,911     1,591,683     1,675,031  
    Total assets $ 53,602,293   $ 53,119,645   $ 49,534,918   $ 49,089,836   $ 49,059,448  
               
    Liabilities and Equity          
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $ 9,429,285   $ 9,336,042   $ 9,257,709   $ 9,664,247   $ 10,091,352  
    Interest-bearing:          
    Checking and NOW accounts   7,314,245     7,680,865     7,236,667     7,331,487     7,495,417  
    Savings accounts   4,781,447     4,983,811     5,020,095     5,099,186     5,296,985  
    Money market accounts   11,601,461     10,485,491     10,234,113     9,561,116     8,793,218  
    Other time deposits   6,010,070     5,688,432     4,760,659     4,565,137     4,398,182  
    Total core deposits   39,136,508     38,174,641     36,509,243     36,221,173     36,075,154  
    Brokered deposits   1,709,238     1,824,587     1,190,175     1,014,007     1,177,522  
    Total deposits   40,845,746     39,999,228     37,699,418     37,235,180     37,252,676  
               
    Federal funds purchased and interbank borrowings   135,263     250,154     50,416     390     918  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   244,626     240,713     274,493     285,206     279,061  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances   4,471,153     4,744,560     4,193,039     4,280,681     4,412,576  
    Other borrowings   598,054     849,777     813,213     764,870     863,455  
    Total borrowed funds   5,449,096     6,085,204     5,331,161     5,331,147     5,556,010  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   940,153     960,141     908,931     960,609     1,011,225  
    Total liabilities   47,234,995     47,044,573     43,939,510     43,526,936     43,819,911  
    Preferred stock, common stock, surplus, and retained earnings   6,971,054     6,866,480     6,375,036     6,301,709     6,208,352  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax   (603,756 )   (791,408 )   (779,628 )   (738,809 )   (968,815 )
    Total shareholders’ equity   6,367,298     6,075,072     5,595,408     5,562,900     5,239,537  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 53,602,293   $ 53,119,645   $ 49,534,918   $ 49,089,836   $ 49,059,448  
     
                             
    Average Balance Sheet and Interest Rates (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
                             
                             
        Three Months Ended   Three Months Ended   Three Months Ended
        September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
        Average Income1/ Yield/   Average Income1/ Yield/   Average Income1/ Yield/
    Earning Assets:   Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate
    Money market and other interest-earning investments   $ 904,176   $ 11,696 5.15 %   $ 814,944   $ 11,311 5.58 %   $ 980,813   $ 13,194 5.34 %
    Investments:                        
    Treasury and government-sponsored agencies     2,255,629     21,851 3.87 %     2,208,935     21,531 3.90 %     2,376,864     23,037 3.88 %
    Mortgage-backed securities     5,977,058     48,425 3.24 %     5,828,225     47,904 3.29 %     5,079,091     33,237 2.62 %
    States and political subdivisions     1,668,454     14,042 3.37 %     1,686,994     14,290 3.39 %     1,737,037     14,220 3.27 %
    Other securities     785,107     12,547 6.39 %     788,571     12,583 6.38 %     793,196     10,127 5.11 %
    Total investments     10,686,248     96,865 3.63 %     10,512,725     96,308 3.66 %     9,986,188     80,621 3.23 %
    Loans:2                        
    Commercial     10,373,340     183,878 7.09 %     10,345,098     183,425 7.09 %     9,612,102     163,869 6.82 %
    Commercial and agriculture real estate     16,216,842     274,832 6.78 %     15,870,809     260,407 6.56 %     13,711,156     219,575 6.41 %
    Residential real estate loans     6,833,597     67,084 3.93 %     6,952,942     67,683 3.89 %     6,712,269     62,775 3.74 %
    Consumer     2,891,260     51,714 7.12 %     2,910,331     50,869 7.03 %     2,614,928     42,322 6.42 %
    Total loans     36,315,039     577,508 6.36 %     36,079,180     562,384 6.24 %     32,650,455     488,541 5.98 %
                             
    Total earning assets   $ 47,905,463   $ 686,069 5.73 %   $ 47,406,849   $ 670,003 5.66 %   $ 43,617,456   $ 582,356 5.34 %
                             
    Less: Allowance for credit losses on loans     (366,667 )         (331,043 )         (300,071 )    
                             
    Non-earning Assets:                        
    Cash and due from banks   $ 413,583         $ 430,256         $ 382,755      
    Other assets     5,394,032           5,341,022           4,960,383      
                             
    Total assets   $ 53,346,411         $ 52,847,084         $ 48,660,523      
                             
    Interest-Bearing Liabilities:                        
    Checking and NOW accounts   $ 7,551,264   $ 29,344 1.55 %   $ 8,189,454   $ 34,398 1.69 %   $ 7,515,439   $ 25,531 1.35 %
    Savings accounts     4,860,161     5,184 0.42 %     5,044,800     5,254 0.42 %     5,414,775     4,268 0.31 %
    Money market accounts     11,064,433     106,148 3.82 %     10,728,156     102,560 3.84 %     7,979,999     65,549 3.26 %
    Other time deposits     5,928,241     64,435 4.32 %     5,358,103     56,586 4.25 %     4,229,692     37,110 3.48 %
    Total interest-bearing core deposits     29,404,099     205,111 2.78 %     29,320,513     198,798 2.73 %     25,139,905     132,458 2.09 %
    Brokered deposits     1,829,218     24,616 5.35 %     1,244,237     17,008 5.50 %     1,183,228     14,970 5.02 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits     31,233,317     229,727 2.93 %     30,564,750     215,806 2.84 %     26,323,133     147,428 2.22 %
                             
    Federal funds purchased and interbank borrowings     14,549     292 7.98 %     148,835     1,986 5.37 %     62,921     910 5.74 %
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     239,524     612 1.02 %     249,939     639 1.03 %     302,305     710 0.93 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     4,572,046     47,719 4.15 %     4,473,978     44,643 4.01 %     4,537,250     40,382 3.53 %
    Other borrowings     754,544     9,851 5.19 %     891,609     12,168 5.49 %     841,307     12,003 5.66 %
    Total borrowed funds     5,580,663     58,474 4.17 %     5,764,361     59,436 4.15 %     5,743,783     54,005 3.73 %
                             
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   $ 36,813,980   $ 288,201 3.11 %   $ 36,329,111   $ 275,242 3.05 %   $ 32,066,916   $ 201,433 2.49 %
                             
    Noninterest-Bearing Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                      
    Demand deposits   $ 9,371,698         $ 9,558,675         $ 10,338,267      
    Other liabilities     970,662           980,322           961,268      
    Shareholders’ equity     6,190,071           5,978,976           5,294,072      
                             
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 53,346,411         $ 52,847,084         $ 48,660,523      
                             
    Net interest rate spread       2.62 %       2.61 %       2.85 %
                             
    Net interest margin (GAAP)       3.27 %       3.28 %       3.44 %
                             
    Net interest margin (FTE)3       3.32 %       3.33 %       3.49 %
                             
    FTE adjustment     $ 6,144       $ 6,340       $ 5,837  
                             
    1 Interest income is reflected on a FTE basis.  
    2 Includes loans held-for-sale.  
    3 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP Measures” table for reconciliations to GAAP financial measures.  
     
                     
    Average Balance Sheet and Interest Rates (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
                     
                     
        Nine Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
        Average Income1/ Yield/   Average Income1/ Yield/
    Earning Assets:   Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate
    Money market and other interest-earning investments   $ 825,743   $ 32,992 5.34 %   $ 736,225   $ 25,258 4.59 %
    Investments:                
    Treasury and government-sponsored agencies     2,275,607     66,648 3.91 %     2,266,177     58,923 3.47 %
    Mortgage-backed securities     5,721,725     135,217 3.15 %     5,268,509     102,618 2.60 %
    States and political subdivisions     1,678,504     42,308 3.36 %     1,771,155     43,306 3.26 %
    Other securities     781,385     37,303 6.37 %     785,474     28,726 4.88 %
    Total investments   $ 10,457,221   $ 281,476 3.59 %   $ 10,091,315   $ 233,573 3.09 %
    Loans:2                
    Commercial     10,087,322     534,566 7.07 %     9,644,541     475,210 6.57 %
    Commercial and agriculture real estate     15,488,010     765,325 6.59 %     13,180,509     598,337 6.05 %
    Residential real estate loans     6,826,809     197,770 3.86 %     6,626,551     181,592 3.65 %
    Consumer     2,815,837     146,177 6.93 %     2,612,519     120,428 6.16 %
    Total loans     35,217,978     1,643,838 6.22 %     32,064,120     1,375,567 5.72 %
                     
    Total earning assets   $ 46,500,942   $ 1,958,306 5.62 %   $ 42,891,660   $ 1,634,398 5.08 %
                     
    Less: Allowance for credit losses on loans     (337,168 )         (301,909 )    
                     
    Non-earning Assets:                
    Cash and due from banks   $ 402,213         $ 412,998      
    Other assets     5,232,807           4,917,592      
                     
    Total assets   $ 51,798,794         $ 47,920,341      
                     
    Interest-Bearing Liabilities:                
    Checking and NOW accounts   $ 7,627,029   $ 88,994 1.56 %   $ 7,793,561   $ 69,248 1.19 %
    Savings accounts     4,976,361     15,455 0.41 %     5,791,780     9,745 0.22 %
    Money market accounts     10,571,821     302,921 3.83 %     6,577,317     120,917 2.46 %
    Other time deposits     5,327,361     168,453 4.22 %     3,660,156     79,032 2.89 %
    Total interest-bearing core deposits     28,502,572     575,823 2.70 %     23,822,814     278,942 1.57 %
    Brokered deposits     1,375,231     55,149 5.36 %     879,886     32,053 4.87 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits     29,877,803     630,972 2.82 %     24,702,700     310,995 1.68 %
                     
    Federal funds purchased and interbank borrowings     77,262     3,239 5.60 %     306,480     11,404 4.97 %
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     261,818     2,168 1.11 %     351,362     2,389 0.91 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     4,477,851     133,529 3.98 %     4,699,074     123,466 3.51 %
    Other borrowings     823,746     33,058 5.36 %     806,575     30,071 4.98 %
    Total borrowed funds     5,640,677     171,994 4.07 %     6,163,491     167,330 3.63 %
                     
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     35,518,480     802,966 3.02 %     30,866,191     478,325 2.07 %
                     
    Noninterest-Bearing Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity              
    Demand deposits   $ 9,396,081         $ 10,864,375      
    Other liabilities     971,687           944,619      
    Shareholders’ equity     5,912,546           5,245,156      
                     
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 51,798,794         $ 47,920,341      
                     
    Net interest rate spread       2.60 %       3.01 %
                     
    Net interest margin (GAAP)       3.26 %       3.54 %
                     
    Net interest margin (FTE)3       3.31 %       3.59 %
                     
    FTE adjustment     $ 18,737       $ 17,328  
                     
    1 Interest income is reflected on a FTE.
    2 Includes loans held-for-sale.                
    3 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP Measures” table for reconciliations to GAAP financial measures.    
     
                     
    Asset Quality (EOP) (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
                     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30,   September 30, September 30,
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023       2024     2023  
    Allowance for credit losses:                
    Beginning allowance for credit losses on loans $ 366,335   $ 319,713   $ 307,610   $ 303,982   $ 300,555     $ 307,610   $ 303,671  
    Allowance established for acquired PCD loans   2,803     23,922                   26,725      
    Provision for credit losses on loans   29,176     36,745     23,853     13,329     23,115       89,774     46,520  
    Gross charge-offs   (18,965 )   (17,041 )   (14,020 )   (13,202 )   (22,750 )     (50,026 )   (55,261 )
    Gross recoveries   1,491     2,996     2,270     3,501     3,062       6,757     9,052  
    NCOs   (17,474 )   (14,045 )   (11,750 )   (9,701 )   (19,688 )     (43,269 )   (46,209 )
    Ending allowance for credit losses on loans $ 380,840   $ 366,335   $ 319,713   $ 307,610   $ 303,982     $ 380,840   $ 303,982  
    Beginning allowance for credit losses on unfunded commitments $ 25,733   $ 26,264   $ 31,226   $ 32,960   $ 37,007     $ 31,226   $ 32,188  
    Provision (release) for credit losses on unfunded commitments   (679 )   (531 )   (4,962 )   (1,734 )   (4,047 )     (6,172 )   772  
    Ending allowance for credit losses on unfunded commitments $ 25,054   $ 25,733   $ 26,264   $ 31,226   $ 32,960     $ 25,054   $ 32,960  
    Allowance for credit losses $ 405,894   $ 392,068   $ 345,977   $ 338,836   $ 336,942     $ 405,894   $ 336,942  
    Provision for credit losses on loans $ 29,176   $ 36,745   $ 23,853   $ 13,329   $ 23,115     $ 89,774   $ 46,520  
    Provision (release) for credit losses on unfunded commitments   (679 )   (531 )   (4,962 )   (1,734 )   (4,047 )     (6,172 )   772  
    Provision for credit losses $ 28,497   $ 36,214   $ 18,891   $ 11,595   $ 19,068     $ 83,602   $ 47,292  
    NCOs / average loans1   0.19 %   0.16 %   0.14 %   0.12 %   0.24 %     0.16 %   0.19 %
    Average loans1 $ 36,299,544   $ 36,053,845   $ 33,242,739   $ 32,752,406   $ 32,639,812     $ 35,202,727   $ 32,057,989  
    EOP loans1   36,400,643     36,150,513     33,623,319     32,991,927     32,577,834       36,400,643     32,577,834  
    ACL on loans / EOP loans1   1.05 %   1.01 %   0.95 %   0.93 %   0.93 %     1.05 %   0.93 %
    ACL / EOP loans1   1.12 %   1.08 %   1.03 %   1.03 %   1.03 %     1.12 %   1.03 %
    Underperforming Assets:                
    Loans 90 days and over (still accruing) $ 1,177   $ 5,251   $ 2,172   $ 961   $ 1,192     $ 1,177   $ 1,192  
    Nonaccrual loans   443,597     340,181     328,645     274,821     261,346       443,597     261,346  
    Foreclosed assets   4,077     8,290     9,344     9,434     9,761       4,077     9,761  
    Total underperforming assets $ 448,851   $ 353,722   $ 340,161   $ 285,216   $ 272,299     $ 448,851   $ 272,299  
    Classified and Criticized Assets:                
    Nonaccrual loans $ 443,597   $ 340,181   $ 328,645   $ 274,821   $ 261,346     $ 443,597   $ 261,346  
    Substandard loans (still accruing)   1,074,243     841,087     626,157     599,358     563,427       1,074,243     563,427  
    Loans 90 days and over (still accruing)   1,177     5,251     2,172     961     1,192       1,177     1,192  
    Total classified loans – “problem loans”   1,519,017     1,186,519     956,974     875,140     825,965       1,519,017     825,965  
    Other classified assets   59,485     60,772     54,392     48,930     48,998       59,485     48,998  
    Special Mention   837,543     967,655     827,419     843,920     775,526       837,543     775,526  
    Total classified and criticized assets $ 2,416,045   $ 2,214,946   $ 1,838,785   $ 1,767,990   $ 1,650,489     $ 2,416,045   $ 1,650,489  
    Loans 30-89 days past due (still accruing) $ 91,750   $ 51,712   $ 53,112   $ 71,868   $ 56,772     $ 91,750   $ 56,772  
    Nonaccrual loans / EOP loans1   1.22 %   0.94 %   0.98 %   0.83 %   0.80 %     1.22 %   0.80 %
    ACL / nonaccrual loans   92 %   115 %   105 %   123 %   129 %     92 %   129 %
    Under-performing assets/EOP loans1   1.23 %   0.98 %   1.01 %   0.86 %   0.84 %     1.23 %   0.84 %
    Under-performing assets/EOP assets   0.84 %   0.67 %   0.69 %   0.58 %   0.56 %     0.84 %   0.56 %
    30+ day delinquencies/EOP loans1   0.26 %   0.16 %   0.16 %   0.22 %   0.18 %     0.26 %   0.18 %
                     
    1 Excludes loans held-for-sale.            
                     

                    

                     
    Non-GAAP Measures (unaudited)
    ($ and shares in thousands, except per share data)
                     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30,   September 30, September 30,
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023       2024     2023  
    Earnings Per Share:                
    Net income applicable to common shares $ 139,768   $ 117,196   $ 116,250   $ 128,446   $ 143,842     $ 373,214   $ 437,411  
    Adjustments:                
    Merger-related charges   6,860     19,440     2,908     5,529     6,257       29,208     23,187  
    Tax effect1   (1,528 )   (4,413 )   (710 )   (1,343 )   (1,042 )     (6,651 )   (4,491 )
    Merger-related charges, net   5,332     15,027     2,198     4,186     5,215       22,557     18,696  
    Separation expense   2,646                       2,646      
    Tax effect1   (589 )                     (589 )    
    Separation expense, net   2,057                       2,057      
    Debt securities (gains) losses   76     (2 )   16     825     241       90     5,440  
    Tax effect1   (17 )   1     (4 )   (200 )   (40 )     (20 )   (1,175 )
    Debt securities (gains) losses, net   59     (1 )   12     625     201       70     4,265  
    CECL Day 1 non-PCD provision expense       15,312                   15,312      
    Tax effect1       (3,476 )                 (3,476 )    
    CECL Day 1 non-PCD provision expense, net       11,836                   11,836      
    Distribution of excess pension assets           13,318             13,318      
    Tax effect1           (3,250 )           (3,250 )    
    Distribution excess pension assets, net           10,068               10,068      
    FDIC special assessment           2,994     19,052           2,994      
    Tax effect1           (731 )   (4,628 )         (731 )    
    FDIC special assessment, net           2,263     14,424           2,263      
    Gain on sale of Visa Class B restricted shares               (21,635 )              
    Tax effect1               5,255                
    Gain on sale of Visa Class B restricted shares, net               (16,380 )              
    Contract termination charge               4,413                
    Tax effect1               (1,072 )              
    Contract termination charge, net               3,341                
    Louisville expenses                             3,361  
    Tax effect1                             (392 )
    Louisville expenses, net                             2,969  
    Property optimization charges                             1,559  
    Tax effect1                             (315 )
    Property optimization charges, net                             1,244  
    Total adjustments, net   7,448     26,862     14,541     6,196     5,416       48,851     27,174  
    Net income applicable to common shares, adjusted $ 147,216   $ 144,058   $ 130,791   $ 134,642   $ 149,258     $ 422,065   $ 464,585  
    Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding   317,331     316,461     292,207     292,029     291,717       308,605     291,809  
    EPS, diluted $ 0.44   $ 0.37   $ 0.40   $ 0.44   $ 0.49     $ 1.21   $ 1.50  
    Adjusted EPS, diluted $ 0.46   $ 0.46   $ 0.45   $ 0.46   $ 0.51     $ 1.37   $ 1.59  
    NIM:                
    Net interest income $ 391,724   $ 388,421   $ 356,458   $ 364,408   $ 375,086     $ 1,136,603   $ 1,138,745  
    Add: FTE adjustment2   6,144     6,340     6,253     6,100     5,837       18,737     17,328  
    Net interest income (FTE) $ 397,868   $ 394,761   $ 362,711   $ 370,508   $ 380,923     $ 1,155,340   $ 1,156,073  
    Average earning assets $ 47,905,463   $ 47,406,849   $ 44,175,079   $ 43,701,283   $ 43,617,456     $ 46,500,942   $ 42,891,660  
    NIM (GAAP)   3.27 %   3.28 %   3.23 %   3.34 %   3.44 %     3.26 %   3.54 %
    NIM (FTE)   3.32 %   3.33 %   3.28 %   3.39 %   3.49 %     3.31 %   3.59 %
                     
    Refer to last page of Non-GAAP reconciliations for footnotes.            
                     
    Non-GAAP Measures (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
                     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30,   September 30, September 30,
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023       2024     2023  
    PPNR:                
    Net interest income (FTE)2 $ 397,868   $ 394,761   $ 362,711   $ 370,508   $ 380,923     $ 1,155,340   $ 1,156,073  
    Add: Noninterest income   94,138     87,271     77,522     100,094     80,938       258,931     233,248  
    Total revenue (FTE)   492,006     482,032     440,233     470,602     461,861       1,414,271     1,389,321  
    Less: Noninterest expense   (272,283 )   (282,999 )   (262,317 )   (284,235 )   (244,776 )     (817,599 )   (742,071 )
    PPNR $ 219,723   $ 199,033   $ 177,916   $ 186,367   $ 217,085     $ 596,672   $ 647,250  
    Adjustments:                
    Gain on sale of Visa Class B restricted shares $   $   $   $ (21,635 ) $     $   $  
    Debt securities (gains) losses   76     (2 )   16     825     241       90     5,440  
    Noninterest income adjustments   76     (2 )   16     (20,810 )   241       90     5,440  
    Adjusted noninterest income   94,214     87,269     77,538     79,284     81,179       259,021     238,688  
    Adjusted revenue $ 492,082   $ 482,030   $ 440,249   $ 449,792   $ 462,102     $ 1,414,361   $ 1,394,761  
    Adjustments:                
    Merger-related charges $ 6,860   $ 19,440   $ 2,908   $ 5,529   $ 6,257     $ 29,208   $ 23,187  
    Separation expense   2,646                       2,646      
    Distribution of excess pension assets           13,318               13,318      
    FDIC Special Assessment           2,994     19,052           2,994      
    Contract termination charges               4,413                
    Louisville expenses                             3,361  
    Property optimization charges                             1,559  
    Noninterest expense adjustments   9,506     19,440     19,220     28,994     6,257       48,166     28,107  
    Adjusted total noninterest expense   (262,777 )   (263,559 )   (243,097 )   (255,241 )   (238,519 )     (769,433 )   (713,964 )
    Adjusted PPNR $ 229,305   $ 218,471   $ 197,152   $ 194,551   $ 223,583     $ 644,928   $ 680,797  
    Efficiency Ratio:                
    Noninterest expense $ 272,283   $ 282,999   $ 262,317   $ 284,235   $ 244,776     $ 817,599   $ 742,071  
    Less: Amortization of intangibles   (7,411 )   (7,425 )   (5,455 )   (5,869 )   (6,040 )     (20,291 )   (18,286 )
    Noninterest expense, excl. amortization of intangibles   264,872     275,574     256,862     278,366     238,736       797,308     723,785  
    Less: Amortization of tax credit investments   (3,277 )   (2,747 )   (2,749 )   (7,200 )   (2,644 )     (8,773 )   (8,167 )
    Less: Noninterest expense adjustments   (9,506 )   (19,440 )   (19,220 )   (28,994 )   (6,257 )     (48,166 )   (28,107 )
    Adjusted noninterest expense, excluding amortization $ 252,089   $ 253,387   $ 234,893   $ 242,172   $ 229,835     $ 740,369   $ 687,511  
    Total revenue (FTE)2 $ 492,006   $ 482,032   $ 440,233   $ 470,602   $ 461,861     $ 1,414,271   $ 1,389,321  
    Less: Debt securities (gains) losses   76     (2 )   16     825     241       90     5,440  
    Total revenue excl. debt securities (gains) losses   492,082     482,030     440,249     471,427     462,102       1,414,361     1,394,761  
    Less: Gain on sale of Visa Class B restricted shares               (21,635 )              
    Total adjusted revenue $ 492,082   $ 482,030   $ 440,249   $ 449,792   $ 462,102     $ 1,414,361   $ 1,394,761  
    Efficiency Ratio   53.8 %   57.2 %   58.3 %   59.0 %   51.7 %     56.4 %   51.9 %
    Adjusted Efficiency Ratio   51.2 %   52.6 %   53.4 %   53.8 %   49.7 %     52.3 %   49.3 %
                     
    Refer to last page of Non-GAAP reconciliations for footnotes.            
                     
    Non-GAAP Measures (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
                     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30,   September 30, September 30,
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023       2024     2023  
    ROAE and ROATCE:                
    Net income applicable to common shares $ 139,768   $ 117,196   $ 116,250   $ 128,446   $ 143,842     $ 373,214   $ 437,411  
    Amortization of intangibles   7,411     7,425     5,455     5,869     6,040       20,291     18,286  
    Tax effect1   (1,853 )   (1,856 )   (1,364 )   (1,467 )   (1,510 )     (5,073 )   (4,572 )
    Amortization of intangibles, net   5,558     5,569     4,091     4,402     4,530       15,218     13,714  
    Net income applicable to common shares, excluding intangibles amortization   145,326     122,765     120,341     132,848     148,372       388,432     451,125  
    Total adjustments, net (see pg.12)   7,448     26,862     14,541     6,196     5,416       48,851     27,174  
    Adjusted net income applicable to common shares, excluding intangibles amortization $ 152,774   $ 149,627   $ 134,882   $ 139,044   $ 153,788     $ 437,283   $ 478,299  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 6,190,071   $ 5,978,976   $ 5,565,542   $ 5,281,487   $ 5,294,072     $ 5,912,546   $ 5,245,156  
    Less: Average preferred equity   (243,719 )   (243,719 )   (243,719 )   (243,719 )   (243,719 )     (243,719 )   (243,719 )
    Average shareholders’ common equity $ 5,946,352   $ 5,735,257   $ 5,321,823   $ 5,037,768   $ 5,050,353     $ 5,668,827   $ 5,001,437  
    Average goodwill and other intangible assets   (2,304,597 )   (2,245,405 )   (2,098,338 )   (2,103,935 )   (2,109,944 )     (2,216,437 )   (2,115,953 )
    Average tangible shareholder’s common equity $ 3,641,755   $ 3,489,852   $ 3,223,485   $ 2,933,833   $ 2,940,409     $ 3,452,390   $ 2,885,484  
    ROAE   9.4 %   8.2 %   8.7 %   10.2 %   11.4 %     8.8 %   11.7 %
    ROAE, adjusted   9.9 %   10.0 %   9.8 %   10.7 %   11.8 %     9.9 %   12.4 %
    ROATCE   16.0 %   14.1 %   14.9 %   18.1 %   20.2 %     15.0 %   20.8 %
    ROATCE, adjusted   16.8 %   17.2 %   16.7 %   19.0 %   20.9 %     16.9 %   22.1 %
                     
    Refer to last page of Non-GAAP reconciliations for footnotes.            
               
    Non-GAAP Measures (unaudited)
    ($ in thousands)
               
      As of
      September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30,
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Tangible Common Equity:          
    Shareholders’ equity $ 6,367,298   $ 6,075,072   $ 5,595,408   $ 5,562,900   $ 5,239,537  
    Less: Preferred equity   (243,719 )   (243,719 )   (243,719 )   (243,719 )   (243,719 )
    Shareholders’ common equity $ 6,123,579   $ 5,831,353   $ 5,351,689   $ 5,319,181   $ 4,995,818  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets   (2,305,084 )   (2,306,204 )   (2,095,511 )   (2,100,966 )   (2,106,835 )
    Tangible shareholders’ common equity $ 3,818,495   $ 3,525,149   $ 3,256,178   $ 3,218,215   $ 2,888,983  
               
    Total assets $ 53,602,293   $ 53,119,645   $ 49,534,918   $ 49,089,836   $ 49,059,448  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets   (2,305,084 )   (2,306,204 )   (2,095,511 )   (2,100,966 )   (2,106,835 )
    Tangible assets $ 51,297,209   $ 50,813,441   $ 47,439,407   $ 46,988,870   $ 46,952,613  
               
    Risk-weighted assets3 $ 40,584,608   $ 40,627,117   $ 37,845,139   $ 37,407,347   $ 37,501,646  
               
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets   7.44 %   6.94 %   6.86 %   6.85 %   6.15 %
    Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets3   9.41 %   8.68 %   8.60 %   8.60 %   7.70 %
    Tangible Common Book Value:          
    Common shares outstanding   318,955     318,969     293,330     292,655     292,586  
    Tangible common book value $ 11.97   $ 11.05   $ 11.10   $ 11.00   $ 9.87  
               
    1 Tax-effect calculations use management’s estimate of the full year FTE tax rates (federal + state).
    2 Calculated using the federal statutory tax rate in effect of 21% for all periods.
    3 September 30, 2024 figures are preliminary.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Renault Group takes a stand alongside the United Nations Special Envoy for Road Safety to make mobility safer

    Source: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe

    Renault Group and the United Nations, via the UN Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), have entered into a two-year strategic partnership agreement to support the work of the UN Secretary-General’s Special Envoy for Road Safety, Jean Todt. 

    With this partnership, Renault Group has become the first automobile manufacturer to take a stand alongside the Special Envoy’s Secretariat and is stepping up its long-standing commitment to increasingly safe and accessible mobility in all its markets. 

    The partners will take action together to promote road safety by providing training, raising awareness and deploying innovation, with a view to benefiting everyone on roads.  

    Boulogne-Billancourt (France) and Geneva (Switzerland) – Renault Group and the Secretariat of the UN Secretary-General’s Special Envoy for Road Safety announce today a partnership to draw attention to road safety around the world, provide training and deploy technological breakthroughs to save lives. By supporting the UN’s endeavour, Renault Group is reasserting its determination to work towards ever safer and more accessible mobility benefiting everyone on roads. During this two-year partnership, Renault Group will share with the Special Envoy the expertise it has gathered through its long-standing commitment to road safety.  

    Renault Group’s commitment supports the UN’s aim to halve the number of global deaths and injuries from road traffic crashes.  

    “For Renault, taking safety seriously doesn’t just mean ticking boxes. It means fulfilling our regulatory obligations but also pushing further, guided by what we believe in and our determination to make a difference. By coming up with solutions that make our cars even safer and by pushing innovation everywhere it makes sense. So we are pioneering technology, but also taking action that can potentially make mobility safer, while ranking the issue at the top of the agenda everywhere. That is why I feel very happy that we are supporting Jean Todt’s and the United Nations’ commitment to road safety” Luca de Meo, Chief Executive Officer of Renault Group 

    A major societal concern

    In a world where road crashes remain the leading killer of children and youth aged 5 to 29 years (WHO 2023), there is an urgent need for collective efforts to address this crisis and pave the way for safer roads. 

    “There were an estimated 1.19 million road traffic deaths in 2021. These new WHO figures give us a sense of the horror we have to deal with. This is why it is so urgent to join forces with partners such as Renault to put an end to the carnage and shine a light on this silent pandemic. Without the active involvement of all actors, including institutional and public sector partners, civil society and the private sector, including car manufacturers, we won’t achieve our objective of halving the number of victims on roads by 2030. I commend Renault Group for its leadership and commitment at our side in this battle.” Jean Todt, the UN Secretary-General’s Special Envoy for Road Safety. 

    Road safety facts and figures worldwide (World Health Organization, 2023) 

    • Only 7 countries (France, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Luxembourg, Portugal and Sweden) have applied the WHO’s legislative best practices relating to five risk factors: speeding, drinking and driving, not wearing seat belts, not wearing helmets, and not transporting children in child restraints 

    • Only 10 countries (Belarus, Brunei Darussalam, Denmark, Japan, Lithuania, Norway, Russian Federation, Trinidad and Tobago, United Arab Emirates and Venezuela) succeeded in reducing road traffic deaths by over 50% between 2010 and 2021.

    About Renault Group  

    Renault Group is at the forefront of reinventing mobility. Backed by its alliance with Nissan and Mitsubishi Motors, and its unique expertise in terms of electrification, Renault Group draws on the complementary nature of its four brands – Renault, Dacia, Alpine and Mobilize – to offer its customers sustainable and innovative mobility solutions. With operations in more than 130 countries, the Group sold 2.235 million vehicles in 2023. It employs nearly 105,000 people who embody its raison d’être on a daily basis, so that mobility brings us closer to one another. Ready to take up challenges on the road as well as in competition, the Group is committed to an ambitious and value-generating transformation. This is centred on the development of new technologies and services, and a new range of even more competitive, balanced and electrified vehicles. In line with environmental challenges, Renault Group’s ambition is to achieve carbon neutrality in Europe by 2040. 

    https://www.renaultgroup.com  

    About the UN and road safety  

    The United Nations has been promoting road safety since the late 1940s, when the first international agreements on the issue were signed. Following the “Decade of Action for Road Safety 2011-2020”, the UN General Assembly in August 2020 adopted a resolution on “Improving Road Safety”, that reconfirmed its commitment to halving the number of global traffic deaths and injuries and to providing access to safe, affordable, accessible, and sustainable transport systems for all by 2030. In October 2021, the World Health Organization and the United Nations Regional Commissions, in cooperation with partners in the United Nations Road Safety Collaboration and other stakeholders, developed the Global Plan for the Decade of Action for Road Safety 2021-2030, as a guiding document to support the implementation of the Decade of Action 2021–2030 and its objectives. 

    In July 2022, the road safety community met in New York City for the first ever High-Level Meeting on Improving Global Road Safety at the United Nations General Assembly, unanimously adopting a text titled: “Political declaration of the high-level meeting on improving global road safety”. 

    To galvanize intersectoral actions and raise the visibility of road safety, the UN Secretary-General, Ban Ki-moon, appointed in 2015 Jean Todt as his Special Envoy for Road Safety. He was reconfirmed in this role by António Guterres, in 2017 and in 2021. In 2018, Jean Todt contributed to the creation of the UN Road Safety Fund (UNRSF). In his role as UN Special Envoy, Mr. Todt contributes, among other things, to mobilize sustained political commitment to make road safety a priority; to advocate and raise awareness of UN legal instruments on road safety; to share established good practices in this area; to generate adequate funding through strategic partnerships between the public, private and non-governmental sectors. 

    Special Envoy brochure and Twitter account. 

    The secretariat of the UN Secretary-General’s Special Envoy for Road Safety is hosted in UNECE. UNECE is the custodian of the United Nations road safety legal instruments applicable worldwide, such as the Convention on Road Traffic, the Convention on Road Signs and Signals, and the 1958, 1997 and 1998 Vehicle Regulations Agreements. UNECE remains the only permanent intergovernmental forum in the United Nations that focuses on improving road safety. 

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Human Rights Council Concludes Fifty-Seventh Regular Session after Adopting 37 Resolutions and One Statement by the President

    Source: United Nations – Geneva

    Council Extends Mandates of Nine Country and One Thematic Mandate Holders

    The Human Rights Council today concluded its fifty-seventh regular session after adopting 37 resolutions and one Statement by the President, in which it, among others, extended the mandates of nine country and one thematic mandate holders.

    The Council extended the mandate of the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights on promoting reconciliation, accountability and human rights in Sri Lanka under agenda item two.

    It extended for a period of one year the mandates of the independent international fact-finding mission for the Sudan under agenda item two; of the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in Afghanistan, the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in the Russian Federation, and the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in Burundi, under agenda item four; and of the Independent Expert on the situation of human rights in Somalia, the Team of International Experts on the Democratic Republic of the Congo, and the Independent Expert on the situation of human rights in the Central African Republic under agenda item 10.

    Under agenda item four, the mandate of the independent international fact-finding mission on the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela was extended for a period of two years. 

    The Council also decided to extend, for a period of three years, the mandate of the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of human rights in the context of climate change.

    Further resolutions adopted concerned the thirtieth anniversary of the Beijing Declaration and Platform for Action; the role of good governance in the promotion and protection of human rights; countering cyberbullying; promotion of a democratic and equitable order; the use of mercenaries as a means of violating human rights and impeding the exercise of the right of peoples to self-determination; social reintegration of persons released from detention and persons subjected to non-custodial measures; the World Programme for Human Rights Education: the plan of action for the fifth phase; and on terrorism and human rights.

    Other resolutions concerned local government and human rights; the human rights to safe drinking water and sanitation; the human rights of migrants; human rights and indigenous peoples; promoting accessibility for the full enjoyment of all human rights by all; equal participation in political and public affairs; the elimination of domestic violence; the right to development; the situation of human rights in the Syrian Arab Republic; national human rights institutions; education as a tool to prevent racism, racial discrimination, xenophobia and related intolerance; from rhetoric to reality: a global call for concrete action against racism, racial discrimination, xenophobia and related intolerance; technical assistance and capacity-building to address the human rights implications of the nuclear legacy in the Marshall Islands; biodiversity and human rights; promotion, protection and enjoyment of human rights on the Internet; and youth and human rights.

    Resolutions on the enhancement of technical cooperation and capacity-building in the field of human rights; cooperation with Georgia; and technical assistance and capacity-building for Yemen in the field of human rights were also adopted.

    The President’s Statement adopted concerned the report of the Advisory Committee on its thirty-first session. 

    During the session, the Council adopted the final outcomes of the Universal Periodic Review of 14 States, namely those of New Zealand, Afghanistan, Chile, Cyprus, Viet Nam, Yemen, Vanuatu, North Macedonia, Comoros, Slovakia, Eritrea, Uruguay, the Dominican Republic and Cambodia.

    At the end of the session, the Council appointed four Special Procedures mandate holders: the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in Belarus, Nils Muižnieks (Latvia); for the Working Group of Experts on People of African Descent, member from Western European and other States, Isabel Mamadou (Spain); for the Working Group on Enforced or Involuntary Disappearances, member from Asia-Pacific States, Mohammed Al-Obaidi (Iraq); and for the Working Group on the use of mercenaries as a means of violating human rights and impeding the exercise of the right of peoples to self-determination, member from Latin American and Caribbean States, Andrés Macias Tolosa (Colombia). 

    The Council also elected four members of its Advisory Committee: Frans Viljoen (African States), Miznah O.Alomair (Asia-Pacific States), Alessandra Devulsky (Latin American and Caribbean States), and Vassilis Tzevelekos (Western Europe and other States).

    Darius Staniulis, Vice-President and Rapporteur of the Human Rights Council, said over the past five weeks, the Council completed its extensive programme of work.  It held 23 interactive dialogues with Special Procedures mandate holders and expert mechanisms; nine interactive dialogues with the High Commissioner, Deputy High Commissioner, Assistant Secretary-General and other Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights Representatives; five dialogues with international investigative mechanisms; five enhanced interactive dialogues; six panel discussions; and nine general debates.  The Council also adopted 14 outcomes of the Universal Periodic Review.  Finally, the Council completed the adoption of 37 resolutions and one President’s Statement across a wide range of issues.

    The Council adopted the draft report of the fifth-seventh session ad referendum.

    Omar Zniber, President of the Human Rights Council, in his concluding remarks,

    extended his deepest gratitude to the members of the Bureau, the Secretariat and all other United Nations staff for their cooperation, support and dedication during the session.  Mr. Zniber said the fifty-seventh session had been a success and was an example of multilateralism.

    The fifty-eighth regular session of the Human Rights Council is scheduled to be held from 24 February to 4 April 2025.

    Action on a Statement by the President Under Agenda Item One on Organizational and Procedural Matters

    In a Statement by the President (A/HRC/57/L.13) on the Report of the Advisory Committee, adopted without a vote, the Council takes note of the report of the Advisory Committee on its thirty-first session.

    Action on Resolutions Under Agenda Item Two on the Annual Report of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights and Reports of the Office of the High Commissioner and the Secretary-General 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.1) on Promoting reconciliation, accountability and human rights in Sri Lanka, adopted without a vote, the Council decides to extend the mandate of the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights and all work requested of it by the Council in its resolution 51/1, and requests the Office to present an oral update to the Council at its fifty-eighth session and a comprehensive report on progress in reconciliation, accountability and human rights in Sri Lanka at its sixtieth session, to be discussed in an interactive dialogue.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.22) on Responding to the human rights and humanitarian crisis caused by the ongoing armed conflict in the Sudan, adopted by a vote of 23 in favour, 12 against and 12 abstentions, the Council reiterates its call for an immediate and complete ceasefire by all parties, without preconditions, and a negotiated and peaceful resolution to the conflict on the basis of inclusive, Sudan-owned and Sudan-led dialogue; decides to extend the mandate of the independent international fact-finding mission for the Sudan for a period of one year; requests the fact-finding mission to provide the Council with an oral update on its work at its fifty-ninth session and a comprehensive report at its sixtieth session, to be followed by an interactive dialogue, and to submit the report to the General Assembly at its eightieth session.

     In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.24) on the Situation of human rights in Afghanistan, adopted without a vote, the Council decides to extend the mandate of the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in Afghanistan for a period of one year, and requests the Special Rapporteur to present a report to the Council at its fifty-eighth session, including a separate study on the so-called “Law on propagation of virtue and prevention of vice”, to provide an oral update to the Council at its sixtieth session and to present a report to the General Assembly at its eightieth session; requests the Special Rapporteur to prepare a report on access to justice and protection for women and girls…and to present it to the Council at its fifty-ninth session, to be followed by an enhanced interactive dialogue; and also requests the Office of the High Commissioner to present, during an enhanced interactive dialogue at the sixtieth session of the Council, a comprehensive report, including a mapping of policies and practices, edicts and so-called laws by the Taliban that impair the enjoyment of human rights; and decides to remain seized of the matter.

    Action on Resolutions Under Agenda Item Three on the Promotion and Protection of All Human Rights, Civil, Political and Cultural Rights, Including the Right to Development 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.2) on Marking the thirtieth anniversary of the Beijing Declaration and Platform for Action, adopted without a vote , the Council decides to convene, during the high-level segment at its fifty-eighth session, a high-level panel discussion to commemorate the thirtieth anniversary of the Fourth World Conference on Women; invites the President of the Human Rights Council to consider the theme “Thirtieth anniversary of the Beijing Declaration and Platform for Action” for the annual high-level panel discussion on human rights mainstreaming, to be held at the fifty-eighth session of the Council; and also requests the High Commissioner to prepare a summary report on the panel discussion.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.5) on the Role of good governance in the promotion and protection of human rights, adopted without a vote, the Council requests the Human Rights Council Advisory Committee to prepare a study on the impact of artificial intelligence systems on good governance…highlighting good practices around the globe on the ways to develop, deploy, use and govern artificial intelligence systems, and to present the study to the Human Rights Council at its sixty-second session.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.7) on Countering cyberbullying, adopted without a vote, the Council decides to include the topic of countering cyberbullying against persons with disabilities in the context of its next annual interactive debate on the rights of persons with disabilities, to be held at its fifty-eighth session; requests the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights to prepare a report … on countering cyberbullying against older persons, and to present the report to the Council at its sixty-second session; and decides to remain seized of the matter.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.9) on the Promotion of a democratic and equitable international order, adopted by a vote of 27 in favour, 15 against and 5 abstentions, the Council calls upon States and the United Nations system to minimise the adverse impact of multiple interrelated global crises, including the COVID-19 pandemic, through the strengthening and enhancement of international cooperation; requests the High Commissioner for Human Rights to continue to provide all the human and financial resources necessary for the effective fulfilment of the mandate by the Independent Expert; and invites the Independent Expert to study and present concrete measures that can be adopted by States and international institutions to contribute to the promotion of a democratic and equitable international order and the transformation of the international financial architecture, in close cooperation with relevant stakeholders from all regions.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.10) on the Use of mercenaries as a means of violating human rights and impeding the exercise of the right of peoples to self-determination, adopted by a vote of 29 in favour, 14 against and 4 abstentions, the Council urges once again all States to exercise the utmost vigilance against the threat posed by the activities of mercenaries; and requests the Working Group on the use of mercenaries as a means of violating human rights and impeding the exercise of the right of peoples to self-determination to continue the work already carried out by previous mandate holders on the strengthening of international law and the international legal framework for the prevention and sanction of the recruitment, use, financing, arming and training of mercenaries, and to study and identify new sources and causes, emerging issues, manifestations and trends.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.17/Rev.1) on Social reintegration of persons released from detention and persons subjected to non-custodial measures, adopted without a vote, the Council requests the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights to prepare a comprehensive study, with practical recommendations on human rights and the social reintegration of persons released from detention and persons subjected to non-custodial measures, based on wide consultations with key stakeholders, and to present the study, accessible to persons with disabilities, to present to the Council at its sixtieth session.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.21) on the World Programme for Human Rights Education: the plan of action for the fifth phase, adopted without a vote, the Council reaffirms the continuation of the World Programme on Human Rights Education and launches its fifth phase, for the period 2025-2029; and decides to convene at its sixty-third session a high-level panel discussion to mark the fifteenth anniversary of the United Nations Declaration on Human Rights Education and Training, further decides that the discussion will be fully accessible to persons with disabilities, and requests the Office of the High Commissioner to prepare a summary report of the discussion and to submit it to the Council by its sixty-fourth session. 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.3) on Terrorism and human rights, adopted without a vote, the Council calls upon States to ensure that any measure taken to counter terrorism and violent extremism conducive to terrorism complies with international law; invites the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms while countering terrorism to pay attention to the negative effect of terrorism on the enjoyment of human rights and fundamental freedoms, and to make recommendations in this regard; and decides to remain seized of this matter.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.6) on Local government and human rights, adopted without a vote, the Council requests the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights to convene a one-day panel discussion … prior to the sixtieth session of the Council, to exchange and review the best practices of States, local governments and other relevant stakeholders in overcoming the various challenges that local governments face in promoting and protecting human rights; also requests the Office of the High Commissioner to prepare a report … in which it compiles and analyses the best practices of States, local governments and other relevant stakeholders in overcoming the various challenges that local governments face in promoting and protecting human rights, taking into account the results of the panel, and to present the report to the Council at its sixty-third session. 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.23/Rev.1) on the Human rights to safe drinking water and sanitation, adopted without a vote, the Council decides to convene, at its fifty-ninth session, a panel discussion on the realisation of the human rights to safe drinking water and sanitation, and also decides that the discussion shall be fully accessible to persons with disabilities, including through the provision of hybrid modalities; and requests the High Commissioner for Human Rights to prepare a summary report on the panel discussion and to present it to the Council at its sixty-first session. 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.27) on the Human rights of migrants, adopted without a vote, the Council requests the Office of the High Commissioner to prepare a study on human rights monitoring in the context of migration, including at international borders, in consultation with States and other relevant stakeholders, and to submit the study to the Council before its sixtieth session; to convene a one-day intersessional panel discussion, accessible to persons with disabilities, and with appropriate gender representation, on measures to prevent, counter and address dehumanising and harmful narratives about migrants and migration, hate speech, xenophobia and related forms of intolerance against migrants; to ensure the meaningful participation of migrants and their family members; and to prepare a summary report on the panel discussion and the recommendations resulting from it, and to submit the report to the Council at its sixty-second session and to the General Assembly at its eighty-first session; and decides to remain seized of the matter. 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.29/Rev.1) on Human rights and Indigenous Peoples, adopted without a vote, the Council decides that the theme of the annual half-day panel discussion on the rights of Indigenous Peoples, to be held during the sixtieth session of the Council, will be the rights of Indigenous Peoples in the context of a just transition to sustainable energy systems, including in relation to critical minerals, and requests the Office of the High Commissioner to encourage and facilitate the participation of Indigenous women and youth in the panel, to make the discussion fully accessible to and inclusive for persons with disabilities, and to prepare a summary report on the discussion for submission to the Council prior to its sixty-second session; and invites the General Assembly to consider holding a high-level plenary meeting on the occasion of the twentieth anniversary of the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, during its eighty-second session, and to evaluate the implementation of the outcome document of the World Conference on Indigenous Peoples.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.33) on Promoting accessibility for the full enjoyment of all human rights by all, adopted without a vote (as orally revised), the Council invites the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights to continue to provide technical assistance and capacity-building support to States upon their request in developing and implementing policies and programmes on accessibility, to continue to share its expertise with the relevant intergovernmental organizations and United Nations agencies, funds and programmes and to assist the relevant special procedure mandate holders and treaty bodies to integrate the view of accessibility for all from the perspective of the full enjoyment of all human rights by all into their work in close consultation with the relevant stakeholders.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.34) on the Equal participation in political and public affairs, adopted without a vote, the Council calls upon all States to enhance the political participation of all women, and to address violence against women participating in political and public affairs; and requests the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights to continue its dissemination and promotion of the guidelines on the effective implementation of the right to participate in public affairs … and to prepare, in consultation with States and all other relevant stakeholders, a follow-up report on good practices and challenges that States face when using the guidelines, with a particular focus on participation in elections, and to present the report to the Council at its sixty-third session.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.35/Rev.1) on the Elimination of domestic violence, adopted without a vote (as orally revised), the Council decides to convene an intersessional panel discussion on the intensification of efforts to prevent and eliminate domestic violence, before its sixty-first session, and requests the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights to organise the panel discussion … and requests the Office of the High Commissioner to prepare a comprehensive report … on how to address structural and underlying causes and risk factors to prevent domestic violence, in consultation with States and all relevant stakeholders, and to present the report to the Council at its sixty-second session.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.19) on the Right to development, adopted by a vote of 29 in favour, 14 against and 4 abstentions, the Council requests the High Commissioner for Human Rights to continue to submit to the Council an annual report on the activities of the Office of the High Commissioner, including on inter-agency coordination within the United Nations system that has direct relevance to the realisation of the right to development; requests the Special Rapporteur and the members of the Expert Mechanism to participate in relevant international dialogues and policy forums relating to the implementation of the 2030 Agenda; requests the Office of the High Commissioner to organise the next biennial panel discussion on the right to development, to be held at its sixty-third session, in a format that is fully accessible to persons with disabilities, including sign language interpretation; and also requests the Office to prepare a report on the panel discussion and to submit it to the Council at its sixty-sixth session. 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.26) on Biodiversity and human rights, adopted without a vote, the Council requests the High Commissioner for Human Rights to conduct a global analytical study on the implementation of a human-rights based approach into the goals and targets of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework, to be submitted to the Council at its sixty-first session; and encourages the Office of the High Commissioner to cooperate with other relevant United Nations organizations and bodies, as well as with Indigenous Peoples, people of African descent and groups in vulnerable situations on advancing human rights-based biodiversity action. 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.28) on the Promotion, protection and enjoyment of human rights on the Internet, adopted without a vote (as orally revised), the Council calls upon all States to accelerate efforts to bridge digital divides, including the gender digital divide, and to take the necessary and appropriate measures to promote free, open, interoperable, reliable, accessible and secure access to the Internet; and requests the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights to prepare a report on a human rights approach to meaningful connectivity and to overcoming digital divides, including by addressing threats to individuals’ access to the Internet, and to present it to the Council at its sixty-second session, to be followed by an interactive dialogue. 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.30) on Youth and human rights, adopted without a vote, the Council decides that the theme of the next biennial panel discussion, to be held during the sixtieth session of the Council, will be the role of youth in fostering peaceful societies and creating an enabling environment for the enjoyment of human rights by all, and requests the Office of the High Commissioner to organise the panel discussion following consultations with youth and youth-led organizations and to prepare a summary report on the panel discussion for consideration by the Council at its sixty-first session; and requests the Office of the High Commissioner, in consultation with States and relevant stakeholders, to conduct a detailed study on the impact of mental health challenges on the enjoyment of human rights by young people and to submit the study to the Council for consideration prior to its sixty-third session. 

    Before the resolution was adopted, the Council took action on and rejected amendment L.39.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.31/Rev.1) on the Mandate of the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of human rights in the context of climate change, adopted without a vote (as orally revised), the Council decides to extend for a period of three years the mandate of the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of human rights in the context of climate change under the same terms as provided for by the Council in its resolution 48/14; and requests the Special Rapporteur to report annually on the implementation of the mandate to the Council and the General Assembly in accordance with their programmes of work.

    Action on Resolutions Under Agenda Item Four on Human Rights Situations that Require the Council’s Attention 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.4) on the Situation of human rights in the Russian Federation, adopted by a vote of 20 in favour, 8 against and 19 abstentions, the Council decides to extend the mandate of the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in the Russian Federation as defined by the Council in its resolution 54/23 for a period of one year, and requests the mandate holder to … present a comprehensive report to the Council at its sixtieth session and to the General Assembly at its eightieth session; and calls upon the Russian authorities to establish full and non-selective engagement with all United Nations human rights mechanisms, and to refrain from all forms of intimidation and reprisal against persons and associations for their cooperation with United Nations human rights mechanisms. 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.11) on the Situation of human rights in the Syrian Arab Republic, adopted by a vote of 26 in favour, 4 against and 17 abstentions, the Council demands that all parties to the conflict in the Syrian Arab Republic immediately comply with their respective obligations under international humanitarian law and international human rights law, and emphasises the need to ensure that all those responsible for such violations and abuses are held to account and that civilians are protected; and demands that the Syrian authorities cooperate fully with the Council and the Independent International Commission of Inquiry on the Syrian Arab Republic by granting the Commission immediate, full and unfettered access throughout the Syrian Arab Republic; demands that all parties to the conflict maintain rapid, unhindered, safe and sustainable humanitarian access and ensure that humanitarian assistance reaches its intended recipients.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.12) on the Situation of human rights in Burundi, adopted by a vote of 22 in favour, 10 against and 15 abstentions, the Council strongly condemns all human rights violations and abuses committed in Burundi; decides to extend the mandate of the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in Burundi for a further period of one year; and requests the Special Rapporteur to present to the Human Rights Council, at its fifty-ninth session, an oral update on the situation of human rights in Burundi, and also to submit to the Council, at its sixtieth session, and to the General Assembly, at its eightieth session, a comprehensive report.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.8) on the Situation of human rights in the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela, adopted by a vote of 23 in favour, 6 against and 18 abstentions (as orally revised), the Council decides to extend for a period of two years the mandate of the independent international fact-finding mission on the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela to enable the mission to continue to investigate gross violations of human rights committed since 2014, with a particular focus on the situation of human rights in the lead-up to, during and after the 2024 presidential elections, and on the violence by armed individuals known as colectivos; and urges the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela to resume cooperation in a full manner with the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights and the fact-finding mission. 

    Before the resolution was adopted, the Council took action on and rejected amendments L.40, L.41, L.42, L.43 and an oral amendment.

    Action on a Resolution Under Agenda Item Eight on Follow-up and Implementation of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.16) on National human rights institutions, adopted without a vote (as orally revised), the Council requests the Secretary-General and the High Commissioner for Human Rights to provide the Office of the High Commissioner with the financial and human resources necessary for the servicing of the sessions of the Subcommittee on Accreditation of the Global Alliance of National Human Rights Institutions; and requests the Secretary-General to submit to the Council, at its sixty-third session, a report on the implementation of the present resolution … and a report on the activities of the Global Alliance of National Human Rights Institutions in accrediting national institutions in compliance with the Paris Principles.         

    Action on Resolutions Under Agenda Item 9 on Racism, Racial Discrimination, Xenophobia and Related Forms of Intolerance, Follow-Up to and Implementation of the Durban Declaration and Programme of Action

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.25) on Education as a tool to prevent racism, racial discrimination, xenophobia and related intolerance, adopted without a vote (as orally revised), the Council urges States, in particular, to adopt and implement laws, policies and programmes that prohibit and combat discrimination on the basis of race, colour, descent or national or ethnic origin, at all levels of education, both formal and non-formal; and requests the High Commissioner for Human Rights to submit to the Council at its sixty-third session a comprehensive report, accessible to persons with disabilities, including in an accessible and easy to read format, analysing relevant education-related practices and measures to prevent racism, racial discrimination, xenophobia and related intolerance, with input from all relevant stakeholders. 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.36/Rev.1) on From rhetoric to reality: a global call for concrete action against racism, racial discrimination, xenophobia and related intolerance, adopted by a vote of 30 in favour, 5 against and 12 abstentions, the Council decides that the Chair-Rapporteur of the Ad Hoc Committee on the Elaboration of Complementary Standards to the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination may request that the annual session of the Ad Hoc Committee be split into two full one-week segments; requests the High Commissioner for Human Rights to facilitate the interactive participation of six legal experts in one of the two full one-week segments of the fifteenth and sixteenth sessions of the Ad Hoc Committee, to be held in 2025 and 2026 respectively; requests the Chair-Rapporteur of the Ad Hoc Committee to present in person a progress report to the General Assembly at its eightieth session, and to participate in the interactive dialogue and carry out consultations to continue progress in the elaboration of complementary standards to the Convention; reiterates its decision to request the Group of Independent Eminent Experts on the Implementation of the Durban Declaration and Programme of Action to report annually on its session and activities to the Council, and that its report will be also transmitted and presented to the General Assembly, and in this regard requests the Chair of the Group to engage in an interactive dialogue with the Assembly under the agenda item entitled “Elimination of racism, racial discrimination, xenophobia and related intolerance”; and encourages the General Assembly to proclaim a second International Decade for People of African Descent commencing in 2025. 

    Action on Resolutions Under Agenda Item 10 on Technical Assistance and Capacity-Building 

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.14) on Technical assistance and capacity-building to address the human rights implications of the nuclear legacy in the Marshall Islands, adopted without a vote, the Council requests the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights to cooperate with the Government of the Marshall Islands in the field of human rights and to provide technical assistance and capacity-building to the National Nuclear Commission of the Marshall Islands in advancing its national strategy for nuclear justice and pursuing transitional justice in its efforts to address the nuclear legacy; and requests the Office of the High Commissioner to prepare a report on addressing the challenges and barriers to the full realisation and enjoyment of the human rights of the people of the Marshall Islands, stemming from the State’s nuclear legacy, and to submit it to the Council at its sixty-third session, to be followed by an enhanced interactive dialogue.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.15) on Assistance to Somalia in the field of human rights, adopted without a vote, the Council decides to renew the mandate of the Independent Expert on the situation of human rights in Somalia, under agenda item 10, for a period of one year, to assess, monitor and report on the situation of human rights in Somalia; requests the Independent Expert to report to the Council at its sixtieth session and to the General Assembly at its eightieth session; and also requests the Independent Expert to provide an update to the Council in her report on progress on the implementation of the benchmarks and indicators in the transition plan to inform future action by the Council.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.18) on the Enhancement of technical cooperation and capacity-building in the field of human rights, adopted without a vote, the Council decides … that the theme of the annual thematic panel discussion under agenda item 10, to be held at its fifty-ninth session, will be “The role of technical cooperation and capacity-building in strengthening national structures which play a role in promoting and safeguarding human rights, particularly national human rights institutions and national mechanisms for implementation, reporting and follow-up”; and also requests the Office of the High Commissioner to prepare a report, to be submitted to the Human Rights Council at its fifty-ninth session, to serve as a basis for the panel discussion, on the role of technical cooperation and capacity-building among States, the Office and other relevant stakeholders, to support States’ efforts to strengthen national structures which play a role in promoting and safeguarding human rights.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.20) on Cooperation with Georgia, adopted by a vote of 24 in favour, 3 against and 20 abstentions, the Council demands that immediate and unimpeded access be given to the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights and other international and regional human rights mechanisms to Abkhazia, Georgia, and the Tskhinvali region/South Ossetia, Georgia; requests the High Commissioner for Human Rights to present to the Council an oral update on the follow-up to the present resolution at its fifty-eighth session and to present a report on developments relating to and the implementation of the present resolution at its fifty-ninth session; and also requests the High Commissioner to continue to provide technical assistance through the Office of the High Commissioner in Tbilisi.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.37) on Technical assistance and capacity-building in the field of human rights in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, adopted without a vote, the Council decides to renew, for one year, the mandate of the team of international experts on the Democratic Republic of the Congo, and requests the team to provide the necessary technical support to the Government in implementing effectively its National Transitional Justice Policy, in particular by taking account of the cross-border nature of conflict and insecurity in the Great Lakes, identifying the causes of conflict and preventing their recurrence, and designing and implementing mechanisms for transitional justice and the fight against impunity, and encourages it to support the Government in this regard; requests the team of international experts to submit its final report to the Council, in the framework of an enhanced interactive dialogue, at its sixtieth session and to present it with an oral update at its fifty-eighth session; requests the High Commissioner to present the Council with an oral update on the situation of human rights in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, in the framework of an enhanced dialogue, at its fifty-eighth session; also requests the High Commissioner to prepare a comprehensive report on the situation of human rights in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and to submit it to the Council, in the framework of an enhanced interactive dialogue, at its sixtieth session; and decides to remain seized of the matter until its sixtieth session.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.38/Rev.1) on Technical assistance and capacity-building in the field of human rights in the Central African Republic, adopted without a vote, the Council decides to renew, for one year, the mandate of the Independent Expert on the situation of human rights in the Central African Republic, which is to assess, monitor and report on the situation with a view to making recommendations relating to technical assistance and capacity-building in the field of human rights; requests the Independent Expert to pay particular attention to violations of human rights and international humanitarian law alleged to have been committed by all parties to the conflict; decides to convene, at its fifty-eighth session, a high-level dialogue to enable it to assess human rights developments on the ground…; requests the Independent Expert to provide an oral update on his report on technical assistance and capacity-building in the field of human rights in the Central African Republic to the Human Rights Council at its fifty-ninth session and to submit a written report to the Council at its sixtieth session and to the General Assembly at its eightieth session; and requests the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights to continue to provide the Independent Expert with all the necessary technical, human and financial resources to enable him to carry out fully his mandate.

    In a resolution (A/HRC/57/L.32) on Technical assistance and capacity-building for Yemen in the field of human rights, adopted without a vote, the Council requests the High Commissioner for Human Rights to continue to provide substantive capacity-building and technical assistance to the Government of Yemen and all requisite technical and logistical support to the National Commission of Inquiry, to enable it to continue to investigate allegations of violations and abuses committed by all parties to the conflict in Yemen and to submit its comprehensive report on alleged violations and abuses of human rights in all parts of Yemen as soon as it is available; and requests the High Commissioner to present a report on the implementation of technical assistance, as stipulated in the present resolution, to the Council at its sixtieth session.

    Other Matters 

    The Council appointed four Special Procedures mandate holders: the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in Belarus, Nils Muižnieks (Latvia); for the Working Group of Experts on People of African Descent, member from Western European and other States, Isabel Mamadou (Spain); for the Working Group on Enforced or Involuntary Disappearances, member from Asia-Pacific States, Mohammed Al-Obaidi (Iraq); and for the Working Group on the use of mercenaries as a means of violating human rights and impeding the exercise of the right of peoples to self-determination, member from Latin American and Caribbean States, Andrés Macias Tolosa (Colombia). 

    The Council elected four members of its Advisory Committee: Frans Viljoen (African States), Miznah O.Alomair (Asia-Pacific States), Alessandra Devulsky (Latin American and Caribbean States), and Vassilis Tzevelekos (Western Europe and other States).

    The Council also adopted its draft report for the fifty-seventh session ad referendum.

    Bureau of the Council

    The President of the Council is Omar Zniber of Morocco.  The four Vice-Presidents are Febrian Ruddyard (Indonesia); Darius Staniulis (Lithuania); Marcela Maria Arias Moncada (Honduras); and Heidi Schroderus-Fox (Finland).  Mr. Staniulis also served as Rapporteur.

     

    Produced by the United Nations Information Service in Geneva for use of the media; 
    not an official record. English and French versions of our releases are different as they are the product of two separate coverage teams that work independently.

    HRC24.030E

    MIL OSI United Nations News